FORM 6-K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Report of Foreign Private Issuer

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

(Translation of registrant’s name into English)

 

Level 6, 100 Queen Street Melbourne Victoria Australia

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

 

Form 20-F ý         Form 40-F o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Yes o   No ý

 

If “Yes” is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b): 82-

 

 



 

Corporate Affairs

100 Queen Street

Melbourne Vic 3000

Facsimile 03 9273 4899

www.anz.com

 

For Release: 2 November 2004

 

ANZ to develop banking joint venture with Cambodia’s Royal Group

 

ANZ today announced it had signed a Shareholder’s Agreement with Royal Group, Cambodia’s leading mobile telecommunications company, to establish a joint venture bank in Cambodia.

 

The joint venture bank will create a retail banking presence which contributes to Cambodia’s economic development through the introduction of a modern payments system to an emerging banking market.

 

The agreement follows an approach earlier this year by Royal Group to ANZ.  ANZ has developed the opportunity as part of its strategy to establish a small portfolio of lower-risk, consumer-focused growth options in Asia over the medium to long-term.

 

Key points covered by the Agreement, signed by ANZ Chairman Mr Charles Goode in Cambodia’s capital of Phnom Penh last night, are:

 

                  Creation of a joint venture bank to be known as ANZ Royal Bank Cambodia Limited, owned 55% by ANZ and 45% by Royal Group.

                  ANZ will make a contribution of US$9.9 million to the joint venture bank’s capital.

                  Establishment of clear governance principles, including proportional Board representation.

 

ANZ Royal Bank Cambodia will focus on providing retail banking services including services to support the 700,000 foreign tourists who visit Cambodia annually and ANZ’s multinational clients who operate in Cambodia.  Initially services will be provided in Cambodia’s capital, Phnom Penh and Siem Riep, the site of Angkor Wat.   The joint venture combines:

 

                  Royal Group’s experience in successful partnerships such as its mobile phone joint venture with Millicom Cellular, which is Cambodia’s leading mobile phone company with over 700,000 customers.

                  ANZ’s expertise in providing banking services in small and developing countries in the Asia-Pacific region where it has played an early role in developing banking operations in under-banked, emerging economies through the introduction of efficient electronic banking networks.

 

ANZ Group Managing Director Asia-Pacific, Mr Elmer Funke Kupper said: “This is a win-win opportunity for Cambodia, Royal Group and ANZ.

 

“It creates the opportunity to bring modern banking systems and services to Cambodia to assist the nation’s economic development and a new business for Royal Group.  It provides a further growth option for ANZ at low risk, based on our experience in developing banking services in emerging economies.

 

“The joint venture also allows us to contribute to Cambodia as its economy moves toward higher growth and supports the emerging interest of Australian, New Zealand and Asian businesses in developing tourism, trade and investment links with Cambodia,” Mr Funke Kupper said.

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited ABN 11 005 357 522

 



 

Neak Oknha Meng Kith, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Royal Group said the partnership with ANZ was an exciting development for Royal Group and Cambodia.

 

“We are an emerging nation of over 14 million people which has taken significant steps in the past decade toward reconciliation and economic stability,” Neak Oknha Kith Meng said.

 

“In that time Royal Group has also transformed itself into a leading Cambodian enterprise with interests in trading, telecommunications, manufacturing and infrastructure projects.  Many of these projects have been achieved in partnership with leading international companies.

 

“This banking joint venture allows us to establish at an early stage in Cambodia’s economic recovery a modern bank that can service the emerging need for consumer banking services and support the growth in foreign investment and tourism.

 

“ANZ was a natural choice of partner because its experience in the region and the time I have spent living in Australia,” he said.

 

The agreement between ANZ and Royal Group is subject to completion of due diligence on the project, and the necessary regulatory approvals from the Cambodian Government and the National Bank of Cambodia, including the issue of a banking licence.

 

 

For media enquiries, contact:

 

For analyst enquiries, contact:

 

 

 

Paul Edwards

 

Simon Fraser

Head of Group Media Relations, ANZ

 

Head of Investor Relations, ANZ

Tel: +61-409-655 550

 

Tel: +61-3-9273 4185 or 0412-823 721

Email: paul.edwards@anz.com

 

Email: simon.fraser@anz.com

 

 

 

Royal Group, for media inquiries, contact:

 

 

 

 

 

Debasish  Pattnaik

 

 

Director

 

 

Mobile: +855 12 801787

 

 

Email: bdr_debasish@royalgroup.com.kh

 

 

 

 

 

Other enquiries

 

 

 

 

 

Mr Ben Betonio

 

 

Communications Director

 

 

Mobile: +855 12 900226

 

 

Email: admin_ben@royalgroup.com.kh

 

 

 

 

About Royal Group

 

Royal Group is a family business, which has grown into one of Cambodia’s leading companies in the past decade.  It has interests in trading, telecommunications, manufacturing, television, construction and infrastructure projects.  Many of these interests are partnerships with international companies including Motorola, Canon, Samsung and Siemens.  Royal Group’s largest business is in mobile telecommunications through an alliance with Luxemburg’s Millicom Celluar.  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Royal Group, Neak Oknha Meng Kith, was educated in Canberra, Australia.

 

2



 

About Cambodia

 

During the past decade Cambodia has achieved national reconciliation, peace and stability following many years of conflict however the country remains one of the world’s least developed economies.  Following United Nations and International Monetary Fund support during the 1990s the economy has performed relatively well with annual growth rates averaging approximately 6% over the past five years.

 

According to the World Bank, economic prospects for 2004 are positive, with an expected recovery and growth expectations of 5.5 percent, driven by construction, the fledgling tourism sector, and urban-based garment industries.  There is an emerging middle-class with many Cambodians now returning from overseas.  Tourism is rapidly growing with 450,000 tourists arriving in 2002, an increase of 26% on 2001.  Tourism contributed in excess of US$450 million to the Cambodian economy in 2002.

 

Cambodia’s banking system is at a very early stage of development.  At present the banking system has approximately 120,000 customers out of a population of more than 14 million offering a major opportunity for the development of banking services as the economy grows.

 

The Royal Government of Cambodia has made strengthening the banking sector a priority to support increased investment and sustainable economic growth.  A 10-year structural reform agenda in the financial and monetary sector is set out in the Cambodian Government’s Financial Sector Blueprint for 2001-2010, developed with the assistance of the Asian Development Bank. More information can be found at http://www.adb.org/cambodia.

 

In 1998, Cambodia became the tenth nation to join the Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN).  Australia is one of Cambodia’s largest bilateral development aid donors having pledged $A44 million in aid in 2003-2004.

 

3



 

 

 

2004 Annual Roadshow

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

November 2004

 

 

www.anz.com

 

 



 

A good 2004 result

 

Strong financial performance

 

•  NPAT

 

$

2,815m

 

19.9

%

  Cash EPS

 

161.1 cents

 

10.1

%

 

Shareholders rewarded

 

  Dividend

 

101 cents

 

10.8

%

  Total shareholder return

 

 

 

17

%

  On-market share buyback of at least $350 million planned

 

 

 

 

 

2



 

 

ANZ has come a long way this year

 

Strong momentum in Personal businesses in Australia

 

With NBNZ acquisition, ANZ now dominant in New Zealand and Pacific

 

$4.9b acquisition of NBNZ: $3.6b rights issue

 

ANZ now 5th on ASX by market capitalisation

 

ANZ recognised for community, staff and cultural development

 

Sale of International Project Finance completes international restructuring

 

3



Improved sustainability: Structural de-risking largely complete

 

Offshore lending assets significantly reduced

(% of group NLA*)

 

 

Net Non-Accrual Loans

 

 

More sustainable business mix

(lending assets)

 

 

Net specific provision rate

(% of average NLA*)

 

 


*Net Lending Assets

 

4



 

NZ integration complete end 2005 – low risk approach adopted

 

ANZ and NBNZ share of Personal
Customers (Main Bank) is stable

 

 

Source:   ACNielsen Consumer Finance Monitor

 

              A good acquisition; 2.3 cents cash EPS accretive in year 1

 

              Integration has made good progress since regulatory approval obtained

 

              Levels of attrition well below expectations and comparable acquisitions

 

              However potential risk of retail integration demanded a more conservative approach:

 

              Two brand strategy

 

              Existing retail systems retained

 

              This has changed mix of costs and benefits, but at lower risk

 

5



 

Carefully balancing investment and producing current returns

 

 


Numbers not adjusted for exchange rate impacts and excl. NBNZ and significant items

* 2H04 annualised

 

6



 

2004 result part of a series of consistent performances

 

 

 

              161.1 cents cash EPS a good result

 

              ANZ has come a long way in 2004

 

              Focus and discipline again delivered strong performance

 

              Shareholders rewarded - ANZ has outperformed major peers TSR over last 10 years

 

              Balanced outlook – investing for medium-term growth while producing acceptable short-term returns

 

7



 

Result Details

 

8



 

Cash EPS growth driven by strong underlying performance

 

 

Drivers:

 

              Margin decline

 

              Strong volume growth

 

              Non interest income growth

 

              Increased investment

 

              Improved risk profile

 

              Acquired at an attractive P/E

 

              Good core business growth

 

              Low risk integration approach

 

              Dividend policy

 

              Capital management initiatives

 


* Excludes significant items and incremental integration costs

#  includes funding

 

9



 

Margin decline is predominantly structural/cyclical

 

Drivers

 

2004 v 2003

 

2H04 v 1H04

 

Outlook

 

 

 

bps

 

bps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NBNZ

 

(3

)

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Mix

 

(1

)

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funding Mix

 

(5

)

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset/Liability Wholesale Rate Impact

 

(6

)

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Competition

 

(3

)

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brokerage Impact

 

(2

)

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

2

*

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

(18

)

(8

)

 

 

 


* Refer page 63 for additional detail

 

10



 

Increasing Mortgages business has reduced NIM through lower asset yields and increased wholesale debt issuance

 

Increase levels of lower risk, lower
yielding assets have reduced NIM

 

 

Increased long term wholesale debt
required to fund asset growth

 

 

11



 

The changing shape of the domestic yield curve has impacted earnings

 

            The shape of the curve in FY04 has negatively impacted the funding of mortgages as well as income from the interest rate mismatch position and investment in replicating portfolios.

 

Asset wholesale rate impact

 

 

 

NIM Impact

 

 

 

(bps)

 

•  Change in Group Treasury mismatch earnings

 

(3.2

)

 

 

 

 

•  Mortgages and Cards basis risk impacts

 

(3.4

)

 

 

 

 

Total Impact

 

(6.6

)

 

Liability wholesale rate impact

 

 

 

NIM Impact

 

 

 

(bps)

 

•  Replicated & rate insensitive deposits

 

1.1

 

 

 

 

 

•  Investment income on Group SHE

 

(0.2

)

 

 

 

 

Total Impact

 

0.9

 

 

Australian yield curve history

 

 

Rolling average rates (%)

 

 

 

Cash

 

90 Day

 

3 Year

 

FY01

 

5.52

 

5.61

 

5.98

 

FY02

 

4.48

 

4.56

 

5.99

 

FY03

 

4.75

 

4.79

 

5.66

 

FY04

 

5.18

 

5.34

 

5.36

 

 

12



 

Strong balance sheet growth across most businesses

 

              Continued strong volume growth in mortgages, FUM up 18%

 

              Institutional lending up marginally with good growth in 2H04

 

              Continued strong growth in Corporate

 

 

              10% increase in Banking Products deposit FUM reflected in strong Personal growth

 

              Institutional & Corporate both experience solid growth

 

              Strong growth in NZ retail deposits

 

 


*Other deposits include Esanda retail debentures

 

13



 

Non-interest income growing well

 

 


* reflects P&L impact of hedge income earned in FY03, not earned in FY04

 

14



 

Expenses - investing for sustainable growth

 

 

Key drivers of growth

 

              Increased FTE (829 in 2H04) and wage rises

              Investment and increased amortisation in Retail telling platform

              Investment in branch network - new openings and refurbishment of existing branches

              Increased compliance costs of ~ $25m

              Higher UK superannuation charges ($7m), insurance costs ($10m), marketing spend ($14m)

 


* includes operating expenses, acquisition & funding and non incremental integration costs

 

15



 

Cost management still a core capability; now a strategically sensible time for measured investment in growth

 

 

              Increasing frontline capabilities in our businesses

 

              Increased technology resources to assist in NBNZ integration and compliance requirements

 

              Investment in frontline Small Business personnel driving growth in Corporate

 

              Continued growth in retail frontline resources

 

16



 

Previous growth investments in Personal/Corporate paying off

 

Division

 

Sep-04

 

Sep-03

 

Change

 

 

 

($m)

 

($m)

 

(%)

 

Personal Banking #

 

802

 

693

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional

 

788

 

802

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

584

 

211

 

large

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate

 

344

 

311

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Esanda & UDC

 

143

 

129

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asia Pacific

 

111

 

100

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ING JV

 

108

 

82

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury

 

64

 

95

 

(33

)

 

Full Year NPAT ($m)

 

 


# not adjusted for 1H03 Cards under Accrual

 

17



 

Doubtful Debts charge higher due to lending growth, partly offset by improved risk profile

 

Bad Debt charge higher due to volume growth, ELP Rate lower

 

 

Decline in ELP Rate driven by improved risk profile

 

 

18



 

Credit quality in good shape

 

      Risk has markedly improved in our international portfolios

 

      Housing market headed for soft landing, consumer arrears remain at low levels

 

      Domestic corporates in good shape

 

      Specific provisions and non accruals lower, despite impact of Telstra’s Reach joint venture

 

      Some lagged effects from Energy & Telco portfolios, but largely yesterday’s story

 

      Well provisioned

 

Delinquencies remain low

 

 

Specific Provisions continue to reduce

 

 

19



 

Non-accrual loans to Loans & Advances well down

 

Default rate continued to show improvement…

 

 

…Non-Accrual Loans as a % of the portfolio down to 0.37%

 

 


*    Default rate is new non accruals/average gross lending assets annualised.

 

20



 

New Zealand businesses delivering sound results

 

NBNZ performance slightly ahead of proforma (NZ$)

 

Item

 

NBNZ
Actual*

 

NBNZ
Proforma

 

Variance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

885

 

841

 

5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Income

 

291

 

290

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

(498

)

(487

)

2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PDD

 

(70

)

(74

)

(5

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income Tax & OEI

 

(186

)

(163

)

14

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NPAT

 

422

 

407

 

4

%

 

NPAT comparison distorted by following one-offs

 

      FY03 includes NZ$18m one-off structured finance transactions

 

      Amalgamation and integration of NBNZ reduced FY04 NPAT by NZ$4m

 

      Various other factors

 

Excluding impact of one-offs, Actual performance up 8% on Proforma

 

Good underlying NPAT momentum in ANZ (NZ) businesses (NZ$m)

 

 

     Solid performance by Banking reflecting increased deposit margins and continued growth in deposit FUM

 


* 10 months to 30 September 2004

 

21



 

Market share in New Zealand holding up well, particularly in the context of an acquisition

 

ANZ and NBNZ share of Personal Customers (Main Bank) is stable

Rolling 4 quarter average

 

 

Source: ACNielsen Consumer Finance Monitor

 

Share of Rural lending is steady

 

 

Source: RBNZ Table C7, ANZ National

 

Share of household deposits has actually increased since acquisition

 

 

Source: RBNZ Table C8, ANZ National

 

Home loans – losing share, initiatives in place to arrest decline

 

 

Source: RBNZ Table C6,

ANZ National 50% risk weighted assets

 

22



 

Integration economics, adjusted for risk, compare favourably to previous estimates

 

Costs &
Benefits

 

Prospectus*
/ Business
case

 

2004 Interim
Results

 

September 2004

 

Comment

Core
program

 

RBNZ

 

Infra-
structure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Integration Costs

 

NZ$265m

 

NZ$265m

 

NZ$175m

 

NZ$31m

= NZ$220m

 

NZ$14m

 

RBNZ requirements increase costs by NZ$31m. Retail systems integration costs saved

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue Benefits
2007 pa

 

NZ$31m

 

NZ$45m

 

NZ$47m

 

 

 

 

 

Detailed reviews have identified further benefits, particularly with Institutional. Retail still delivers 50% of original benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost Synergies 2007 pa

 

NZ$126m

 

NZ$126m

 

NZ$75m

 

-NZ$12m

= NZ$63m

 

 

Dual systems significantly limits opportunities for synergies plus RBNZ has a negative impact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue Attrition 2007 pa

 

NZ$88m

 

NZ$42m

 

NZ$34m

 

 

 

 

 

Exclusion of Retail reduces attrition.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Integration risk significantly reduced under current option

 


    Lower risk

     Medium risk

    Higher risk

 

* ANZ renounceable rights issue prospectus page 56: Integration costs A$230m, Cost synergies A$110m.

 

23



 

Timing of integration costs and benefits

 

NZ$m

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Total Integration costs

 

49

 

153

 

18

 

0

 

Incremental Integration costs

 

29

 

*

 

*

 

*

 

Cost synergies

 

6

 

33

 

53

 

63

 

Revenue synergies

 

1

 

24

 

39

 

47

 

Attrition

 

20

 

32

 

34

 

34

 

 


* Likely to be approximately

      10% costs capitalised,

      15% covered by restructuring provision, and;

      10%-20% from existing resources

 

30% of integration activities were completed in 2004 including:

      Amalgamation on 26 June 2004

      Business and organisational structures in place

      Systems platforms for all businesses agreed and integration proceeding

      Central Head Office and functional units integrated

      ERP systems implementation proceeding to plan

      Institutional and Corporate integration underway

      Rural integration well progressed – to complete by end 2004

      Initial IT and payments infrastructure in place

      RBNZ requirements agreed and solutions underway

 

Integration is well placed for practical completion in 2005

 

24



 

New Zealand currency risk actively managed

 

      Revenue hedging undertaken when currency is believed to be outside its normal trading range and inconsistent with their value.

 

      Revenue from FX hedges is reported as Interest Income within the Group Centre.

 

NZD revenue hedging position* (A$m)

 

 

 

Sep-04

 

Sep-03

 

Notional Principal

 

3,349

 

1,126

 

Income from hedge

 

14

 

8

 

Unrealised gain/(loss)

 

(58

)

53

 

Exchange rate (spot)

 

~ 1.09

 

 

 

Exchange rate (with forward points)

 

~ 1.11

 

 

 

 

Attractive rates for hedging future revenue

 

 

Estimated proportion of NZ earnings hedged

 

 

25



 

New Zealand structured finance transactions

 

      IRD audit focused on so called “conduit” transactions

      Notices of Proposed Adjustment received on 30 September 2004

      Net potential liability on all similar transactions $NZ232m*

      Do not currently expect to raise additional provisions

 

      Legislative change to ‘thin cap’ rules in NZ will make these transactions economically unviable after 2005

      No new conduit transactions entered into for almost 2 years

      Expect that remaining conduit transactions will cease before 2006

      Likely to see more capital held in NZ – negligible profit impact, but may impact franking position

 

NPAT from NZ Structured Finance Transactions

 

 


* including interest which is tax effected, up to 30 September 2004

 

26



 

Dividend growth in line with cash EPS growth

 

Dividend growth in line with cash EPS growth

 

 

 

Payout ratio slightly above long term sustainable ratio

 

 

Based on current payout policy

      expect dividend growth in line with cash earnings per share growth

      expect to be able to fully frank the dividend for foreseeable future due to timing differences generating future franking surpluses

 


* Cash Payout ratio is calculated against Core Cash Earnings, defined as earnings after hybrid distributions, but before goodwill and significant items.

 

27



 

Capital position strong, above the top end of our range

 

Drivers of the ACE ratio

 

 

28



 

Capital management initiatives likely in first half

 

Capital Management Philosophy

 

Capital is a scarce resource to be managed efficiently

 

 

 

      Currently above target range

 

Our Response

 

 

      Conservative approach pending Regulatory and Rating

      Continue to generate surplus capital

 

Agency response to IFRS

 

 

 

      Sale of London based structured finance business to free up ~USD1.3b  RWA

 

      Hybrid Tier 1 raising in Europe of ~A$700 million

      Will increase Tier 1 but little ACE impact

 

 

 

but

 

 

 

 

      Capacity for $350m+ buyback to offset dilution from current

      Uncertainty regarding negative ACE impact of IFRS

 

year’s DRP and Group Share Schemes – likely execution following completion of Hybrid Tier 1 capital raising and

      Retain flexibility to make small ‘in-fill’ acquisitions

 

APRA approval

 

29



 

Divisional Outlook for 2005

 

Division

 

Outlook

 

Drivers

 

 

 

 

 

Personal Banking

 

 

      Solid growth in all product business. Continued investment in the franchise. Improvement in margin decline anticipated

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional

 

 

•     Return to modest growth following de-risking. Improved environment anticipated particularly in Markets business

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

 

      Solid underlying growth offset by impact of NBNZ structured deal run-off, and continued restructure of ANZ (NZ) franchise

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

      Strong performances in Corporate and Business Banking offset by significant investment in Small Business Banking

 

 

 

 

 

Esanda & UDC

 

 

      Continued strong growth in higher return markets. Benefits from brand and growth investment anticipated

 

 

 

 

 

Asia Pacific

 

 

      Declining Panin contribution, due to reduced one-offs and provision adjustments, offsetting solid underlying performance

 

 

 

 

 

ING

 

 

      Capital investment earnings uncertainty

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury

 

 

      Continued drag on group earnings due to unfavourable rates at the long end of the yield curve

 


      High single digit and above

       Low to Mid single digit

       Profit decrease

 

30



 

Group Outlook for 2005

 

Item

 

Outlook (normalised for NBNZ and excl. integration costs)

 

 

 

Revenue

 

      6.5% - 8% growth:

 

 

      Lending growth to remain robust; Improving margin environment

 

 

      Benefit from growth investments, weighted towards second half

 

 

      Weighed down by Panin and Group Treasury

 

 

 

Expenses

 

      5% to 7% growth:

 

 

      Expense growth weighted towards first half

 

 

      Investing for sustainable growth, with a focus on increasing frontline capabilities in growth markets

 

 

 

Provision

 

      ELP Rate 28bps to 30bps :

for Doubtful

 

      Lending growth partly offset by mix effect (likely to moderate)

Debts

 

      Reduction in ELP top-up

 

 

 

Taxation

 

      Tax rate slightly above FY04

 

 

 

Cash EPS Growth

 

      Stretch target of 8%, but facing headwinds – around 7% more realistic

 

31



 

 

 

 

 

Supplementary Information

 

 

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

 

26 October 2004

 

 

www.anz.com

 



 

Business Unit Performance

 

33



 

Personal Banking Australia – strong momentum

 

Solid NPAT growth…

 

 

NPAT growth of 11%* for the year, up 8% in 2H04:

 

      Strong growth in Cards & Merchant Services, up 30%* reflecting reduction in “transactors” following RBA interchange reform and increases in merchant numbers

 

      Banking Products performing well following 10% increase in average deposit volumes and favourable margin trends due to increases in the cash rate during the year

 

      Growth in mortgages average FUM of 21% was offset by reduced net interest margin

 

…despite significant investment in the franchise (expenses $m)

 

 

Significant investment in FY04 reflecting:

      Costs associated with new telling platform

      Increased frontline personnel

      Significant investment in staff training, particularly in sales skills

 

FY05 investment forecast to be in line with FY04, key areas of focus include:

      Further increases in frontline personnel and financial planners in the network

      Increase in points of representation

      Ongoing refurbishment of existing branch network

 


* excludes impact of Cards under accrual

 

34



 

Mortgage distribution

 

Mortgage franchises selling ahead of schedule (% sold)...

 

...and we are attracting skilled applicants

 

...driven by an attractive proposition

 

 

Background

 

 

 

 

      No “middle man” in the commission structure

 

      Sales leads and technical support provided by ANZ

 

      Market leading products

 

 

Brokers continue to be an important distribution channel

 

 

Reflects higher proportion of supplementary loans through ANZ network, and higher proportion of broker loans from urban areas

 

Mortgage prepayment level falling

 

 

35



 

 

Retail deposits: good growth, changing customer behaviour

 

Continuing to generate good growth in transaction accounts

 

 

Change in FUM distribution of low interest retail accounts

 

 

              Customers with high balances self selecting to higher rate products

 

              New account structures delivering good growth in $500-$5000 balance range

 

              ~2%/3% of ANZ account holders transfer funds to ING Direct

 

Socio-economic profile of transaction account customers increasingly attractive

 

Mean Income of Transaction Account Holders aged 14+ ($000’s)

 

 

Of Transaction Account Holders - % that are Managers/Professionals & Small Bus Owners

 

 

Of Transaction Account Holders - % that are in the AB Socio-Economic Quintile aged 14+*

 

 

Note - Peer average is defined as the arithmetic average of peers

 

Source:        Roy Morgan Demographic survey data of Transaction Account Holders (Data consists of 12 month rolling averages to June each period)

 


*                 AB Socio-Economic quintile is the highest socio-economic class grouping

 

36



Focus on the customer is closing the market share gap

 

 


* Source: Roy Morgan Research – Main Financial Institution Satisfaction

# % Satisfied (very or fairly satisfied), 6 monthly moving average

 

37



 

Institutional: we have largely completed a structural de-risking program that has been underway for a number of years

 

                  Underlying business momentum adversely impacted by

 

                  Strategy to lower risk which has significantly reduced offshore assets

 

                  $10m NPAT foregone through run-off of structured transactions

 

                  While de-risking has been a priority, we have also invested in growth

 

                  Transaction Services NPAT up 10% reflecting recent investment and management focus in the business

 

                  Focus is now upon re-shaping the business to deliver future growth

 

                  Integration of Foreign Exchange and Capital Markets businesses delivering integrated customer focus and cost savings

 

                  Refocus of offshore business following completion of de-risking

 

                  Increased specialisation in Institutional Banking and revised business model

 

 

 

38



 

Corporate: increased momentum in Corporate Banking, continued strong investment and growth in Business Banking

 

Corporate Banking Australia

 

 

     NPAT up 11% for the year

     Strong lending and deposit growth up 17% and 13%

     Wall Street to Main Street continues to deliver solid revenue growth - 19 deals completed in FY04 vs 5 deals in FY03

     Revenue growth opportunities include:

    Expanding business footprint in key geographies

    Increased cross sell of ANZ product suite

    Continued investment in specialist teams and products

 

Business Banking Australia

 

 

     NPAT up 11% for the year

     Revenue increased 14% driven by 27% lending and 13% deposit growth

     Expenses up 17%, reflecting:

              70 new frontline FTE employed

              Continued focus on industry specialisation – e.g. pharmacy model performing strongly

     Revenue growth opportunities include:

              Further investment in footprint and industry specialisation

              Strong presence in third party origination

              Research and investment in new product opportunities

 

Small Business Banking

 

 

     Nearly 1 million businesses with less than 4 employees and more than half of those are sole operators

     ANZ estimated to have links to around 20% of customers and 15% of FUM; we have a significant opportunity to increase both

     Focus in FY05 is upon growing the business through

              Significant investment, particularly in skilled frontline personnel

              Developing specialist capabilities

 

39



 

The Esanda Group has reshaped its business and is focused on growth

 

Esanda including UDC, have reshaped its business, increasing its focus on higher growth markets, whilst maintaining its commitment to traditional businesses.

 

This is being achieved through the following initiatives:

 

                  Restructure: In May 2004 Esanda restructured its internal business model by:

 

                  creating a new division which brings together Operations, Dealer and Broker channels allowing much closer co-ordination between the business, its customers and those that provide support

 

                  creating a new business segment focused exclusively on growth markets, products and services

 

                  Growth Funding: Funds have has been set aside in FY05 for new revenue growth initiatives including the appointment of 15 additional staff in growth segments in Australia

 

                  NZ Franchise restructure: 25 Relationship Managers have been employed in UDC (NZ) following the winding up of the franchise model during 2004.  The managers will be located in ANZ and National Bank branches

 

                  Brand Development: In 2004 an additional 30% was spent on the re-launch of the Esanda and UDC brands.  In FY05 we plan to invest further in promoting both brands

 

 

40



 

Pacific – strong performance in most markets

 

              NPAT grew 15.5% (17.6% excluding impact of exchange rate movements) driven by solid lending growth, up 12%

 

              Expenses grew 4.9% reflecting increased investment in the region:

 

              Mobile rural banking model rolled out in Fiji, offering banking services to ~ 300k “unbanked” Fijians

 

              Increased compliance costs and  spend upgrading key front-end systems.

 

              Key areas of focus:

 

              Improved efficiency through greater use of our centralised support facility in Fiji (Quest)

 

              Gaining greater share of wallet by improving cross sell and adding new products and services

 

              Exploring opportunities in new markets

 

 

 

 

41



 

Asia – retail partnerships delivering solid underlying growth

 

ANZ Asian Network (geographic)

 

              Strong performance by Personal Banking, NPAT up 5%

              IFS subdued with NPAT down 1.3%.  Continued de-risking of the business, now largely completed

              Increased investment in Trade Finance and Capital Markets resources to support future growth

 

Contribution to NPAT (%)

 

 

ANZ Retail Partnerships

 

              Panin NPAT contribution down 10%.  Strong underlying profit growth was offset by a change in equity accounting policy.

              International Cards continued to perform well, with a 23% increase in cards on issue during the year

              Continuing to work with Shanghai Rural Credit Cooperatives Union to formalise  partnership

              Focus is on developing additional relationships through the region to leverage ANZ’s skills base with local partners

 

Strong growth in cards on issue

 

 

Panin Partnership

 

              Book value of $160m against market value of $224m at 30 Sep 2004

 

              Equity profit booked by ANZ is adjusted for excess provisions held by Panin.  As this the provision balance approaches more reasonable levels, profit adjustments are being reduced

 

              One-off profit of $23m from bond sales in 2003 and $17m from withholding tax write-backs and tax credits in 2004

 

              Outlook for underlying earnings growth remains positive

 

 

42



 

Treasury - mismatch earnings significantly reduced

 

 

 

Group Treasury

 

 

 

2H04

 

1H04

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

37

 

75

 

112

 

155

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

(10

)

(10

)

(20

)

(19

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for Doubtful Debts

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PBIT

 

27

 

65

 

92

 

136

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income Tax Expense

 

(8

)

(20

)

(28

)

(41

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NPAT

 

19

 

45

 

64

 

95

 

 

Composition of Treasury Income $m

 

 

43



 

Improving INGA returns reflect strengthening investment markets

 

NPAT increased 39% driven by:

 

              Funds management income increased 13%, driven by strong investment markets

              Risk income up 15% with increased sales of life insurance products through the ANZ network

              Higher capital investment earnings, up 93% due to strong equity & property trust markets which were partially offset by ANZ’s capital hedge losses.

              Costs increased 11% due to

                  certain investment management fees included in costs in 2004

                  increased investment in product systems and process improvements

 

INGA maintained its number four Retail FUM position as measured by ASSIRT

 

Current JV Valuation

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value at Mar-04

 

1,690

 

 

 

 

 

Completion accounts adjustments

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

2H04 dividend

 

(38

)

 

 

 

 

2H04 Equity accounted profits

 

56

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value at Sep-04

 

1,697

 

 

Good Retail FUM growth*

 

Period

 

A$b

 

 

 

 

 

Mar-03

 

26,896

 

Jun-03

 

27,842

 

Sep-03

 

28,255

 

Dec-03

 

29,126

 

Mar-04

 

29,807

 

Jun-04

 

31,596

 

 

INGA maintains its number four ASSIRT ranking (market share of Retail FUM)

 

 


* source ASSIRT

 

44



 

Additional Risk Information

 

45



 

Specific Provisions lower, despite impact from our exposure to Telstra’s Reach Joint Venture

 

Net Specific Provisions

 

 

Specific Provision Balance by size

 

 

46



 

New Specific Provisions down 7% on FY 2003

 

Geographic Specific Provisions

 

 

Specific Provisions by Source

 

 

47



 

Mortgages growth strong, albeit some slowing in second half

 

                                          Mortgages Portfolio continues to experience strong growth off the back of excellent products and strong distribution networks

 

                                          Growth has been strongest in owner occupied and equity products, whilst some slowing has been noted in investment lending

 

Strong growth in the mortgage portfolio

 

 

Strong LVR profile*

 

 

Portfolio by product*

 

 


* Australian portfolio only

 

48



 

Low exposure to Inner City residential mortgage lending

 

Lending policies driving shift from investment loans to owner occupier loans

 

Purpose of inner city lending

 

 

Detailed analysis has been completed on Docklands, Southbank and Zetland/Waterloo (NSW) given a focus in these areas.  There are no delinquencies in these postcodes >60 days.  Exposure to each area as at August 04 were:

 

Docklands

 

$

51.1m (128 loans)

 

Southbank

 

$

74.0m (330 loans)

 

Zetland/Waterloo (NSW)

 

$

55.9m (184 loans)

 

 

Inner City Dynamic LVR - August 2004

 

 

The number of inner city delinquencies has fallen slightly over the half

 

 

49



 

US power exposures continue to reduce

 

Total US Limits(1)

 

 

US: September 2004

 

              Outstandings:  $0.6bn (75%)

              Other Committed:  $0.2bn (19%)

              Uncommitted:  <$0.1bn (6%)

 

Customers

 

              Non Accrual:  4 [$0.2b]

              Total:  16

 

                  We continue to actively manage our exposure to the US power sector

 

                  Over the past two years, exposure to the merchant energy sector and other non-core segments has reduced substantially through repayments, sell-downs and restructuring

 

                  During 1H04, non accrual loans increased in the US portfolio due to lagged credit effects from previously identified high risk exposures,  however any future losses are expected to be lower and readily absorbed within existing General Provision levels.

 

                  New non-accrual loans in 2H04 of just AUD5m

 


(1)          Excludes Settlement Limits but includes Contingent and Market-Related products domiciled in the US.

 

50



 

Power markets improving & offshore power exposures reducing

 

Total Limits Split by Geography

 

 

KMV Median Expected Default Frequency

 

 

                  ANZ’s exposure to offshore power companies has reduced by 23% since since 2002, with the portfolio becoming increasingly Australasian-centric.  Domestic markets will continue to be buoyed by traditional regulated businesses.

 


Note:

 

(1)        Excludes Settlement Limits but includes Contingent and Market-Related products.

 

51



 

The quality of the Telcos book has continued to improve

 

Total Telcos Limits(1)

 

 

September 2004

 

                  Outstandings: $1.4bn (43%)

                  Other Committed: $1.1bn (33%)

                  Uncommitted: $0.8bn (24%)

 

KMV Median Expected Default Frequency

 

 


Note:

 

(1)                               Excludes Settlement Limits but includes Contingent and Market-Related products.

 

52



 

Group risk grade profile

 

 

 

 

Mar-02

 

Sep-02

 

Mar-03

 

Sep-03

 

Mar-04

 

Sep-04

 

B+ to CCC

 

2.8

%

2.5

%

2.5

%

2.3

%

1.9

%

1.8

%

Non Accrual

 

0.9

%

0.8

%

0.7

%

0.6

%

0.4

%

0.4

%

 


* March & September 2004 includes NBNZ

 

53



 

Geographic risk profiles

 

 

 

 

Australia & New Zealand

 

International

 

 

 

Mar-03

 

Sep-03

 

Mar-04

 

Sep-04

 

Mar-03

 

Sep-03

 

Mar-04

 

Sep-04

 

B+ to CCC

 

2.3

%

2.0

%

1.7

%

1.8

%

6.1

%

6.1

%

4.0

%

2.4

%

Non Accrual

 

0.4

%

0.4

%

0.4

%

0.3

%

4.5

%

4.4

%

3.3

%

2.9

%

 


* March & September 2004 includes NBNZ

 

54



 

ANZ maintains the largest safety net for both expected and unexpected losses

 

              The continued high level of our General Provisioning reflects the lower level of actual losses in 2004.

 

              The ELP methodology that drives the General Provision is different to other Bank’s Dynamic Provisioning and takes a conservative longer term view of the economic credit risk cycle

 

              In 2004, profit and loss charge of $632m was 30% higher than the actual loss experience.

 

 


Note:

 

(1)                               As per most recent company financial reports for CBA, NAB and WBC

 

55



 

Industry exposures – Australia & New Zealand

 

 


* Sep 04 includes NBNZ

 

56



 

 

 


* Sep 04 includes NBNZ

 

57



 

 


* Sep 04 includes NBNZ

 

58



 

Other Information

 

59



 

Australia and New Zealand are attractive low-risk markets

 

High Return

 

      Australia and NZ have had high returns compared to other developed markets

 

Average Real GDP Growth (1993-2003)*

 

 


Source: *International Monetary Fund

 

Low Risk

 

      The New Zealand banking market has a lower credit risk history

 

Doubtful debts expense/Average Loans and Advances (%)

 

 


#  5 top NZ banks for 2002

^  4 top Australian banks for 2003

** Source – Citigroup Smith Barney top 5 banks

 

60



 

Profit & Loss impact TrUEPrS versus StEPS

 

This analysis excludes the impact of the TrUEPrS buy-back which has been reported as a significant item

 

 

 

Impact (A$m)

 

 

 

TrUEPrS
FY03

 

StEPS
FY04

 

Movement

 

Interest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  TrUEPrS invested in USD, StEPS in AUD*

 

16

 

53

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non Interest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Income from interest rate swap

 

72

 

0

 

(72

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income Tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Tax on income

 

(28

)

(16

)

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Tax credit on dividend

 

31

 

19

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NPAT Impact (pre distributions)

 

91

 

56

 

(35

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions

 

(102

)

(62

)

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EPS Impact

 

(11

)

(6

)

5

 

 

61



 

Update on Basel II and IFRS

 

 

IFRS Project

              Project on track

 

              Estimated project cost ~$20m

 

              Work effort is structured around specific streams

 

              Further commentary is given in the Financial Results and Dividend Announcement (pages 33 to 34)

 

 

Basel II Project

 

              ANZ aiming to achieve Advanced Status

 

              Project on track

 

              Estimated project cost ~$43m, which incorporates enhancements to a number of corporate systems

 

              Additional cost of ~NZ12m to bring ANZ National to Advanced status

 

62



 

Composition of “other” in the high level margin analysis (pcp)

 

Other items

2 basis points

 

 

              Cashflow mismatch on Capital Markets cross currency swaps negatively impacted the Group’s NIM.

 

              The following items improved NIM:

 

      Increased earnings from FX revenue hedging.

      Increases in the proportion of credit card volumes earning interest.

      Higher investment earnings from the substitution of USD TrUEPrS with AUD StEPS.

      Improvements in interest foregone.

 

63



 

Summary of forecasts – Australia (bank year)

 

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GDP

 

3.7

 

3.6

 

3.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inflation

 

2.4

 

2.4

 

2.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unemployment (Sep)

 

6.2

 

5.6

 

5.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash rate (Sep)

 

5.25

 

5.75

 

5.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10 year bonds (Sep)

 

5.5

 

6.7

 

5.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$A/$US (Sep)

 

0.71

 

0.77

 

0.71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit

 

14.5

 

12.0

 

11.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

•  Housing

 

19.9

 

14.7

 

13.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

•  Business

 

7.6

 

8.2

 

7.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

•  Other

 

14.3

 

11.3

 

10.1

 

 



 

Summary of forecasts – New Zealand (bank year)

 

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GDP

 

4.1

 

3.0

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inflation

 

2.7

 

2.9

 

2.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unemployment (Sep)

 

4.1

 

4.1

 

4.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash rate (Sep)

 

6.25

 

6.50

 

6.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$A/$NZ (Sep)

 

1.07

 

1.15

 

1.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

•  Housing

 

15.5

 

8.0

 

7.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

•  Business

 

7.3

 

5.0

 

4.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

•  Total

 

11.4

 

6.6

 

6.2

 

 



 

The material in this presentation is general background information about the Bank’s activities current at the date of the presentation.  It is information given in summary form and does not purport to be complete.  It is not intended to be relied upon as advice to investors or potential investors and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or needs of any particular investor.  These should be considered, with or without professional advice when deciding if an investment is appropriate.

 

For further information visit

 

www.anz.com

 

or contact

 

Stephen Higgins

Head of Investor Relations

 

ph: (613) 9273 4185   fax: (613) 9273 4899   e-mail: higgins@anz.com

 



 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

GROWTH

PERFORMANCE

SUSTAINABILITY

 

 

 

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

sustainable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

growing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

performing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

low risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

specialised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

low cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

customer

different

community

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

creative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

open

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2004 INVESTOR SNAPSHOT

THE YEAR AT A GLANCE

 

Our goal is to become Australasia’s leading, most respected and fastest growing major bank. We came a long way in 2004 while at the same time delivering another good financial performance. Importantly we have rewarded our shareholders and shared the benefits with customers, our people and the community.

 

 

2004 HIGHLIGHTS

 

                  Completed the $4.9 billion acquisition of The National Bank of New Zealand and made good progress with the integration of our New Zealand business.

 

                  Undertook a successful $3.6 billion Rights Issue.

 

                  Created strong momentum in the Personal and Corporate divisions, which performed well delivering improved service for customers and growing market share.

 

                  Established a sustainable foundation for the Institutional division through more efficient use of capital and lower risk.

 

                  Produced solid performances in New Zealand, Asia Pacific, Esanda and ING Australia.

 

                  Took further steps in a multi-year program of structural de-risking which is now largely complete with ANZ’s risk profile now comparable with other major Australian banks.

 

                  Continued to create an environment of opportunity, challenge and development for our people.  Staff satisfaction now stands at 85%.

 

                  Developed innovative programs to strengthen our connection with the community including responses to major social issues that involve the financial services industry such as financial literacy and savings.

 

STRONG PROFIT GROWTH


YEAR ON YEAR NET PROFIT


Our profit in 2004 of $2,815 million represents an increase of 20% over the previous year. This was driven by the acquisition of The National Bank of New Zealand during the year, combined with solid underlying growth in most parts of the Group. The Institutional result was flat, as we continued to reduce risk. Costs increased slightly.

 

 

MARKET CAPITALISATION DOUBLED IN 5 YEARS

 

MARKET CAPITALISATION AT 30 SEPTEMBER


Over the past five years ANZ’s market capital value has more than doubled, driven mainly by strong growth in underlying earnings.

 



 

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

 

SUSTAINABLE SHAREHOLDER VALUE

MARKET LEADERSHIP & SUPERIOR MARKET GROWTH

LOW COST & LOW RISK

DISTINCTIVE CUSTOMER SERVICE

EARNING COMMUNITY TRUST

 

CREDIT RATING

 

Maintained AA- Credit Rating

 

KEY TO GRAPHS

 

(A)  SIGNIFICANT ITEMS In the year ended 30 September 2004 there were significant items of $84 million, including gain related to the buy-back of TrUEPrS preference shares ($84 million after tax), gain on finalising ING Australia completion accounts ($14 million after tax), and incremental costs associated with the NBNZ integration ($14 million after tax). There were significant items totalling $154 million after tax in 2002 and $44 million in 2000.

 

(B)  COST TO INCOME RATIO Excludes the effect of significant items and goodwill amortisation.

 

FINANCIAL TERMS AND KEY DEFINITIONS

 

Can be found in the Glossary of Financial Terms.

 

FURTHER EXPLANATION OF KEY MEASURES

 

Can be found in the Chief Financial Officer’s Review.

 

 

 

 

 

WORLD-LEADING PRODUCTIVITY

 

HEALTHY SHAREHOLDER RETURNS

 

 

 

COST TO INCOME RATIO (B)

 

VALUE OF $100 INVESTMENT IN ANZ SHARES OVER 5 YEARS

 

 

 

During 2004 our cost to income ratio remained broadly stable at 45.3%, staying within our target range. ANZ remains one of the most efficient major banks in the world. We continued to increase the rate of organic investment in the Australian franchise to increase market share, particularly in Personal and Corporate.

 

Share price re-based for rights issue. Assumes re-investing of dividends. Total shareholder return (TSR) in 2004 was 17%. The TSR annualised for the last five years, assuming full reinvestment of dividends, was 20%. This was driven by steadily increasing dividends and strong growth in the share price.

 

 

 

STRONG DIVIDEND GROWTH

 

DIVIDENDS PER SHARE

 

The 2004 dividend was a record with a 47 cents interim dividend and a 54 cents final dividend, both 100% franked. Adjusting for the bonus element of the Rights Issue, dividends grew by 10.8% broadly in line with the growth in earnings per share excluding significant items and goodwill amortisation.

 

INCREASED SHAREHOLDER VALUE AS MEASURED BY EVA™


EVA™

Economic value added (EVATM )grew by 11% in 2004, driven by sound underlying performance and continued success in reducing risk across the Group, particularly in our Institutional division.

 

 

 

 



 

ANZ’S GOAL IS TO BECOME

AUSTRALASIA’S LEADING, MOST RESPECTED

AND FASTEST GROWING MAJOR BANK.

 



 

CHAIRMAN’S REPORT

 

Charles Goode comments on ANZ’s performance, key issues for the Board and the outlook for 2005.

 

 

 

A MESSAGE FROM JOHN McFARLANE

 

John McFarlane discusses ANZ’s business strategy, progress made in 2004 and future priorities.

 

 

 

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW

 

A review of the Group’s financial performance.

 

 

 

SENIOR MANAGEMENT

 

ANZ’s senior management team and their approach to leadership, people and culture.

 

 

 

BUSINESS DIVISIONS

 

The leaders of ANZ’s customer divisions each discuss their division’s performance and priorities.

 

 

 

BUSINESS PERFORMANCE

 

Details of the contribution made by each business to ANZ’s 2004 performance.

 

 

 

THE COMMUNITY

 

Outlines ANZ’s approach to building community trust.

 

 

 

THE ENVIRONMENT

 

ANZ’s approach to environmental improvement, achievements in 2004 and future priorities.

 

 

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Biographies of ANZ’s Board of Directors.

 

 

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Details of ANZ’s approach to corporate governance.

 

 

 

REMUNERATION REPORT

 

Details of remuneration policy and practices, including remuneration tables for Directors and Executives.

 

 

 

GUIDE TO CONCISE FINANCIAL REPORT

 

This guide assists readers’ understanding of each section of the Concise Financial Report.

 

 

 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

 

Directors’ overview of the Group for 2004.

 

 

 

CONCISE FINANCIAL REPORT

 

Financial information including the Consolidated Statements of Financial Performance, Financial Position and Cash Flows.

 

 

 

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION

 

The Directors’ declaration on the Concise Financial Report.

 

 

 

AUDITORS’ REPORT

 

The independent audit report on the Concise Financial Report.

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

Key financial information, stock exchange information and shareholder dates.

 

 

 

GLOSSARY OF FINANCIAL TERMS

 

Definitions of financial terms used in this report are provided.

 

 



 

EMMA EVANS

SENIOR SALES CONSULTANT

PERSONAL BANKING AND WEALTH MANAGEMENT

SURFERS PARADISE

 

 

I was helping a customer who came in to look at our products because she was unhappy with her bank. I ended up transferring her home loan, absolutely everything to ANZ. After, she sent three other people to me for home loans. Sometimes it’s that simple. If you deliver great service, the customer goes away smiling and refers people to you.

 



 

BARRY BAILEY (AND OSLO)

CUSTOMER SERVICE CONSULTANT

ANZ INTERNET BANKING

VICTORIA

 

 

I originally trained for a role in Cards but now I’m on the Internet Banking Help Desk. A lot of clients I deal with are elderly and not used to computers. So I talk to them on the phone and they’re pretty happy when I get them up and running with internet banking.

 



 

 

EVA LIU BOYD

 

CUSTOMER SERVICE OFFICER

 

MANNERS STREET BRANCH

 

THE NATIONAL BANK OF NEW ZEALAND

 

 

Service is not just greeting your customer or asking how their day is but actually putting yourself in their position so you understand more and can help that little bit more. Sometimes you get a great reaction and its like ‘wow, I did that’. If you are always putting customers first then they will come back for that service.

 



 

FRANK HAGEALI

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT MANAGER
CORPORATE BANKING
SYDNEY

 

 

The reason I enjoy working at ANZ is the opportunity to run your own business, to do it your way. You can look outside the square and come up with different solutions for clients. I’m always looking for clients who have that requirement, where I can do something special.

 



 

JASON BATSON
BRANCH MANAGER WARRAGUL & TRAFALGAR
ANZ RURAL BANKING
VICTORIA

 

 

The big change for us has been the feeling that everytime you walk in the door to work can make local decisions, which are right for our branch and our community. You really run your own race and we have a happier team and happier customers as a result.

 



 

DELIVERING PERFORMANCE AND GROWTH
CHAIRMAN’S REPORT

 

2004 was a good year for ANZ. The Group delivered on its commitments to shareholders, producing a record profit, higher dividends and a strong capital position. Importantly, this was achieved with a prudent approach to risk. Total shareholder return for 2004 was 17%.

 

Performance

 

In the year ended 30 September 2004, profit after tax was up 20% to a new record of $2,815 million. This includes ten months’ contribution from The National Bank of New Zealand. Excluding The National Bank of New Zealand and significant items, profit after tax was $2,536 million, up 8%.

 

The Directors were pleased to increase the dividend to $1.01 per share fully franked, an increase of 10.8% taking into account the effect of the Rights Issue. This is the 13th consecutive increase in annual dividends and a further increase in our dividend payout ratio, as ANZ’s cash earnings per share have grown.

 

A strong performance in our Personal Division drove much of our growth. This is an area we have focussed on as part of our specialisation strategy and we are now seeing the benefits.

 

Understanding shareholders value sustainable growth, we have also continued to focus on the prudent management of margins, risks and capital as well as investing for the future.

 

The return on ordinary shareholders’ equity was down to 18.1% in 2004 from 20.6% in 2003. This reduction is primarily associated with the impact of our New Zealand acquisition. Our cost to income ratio of 45.3% continues to be the lowest of the major Australian banks and reflects our position as one of the most efficient banks in the world. Risks continue to be well managed. Specific provisions

were down by 16% to $443 million.

 

Our capital position is strong, with the Group’s adjusted common equity ratio at 5.1%. This is above our target range. We announced plans for an on-market share buy-back to enhance ANZ’s capital management.

 

Expansion and Growth

 

Our acquisition of The National Bank of New Zealand has provided ANZ with a stronger, more sustainable and diversified domestic

business base. We have already made good progress with integration of our New Zealand businesses. Our approach has been low risk, emphasising the priority we have given to retaining customers and protecting our franchise. Legal amalgamation was achieved in June with the creation of ANZ National Bank Limited.

 

In other areas, we have maintained momentum in our specialist businesses. Our Personal and Corporate Divisions performed well. The Institutional Division was subdued, reflecting in part a strategic decision to reduce risk with consequent earnings sacrifice.

 

Our specialisation strategy has provided ANZ with focus and vitality. In May 2004 we reorganised our specialist businesses into five customer service divisions: Personal, Institutional, Corporate, New Zealand and Asia Pacific. The change is designed to accelerate growth and build market share by harnessing synergies between the businesses.

 

Customers and the Community

 

I have often emphasised our commitment to improving customer service and our position in the communities we serve.

 

During 2004, on all measures, customer service improved. We have invested in modernising our branches, improving our focus on health and safety and developing innovative new products. As a result, in the Personal Division, not only do our customers say we are doing a better job, our staff are more satisfied and we are gaining market share.

 

As importantly, we have taken a broader role in the community. While you can read about this in more detail later in this report,

I would like to acknowledge the work of thousands of ANZ staff who volunteered their time to help local schools, rebuild community facilities and support the needs of people in financial difficulty.

 

Governance and Regulation

 

Regulatory focus continued to increase during the year. New measures included the governance standards associated with CLERP 9 in Australia, the US Sarbanes Oxley Act and International Financial Reporting Standards.

 

A strong focus on corporate governance and transparency is not only an ethical and stewardship responsibility, it can give ANZ a strong advantage.

 

Nevertheless the trend toward greater regulation means the cost involved in complying with these regulations is now quite a significant item. We estimate this additional cost has reduced earnings in 2004 by between half and one percent. There is a danger of further regulation diminishing returns for both shareholders and the community.

 

The Board’s Focus in 2004

 

ANZ’s Board met 8 times in 2004 with many specific activities being carried out by the Board’s committees. Some of the key issues for the Board were oversight of integration issues related to the acquisition of The National Bank of New Zealand, the long-term strategy for technology and a continuing focus on risk management.

 

During the year the Board placed more emphasis on developing a long-term growth strategy including our strategy for East Asia. The Board recognises that opportunities to improve our efficiency by cost reduction alone are becoming more limited. While we will ensure ANZ continues to be an efficient bank, we will place increasing emphasis on growth as a means of delivering superior value to shareholders over the coming years.

 

8



 

 

ANZ has continued to deliver on its promises to shareholders in 2004. We acquired The National Bank of New Zealand making us the leading bank in New Zealand. There was a successful $3.6 billion Rights Issue associated with the acquisition making us the number three bank in Australia based on market capitalisation. And we produced another good financial performance.

 

New Directors

 

During 2004, the Board appointed three new directors. These appointments have added to the Board’s experience and expertise and allowed careful management of a transition with the planned retirement of John Dahlsen and Brian Scott in 2005.

 

On 1 February 2004, Dr Greg Clark joined the ANZ Board. Dr Clark has international experience and a distinguished career in

technology including leading roles at News Corporation, IBM and presently at Clark Capital Partners. He is also a Director of James Hardie Industries. Dr Clark will especially assist the Board in its deliberations in the area of technology, which is a complex area and one of the major opportunities and challenges facing banking in the 21st Century.

 

Mr John Morschel and Mr David Meiklejohn joined the Board on 1 October 2004.

 

Mr Morschel was a Director of Westpac Banking Corporation, including two years as Executive Director. He is currently Chairman of Rinker Group Limited and is a Director of Rio Tinto plc, Singapore Telecommunications Limited and Tenix Pty Limited. He brings with him extensive experience in banking and financial services.

 

Mr Meiklejohn is currently Chairman of PaperlinX Limited and SPC Ardmona Limited and a director of One Steel Limited and WMC Resources Limited. Mr Meiklejohn has a strong background in finance and accounting including at Amcor Limited where he was  Chief Financial Officer and later Executive Director.

 

Outlook

 

In 2004, the Australian and New Zealand economies performed well. We benefited from a buoyant property market and low levels of unemployment. Both economies are enjoying one of the best periods of sustained economic growth that we have experienced.

 

Looking ahead, we expect the economies in Australia and New Zealand to continue to perform relatively well, although there is likely to be some softening in overall credit growth associated with an easing in the housing boom and the modest rises we have seen in interest rates. Overseas markets are expected to continue to strengthen although there are challenges posed by rising oil prices, the twin deficits in the United States and the global security environment.

 

ANZ has established a reputation for delivering to our shareholders. We have a strong financial foundation and we are making tangible progress in advancing our strategic position. The momentum we have established and our emphasis on growth should enable us to continue to deliver value for our shareholders, our people and the community.

 

That momentum has come from the talent and hard work of ANZ’s people. On behalf of the Board and all shareholders, I thank them for their contribution to ANZ and to their own communities.

 

 

/s/ Charles Goode

 

CHARLES GOODE
CHAIRMAN

 

9



 

LEADERSHIP AND GROWTH
A MESSAGE FROM JOHN McFARLANE

 

 

Delivering sustainable value to shareholders over the longer term involves more than producing superior financial results.  It’s also about ensuring our customers want to do business with us, our staff want to invest their careers with us and that we have earned the trust of the community.

 

ANZ has come a long way in 2004 while at the same time delivering another good financial performance. Importantly we have rewarded our shareholders and shared the benefits with our customers, our people and the community.

 

  We completed the $4.9 billion acquisition of The National Bank of New Zealand and have made good progress with the integration of our New Zealand businesses. The acquisition has been immediately accretive to cash earnings per share.

 

  There was a $3.6 billion Rights Issue to fund the acquisition. The Rights Issue was over subscribed and rewarded shareholders who participated.

 

  Our Personal and Corporate divisions performed well following several years of hard work. They have good momentum, delivering improved service for customers and growing market share.

 

 Institutional Division was subdued but we have now established a more sustainable foundation for the Division having increased economic value added through more efficient use of capital and lower risk.

 

  Our New Zealand business performed reasonably in the face of significant competition and the normal uncertainties associated with a major acquisition. Our Pacific business performed well, but Asia was subdued. Esanda, our asset finance business, also performed well, and ING Australia continued to show improvement.

 

  We have largely completed a seven-year program of structural de-risking. As a result ANZ’s risk profile has been substantially reduced and is now comparable with other major Australian banks.

 

  We have continued to develop our culture, which we now consider a competitive advantage. We have created a new structure for our specialist businesses, led by an experienced team with a strong track record, to help accelerate growth and build market share.

 

  We have developed innovative programs to strengthen our connection with the community. This includes responses to some of the major social issues involving the financial services industry such as financial literacy and savings, and programs which help our people engage with the community.

 

The acquisition of The National Bank of New Zealand has made us the leading bank in New Zealand and the clear number three Australian bank based on market capitalisation. Our market capitalisation has increased from $27.3 billion in 2003 to $34.6 billion. We have done this while delivering a strong 17% total shareholder return during the year, well above the sector average.

 

Outcomes like these don’t just happen.  They come about through the hard work and enthusiasm of our people. Similarly, our future aspirations are only good intentions unless they are accompanied by a focussed and disciplined strategy, hard work and genuine sense of excitement about the future.

 

Sustainable Performance and Value

 

We have now established the foundation to lift our sights and be clear that ANZ’s aspiration is to become Australasia’s leading, most respected and fastest growing major bank.

 

This reflects my strong belief that delivering value to shareholders is not just about building the capacity of the organisation to perform and grow consistently in the short term but ensuring ANZ can stand the test of time and deliver sustainable performance and value over the long term.

 

The aspiration also reflects my views about what makes successful companies and translates into a clear set of priorities for ANZ.

 

 Companies who combine superior revenue growth with superior efficiency generally produce the highest earnings growth and share price multiples.

 

10



 

 

Our approach in recent years has involved moderate revenue growth and significant efficiency gains. ANZ is now very efficient, among the most efficient banks globally, and so our priority has to be to generate superior revenue growth.

 

  Companies with market leadership generally produce the highest long-term shareholder returns.  We are now the leading bank in New Zealand and have a number of other leading positions in Australia and the Pacific.  We now need to increase market share in each of our core businesses, particularly in those lower risk, more sustainable businesses where we are underweight such as Australian personal banking and small business banking.

 

  Companies with distinctive relationships and service generally increase market share and produce the highest sustainable revenue growth. Specialisation has helped us make real progress in this area. It has provided our businesses with focus and vitality and we have great products for our customers. This year, we reorganised to harness synergies between the specialist businesses and to broaden and deepen their offering to customers. It is good progress but we need to do more to develop tangible reasons for customers to choose ANZ over our competitors.

 

  Companies that manage costs effectively are able to improve earnings, offer lower prices and free up resources for investment in future revenue growth. We are going to support growth with increased investment funded by reallocating resources to growth businesses, re-investing funds generated by growth and continuing to run our business in a lean, agile way.

 

  Companies that engage in non-core or risky activities generally produce sub-standard and volatile shareholder returns and divert management attention from what is important. We have had a consistent strategy of ceasing high-risk activities and narrowing our focus to core businesses where we have realistic leadership prospects.

 

Value for all Stakeholders

 

I want to emphasise, however, that our aspiration recognises that delivering sustainable value to shareholders in the long-term involves more that just a focus on growth, costs and managing risk.

 

It’s about sharing the benefits of our success with customers, staff and the community. It recognises companies do not serve shareholders exclusively, but others as well. We are making progress here too.

 

We established a program of cultural change in 1999 and it continues today. This program has been designed to transform ANZ’s culture from the traditional, bureaucratic banking culture into a modern, vibrant organisation.

 

Over 18,000 people within ANZ have been through this program in its various phases, with each phase tackling a different priority or issue. Initially, much of the program was aimed at increasing accountability, freedom and openness and developing a common set of values. We are currently working at getting the whole organisation aligned to the customer and to superior revenue growth.

 

The program reflects our people are an investment rather than a resource. As a result, we have seen a radical rise in staff satisfaction, which now stands at 85%.

 

In the 1990s, there was much resentment of banks in the community. Now, with the community programs we have put in place, and by running the bank in a way we can be proud of, I believe community sentiment has improved.

 

We announced a moratorium on rural branch closures in 1999 and we have stuck to it. We have assisted our staff to connect with their local communities through paid volunteer leave and the establishment of the ANZ Community Fund. We have also set out an ambitious agenda on issues like financial literacy and savings through business-community partnerships.

 

We have created a very different bank at ANZ. A bank that has a sustainable foundation, that is positioned for growth and one that I believe will continue to deliver value for shareholders over the short and the longer term.

 

 

/s/ John McFarlane

 

JOHN McFARLANE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

11



 

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW

 

7 GOOD REASONS

FOR INVESTING IN ANZ

 

 

1                 PROFIT GROWTH AND EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Earnings per share, or EPS, and core profit growth are two of the key measures used to understand ANZ’s performance,

 

EPS represents the earnings of the company divided by the weighted average number of shares on issue. Excluding significant items and goodwill amortisation from EPS provides a measure of performance sometimes referred to as Cash EPS, which we consider provides a clearer picture of the core performance of the group.

 

During the year, ANZ completed the purchase of The National Bank of New Zealand (NBNZ). In addition, our profit was affected by a number of significant items including a net gain of $84 million after tax from release of deferred swap income associated with the TrUEPrS hybrid instrument. This gain is not expected to recur. The final coupon paid to holders of TrUEPrS ($36 million) is also  classified as a significant item.

 

EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Earnings per share increased 7.5% to 153.1 cents. Cash EPS increased 10.1% to 161.1 cents affected by:

 

 Growth in existing ANZ businesses (+14.3 cents).

 

  Accretion from the NBNZ purchase, and its capital funding (+2.3 cents).

 

  The issuance of shares under the dividend reinvestment and bonus option plans and employee share option schemes (-1.8 cents).

 

PROFIT GROWTH

 

The Group recorded a profit after tax of $2,815 million for the year ended 30 September 2004, an increase of 20% over the year ended 30 September 2003.

 

Profit excluding significant items and the 10 months’ contribution from NBNZ increased by 8% to $2,536 million with:

 

  Net interest income increasing by 5% driven by solid lending growth particularly in Mortgages and deposit growth in Personal and Corporate, partly offset by lower net interest margins.

 

  Other income increasing 7% driven by growth in non-lending fees based on higher business volumes, the under-accrual of card loyalty points in 2003 and an increased contribution from ING Australia, offset by reduced income from the TrUEPrS swap which contributed $35 million to profit after tax in 2003.

 

  Operating expenses increasing 6%, largely driven by an increase in staff numbers as our focus turns to growth.

 

  Asset quality continuing to improve with the economic loss provision rate down 6 basis points. This reflected a reduction in the additional charge taken in the Corporate Centre for unexpected offshore losses and the increased proportion of lower risk domestic assets. Net specific provisions reduced 19% to $429 million with the reduction assisted by the de-risking of the offshore book.

 

PICTURED ABOVE - Anna McGill (centre), Ben Hall (left) and Bianca Snee (right) ANZ Courtenay Place Branch - Wellington, New Zealand

 

CASH EARNINGS
PER SHARE

2004 maintains the upward trend in cash earnings per share growth.

NET PROFIT
AFTER TAX

2004 profit boosted by NBNZ acquisition and continued core earnings growth.

PROFIT GROWTH
EXCLUDING NBNZ AND SIGNIFICANT ITEMS

Excluding the positive impacts of the NBNZ acquistion, ANZ’s core earnings demonstrated continued growth.

 

 

12



 

2                 DIVIDENDS AND TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURNS

 

The total return to an investor over a given period comprises the combination of dividends paid and the movement in the market value of their shares over that period. This combination is commonly referred to as the Total Shareholder Return (TSR).

 

TSR not only reflects the immediate return to shareholders by way of the dividend, but also any change in the market’s assessment of the long term value which the company is building, which will be seen as a change in the share price.

 

In order to maintain a balance between dividends and reinvestment in the business, ANZ’s practice in recent years has been to increase dividends at approximately the same rate as the growth in earnings per share excluding significant items and goodwill amortisation (Cash EPS). In the year ended 30 September 2004, Cash EPS grew by 10.1% to 161.1 cents. The fully franked dividend for the year grew by 10.8% after adjusting for the bonus element of the Rights Issue, with an annual dividend of $1.01. The interim dividend of 47 cents and the final dividend of 54 cents were both records for ANZ, reflecting our continuing growth. The Group expects that it will be able to maintain full franking for the foreseeable future.

 

TSR in the year to 30 September 2004 was 17%. Over the past five years, the TSR for an investor in ANZ who fully reinvested all dividends, was 20% compound, reflecting our continuing delivery of growth and value to our shareholders.

 

 

PICTURED ABOVE - Tomoko Sakai, ANZ Surfers Paradise.
RIGHT - Tracy Waters and Michael Turner, ANZ Warragul Branch

 

SHAREHOLDER
RETURNS

VALUE OF $100 INVESTMENT IN ANZ SHARES OVER 5 YEARS

Share price re-based for Rights Issue. Assumes re-investing of dividends.

DIVIDEND GROWTH


DIVIDENDS PER SHARE

The 2004 dividend was a record with a 47 cents interim dividend and a 54 cents final dividend, both 100% franked. Adjusting for the bonus element of the Rights Issue, dividends grew by 10.8% broadly in line with the growth in earnings per share excluding significant items and goodwill amortisation.

RETURN ON EQUITY
Return on equity was dampened by the effects of accounting for goodwill following the NBNZ acquisition.

 

13



 

3                 REVENUE AND BALANCE SHEET GROWTH

 

Revenue growth is one of the most important measures of our performance, reflecting our success in gaining new customers and winning more business from our existing customers. Revenue growth is the essential foundation for sustainable growth in profits and shareholder value.

 

ANZ’s revenue comprises net interest income and other operating income.

 

NET INTEREST INCOME at $5,254 million increased by $943 million (22%), driven by:

 

Volume

Average net loans and advances grew by $44.8 billion (32%) overall with growth mainly attributable to the acquisition of NBNZ ($26.4 billion), Mortgages Australia ($13.0 billion), Corporate ($2.3 billion) and Institutional Australia ($1.8 billion). Average net loans and advances reduced by $2.4 billion (20%) in overseas markets as a result of our risk reduction strategy and exchange rate movements.

 

Average deposits and other borrowings grew $37.2 billion (31%), largely driven by growth from the NBNZ acquisition ($25.3 billion), Treasury ($3.4 billion), Personal ($3.4 billion), and Corporate ($1.7 billion).

 

Margin

Net Interest Margin contracted by 18 basis points owing to:

 

  Changes in the mix of assets and liabilities that negatively affected the net interest margin by 6 basis points.

 

  Competitive pressures reduced margins by 3 basis points, mainly arising in the Institutional and Mortgages businesses.

 

  Wholesale rate movements had a significant impact, reducing the net interest margin by 6 basis points.

 

  Margins were also reduced by 2 basis points by increases in retail broker payments.

 

  Funding costs associated with the acquisition of NBNZ resulted in a 3 basis point decline in the Group’s interest margin.

 

  Funding costs associated with unrealised trading gains reduced margins by 4 basis points, directly offset by equivalent gains in trading income.

 

  A number of other factors, including foreign exchange revenue hedging income, credit card volumes carrying interest and the substitution of USD TrUEPrS hybrid with AUD StEPS, combined to contribute a 6 basis point increase in net interest margins.

 

OTHER OPERATING INCOME at $3,391 million increased $583 million (21%). Excluding significant items, other operating income increased $459 million (16%) due largely to the $259 million contribution from NBNZ.

 

Lending fees increased by $18 million, driven by lending growth in Corporate, Personal and Esanda offset by a $16 million reduction in Institutional reflecting our offshore risk reduction strategy.

 

Non-lending fee income increased by $165 million, driven mainly by growth in Personal ($112 million), Institutional ($39 million) and Esanda ($9 million).

 

Foreign exchange earnings increased $16 million with increased commodity and structured product sales in Institutional.

 

Profit on trading instruments increased $31 million, with a lower proportion of revenue booked as interest due to funding of cashflows.

 

Other operating income reduced $30 million with a reduction in income received on the TrUEPrS swap partly offset by increased equity accounted income from ING Australia.

 

REVENUE

Continued revenue momentum was a feature of the 2004 result.

NET LENDING
ASSET GROWTH

Profit growth was volume driven, more than offsetting lower margins.

DEPOSIT AND
BORROWINGS GROWTH

Deposits continued to grow, although stronger lending growth required more wholesale funding.

NET INTEREST MARGIN

Net interest average margins have decreased this year in line with long term trends for the industry.

 

 

14



 

4                 COST PERFORMANCE

 

Controlling costs and ensuring that we operate efficiently is one of the ways we maximise returns to our shareholders. The cost to income ratio expresses the Group’s expenses as a percentage of revenue and is one of the clearest and most widely used measures of efficiency in the banking industry.

 

During the year ended 30 September 2004 the cost to income ratio remained broadly stable at 45.3%, staying within our target range (see chart below). We continued to increase investment in organic growth opportunities in the Australian franchise aimed at improving our market share. Operating expenses increased by $798 million, of which $572 million occurred because of the acquisition of NBNZ with a further $21 million in NBNZ incremental integration costs. Excluding these factors operating costs increased by $205 million (6%) driven by:

 

  Personnel expenses increased $110 million as a result of annual salary increases together with an increase in staff numbers of 775, mainly in:

 

                  customer facing positions (600 staff) in New Zealand, Foreign Exchange, Capital Markets, Trade Finance and Personal; and

                  central functions (155 staff) driven mainly by an escalating compliance focus and project related activity.

 

  Technology costs increased by $44 million largely due to costs associated with the rollout of the new telling platform and increased depreciation associated with investments in technology.

 

  Premises costs increased $17 million, with increased investment in the branch network and changes in accounting methodology for rental costs.

 

  The appreciation of the Australian dollar suppressed cost growth by $39 million.

 

PICTURED BELOW LEFT Sonya Witton and Peter Kotanidis ANZ Dorcas Street, Melbourne. BELOW RIGHT Meg Llewellyn and David Young, ANZ Dorcas Street Melbourne.

 

 

COST TO INCOME RATIO

ANZ remains an efficient bank with a cost to income ratio within our target range.

ANALYSIS OF EXPENSE GROWTH

Cost growth was mainly driven by the acquisition of NBNZ and our investment in sustainable growth areas of the Group.

 

15



 

5                 LOW RISK

 

The economic environment in Australia and New Zealand remained positive throughout the year, with robust economic growth, unemployment at low levels and low interest rates. This was complemented by strong global economic growth, creating a relatively benign credit environment.

 

Arrears and loss rates in the consumer portfolio, including residential property, continued to track at or near record lows. ANZ nonetheless continues to adhere to conservative lending criteria, for example, assessing borrowers’ capacity to absorb an increase in interest rates in the loan approval process for residential property.

 

Integration of NBNZ into ANZ’s global risk framework is progressing well.

 

We continued to apply our conservative approach to market risk. One indicator which reflects this approach is our low level of Value at Risk, covering both physical and derivative trading positions, relative both to our peers and historic levels.

 

ANZ continued to pursue its risk reduction strategy, with continued rebalancing of the Group’s lending portfolio towards core customers, domestic markets and consumer businesses. The combination of the economic environment and consistent application of our risk reduction strategy was reflected in the 2004 results.

 

ECONOMIC LOSS PROVISION

 

The Group economic loss provision (ELP) charge was $632 million compared with $614 million in the year to September 2003. The increase was driven by volume growth and $62 million arising from the acquisition of NBNZ offset by lower risk in our existing businesses.

 

 

ECONOMIC LOSS PROVISION (ELP)

LENDING ASSET BUSINESS MIX

LENDING ASSET BUSINESS MIX

Lower risk is reflected in both ELP rate and NSP reductions.

Lending portfolio mix is now lower risk and more sustainable.

 

 

 

16



 

The ELP rate decreased 8 basis points over the year in line with the Group’s improving risk profile. This was a result of sound growth in lower risk domestic assets (principally mortgages), the acquisition of the relatively low risk NBNZ franchise, the continued de-risking of the offshore portfolio and a lower central charge for unexpected offshore losses.

 

NET SPECIFIC PROVISIONS

 

Net specific provisions (NSP) were $443 million, down $84 million from the year to September 2003. The reduction in losses was principally in the international operations of Institutional, which reduced $121 million over the year. NSP in the Australian and New Zealand portfolios increased over the year by 11% and 56% respectively. The increase in Australia was primarily due to one account in the telecommunications industry ($87 million) whilst in New Zealand the acquisition of NBNZ added an additional $14 million over the year. As a percentage of net lending assets, NSP reduced to 22 basis points, down from 34 basis points in September 2003.

 

GROSS NON-ACCRUAL LOANS

 

Gross non-accrual loans decreased to $829 million, down from $1,007 million as at September 2003. This improvement was achieved notwithstanding the inclusion of $81 million of NBNZ non-accruals loans in the portfolio this year. The overall reduction in non-accruals was primarily the result of realisations, upgrades and write-offs of a number of large balances in the Institutional portfolios. The default rate (new non accruals/average gross lending assets) has decreased since September 2003 by 10 basis points, from 63 basis points to 53 basis points in the year to September 2004.

 

GENERAL PROVISION BALANCE

The general provision balance at 30 September 2004 remained strong at $1,992 million (1.01% of risk weighted assets), compared with $1,534 million (1.01% of risk weighted assets) as at 30 September 2003. The general provision balance increased $458 million during the year, due to the ELP rate being higher than the actual loss rate, plus the general provision of $282 million included as part of the acquisition of NBNZ. This represents a surplus of $532 million over the Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority (APRA) minimum guideline.

 

 

LOCATION OF LENDING

Lending assets are increasingly located in core domestic markets with a consequent reduction in risk profile.

 

ANZ VALUE AT RISK

 

97.5% CONFIDENCE LEVEL

 

A low level of Value at Risk reflects our conservative approach.

 

17



 

6                 CAPITAL EFFICIENCY

 

 

We regard shareholders’ capital as a scarce resource, to be managed carefully and efficiently.

 

In recent years, ANZ has been progressively re-balancing its lending portfolio, with a higher proportion of assets now in lower risk asset classes. For example, we have reduced the proportion of assets outside our domestic markets so that by 30 September 2004, 95% of our lending assets were located in Australia and New Zealand. Similarly we have re-weighted the portfolio more heavily towards consumer lending, which is generally less capital intensive than corporate lending. This re-balancing has allowed us to reduce the amount of capital we are required to hold as a proportion of risk-weighted assets.

 

The Group’s capital ratios declined during the year, principally because of the acquisition of NBNZ and the redemption of the TrUEPrS preference shares. ANZ’s total capital adequacy ratio (as a proportion of risk-weighted assets) decreased from 11.1% to 10.4% over the year to September 2004, with the Tier 1 ratio also decreasing from 7.7% to 6.9%.

 

Adjusted common equity (ACE) reduced from 5.7% to 5.1% to be slightly above our target range of 4.5% to 5.0%. This has provided us with the capacity to pursue capital management initiatives.

 

The ACE target range was reduced by 25 basis points at the time of the NBNZ acquisition, reflecting the progress made in re-balancing the portfolio. More recently the target range was reduced by a further 25 basis points, in recognition of the fact that APRA’s requirement to take a deduction for capitalised expenses did not change the underlying economic risk of the business.

 

In addition to growth in retained earnings, some of the significant events affecting the capital ratios during the year were:

 

Risk weighted assets increased by $45 billion during the year including $28 billion associated with the purchase of NBNZ.

 

 ANZ issued ordinary shares by way of a two for eleven rights issue at $13 per ordinary share, raising capital of $3,562 million to fund the NBNZ acquisition.

 

 The dividend reinvestment plan resulted in a $135 million increase in share capital.

 

 ANZ raised USD1.1 billion via the issue of stapled securities. This hybrid loan capital, classified as debt on ANZ’s balance sheet, qualifies as Tier 1 capital for capital adequacy reporting.

 

 In December 2003, ANZ bought back its TrUEPrS preference shares, issued for USD775 million in 1998.

 

 Purchased goodwill on the acquisition of NBNZ of $3.1 billion was deducted from Tier 1 capital.

 

PLEASE REFER TO PAGES 92 - 93 FOR A COMPLETE GLOSSARY

 

ACE RATIO DRIVERS

Exceeding our ACE target range of 4.5% to 5.0% provides the capacity to pursue capital management initiatives.

ANZ MARKET
CAPITALISATION

ANZ’s market capitalisation has more than doubled over the past five years.

 

18



 

7                 SHAREHOLDER VALUE

 

 

One way of measuring shareholder value is Economic Value Added (EVA™) growth relative to prior periods. EVA™ for the year ended 30 September 2004 was $1,750 million up 11% from $1,572 million in the prior year.

 

We consider EVA™ to be one of the most effective ways of determining how much shareholder value we are creating and we have embedded EVA™ methodology into all important decision-making processes throughout the Group. We use EVA™ as a key measure for evaluating business unit performance and correspondingly it is a key factor in determining the variable component of remuneration packages.

 

EVA™ adjusts our profit for the cost of capital involved in generating that profit. It is based on operating profit after tax available to ordinary shareholders, adjusted for significant items, the cost of capital, and imputation credits (measured at 70% of Australian tax). Of these, the major component is the cost of capital, which at ANZ is calculated on ordinary capital at a rate of 11%.

 

We allocate economic capital to each business unit based on the unit’s inherent risk profile. It is allocated for several risk categories including: credit risk, operating risk, interest rate risk, basis risk, mismatch risk, investment risk, trading risk and other risk. This method is designed to help drive appropriate risk management and business strategies throughout the organisation.

 

One of the key drivers of our efforts to reduce risk in our balance sheet has been EVA™. In our Institutional business, for example, whilst risk reduction has contributed to flatter profits in the immediate term, using EVA™ it becomes clear that our strategy is in the best interests of our shareholders. Institutional has continued to generate positive EVA™ in spite of the short term flattening of traditionally measured profit.

 

The importance of EVA™ for investors is that it allows them to determine how much value management has created. Using this methodology, the market value of a company is the combination of its capital plus the present value of expected future EVA™, or in other words, capital plus the present value of expected future excess returns over the cost of that capital.

 

EVATM

Continued profit growth combined with a reduction in risk have resulted in EVATM growth improving value for shareholders.

 

 

ANZ’S VALUE IS LARGELY REPRESENTED BY INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Market expectations of future performance determine our current share price.

 


* adjusted for 2003 Rights Issue

 

19



 

SENIOR MANAGEMENT
LEADERSHIP AND SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE

 

Our challenge is not only building the capacity of an organisation to perform and grow in the near term, but also ensuring ANZ delivers sustainable value over the long term. It leads to the concept of self-renewal, which needs to be directed. This is the role of leadership – to create a self-renewing organisation.

 

PETER MARRIOTT

MIKE GRIME

STEVE TARGETT

BRIAN HARTZER

SIR JOHN ANDERSON

JOHN MCFARLANE

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHIEF
FINANCIAL
OFFICER

MANAGING DIRECTOR
OPERATIONS, TECHNOLOGY
AND SHARED SERVICES

GROUP MANAGING
DIRECTOR
INSTITUTIONAL
(SEATED)

GROUP MANAGING
DIRECTOR
PERSONAL DIVISION

CHIEF EXECUTIVE
ANZ NATIONAL BANK
LIMITED

CHIEF
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER

 

 

20



 

Of the top 20 companies in Australia by market capitalisation in 1980, only five remained in the top 20 in 2004. ANZ is one of those that has survived and thrived.

 

This statistic however highlights that companies, in and of themselves, are not always sustainable entities. Many deliver shareholder value for a period and then tend to atrophy unless long-term sustainability is made a real priority.

 

Developing sustainable performance and value at ANZ has meant the traditional concept of the leader at the top, which others follow, has had to disappear. These days every person has to be a leader whether they are at the moment of contact with a customer or at the moment of a decision in their day-to-day role.

 

It is people who serve customers, create new ideas and make companies great. So it is easy to understand why ANZ has placed so much emphasis on creating an environment which can engage and involve everyone in the organisation and where leadership is fostered at all levels.

 

We have been transforming ANZ from a traditional banking-type culture into a modern, vibrant organisation through a program called Breakout. It is a program which emphasises leadership, diversity, coaching and development and creates a shared vision of an exciting organisation.

 

How people feel about working in the organisation and how passionate and engaged they are in its agenda, is what makes the difference between a good and a great company.

 

As leaders, one of our main responsibilities therefore is to create an environment of opportunity, challenge and development for our people. That involves enhancing their capacity to produce and create, and to stimulate, release and focus the energy that without effective leadership would remain latent.

 

Details of Senior Management qualifications and experience can be found on www.anz.com/corporateinformation/anzmanagement

 

BOB EDGAR

ELIZABETH PROUST

GRAHAM HODGES

MARK LAWRENCE

SHANE FREEMAN

ELMER FUNKE KUPPER

PETER HAWKINS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHIEF
OPERATING
OFFICER

MANAGING
DIRECTOR
ESANDA
(SEATED)

GROUP MANAGING
DIRECTOR
CORPORATE

CHIEF RISK
OFFICER
(SEATED)

GROUP GENERAL
MANAGER
PEOPLE CAPITAL
AND BREAKOUT

GROUP MANAGING
DIRECTOR
ASIA PACIFIC

GROUP MANAGING
DIRECTOR
GROUP STRATEGIC
DEVELOPMENT

 

 

21



 

BUSINESS DIVISIONS

 

PERSONAL DIVISION
MAKING A PERSONAL CONNECTION WITH CUSTOMERS
A CONVERSATION WITH BRIAN HARTZER

 

ANZ’s Personal Division is made up of its specialist retail businesses in Australia – Personal and Wealth Distribution, Mortgages, Credit Cards, Merchant Services and Deposit Products. It involves over 10,000 people working to provide personal financial services to the 3.25 million Australian customers who use ANZ’s network of 742 branches, 1,228 ATMs, 70,000 EFTPOS devices and internet banking. Brian Hartzer is the Group Managing Director of the Personal Division.

 

Retail is detail

 

BH: We have real momentum in our personal banking business around strong day-in, day-out management of customer satisfaction, costs and sales growth. It shows in our results this year where we have seen an improvement in all the right measures. Whether it is customer satisfaction, sales volumes, revenue growth, profit growth, staff satisfaction – they are all going in the right direction.

 

We’ve made good progress with the initiatives we put in place to revitalise our branch banking business. We have great information systems for our managers and a very different local management model where we have given our people a sense of ownership about their branch. Now in every market, in every branch, in every role in those branches, we have people who have the right attitude, who are well-trained, who are proud of what they’re doing and want to connect with customers. This has unleashed incredible energy and given us the right foundation.

 

Servicing is not the same as service

 

BH: It’s timely to be thinking harder about service. What we have done as an industry in the past 10 to 15 years is focus on servicing, which I would define as processing hundreds of thousands of interactions per day, in an efficient way. This is different to service, which is about personal connection, listening, exploring needs, and then executing.

 

I think most of our energy up until a couple of years ago was really spent on servicing, not service. What we’ve gradually started to do is recognise the importance of service in the way that I define it. It’s refocusing on what service is really about which, when you look at the customer satisfaction scores, that has begun to differentiate us from the other major banks.

 

That isn’t to say we couldn’t do a lot better, we can, but we do have real momentum.

 

Listening for subtle clues

 

BH: One of the things everyone talks about is the need to focus on the customer. To me the issue is about how we design the propositions and the service experience that we put out there from the way a customer sees it, or the way a customer would think it was of value.

 

What I want us to do is to really listen to the customer for those subtle clues about what actually matters. What does this particular service mean for that person in their life at that point in time?  How do they think about it? What’s important to them about it?

 

So part of being customer-focused is about understanding what is going on in the customer’s mind and in their life. It’s about trying to deliver to fit in with that, rather than make them fit in with us.

 

Sometimes that might lead to how you design your product, sometimes it might lead to how you bundle your product, sometimes it might lead you to recreate the process of acquiring that product or the process of how you service it after the sale is made. But it’s about looking at the particular opportunity through the eyes of the customer, through the lens they are applying.

 

Branches are important

 

BH: In the mid-90s there were lots of people running around talking about the death of the branch and that everything was going electronic. There’s no question there has been a massive shift in people’s behaviour. But that doesn’t translate into ‘by the way you don’t need branches anymore’!

 

In fact branches play an important role for pretty much all customers, even if they don’t go into them. It’s because part of our proposition is the ability for customers to go to see someone and talk about their financial affairs. Frankly, there are certain types of conversations that you don’t want to have over a telephone.

 

So we have recognised this but we need to really firm this up. We need to make sure our branch network is well located and well signed and staffed to support those kinds of personal interactions with customers. In fact we are opening branches in more areas, including some of the higher growth areas. My aim is to open up to 80 branches over the next three years. It’s about recognising the importance of the branch network in a multi-channel world.

 

Big opportunities

 

BH: One of the big opportunities that has really struck me in my visits around the network is the burden that we’ve put on the people in the network in terms of day-to-day administration. So one of things we need to do is have a fresh look at all that stuff and say: how do we trim it down to free up time, so our people can spend less time looking toward head office and more time looking out toward customers.

 

We are also making great progress on training. We’ve opened training facilities in Sydney and Melbourne, there’s one about to open in Brisbane, and eventually we’ll have one in every capital city. It will ensure we have more consistent training for new staff and greater ability to keep our people up-to-date with training on a regular basis.

 

It’s not a wholesale change in our business; it is about tweaking just to make sure all of the little elements that make up our business system are aligned to generating customer value, over a long period of time.

 

22



 

CUSTOMER SATISFACTION WITH MAIN FINANCIAL INSTITUTION

Source: Roy Morgan Research – Main Financial Institution Satisfaction, % satisfied (very or fairly satisfied), 6 monthly moving average

PERSONAL DIVISION
EARNINGS BY BUSINESS

 

 

‘Retail is detail’, but it’s also about personal connections. That means you need energised people who feel good about what they’re doing, who see how they contribute, and who want to engage customers in a real discussion about their needs.

 

 

23



 

INSTITUTIONAL DIVISION
AIMING TO STAY A MARKET LEADER
A CONVERSATION WITH STEVE TARGETT

 

 

The Institutional Division provides financial services to large corporations, institutions and governments. It brings together customer relationship management with ANZ’s specialist investment banking businesses of financial markets, corporate advisory services and trade and transaction services. Steve Targett, who joined ANZ this year from Lloyds TSB in the United Kingdom, is the Group Managing Director of the Institutional Division.

 

Staying a market leader

 

ST: It’s been a tough landscape out there for us this year. There has been intense competition, asset spreads have been contracting and there’s been a lack of volatility in financial markets.

 

We have a great franchise and a good overall business model. Our industry segmentation model is a key strength for us and it’s been a way of differentiating ourselves with clients.

 

We’re now pushing that even further and looking at how we can be effective in a range of more specialist industry sectors.

 

We have also made good progress working with our colleagues in corporate banking on an initiative called Wall Street to Main Street – in other words taking investment banking capabilities into our core franchise in the corporate bank.

 

Being relevant to our customers

 

ST: The next thing for us, which is really critical, is building on our strengths in presenting ourselves to clients and making it seamless.

 

The biggest competitive issue we have is just continuing to out-execute our competitors in the view of our clients. We’ve got to stay relevant in terms of understanding their needs and giving them the right solutions. That sounds motherhood and apple pie but that’s what works – getting the right people in the right jobs in front of clients.

 

24



 

The growth challenge

 

ST: The other part of our challenge is to look at the areas where we can grow. Our best performing business this year was Trade and Transaction Services and there’s scope to go out and really build that business in areas like custody.

 

We also see growth opportunities right across Institutional building products to sell into other segments of the market that we haven’t sold into before, such as private banking and doing more in Asia.

 

We’re also having a fresh look at our distribution and our sales team. If I look at the way we’ve built the business over recent years, we’ve put a lot of emphasis on originating business but now we need more on distribution – in Australia, in New Zealand and in our international business.

 

And as I said, our industry segmentation model is a real strength and we can grow the business by specialising further – for example within Healthcare, taking market leadership into a segment like aged care.

 

It’s about people

 

ST: We have to remember this business is about people. We have a real depth in people and I believe we are getting the right people in the right jobs.

 

Having such a depth of good people means two things for us. One, our people continue to strive to meet the competition and meet the strategic challenges that face us. They also challenge the status quo and we’ll always need that.

 

The other thing good people do is continue to operate in a very disciplined way and that’s critical as they bring discipline in terms of the deals you originate and the sort of structures you use. That helps ensure we avoid credit and structural problems emerging. It’s why the people agenda is critical in this business.

 

Balancing the international portfolio

 

ST: We’ve done a great job in taking the risk out of our offshore balance sheet so it’s now only 3% of ANZ’s assets. That’s the result of a deliberate strategy to de-risk and improve the quality of the portfolio.

 

We’ve also announced we’ll exit the majority of our London and New York based project finance activities through the sale of our international project finance business. As a result we’ve largely completed a structural de-risking program that has been underway for a number of years.

 

At the same time we’re starting to see success offshore by supporting Australian and New Zealand linked customers in their global banking needs. Here again, our industry specialisation model is key, like Natural Resources, Utilities and Food, Beverages and Agribusiness.

 

We are developing our business in Asia too, and it’s not just about lending. We can use our balance sheet to some extent but the opportunities are more around securitisation, developing products for private bank clients, seeing more of the investment flows and getting our foreign exchange business performing strongly. Trade finance is definitely a big opportunity in the region, although we’re selective about identifying customers, commodities and the sort of markets that we want to play in.

 

We have a new head for our institutional business in Asia and we have identified some exciting opportunities so I’m confident we can grow successfully in Asia.

 

Being spot on with risk

 

ST: When I think about growing, I think of first making sure that we’ve got the right portfolio balance in terms of risk, that we’ve got credit risk nailed and we’ve got structural risk nailed. So that’s an area where we have to be absolutely spot-on.

 

I think this is a quality business with real potential to grow, and if we manage risk sensibly, that growth will be sustainable.

 

We’re a market leader and we aim to stay a market leader. To do that, we’ve got to keep doing the things that show our people and our clients that we really mean business and that we can get things to market quickly.

 

 

 

 

 

GROWTH IN NPAT IMPACTED BY DE-RISKING
2004 v 2003

INSTITUTIONAL DIVISION

EARNINGS BY BUSINESS

 

25



 

CORPORATE DIVISION

BUILDING STRONGER CLIENT PROPOSITIONS, INVESTING IN GROWTH

A CONVERSATION WITH GRAHAM HODGES

 

 

We’ve given our people more ability to manage their own businesses and we have recognised them for their performance.  They feel successful and their success has allowed us to invest more in growing the business.

 

 

 

26



 

The Corporate Division is ANZ’s specialist business banking division in Australia, serving businesses from sole traders to corporations with up to several hundred million dollars in turnover.  Graham Hodges is the Group Managing Director of the Corporate Division.

 

Building powerful client propositions

 

GH: We’ve delivered a strong financial performance this year but that’s an outcome from a number of years of hard work in building a better service proposition for our clients.

 

It’s what we’ve been aiming to do across each of the businesses.  By having better people and more of them in the marketplace, developing more niche business segments where we can provide specialist services, and by engaging with the broker market we have been able to grow market share.

 

Virtuous circle of growth

 

GH: We have a strategy in the business called ‘earning the right to grow’.  It’s about creating that virtuous circle of growing revenue and investing some of the revenue growth in the business for a stronger performance in the next year.

 

It’s something we’ve tried to follow for four years now and it’s worked well for us, but it does require quite a lot of discipline about the way you invest, where you invest and the paybacks you get for those investments.  Some of the really good options we’ve found right under our feet.  For example, we’re underweight in New South Wales and Queensland so we’ve invested strongly in putting more people in those markets.

 

Finding jewels in the business

 

GH: Growth is also about finding the jewels within the business where we have a high probability of success rather than going for long-shot opportunities.  For example, we’ve developed niche markets where we have specialised in building strong customer propositions.  These include a couple of areas such as pharmacies, aged care and franchising.  This idea is really at the heart of our specialisation strategy because, in fact, business banking is made up of a whole lot of specialty sectors.

 

We have also invested just as much on the risk management side as we have on the business development side: investing in quality assurance managers and making sure we have the right management information systems keeping everyone alert to the risk issues.

 

Linking our businesses

 

GH: We run corporate banking and business banking as separate businesses because they have different customer bases and there are different strategies for each business.  However we’ve created a lot more synergy between the businesses.  I mean, we’re working together to look for business opportunities.  We’re holding customer functions together, we’re referring clients to each other and we’ve created opportunities for people to move across from one business to the other to expand their career paths.

 

We’re now taking the same approach with small business – the sole traders and very small businesses with just a few employees.  It will be a strategy that links our business banking capability with our branch banking capability and delivers a really strong client proposition.  That will take a bit of time but, if we do it well, we should be able to attract a lot more business customers.

 

Wall Street to Main Street

 

GH: Another area we’ve had terrific success in this year is our Wall Street to Main Street strategy.  Essentially it’s bringing investment banking solutions used by large corporations to mid-sized businesses.  So, for example, if you’re a family business facing generational change or you’re trying to grow rapidly and you don’t have sufficient capital to do it but there’s a terrific opportunity to expand your business, ANZ can sit behind you as either an equity partner, providing leverage finance or providing corporate finance advice.

 

It’s a strategy that we’ve been building now for almost five years but in the past 12 months we have made real progress.  And of course it opens a whole wealth of opportunities in terms of what we can do with our clients and allows us to move them from being satisfied to genuinely delighted.

 

We’ve now offered, for the first time, a product called Development Capital.  This allows fast-growing small businesses that are performing well, but don’t have sufficient equity and capital behind them, to take that next step by providing capital support for them.  To see that success happen has been terrific.

 

Cocktails and gold watches

 

GH: The other thing, which has been really interesting, is the recognition we have given to people with 30 or more years service.  We have regular functions to recognise people who perform well and who have done special things in the business.  What’s interesting is that many people who are getting gold watches for long service are also the ones who have the best performance.

 

We’ve got a group of quite experienced bankers who are contributing significantly.  They’ve probably surprised themselves to some extent at how much more they can do and how much more energised they can be when they’re given the opportunity and the freedom to get out there and drive things.

 

These people are actually the mainstay of the business in terms of getting things done and providing that experience to people who perhaps are still learning how to be effective in the marketplace.  For example, we took on some 60 graduates this year and to see the cocktail of the really experienced people who’ve been with ANZ for 20 or 30 years and the energy of the new graduates coming in, is really quite exciting.

 

27



 

NEW ZEALAND

LEADING POSITIONS, QUALITY EARNINGS, CONTINUED GROWTH

A CONVERSATION WITH SIR JOHN ANDERSON

 

 

The New Zealand Division, known formally as ANZ National Bank Limited, was created following ANZ’s $4.9 billion acquisition of The National Bank of New Zealand from Lloyds TSB in December 2003.  It is New Zealand’s largest bank employing 8,500 people with leading positions in all market segments.  It operates under two brands, ANZ and The National Bank of New Zealand.  Sir John Anderson is the Chief Executive of ANZ National Bank Limited.

 

An unusual merger

 

JA: This has been quite an unusual merger.  Normally one brand consumes the other’s name and operations but ANZ and The National Bank have such a large market share we’ve gone down a two-brand strategy path.  In fact, since the merger, the further we’ve gone the better it is working.

 

The approach we followed was to take six months working out exactly what to do, then rapidly driving integration.  There’s a real logic in this.  You really have to know where you’re going so you can head in the right direction.

 

Getting to know each other

 

JA: In late 2003, after we announced the merger, many of us in the bank received feedback from customers saying: ‘look, we’re just going to wait and see; we’re not quite sure what all of this means to us’.  We don’t get that feedback now.  Customer feedback and customer growth have been positive.

 

In the first six months, everyone got to know each other.  ANZ and The National Bank staff have very similar values which have seen both brands and the teams working extremely well together.  We have very skilled and competent people in our business in both brands.

 

28



 

We have also spent time setting up good governance structures.  So, you might say we’ve spent time getting all the building blocks in place to go forward.  While we’ve been doing that, we’ve still been able to do business as usual very well.

 

Enhancing our ability to grow

 

JA: By and large we’ve already finished non-technology integration.  That means 95% of our people are now focused on the business rather than being distracted by integration.

 

There’s been a lot of time spent on reviewing the way forward for systems because it’s not only a New Zealand solution that we’re looking at, it’s also a Group solution.  We’ve reached the right outcome, which for retail involves maintaining separate systems to reduce the risk and complexity of integration and place greater emphasis on maintaining market share and future growth.  We plan to integrate all our other systems by the end of 2005.

 

That’s the battleground

 

JA: Our three competitive levers are price, speed to market and customer service.  That’s the battleground.

 

The National Bank has had a huge advantage in having a single customer view.  That’s a key driver of our high levels of service, satisfaction and growth in the personal businesses.  We are aiming to have that capability in both brands.

 

The other lynchpin to customer relationships is the business being part of the community.  Both ANZ and The National Bank are recognised for their community involvement and this will continue in the future.

 

Excitement and urgency

 

JA: For both ANZ and The National Bank it has been exciting for the two companies to come together under one group.  ANZ had started on a very positive path of reviving the ANZ brand in retail markets in 2003.  It has done very well in other markets, like institutional banking.

 

On The National Bank side, the retail businesses are still growing well, while the integration with ANZ businesses have strengthened the business market and operational areas.

 

We’ve got a plan, a commitment, and a way forward which has been communicated to all our people.  There’s a sense of excitement and urgency in the business now many of the distractions of integration are out of the way.

 

Continued growth

 

JA: We’ve got great businesses now the infrastructure is set up.  We’re now there in every market and we’re making sure we have the leading edge and are getting it right in servicing the customer.

 

We have also expressed the intention that we would look at floating some of the ANZ National shares in New Zealand.  We can’t do that until integration has finished, of course, because you have got to have stable, quality earnings to go forward on and there are many other complex issues to be considered.  But it would give a whole new emphasis and impetus to staff and to customers because then they feel even greater ownership of the organisation.  So it’s quite an interesting time ahead.

 

We’re planning on continued growth and delivering quality earnings.  Quality earnings underpin the business strategy and provide the platform for growth in market share in the future.

 

 

 

29



 

ASIA PACIFIC

CREATING A NEW PLATFORM FOR GROWTH

A CONVERSATION WITH ELMER FUNKE KUPPER

 

ANZ’s Asia Pacific Division covers 10 countries in the Pacific where it provides a full range of retail and commercial banking services and 11 countries in Asia where it primarily serves Australian, New Zealand and Asian corporations doing business across the region.  The Division also has a local retail partnership with Panin Bank in Indonesia and a credit card jointventure with Metrobank in the Philippines.  Elmer Funke Kupper is the Group Managing Director of the Asia Pacific Division.

 

Extending leadership in the Pacific

 

EFK: In Asia Pacific we have three big growth agendas.  The first of these is in the Pacific where we’re already the leading financial institution.  It’s really one of our core ‘domestic’ businesses, like Australia and New Zealand.

 

Growth in the Pacific can come from three areas: growth in the number of customers, growth in the business we do with each customer and growth in the number of markets we serve.

 

Given our size in the region, organic growth may look harder for us.  However, there are still opportunities based on improvements in our products, our sales approach and customer service.  For example, our investments in electronic banking and insurance have given us new revenue streams, and by offering specialist advice in areas such as tourism, we can give customers more complete solutions.

 

Finally, we can grow by entering countries that we are not in today.  We’ve proven with a number of smaller acquisitions in recent years that we can add real value, not just to the banks we acquire, but also to customers by offering new products and services.

 

Building relationships

 

EFK: Our aim in the Pacific is to be the number one financial institution and most respected company in the region.  Part of our success though, will have to come from building stronger relationships with local communities and supporting the economic growth in the region.  A good example of this is in Fiji, where we are working with the United Nations Development Program to bring basic banking services to 400,000 people in remote rural communities.

 

There’s also a great pool of talented people in the region and increasingly we’re relying on our local staff to run the business.  It’s been a great journey for us all in the Pacific over the better part of a decade and very successful for ANZ.

 

Growing the Asian network

 

EFK: The second part of the growth agenda is our ANZ network in Asia.  We can’t underestimate the importance of Asia to Australia’s future.  The flow of trade, investment and people will continue to grow.  For example, China is undergoing the greatest economic expansion ever witnessed anywhere in the world.

 

ANZ is in a unique position to grow with the region.  There are very few banks that have positions in 11 Asian countries, and combining this with our traditional strength in corporate banking really gives us something to build on.  We’ve shown a commitment to the region by supporting our customers through the financial difficulties Asia faced in the late 90s.  We’re now adding more expertise and people in trade finance, capital markets and foreign exchange to deliver the right solutions to our customers.

 

This expansion follows several years of ‘de-risking’ the business and putting tighter asset writing policies in place to establish a foundation for growth.  The result has been several years of low credit losses and non-accrual loans are down to very modest levels.

 

Partnerships in Asia

 

EFK: The third growth agenda is our consumer business in Asia, where economic growth is fuelling tremendous growth in retail banking.

 

Increasing wealth is leading to higher levels of savings - we estimate US$1.7 trillion of new retail savings will be generated in Asia in the next five years.  Growth in savings is going to be rapidly followed by higher spending and increased borrowing.  The growth rates in financial services which result from this are likely to dwarf what we will see in well developed markets.

 

We believe we can participate in this growth by developing partnerships with local banks.  In most markets, local banks tend to dominate in retail banking and Asia will be no different.  So joining forces with a local bank that can benefit from ANZ’s experience in retail banking makes a lot of sense.

 

The idea isn’t new for us and we already have experience in making it work.  For example, with Panin Bank in Indonesia and with Metrobank in the Philippines.  In each case, we have a minority shareholding and we add value through our experience in credit cards, mortgages, car finance and retail distribution.  Both those businesses are doing well.

 

Over the next five years we’ll build more partnerships with a focus on retail banking.  We’ve recently signed a Memorandum of Understanding with a Shanghai-based credit cooperative and are now working with them to improve their risk management processes ahead of them becoming a commercial bank.

 

This strategy isn’t risk free and we’re careful in selecting our partners.  We’re focusing on consumer banking, which is fundamentally lower risk than corporate banking, we’re making modest investments and we’re contributing ANZ’s expertise in risk management and personal banking.  This approach gives us a really good chance of success.

 

The upside of this strategy could be material over the longer term.  Asia has been on the recovery path from the economic issues of the late 1990s.  Wealth is growing very rapidly and financial institutions are moving to take advantage of this.  Our strategy is to give ANZ a new growth platform by participating in Asia’s economic expansion.

 

30



 

Asia Pacific is an important part of our long-term future and it’s a new platform for ANZ’s growth.  We already have great existing businesses in the region and what we’re building now is a number of new options that can give us growth five years out or more.

 

 

 

 

31



 

ESANDA

THINKING OUTSIDE THE SQUARE

A CONVERSATION WITH ELIZABETH PROUST

 

 

The market has been a little tougher this year, but we’re demonstrating we can turn around a mature business and create growth by thinking outside the square and creating a more entrepreneurial culture.

 

Esanda is ANZ’s specialist asset finance business in Australia, operating as UDC in New Zealand.  It is Australia’s largest asset-based finance company and a leading provider of vehicle and equipment finance solutions and fixed interest investments.  Elizabeth Proust is Esanda’s Managing Director.

 

The growth challenge

 

EP: We had a solid result this year, having delivered 11% earnings growth.  Some of our traditional business however is mature – relatively low growth, low return.  So, the challenge for us is to see how we can turn some or all of our businesses into growth businesses.

 

Our focus has increasingly been to emphasise the parts of the business which are growing faster and to invest in new opportunities.  For example, car dealerships are an important source of business to us but it’s a very competitive area and we have had great success in providing more finance for cars directly to end-customers though channels like the internet.

 

What we are trying to do is to strip away some of the bureaucratic constraints and make our people more entrepreneurial.  It gives them the opportunity to show that we can grow within our traditional business and by creating new businesses.

 

Creating a successful culture

 

EP: We have also focused on creating a successful culture.  We have had a series of programs with our people that have played an important role in making the business more vibrant and a great place to work.

 

I’m also passionate about diversity and its role in the businesses success.  It’s both an economic and equity issue.  Our people should reflect our customer base and the broader community.  That includes ethnic, gender and age diversity.  So when I am hiring managers I make sure there is a woman on every selection panel and that there is someone from another part of our business.  And when I use recruitment firms to find new people, they need to think outside the square and find a wide range of people who can do the job.

 

It’s not just ensuring women get into leadership roles, for example.  It’s also helping get them into line management so they are seen as being able to manage people, be responsible for large budgets and for running a business.  We need more of that in Esanda and UDC, and more broadly within ANZ.

 

Simplicity, savvy, focus

 

EP: The other part of being successful and growing is really understanding customers.  Our customers aren’t buying our products; they’re buying a car or a truck and our products are a means to an end.  So what they want from us is simplicity: that we’re easy to do business with and we will get it right the first time.

 

That’s why we have worked to reengineer our processes to make Esanda easier to do business with and to redevelop the Esanda brand.  The challenge for finance companies is that products are increasingly commoditised and we want to stand for something a little different.  For us, it’s simplicity, savvy, focus, independence.

 

We have had a very positive response to our new positioning.  Our staff like it, our customers like it and, this will sound like a small thing, our customers are now for the first time getting statements in a user-friendly format.  I see that as a real sign that we are changing.

 

32



 

ING AUSTRALIA

GETTING BACK TO GROWTH

A CONVERSATION WITH PAUL BEDBROOK

 

 

Compulsory superannuation is a growth engine and that will continue into the foreseeable future.  Greater complexity in tax and retirement income policies has seen the need for advice increase, with a huge increase in the financial advice and planning industry.

 

ING Australia is a joint venture between ANZ and leading global financial institution, ING Group.  ING Australia is one of Australia’s leading fund managers and life insurers with over $30 billion in assets under management.  Paul Bedbrook is Chief Executive Officer of ING Australia.

 

Growth and efficiency

 

PB: It’s been a good year for us, for the joint venture.  We have come through a tougher period, with the bear market in 2001- 2002 and part of 2003, and now business performance is continuing to improve.

 

After a period of industry consolidation the major players now have a much bigger market share.  The industry is maturing and is now in what I would call the efficiency phase.  It means managing performance is about operating efficiently on low margins and high volume, whereas previously, in the mid and late 90s, it was all about growth with minimal finesse.

 

Providing solutions

 

PB: Around 95% of our business is through intermediaries, such as adviser groups.  So a big part of our philosophy is to service advisers well and to provide solutions to facilitate what they’re trying to do with their client base.

 

Having said that, we certainly have a consumer brand which is very well thought of.  Our advertising campaign featuring Billy Connolly communicates that ‘we speak your language’, and ‘we identify with you as consumers’.  So a lot of what we do is ensuring the business lives up to the brand.  We’ve made good progress but there’s still a way to go.

 

Long term business

 

PB: Managed funds and life insurance are long-term businesses.  They’re about building funds under management and life insurance premiums – you have to have business on the books for a period of time to get the returns coming through.

 

One of the challenges is how you grow your financial planning network when for the first year or so they don’t make you money, but they will in the long run.

 

To be more successful in terms of growth we need more planners over time.  For ANZ it probably means a range of planners: some that work at the medium end of the market - the average customer; others that move more upmarket and perhaps 20% of planners that can deal with the private bank clients and can have much more sophisticated strategies that suit our clients.

 

People are paramount

 

PB: This is actually a people/relationship business – they’re absolutely paramount.  We have a range of programs around the development of all our staff.  For example, we’ll get a business school to run courses for first-time supervisors.  We have a program at the moment with Macquarie University, which is focused on developing our middle to senior managers.  In addition, the ING Business School, based in Amsterdam, runs programs in Europe and locally for senior executives.

 

Looking ahead

 

PB: We need to get strong growth going again on the funds management side, instead of relying on recent gains through efficiencies.  We need to grow inflows and our life insurance business, which does well, but which we think we can accelerate compared to where it is at the moment – that’s exciting for us.

 

Part of this involves growing our distribution network.  We can increase planner numbers organically but there may also be opportunities, where advisers are reviewing where they’re going to be positioned longer-term, for acquisition opportunities.  And of course, we’ll be pushing very hard with ANZ financial planning to help that network grow.

 

There are really four priorities for ING Australia now – we’ve got to grow funds under management, accelerate the insurance growth, grow distribution numbers and continue the efficiency program.

 

33



 

BUSINESS PERFORMANCE

 

OUR

BUSINESS PERFORMANCE

 

PERSONAL

 

Personal Banking Distribution (including Rural and Private Banking), Banking Products, Cards and Merchant Banking Services, Mortgages

 

$M

 

2004

 

2003

 

%

 

Operating Income

 

2,879

 

2,593

 

11

%

Operating expenses

 

(1,551

)

(1,439

)

8

%

Provisions

 

(183

)

(169

)

8

%

Profit before tax

 

1,145

 

985

 

16

%

Income tax expense

 

(343

)

(292

)

17

%

Net profit

 

802

 

693

 

16

%

Cost to income ratio (CTI)

 

53.9

%

55.5

%

-3

%

Staff (FTE)

 

8,934

 

8,795

 

2

%

 

PERFORMANCE

 

 Profit – Profit after tax increased by 16% with profit growth of 58% in Cards and Merchant Services, 22% in Banking Products and 6% in Personal Banking Distribution offsetting a 2% reduction in Mortgages.

 

 Cost to Income Ratio – Decreased by 53.9%.  Income growth of 11% outpaced expense growth of 8%.  Income growth driven by lending volume growth of 18%.

 

•  Risk Management – Provision for doubtful debts increased 8%, driven by lending volume growth.  Non-accrual loans and net specific provisions remained low reflecting sound credit quality.

 

•  Staff – 3% increase in staff in Mortgages to service continued high levels of customer activity, a temporary increase in Card and Merchant Services staff in the first quarter to handle the higher level of calls associated with changes associated with the Reserve Bank of Australia interchange reforms, an increased number of financial planners in Personal Banking Distribution and increased staffing in Rural Banking.

 

ACHIEVEMENTS

 

•  Maintained product leadership - our leadership has been recognised through Personal Investor Bank of the Year 2004, Home Lender of the Year 2004 and Best Transaction Accounts 2004 (Money Magazine).

 

•  Improved service delivery - customer satisfaction at 73.6% (Roy Morgan August 2004) up 7.2 points in the past 12 months and compares to the peer average 66%.

 

•  Improved sales productivity and cross-sell - both sales productivity and cross sales are up, benefiting from our investment in customer relationship management.

 

GOALS

 

•  Accelerate the momentum in our specialist businesses

 

•  Grow deposit share.

 

•  Deepen relationships with our customers.

 

•  Move costs from “back” to “front” (ie enhance our branch network and streamline process costs).

 

•  Further strengthen our people and culture initiatives.

 

INSTITUTIONAL

 

Institutional Banking, Markets (formerly Foreign Exchange and Capital Markets), Trade and Transaction Services , Corporate and Structured Financing

 

$M

 

2004

 

2003

 

%

 

Operating Income

 

1,927

 

1,922

 

0

%

Operating expenses

 

(701

)

(675

)

4

%

Provisions

 

(159

)

(165

)

- 4

%

Profit before tax

 

1,067

 

1,082

 

- 1

%

Income tax expense

 

(279

)

(280

)

0

%

Net profit

 

788

 

802

 

- 2

%

Cost to income ratio (CTI)

 

36.4

%

35.1

%

4

%

Staff (FTE)

 

2,926

 

2,795

 

5

%

 

PERFORMANCE

 

•  Profit – After adjusting for the impact of the appreciating Australian Dollar on translation of offshore earnings, profit after tax was flat.  This result was also affected by the substantial progress made in refocusing the business to lower risk sectors.

 

•  Cost to Income Ratio – Increased 4% due to flat revenue growth, and 4% increase in expenses due to pension funding costs in the United Kingdom ($8 million), the impact of the consolidation of TradeCentrix processing hub, increased technology investments in Markets and Transaction Services, and higher staff costs.

 

•  Risk Management – Provision for doubtful debts was 4% lower reflecting lower offshore exposures and modest asset growth in Australia.

 

•  Staff – Further investment in Markets capability in London and Asia, growth in Custody, Commodity Trade Finance in Asia, and International Payments.

 

ACHIEVEMENTS

 

•  Deepened domestic position - Underpinned by increasing the range of products and services offered to our institutional clients.

 

•  Developed new revenue streams - Through broadening ANZ’s distribution capability in domestic and offshore markets.

 

•  Built visible offshore franchise - Leveraging the strengths of our domestic business and repositioning relationship management of global corporate clients, particularly in the Northern Hemisphere.  In Asia, continued focus on capability development.

 

•  Maintained excellence in risk management - Established central Institutional Risk and Compliance function to manage operating risk and compliance obligations for all divisions (domestic and overseas).

 

GOALS

 

•  Increase revenue and cost efficiency by combining our Markets businesses and providing a sharper customer focus.

 

•  Continue to maintain excellence in risk management through low offshore exposure and further investment in our compliance and risk infrastructure.

 

•  Revise the Institutional business model to increase customer focus, leading to deeper product penetration and greater non-lending income.

 

34



 

CORPORATE

 

Corporate Banking Australia, Business Banking Australia Small Business Banking

 

$M

 

2004

 

2003

 

%

 

Operating Income

 

810

 

733

 

11

%

Operating expenses

 

(259

)

(234

)

11

%

Provisions

 

(59

)

(55

)

7

%

Profit before tax

 

492

 

444

 

11

%

Income tax expense

 

(148

)

(133

)

11

%

Net profit

 

344

 

311

 

11

%

Cost to income ratio (CTI)

 

32.0

%

31.9

%

0

%

Staff (FTE)

 

1,671

 

1,596

 

5

%

 

PERFORMANCE

 

•  Profit – Increased by 11% with net interest income growth of 11% due to strong volumes in average lending and average deposits.  Business growth from increased activity with existing customers and new customer acquisition through a competitive customer service proposition.

 

•  Cost to Income Ratio – Remains well controlled at 32.0%

 

•  Risk Management – Provision for doubtful debts increased $4 million (7%), driven by growth in business volumes partly offset by changes in the portfolio risk profile.  Credit quality in the Business Banking sector remains sound with the portfolio quality reviewed every quarter to detect any early adverse trends.

 

•  Staff – Continued investment in people with capability training and a 5% increase in front line and specialist staff.

 

ACHIEVEMENTS

 

•  Maintained strong business growth - Continued to expand the business in under-represented geographies; developed our broker origination channel; grew specialist business propositions (eg.  franchising and invoice finance); and increased momentum in delivery of ‘Wall Street to Main Street’ solutions to Corporate Banking customers.

 

•  Improved customer services and turn around times due to improvements in straight through processing for loans and customer documentation and automated credit scoring technologies; re-engineered frontline processes.

 

•  Expanded specialist business offerings - Launched and developed new specialist business offerings, including pharmacy and aged care.

 

•  Enhanced staff and management capabilities - Developed capability based people learning and development curriculum for all frontline roles; focused on re-alignment of leadership of the business and targeted development of talented staff.

 

GOALS

 

•  Maintain strong business growth, including further development of specialist businesses and customer propositions.

 

•  Establish sustainable business model for new Small Business Banking segment.

 

•  Further invest in platform and process efficiencies - “Easy to do business with”.

 

•  Foster specialist and leadership capabilities.

 

NEW ZEALAND

 

ANZ New Zealand Banking, ANZ New Zealand Mortgages, The National Bank of New Zealand, ANZ New Zealand Consumer Finance

 

$M

 

2004

 

2003

 

%

 

Operating Income

 

1,817

 

756

 

large

 

Operating expenses

 

(866

)

(402

)

large

 

Provisions

 

(99

)

(37

)

large

 

Profit before tax

 

852

 

317

 

large

 

Income tax expense

 

(268

)

(106

)

large

 

Net profit

 

584

 

211

 

large

 

Cost to income ratio (CTI)

 

47.7

%

53.2

%

- 10

%

Staff (FTE)

 

7,988

 

2,939

 

large

 

 

PERFORMANCE

 

•  Profit – Profit after tax increased $373 million, with the National Bank of New Zealand (NBNZ) contributing $375 million (excluding integration costs of $11 million) since acquisition on 1 December 2003.

 

•  Profit after tax in ANZ New Zealand businesses increased $9 million, despite a $3 million reduction resulting from the depreciation in the NZD over the year, of which Cards increased $9 million, ANZ New Zealand Banking increased $3 million, whilst Mortgages reduced $4 million.  Integration costs incurred in the year totalled $28 million after tax.

 

•  Cost to Income Ratio – Improved to 47.7% inclusion of NBNZ which has a lower Cost to Income Ratio than ANZ New Zealand Business (NBNZ 42.1% for 2004).

 

•  Risk management – Credit quality remains sound with the increase in the provision for doubtful debts charge being driven by the NBNZ acquisition.  Economic loss provisioning methodologies have been implemented in NBNZ and a $62 million charge recognised in the ten months to September 2004.  The NBNZ businesses added $81 million to gross non-accrual loan volumes with non-accruals in the ANZ New Zealand businesses reducing.

 

•  Staff – Aside from the additional staff from NBNZ, we added staff in ANZ New Zealand Banking (frontline) and Mortgages (support) to cope with increased business volumes.

 

ACHIEVEMENTS

 

Integration of the two New Zealand registered banks has successfully progressed through a number of key milestones.  The most important of these was completion of legal amalgamation on 26 June 2004.  On 28 June 2004, the amalgamated registered bank in New Zealand changed its name from ANZ Banking Group (New Zealand) Limited to ANZ National Bank Limited.

 

To date, the integration program has delivered:

 

•  The completion of merged organisation structures for all the business segments.

 

•  Alignment of People Capital policy and processes.

 

•  Implementation of the Rural Integration Plan.

 

•  Integration programs completed for most central support areas.

 

•  The merging of Institutional Markets operations, including the restructuring of dealing rooms.

 

GOALS

 

•  Manage a successful integration.

 

•  Leverage the complimentary strengths of both banks to build a better bank.

 

•  Accelerate the turnaround of slow growth businesses.

 

35



 

ASIA PACIFIC

 

Provides primarily retail banking services in the Pacific Region and Asia, including ANZ’s share of PT Panin Bank in Indonesia

 

$M

 

2004

 

2003

 

%

 

Operating Income

 

295

 

289

 

2

%

Operating expenses

 

(138

)

(142

)

- 3

%

Provisions

 

(23

)

(19

)

21

%

Profit before tax

 

134

 

128

 

5

%

Income tax expense

 

(23

)

(28

)

- 18

%

Net profit

 

111

 

100

 

11

%

Cost to income ratio (CTI)

 

46.8

%

49.1

%

- 5

%

Staff (FTE)

 

1,711

 

1,624

 

5

%

 

PERFORMANCE

 

•  Profit – Increased by 11%.  Excluding exchange rate movements net interest income grew by 16% as external assets increased 18%, and other operating income grew 3% with fee income increasing 20% driven by a 16% increase in loan volumes and higher transaction volumes in the Indonesian Cards business.

 

•  Cost to Income Ratio – Improved to 46.8% due to centralisation of services to Quest, our Fiji shared services centre.

 

•  Risk Management – Credit quality remains sound with the provision for doubtful debts increasing due to growth in credit card volumes in Indonesia.  The increase in net specific provision results from a number of recoveries/provision reassessments in 2003.

 

•  Staff – Increased capability development and training in Quest to meet increased demand in the Pacific operations.

 

ACHIEVEMENTS

 

•  Best Practice Business Operating Model - Successful implementation of standardised sales and service operating practices in all Pacific countries.

 

•  Leveraged the strengths of the domestic businesses into Asia – Established two ‘hubs’ in Hong Kong and Singapore and increased presence of new product/industry experts.

 

•  Improved decision-making around asset and liability management and pricing practices - Increased rigour in capital and liquidity management has resulted in improved funding positions across the Pacific.

 

•  Continued centralisation into Quest - Additional back office functions relocated from a number of Pacific countries.

 

•  Further expanded sales model focusing on customer relationships – Customer advocacy and complaints frameworks being rolled out progressively across all Asia Pacific countries.

 

GOALS

 

•  Continue to build a viable offshore franchise which adds value to our global customers.

 

•  Maintain our leadership position in the Pacific though improved processing efficiency and service delivery, enhanced sales productivity and deeper customer relationships.

 

•  Participate in consumer banking growth in Asia by building on existing partnerships and developing new opportunities.

 

ESANDA AND UDC

 

Provides vehicle and equipment finance and rental services.  Operates in Australia as Esanda and Esanda Fleetpartners and in New Zealand as UDC and Esanda Fleetpartners

 

$M

 

2004

 

2003

 

%

 

Operating Income

 

455

 

428

 

6

%

Operating expenses

 

(186

)

(179

)

4

%

Provisions

 

(67

)

(63

)

6

%

Profit before tax

 

202

 

186

 

9

%

Income tax expense

 

(59

)

(57

)

4

%

Net profit

 

143

 

129

 

11

%

Cost to income ratio (CTI)

 

40.9

%

41.8

%

- 2

%

Staff (FTE)

 

1,292

 

1,311

 

- 1

%

 

PERFORMANCE

 

•  Profit – Increased by 11% with 3% growth in net interest income resulting from continued strong new business writings.  This was partly offset by the run-off of higher yielding loans and increasing new business from better quality, high growth segments that are lower margin.  Other operating income increased by 21% due primarily to changes in the fee structure for business lending, fees on higher new business writings and increased fees from value-added fleet management services.

 

•  Cost to Income Ratio – Improved to 40.9% due to continued control of expenses and growth in income.

 

•  Risk Management – Provision for doubtful debts increased by 6% driven by increase in lending volumes.  Net specific provisions were $25 million lower than last year, reflecting the $20 million write-down associated with residual value losses on aircraft in the 2003 year and continued improvement in the underlying credit quality of the loan book.

 

•  Staff – Continued focus on capability development and ‘back office’ efficiency.

 

ACHIEVEMENTS

 

•  Grew usage segment and lifted returns on the traditional asset finance business - Delivered substantial growth in the volume of funded vehicles and equipment finance; launched vehicle usage product into SMB segment; traditional finance business continued to improve.

 

•  Redeveloped and revitalised our brand - Successful launch of the Esanda brand with new advertising improved customer awareness and willingness to trial.

 

•  Improve sales capability through improved training and new incentive scheme – Focused on technical and behavioural skill building, regular sales conferences to enhance learning across the teams; introduced new incentive scheme to encourage revenue growth performance.

 

•  Progressed implementation of operations platform and expand to New Zealand and Esanda FleetPartners – Completed process re-engineering programme and significantly improved productivity during a time of booming new car sales.

 

GOALS

 

•  Grow the Fleet and asset usage businesses across all customer segments in Australia and New Zealand.

 

•  Build the Consumer Finance business through new product development.

 

•  Grow Commercial Finance through existing ANZ relationships and vendor relationship development.

 

•  Continue to improve the cost efficiency while investing in future growth.

 

36



 

ING AUSTRALIA

 

A joint venture between ANZ and ING Group, provides integrated manufacture and distribution of wealth creation, management and protection products and services aligned to ANZ distribution and the open market

 

$M

 

2004

 

2003

 

%

 

ANZ share of INGA earnings

 

138

 

99

 

39

%

ANZ Capital hedges

 

(13

)

(6

)

large

 

Net Funding Cost

 

(17

)

(11

)

55

%

Net return to ANZ

 

108

 

82

 

32

%

 

PERFORMANCE

 

•  Profit – Profit increased 32% driven by increased funds management and capital investment earnings with strong investment markets in 2004 and global uncertainty impacting equity market returns in 2003.  Risk income increased with higher sales of insurance products through the ANZ network and a favourable claims experience.

 

•  Risk Management – Successfully managed transition to new regulatory environment under Financial Services Reform Act.  Significant additional staff training and process redesign completed.

 

ACHIEVEMENTS

 

•  Improved cross-sell to bank customers – Alignment of sales and organisational structures continues to improve cross-sell particularly in insurance.

 

•  Strengthened Life Risk business – Increased market share, income and won an award from Personal Investor magazine for the income protection product.

 

•  Enhanced product range – Re-launched range of investment platforms – OneAnswer – a simple flexible retail offering; Optimix – a specialist multimanager solution; and PortfolioOne – a premium wrap account service.  Launched a new Term allocated pension.

 

GOALS

 

•  Grow our business – in both funds management and life risk.

 

•  Be efficient and cost effective – implement projects to simplify product systems and improve processes.

 

•  Be easy to do business with – deliver e-business and workflow initiatives and target straight through processing.

 

•  Improve accountability and focus – realign organisation structure along key product lines.

 

GROUP CENTRE

 

Operations, Technology, Shared Services, Group People Capital, Group Risk Management, Group Strategic Development, Group Financial Management including Treasury and significant items

 

$M

 

2004

 

2003

 

%

 

Operating Income

 

369

 

324

 

14

%

Operating expenses

 

(325

)

(157

)

large

 

Provisions

 

(42

)

(106

)

- 60

%

Profit before tax

 

2

 

61

 

large

 

Income tax expense

 

(67

)

(41

)

63

%

Net profit

 

(65

)

20

 

large

 

Staff (FTE)

 

4,232

 

4,077

 

4

%

 

PERFORMANCE

 

•  Profit – The $65 million loss in 2004 was due to an additional $128 million goodwill amortisation largely associated with the NBNZ acquisition that is booked in the Group Centre.  Mismatch profit in Treasury reduced by $31 million after tax and the replacement of TrUEPrS with StEPS reduced profit by a further $35 million after tax.

 

These were partly offset by a reduction in the doubtful debt charge for unexpected offshore losses ($45 million after tax) and $84 million profit after tax on significant items including the gain related to buying back the TrUEPrS securities ($84 million), the gain on finalising the ING Australia completion accounts ($14 million) and incremental NBNZ integration costs ($14 million).

 

ACHIEVEMENTS

 

•  Extended customer access via web for “self service” enquiries - system built to enable corporate customers ready access to voucher images via internet channels.

 

•  Replaced New Zealand payroll system - project successfully completed.

 

•  Rolled-out telling platform in branch network - project successfully completed and rolled out across branch network in Australia.  The new telling system is an innovative, flexible, and easy-to-use telling system that will serve ANZ well for many years.

 

•  Implemented managed vendor project for learning delivery - managed vendor system was integrated with ANZ’s on-line training system to enable ANZ staff to select from 130 contracted external providers and coordinate training requirements.

 

•  Expanded wholesale funding base - Issued ANZ StEPS and US Stapled Trust Security together with diversified currency issuances.

 

GOALS

 

•  Implement NZ systems and infrastructure integration.

 

•  Relocate the disaster recovery and development data centre to new facility.

 

•  Develop long-term strategy and options for streamlining the core banking systems and enhancing single-view-of-the-customer capability.

 

•  Pilot workflow automation initiative in the Operations environment and develop opportunities for further application.

 

37



 

THE COMMUNITY

 

BUILDING

COMMUNITY TRUST

 

ANZ’s aim to deliver sustainable value recognises that companies do not serve shareholders exclusively, but others as well.  Part of delivering on our aspiration involves engaging and contributing to the community.

 

ANZ’s approach to building community trust has increasingly been to address those issues which directly relate to the relationship between financial services organisations and the community.

 

Our work has been guided by Australia’s first national survey of adult financial literacy conducted in 2003.  It identified a strong association between socio-economic status and financial literacy.  The research indicated the 20% of people with the lowest financial literacy were over-represented by those with lower education levels, those not employed, people with lower incomes, low year savings and people at both extremes of the age profile – 18 to 24 year olds and those aged 70 years and over.

 

ANZ’s focus recognises that issues around the effective use and management of money, and access to financial products and services can have a profound effect on people in the most vulnerable sections of the community.  For many others in the community, who understand the fundamentals of money management, empowering them with stronger financial skills, knowledge and information means they are better placed to make informed decisions about their money and avoid being misled on financial matters.

 

Making a Difference

 

By taking targeted steps to improve levels of financial literacy, encourage savings and develop more accessible products and services, ANZ believes it can make a long-term difference to the circumstances of people facing disadvantage.

 

ANZ has also sought to differentiate itself by the scope and nature of its approach.  This has involved:

 

•  showing community leadership on financial literacy

 

•  funding research and knowledge-building activities which assist policy makers, community organisations and the financial services industry

 

•  addressing the needs of ANZ’s own customers through better communication, simpler products, and aware and informed staff

 

•  creating genuine business-community partnerships to deliver innovative programs.

 

Saver Plus

 

During 2004, ANZ conducted a pilot matched savings program, Australia’s first.  Called Saver Plus, it has involved establishing partnerships with The Brotherhood of St Laurence in Melbourne Berry Street Victoria in Shepparton, Victoria and The Benevolent Society in Sydney to assist 270 families on low incomes to save for costs associated with their children’s secondary education.  ANZ matches every dollar saved with two additional dollars and program participants have also been provided with financial skills training and personal coaching.

 

Research from the pilot indicates matched savings programs can make a real difference by helping people develop financial skills, change their saving and spending behaviours and create assets for their families, which can improve their circumstances.  As a result, ANZ has announced it will contribute a further $1 million to expand the program with its existing partners and through a new partnership with The Smith Family in Queensland.

 

ANZ was recognised for Saver Plus in the Prime Minister’s 2004 Awards for Excellence in Community Business Partnerships in the Victorian Large Business category.

 

MoneyMinded

 

ANZ has worked with the Australian Financial Counselling and Credit Reform Association and the Australian Securities and Investments Commission to develop MoneyMinded, Australia’s first comprehensive adult financial education program.

 

MoneyMinded is not ANZ-branded and has been developed specifically for use by financial counsellors and community educators, recognising they play a critical role in reaching adults who can benefit most from financial education.  ANZ will partner with 100 community organisations during the next five years to deliver the MoneyMinded program to 100,000 people nationally.

 

The Brotherhood of St Laurence will be the first organisation to use the program.  It will use MoneyMinded in its work with people on low incomes and will facilitate training of other community organisations interested in using the program.

 

Community Development Finance

 

ANZ has also conducted a community consultation and research program to examine how community development finance can bring about greater levels of financial inclusion in Australia.  Community development finance is an umbrella term which encompasses programs such as small loans, loans for enterprise development, matched savings schemes, financial counselling and advice and financial literacy training.

 

As a result we will develop new products during 2005 to reduce the exclusion of low-income earners from mainstream financial services and provide alternatives to ‘pay day’ lenders and ‘loan-sharks’.  We will also facilitate opportunities for indigenous Australians to access micro-credit and to encourage savings.

 

Financially Fit Workforce

 

We also believe it is difficult for us as a bank to build trust in the community if people are confused because our products and fee structures are complex, they do not understand their financial position or cannot access mainstream financial services.  These issues are fundamental to our customers’ relationship with ANZ and relate directly to our responsibilities as a provider of financial services.

 

38



 

 

This is why we have taken steps to create simpler products, sought to communicate with customers in Plain English and invested in additional training for our staff to help identify and assign people struggling with financial literacy or facing financial difficulty.  We have also created a range of materials to help people who want to use and manage their money effectively.

 

We have made good progress in building the community’s trust but we know there is still much to do.  We believe we can take our relationship with the community to a new level by focusing on those areas that directly relate to our responsibilities as a financial services company and delivering innovative responses that make a genuine difference to our customers and the community.

 

PICTURED: Michelle Wakeford and Sonia McCann, Brotherhood of St Laurence, Frankston

 

SAVER PLUS PARTICIPANT

 

“Saver Plus has meant an amazing change in my life.  It’s taught me to save from a background of nothing.”

 

Julie, a young mother in Shepparton, Victoria is participating in ANZ’s Saver Plus program with our partners at Berry Street Victora.

 

“The kids can ask me for something now and I can say I’m capable of saving for that.  I’ve never felt so proud of anything in my life.”

 

“It’s not just something that’s taught to me and then goes away.  It’s a long-term tool that I can also share with my children.”

 

Her immediate target is to have enough money to buy a computer and printer for her son who is entering Year 8 in 2005.

 

Julie says her newfound budgeting skills will also enable her to pay for uniforms, school fees and school camps each year.

 

STAFF INVOLVEMENT

 

“It’s been a learning curve for me but also for the rest of the branch, about the things that we take for granted.”

 

Dianne Mills is ANZ’s Karingal Branch Manager in Victoria.  Participants in Frankston Saver Plus program have accounts at her branch and Dianne has been assisting in financial literacy sessions.

 

“The biggest learning for me is knowing the challenges that people in difficulty face.  It was a big shock when I went to the introduction sessions and there were families with children who had never been on a school camp or didn’t have the right uniform.  That hit hard.”

 

“It’s just been a fantastic opportunity for everyone.  First for ANZ to get out there in the community and give something back.  And for the people involved it’s an opportunity for them to save, be rewarded and to get a feeling of empowerment about their finances.”

 

39



 

THE ENVIRONMENT

 

SUSTAINABLE GROWTH AND

THE ENVIRONMENT

 

 

ANZ recognises it has an opportunity to reduce its environmental impact and improve the natural environment.  This includes managing the impacts from our day-to-day activities and the companies we lend to by financing projects of environmental benefit, and contributing to change by working with others.

 

We are committed to understanding the full impact of our operations on the environment and to develop innovative solutions that will help us to meet our objectives and the interests of the community.  This includes:

 

•  reducing our environmental ‘footprint’ and managing issues in our supply chain

 

•  balancing business and environmental risk in Corporate and Institutional lending decisions

 

•  investing in the environmental sector and providing specialist solutions to deliver sustainable benefits

 

•  engaging with community groups and stakeholders

 

•  measuring, reporting and improving our performance.

 

2004 Achievements

 

Our progress can be gauged by the work we have completed in 2004.  This includes:

 

•  completing a detailed review of our Corporate and Institutional lending policies and procedures in relation to social and environmental impacts of our customers.  Areas of focus include climate change, water management, land clearing, salinity, air quality, safety, community well-being and human rights

 

•  establishing an environmental management system based on the International Standard ISO400 which has formed the basis for improved environmental reporting and driving further reductions in our direct environmental impacts

 

•  conducting a review of our supply chain for opportunities to incorporate greater environmental consideration in the procurement of goods and services

 

•  partnering with Pratt Water to assist in the provision of a total funding package for primary producers to promote the use of water saving irrigation systems

 

•  strengthening the position of ANZ’s specialist infrastructure services business as a leader in financing of renewable energy and water infrastructure projects

 

•  improving our environmental rating in the Dow Jones Sustainability World Index and maintaining membership of the Financial Times FTSE4Good Index based on meeting heightened environmental criteria.

 

Future Priorities

 

The progress we have made has formed the foundation for a new set of priorities, which include:

 

•  addressing the findings of our review of lending practices to ensure lending policies and procedures adequately address emerging environmental and social issues and risks

 

•  further reducing our direct environmental impacts through targeted action plans for greater resource efficiency and waste recycling

 

•  enhancing our existing procurement protocols to address environmental risks and opportunities in our supply chain

 

•  implement programs and initiatives developed in partnership with Greening Australia to deliver targeted social, environmental and business outcomes

 

•  enhancing our data collection capabilities and public reporting of environmental performance including third party verification of data

 

•  finalise and publicly release ANZ’s policies relating to key environmental issues.

 

ANZ has also increased its public reporting of its approach, initiatives, performance and commitments for environmental improvement.  This can be found on ANZ’s web site at www.anz.com/australia/aboutanz

 

40



 

ANZ’s approach to the environment reflects a view that value can be created for shareholders through strong financial growth based on environmentally sound business practice.  Our aim is to ensure long-term business success and make a sustainable contribution to society.

 

Leading environmental change

 

A conversation with senior management

 

During 2004, three members of ANZ’s senior management team with specific responsibilities and interests in our environment program, sat down to talk about the issues and the opportunities to create value through environmentally sound business practice.

 

Mike Grime is Managing Director, Operations, Technology and Shared Services with responsibilities including property and supply chain management.  John Clarke is Managing Director, ANZ Infrastructure Services.  This business specialises in advisory and private equity investments in the utilities and infrastructure sectors including specialist capabilities in renewable energy assets.  Richard Gates, Head of Business Services, Healthcare and Education in Institutional Banking, has given leadership to ANZ’s environmental and social risk in lending project.

 

Managing impacts and risks

 

MG: We’re a services organisation but with over 30,000 staff and 1,000 properties, the amount of energy, paper and water we use is really quite significant.  It creates a direct impact on the environment but of course there are also the impacts associated with all the suppliers we have of goods and services.

 

RG: The environment’s also an issue in our day-to-day business with clients.  We’ve made headway in managing our direct impacts but, really, we have to think about the indirect impacts, particularly the social and environmental impacts of customers we finance.  The majority of our corporate customers, and the broader community, expect this.  A priority for us is to build the environmental and social risk assessment capabilities of relationship and credit managers and give them rating tools and procedures they need to back this up.

 

MG: I agree.  The challenge is providing service in a social and environmentally sound way.  But if we can build that into the way the organisation thinks, my view is we can find the right balance to improve the business, reduce costs and risk, and reduce our impact on the environment.

 

Paper usage is a good example.  By targeting areas that consume large amounts of paper as an environmental initiative we can also identify process efficiency opportunities, and reduce costs.  There are other opportunities in setting targets to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, improving office fit out standards and working with our suppliers to think and act greener.

 

Investing in change

 

JC: That’s also creating opportunities for us in areas like environmental technologies, where we can provide private equity for investment in infrastructure and utilities.  We’ve been concentrating more and more on energy because it offers fair rates of return and we also have strong capabilities. 

 

We’ve spent a lot of time looking at these emerging technologies - solar, biomass, wind-power and bio-diesel.  The key thing here is not to take a major technology risk - you must have good technology so wind power becomes a focus, as does bio-diesel.  We’ve supported a number of projects as a result, and these form an important renewable segment within our diversified energy vehicle, the Energy Infrastructure Trust.  Investment in sustainable water processing and delivery systems is also important given the water scarcity issues facing Australia.

 

Policy, culture, capabilities

 

RG: Part of what is required to lift our game in this area is strong leadership to counter inertia and to empower and educate our staff to see and manage risks and opportunities, and then to engage our customer base.  This needs to extend right accoss the bank, not just in the Corporate and Institutional businesses.  For example, Credit Cards have been doing some interesting work which fits into the social risk area by helping customers understand the financial implications of lending products.

 

MG: We have come quite a way with this in our Property and Strategic Sourcing functions.  Revising our procurement policy and contract conditions is one thing, which is very important, however the other element is working with our businesses to adopt alternative goods and services that have better environmental outcomes.  That’s where having group policy and the right culture helps.

 

JC: Yes and we get comments back from a number of people saying what we are doing on the renewable energy side is innovative.  Really though, I see it as part of our core business in bringing our skills in providing equity, contract negotiations and in structuring contracts to complete these projects.  It gives you a great deal of satisfaction.

 

RG: What you’re also highlighting is why our approach has to be collaborative.  That’s not only working together in the business but I think it also involves listening and working with our customers and the community.

 

41



 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Working together to achieve performance, growth and sustainability.

 

 

MR C B GOODE, AC

B COM (HONS) (MELB), MBA (COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK), HON LLD (MELB), HON LLD (MONASH)

Chairman

Independent Non-Executive Director

Age 66

 

Non-executive director since July 1991.  Mr Goode was appointed Chairman in August 1995 and is Ex-officio member of all Board Committees.

 

Experience and expertise

Mr Goode has 29 years of experience in the finance industry and has been a professional non-executive director since 1989.  Mr Goode brings relevant skills and significant experience in the finance industry to his role as Chairman of the Board.

 

Current Directorships

Chairman: Woodside Petroleum Ltd (Director from 1988), Australian United Investment Company Ltd (Director from 1990), Diversified United Investment Ltd (Director from 1991) and The Ian Potter Foundation (Director from 1997).

 

Director: Singapore Airlines Limited (from 1999) and the Howard Florey Institute of Experimental Physiology and Medicine (from 1987).

 

Residence Melbourne.

 

 

MR J McFARLANE, OBE

MA, MBA

Chief Executive Officer

Age 57

 

Chief Executive Officer since October 1997.  Mr McFarlane is also a Director of ANZ National Bank Limited.

 

Experience and expertise

Mr McFarlane brings broad skills and extensive experience in banking of over 30 years.  Mr McFarlane is a former Group Executive Director, Standard Chartered Plc, Head of Citibank, United Kingdom and Managing Director, Citicorp Investment Bank Ltd.

 

Current Directorships

Chairman: The Australian Bankers Association (from October 1997).

 

Director: The Financial Markets Foundation for Children (from 1999).

 

President: The International Monetary Conference (June 2004).

 

Member: The Australian Business Arts Foundation (from 2000) and Asia Business Council (from 2004).

 

Former Directorships

Former Director: Business Council of Australia (1999 - October 2003) and Australian Graduate School of Management Ltd (1999 - December 2003).

 

Former Non-Executive Director of the London Stock Exchange (1989 - 1991), The Auditing Practices Board (1991-1997), The Securities Association (1989 – 1990), Capital Radio Plc (1995 – 1998) and the Cranfield School of Management (1992 – 1996).

 

Residence Melbourne.

 

 

DR G J CLARK

PHD, BSC (HONS)

Independent Non-Executive Director

Age 61

 

Non-executive director since February 2004.

 

Experience and expertise

Dr Clark is Principal of Clark Capital Partners, a US based firm that advises internationally on technology and the technology market place.  Previously he held senior executive positions in IBM, News Corporation and Loral Space and Communications.  He brings to the Board international business experience and a distinguished career in microelectronics, computing and communications.

 

Current Directorships

Director: James Hardie Industries NV (from 2002).

 

Former Directorships

Former Director: Digex (2000 -2002).

 

Residence Based in New York, United States of America but also resides in Sydney.

 

 

MR J C DAHLSEN

LLB, MBA

Independent Non-Executive Director

Chairman of the Audit Committee

Age 69

 

Non-executive director since May 1985.  Mr Dahlsen is a member of the Nominations & Corporate Governance Committee.

 

Experience and expertise

The skills and expertise that Mr Dahlsen has developed in his legal career together with his experience in the media, not-for-profit, business education, banking, retail and small business sectors ensure that he brings an understanding of the law and business to his role as a non-executive director.

 

Current Directorships

Chairman: Southern Cross Broadcasting (Australia) Ltd (Director from 1985).

 

Director: The Smith Family (from 1995), J C Dahlsen Pty Ltd Group (from 1973) and the Warehouse Group Ltd of New Zealand (from 2001).

 

Former Directorships

Former Chairman: Woolworths Ltd (1992 – 2001).

 

Former Partner: Corrs Chambers Westgarth (1963 – 1987 and 1989 – 1993).

 

Former Consultant: Corrs Chambers Westgarth (1987 – 1989 and 1993 - 2002).

 

Former Director: Melbourne Business School Ltd (1989 - 2000) and MPI Mines Ltd (1992 – 2002).

 

Residence Melbourne. 

 

42



 

 

DR R S DEANE

PHD, B COM (HONS), FCA, FCIS, FNZIM

Independent Non-Executive Director

Chairman of ANZ National Bank Limited

Age 63

 

Non-executive director since September 1994.  Dr Deane is a member of the Risk Management and Compensation Committees.

 

Experience and expertise

Dr Deane has skills and experience in a variety of sectors including the government, banking and finance, economics, telecommunications, and with charitable and cultural organisations.

 

Current Directorships

Chairman: Telecom Corporation of New Zealand Limited (Director from 1992, CEO 1992 to 1999), Fletcher Building Limited (from 2001), Te Papa Tongarewa (Museum of New Zealand) (from 2000), and New Zealand Seed Fund (from 2000).

 

Director: Woolworths Limited (from 2000),

 

Former Directorships

Former Director: TransAlta Corporation (Canada) (2000 – 2003) and Fletcher Challenge Limited (1994 –2001).  Deputy Governor: Reserve Bank of New Zealand (1982 – 1986).

 

Former Alternate Executive

Director: International

Monetary Fund (1974 – 1976).

 

Residence Wellington,

New Zealand.

 

 

MR J K ELLIS

MA (OXON), FAICD, HON FIE AUST, FAUSIMM, FTSE, HON DR ENG (CQU)

Independent Non-Executive Director

Chairman of the Risk Management Committee

Age 67

 

Non-executive director since October 1995.  Mr Ellis is a member of the Audit Committee.

 

Experience and expertise

A trained engineer, Mr Ellis brings to the Board his analytical skills together with his practical understanding of operational issues, investments and acquisitions across a range of sectors including natural resources, manufacturing, biotechnology and education.

 

Current Directorships

Chairman: Pacifica Group Ltd (Director from 1999), National Occupational Health and Safety Commission (Director from 2003) and Australia- Japan Foundation (from 1999).

 

Chancellor: Monash University (from 1999).

 

Director: GroPep Ltd (from 1999).

 

Former Directorships

Former Chairman: BHP Ltd (1997 - 1999), Black Range Minerals Ltd (Director 2000 – January 2004) and Sandvik Australia Pty Ltd (1994 – 2002).

 

Former Director: Aurora Gold Ltd (1999 – 2001).

 

Residence Melbourne.

 

 

MR D M GONSKI, AO

B COM, LLB, S.I.A.  (AFF), FAICD, FCPA

Independent Non-Executive Director

Age 51

 

Non-executive director since February 2002.  Mr Gonski is a member of the Risk Management Committee and the Nominations & Corporate Governance Committee.  He represents the Group as a Director of ING Australia Limited.

 

Experience and expertise

Mr Gonski, a lawyer, has a wide experience in business, the law and investment banking.  He also brings to his role on the Board an appreciation for the community through his work in the arts and the not-forprofit sector.

 

Current Directorships

Chairman: Coca Cola Amatil Limited (Director from 1999), and the Investec Group in Australia (including Investec Wentworth Pty Limited) (Director from 2001).

 

Director: The Westfield Group Ltd (Director of Westfield Holdings Limited from 1985) and John Fairfax Holdings Limited (from 1993).

 

Former Directorships

Former Chairman: Morgan Stanley Australia Limited (1999-2002) and Hoyts Cinemas Limited (1995- 1999).

 

Former Partner: Freehill Hollingdale & Page (1979- 1986)

 

Residence Sydney.

 

 

MS M A JACKSON, AC

B EC, MBA, HON LLD, FAICD, FCA

Independent Non-Executive Director

Chairman of the Compensation Committee

Age 51

 

Non-executive director since March 1994.  Ms Jackson is a member of the Audit Committee.

 

Experience and expertise

A Chartered Accountant, with significant financial expertise, Ms Jackson has broad industrial experience including her involvement in transportation, mining, the media, manufacturing and insurance.  This expertise coupled with her work in health and education contribute to her role on the Board.

 

Current Directorships

Chairman: Qantas Airways Limited (Director from 1992).  Deputy Chairman: Southcorp Limited (August 2004).

 

Director: Billabong International Limited (from 2000).

 

Former Directorships

Former Partner: Consulting Division of KPMG Peat Marwick (5 March 1991 – 30 June 1992).

 

Former Director: BHP Ltd (1994 – 2000), Pacific Dunlop (1992 – 2000) and John Fairfax Holdings Limited (2003 - August 2004).

 

Residence Melbourne.

 

 

DR B W SCOTT AO

B EC, MBA, DBA

Independent Non-Executive Director

Chairman of the Nominations & Corporate Governance Committee

Age 69

 

Non-executive director since August 1985.  Dr Scott is also a member of the Compensation Committee and represents the Group as a Director of Metrobank Card Corporation Inc.

 

Experience and expertise

A management consultant and company director, Dr Scott’s extensive skills and experience in a range of business sectors and community organisations contribute to his role as a non-executive director.

 

Current Directorships

Chairman: Management Frontiers Pty Ltd (Director from 1985), The Foundation for Development Cooperation Ltd (Director from 1990) and The James N.  Kirby Foundation Ltd (Director from 1981).

 

Director: Air Liquide Australia Ltd (from 1985).

 

Australian member: The Board of Governors of the Asian Institute of Management (from 1990).

 

Residence Sydney.

 

43



 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

A STRONG ADVANTAGE FOR ANZ

GOOD CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

ANZ believes that good corporate governance and quality disclosure are fundamental to achieving the Company’s vision - to be Australasia’s leading, most respected and fastest growing major bank.

 

 

ANZ’s shareholders depend on the Company’s Board for strategic guidance and oversight of the Company.  The Board recognises its overriding responsibility to act honestly, fairly, diligently and progressively, in accordance with the law, in serving the interests of ANZ’s shareholders, as well as its employees, customers, and the community at large.

 

Corporate governance is an important focus for the Board.  Good corporate governance meets ethical and stewardship responsibilities, and gives ANZ a strong commercial advantage.  It is receiving close scrutiny, and for the past two years, the Board has had a Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee to ensure such issues are fully addressed.

 

ANZ shares and related securities are listed on the Australian (ASX), the New Zealand (NZX) and the New York (NYSE) Stock Exchanges.  ANZ must comply with a range of requirements including listing requirements in Australia and New Zealand as well as overseas requirements such as the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and the New York Stock Exchange requirements.  In addition, ANZ strives to achieve best practice by taking into account the principles and guidelines set out by the ASX Corporate Governance Council, the New Zealand Securities Commission and the Combined Code of the United Kingdom.

 

In general, the Board resolves:

 

•  To embrace principles considered to be best practice across the jurisdictions; and

 

•  To be an ‘early adopter’ where possible by complying before a published law or recommendation takes effect.

 

Consequently, the Board continually monitors governance developments ensuring ANZ’s practices are at best practice standard.

 

During the year, the Board worked closely with management to review and update ANZ policies and procedures in light of recent changes to regulations, legislation and guidelines across relevant jurisdictions (see below).

 

KEY CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ISSUES ADDRESSED BY THE BOARD INCLUDE:

 

INTERNATIONAL

 

•  International Financial Reporting Standards – (IFRS) – ANZ has a formal program to ensure that the Company is prepared to report, in compliance with Australian equivalents to IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, when its results for the half-year ended 31 March 2006 are announced.  The program is on track to achieve this schedule.

 

•  Basel II – For ANZ, the new Basel Accord is scheduled to commence in 2006 for two years of parallel running with the current capital Accord, prior to full implementation in January 2008.  ANZ has established a program to ensure the Company achieves accreditation at the advanced levels for both credit and operational risk under Basel II.  The program is on schedule with a number of Basel II requirements already in place.

 

AUSTRALIA

 

•  ASX Corporate Governance Council – Principles of Good Corporate Governance and Best Practice Recommendations – ANZ considers these principles important and has included a table on page 45 outlining its compliance with the recommendations.

 

•  The Corporations Law Economic Reform Program (Audit Reform and Corporate Disclosure) Act 2004 - CLERP 9 Act – The legislation was passed by Parliament on 25 June 2004.  While compliance with the majority of the changes made by the Act is not required until ANZ reports for the 2005 financial year, the Company has chosen to be an ‘early adopter’ of most of the new requirements.

 

NEW ZEALAND

 

•  NZX Corporate Governance Rules and Principles - The NZX has introduced a Corporate Governance Best Practice Code.  As an overseas listed issuer on the NZX, ANZ is deemed to comply with the NZX Listing Rules provided that it remains listed on the ASX.  As required under NZX Listing Rules, ANZ provide a brief description of the material differences between the ASX and NZX governance requirements on page 94.

 

OTHER JURISDICTIONS

 

•  United States of America – As a “foreign private issuer” registered with the U.S.  Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) with securities listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), ANZ is required to comply with certain corporate governance requirements contained in U.S. securities laws, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and applicable NYSE Listing Standards.  As permitted under the NYSE Listing Standards, ANZ will provide a brief description of the material differences between its corporate governance practices and the NYSE corporate governance requirements for foreign private issuers in ANZ’s U.S. Form 20-F annual report filed with the SEC and posted on anz.com.

 

•  United Kingdom – ANZ monitors developments in the UK Combined Code through changes made by the Higgs Report and the Smith Report.  The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee has considered the changes made to the Combined Code, and the extent to which they represent developing trends in international corporate governance.

 

44



 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE RECOGNITION

 

Governance Metrics International (GMI) Global Rating Report – In August 2004, ANZ participated in a review by GMI of corporate governance and disclosure practices of the top 2,600 companies worldwide.  ANZ received an overall global rating of 9 out of 10 and was in the top 7% of companies surveyed.  In addition, ANZ received significant recognition for its:

 

•  Board accountability

•  Remuneration

•  Corporate behaviour

•  Shareholder rights

•  Market for control and ownership base

 

Horwath Corporate Governance Report - The Horwath Report ranked ANZ equal second for its corporate governance practices amongst the top 250 Australian companies in September 2004.  ANZ received an overall 5 out of 5 star rating meaning that the Company’s corporate governance structures met all best practice standards.

 

ASX CORPORATE GOVERNANCE TABLE

 

FOCUS & PRINCIPLE

 

COMPLIANCE ý

 

1

 

LAY SOLID FOUNDATION FOR MANAGEMENT AND OVERSIGHT

 

 

 

 

 

1.1

Formalise the functions reserved to the Board and those delegated to management

 

Pg 47 ý

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

STRUCTURE THE BOARD TO ADD VALUE

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

The majority of the Board should be independent directors

 

Pg 48 ý

 

 

 

2.2

The chairperson should be an independent director

 

Pg 47 ý

 

 

 

2.3

The roles of the Chairperson and Chief Executive Officer should not be exercised by the same person

 

Pg 47 ý

 

 

 

2.4

The Board should establish a nomination committee

 

Pg 50 ý

 

 

 

2.5

Provide related disclosures

 

ý

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

PROMOTE ETHICAL AND RESPONSIBLE DECISION-MAKING

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

Establish a code of conduct to guide the directors, the CEO, the CFO and any other key executives as to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1.1

the practices necessary to maintain confidence in the company’s integrity

 

Pgs 46, 53 ý

 

 

 

 

3.1.2

the responsibility and accountability of individuals for reporting and investigating reports of unethical practices

 

Pg 53 ý

 

 

 

3.2

Disclose the policy concerning trading in company securities by directors, officers and employees

 

Pg 53 ý

 

 

 

3.3

Provide related disclosures

 

ý

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

SAFEGUARD INTEGRITY OF FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

Require the CEO and CFO to state in writing to the Board that the company’s financial reports present a true and fair view, in material respects, of the company’s condition in accordance with accounting standards

 

Pg 77 ý

 

 

 

4.2

The board should establish an audit committee

 

Pg 50 ý

 

 

 

4.3

Structure the audit committee so that it consists of

 

 

 

 

 

 

only non-executive directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

a majority of independent directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

an independent chairperson, who is not chairperson of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

at least three members

 

Pg 50 ý

 

 

 

4.4

The audit committee should have a formal charter

 

Pg 50 ý

 

 

 

4.5

Provide related disclosures

 

ý

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

MAKING TIMELY AND BALANCED DISCLOSURE

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

Establish written policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule disclosure requirements and to ensure accountability at a senior management level for that compliance

 

Pgs 46, 53 ý

 

 

 

5.2

Provide related disclosures

 

ý

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

RESPECT THE RIGHTS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

Design and disclose a communications strategy to promote effective communication with shareholders and encourage effective participation

 

Pg 46 ý

 

 

 

6.2

Request the external auditor to attend the AGM and be available to answer shareholder questions about the conduct of the audit and the preparation and content of the auditor’s report

 

Pg 46 ý

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

RECOGNISE & MANAGE RISK

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

The Board or appropriate committees should establish policies on risk oversight and management

 

Pg 52 ý

 

 

 

7.2

The CEO and CFO should state to the Board in writing that

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.2.1

the statement given in accordance with best practice recommendation 4.1 is founded on a sound system of risk management and internal compliance and control which implements the polices adopted by the Board

 

Pg 77 ý

 

 

 

 

7.2.2

the company’s risk management and internal compliance and control system is operating effectively and efficiently in all material respects

 

Pg 52 ý

 

 

 

7.3

Provide related disclosures

 

ý

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

ENCOURAGE ENHANCED PERFORMANCE

 

 

 

 

 

8.1

Disclose the process for performance evaluation of the Board, its committees, individual directors and key executives

 

Pg 48 ý

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

REMUNERATE FAIRLY AND RESPONSIBLY

 

 

 

 

 

9.1

Provide disclosure in relation to the company’s remuneration policies to enable investors to understand the costs and benefits of the policies, and the link between remuneration paid and to the directors and key executives and corporate performance

 

Pgs 58 to 71 ý

 

 

 

9.2

The Board should establish a remuneration committee

 

Pg 50 ý

 

 

 

9.3

Clearly distinguish the structure of non-executive directors remuneration from that of executives

 

Pgs 58 to 71 ý

 

 

 

9.4

Ensure that payment of equity-based executive remuneration is made in accordance with thresholds set in plans approved by shareholders

 

Pgs 58 to 71 ý

 

 

 

9.5

Provide related disclosures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ý

 

10

 

RECOGNISE THE LEGITIMATE INTERESTS OF STAKEHOLDERS

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

Establish and disclose a code of conduct to guide compliance with legal and other obligations to legitimate stakeholders

 

Pgs 46, 53 ý

 

 

45



 

FOSTERING ETHICAL DECISION MAKING

 

The Board encourages management to promote and maintain a culture within ANZ which draws upon a set of unifying values to guide the actions and decisions of the Board and all employees.

 

More than 18,000 ANZ employees have participated in the Breakout culture development program.  The program includes workshops to help staff to apply values-based decision making, balancing the competing needs of staff, shareholders, customers and the community in their roles and activities.

 

ANZ has three main codes of conduct which also guide everyday business practice and decision making throughout the Group.

 

•  ANZ Directors’ Code of Conduct sets ethical standards for the directors.  They are expected to pursue the highest standards of ethical conduct in the interests of shareholders and all other stakeholders.

 

•  ANZ (Employee) Code of Conduct sets ethical standards for ANZ staff to embrace and advocate.  It establishes an environment in which ANZ staff, can excel, regardless of race, religion, age, ability or gender.

 

•  ANZ Code of Conduct for Financial Officers (adopted from G100 Code of Conduct for Chief Financial Officers) provides a practical guide for the CFO and financial staff in their everyday dealings as to the standards of ethical behaviour expected in the performance of their duties in addition to the ANZ Employee Code of Conduct.

 

CREATING A SUSTAINABLE CONTRIBUTION TO SOCIETY

 

Through ANZ’s values, the Company places a high emphasis on creating long-term business success, while at the same time, making a sustainable contribution to the community.  Some examples of these contributions are outlined on pages 40 to 41.

 

DEMONSTRATING ANZ’S COMMITMENT TO SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATION

 

Shareholders are the owners of ANZ, and the Company’s stated aim is to “perform and grow to create value for our shareholders”.

 

In order to vote on decisions about ANZ, and to communicate views to the Company, shareholders will need an understanding of the Company’s business operations and performance.

 

ANZ encourages shareholders to take an active interest in the Company.  It seeks to provide shareholders with quality information in a timely fashion generally through ANZ’s reporting of results, the Company’s Annual Report, briefings, newsletters and via its dedicated shareholder site on anz.com.

 

ANZ strives for transparency in all its business practices.  The Company recognises the impact of quality disclosure on the trust and confidence of the shareholder, the wider market and the community.

 

CONTINUOUS DISCLOSURE

 

It has long been ANZ’s practice to release all price sensitive information as required under the ASX listing rules in a timely manner:

 

•  to all relevant stock exchanges on which ANZ’s securities are listed; and

 

•  to the market and community generally through ANZ’s media releases, website and other appropriate channels.

 

ANZ-related releases are posted on relevant stock exchange websites and on ANZ’s website.

 

Through ANZ’s Market (Continuous) Disclosure Policy (see page 53), the Company demonstrates its commitment to continuous disclosure.  The policy reflects relevant obligations under applicable stock exchange listing rules and legislation.

 

For reporting purposes, price sensitive information is information that a reasonable person would expect to have a material effect on the price or value of ANZ’s securities.

 

Designated Disclosure Officers have responsibility for reviewing proposed disclosures and making decisions in relation to what information can be or should be disclosed to the market.  All ANZ staff are required to inform a Disclosure Officer regarding any potentially price-sensitive information concerning ANZ as soon as they become aware of it.

 

UPHOLDING SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

 

ANZ upholds shareholder rights and provides shareholders with the opportunity to be involved in shareholder meetings.

 

To allow as many shareholders as possible to have an opportunity to attend a meeting, ANZ rotates shareholder meetings around capital cities.  Webcast technology has been introduced which makes it possible to ‘attend’ presentations – to listen to the speakers and simultaneously view presentations over the internet.

 

Prior to the annual general meeting, shareholders are encouraged to submit any questions they have for the Chairman or Chief Executive Officer to enable key common themes to be considered.

 

The external auditor is present at ANZ Annual General Meetings and available to answer shareholder questions.  The auditor can respond on any business item that concerns them in their capacity as auditor.

 

Shareholders have the right to vote on various resolutions related to company matters.  If shareholders are unable to attend a meeting they can submit their proxies via post or electronically through anz.com.  Where votes are taken on a poll, ANZ appoints an independent party to verify the results, which are reported to the ASX and posted on anz.com.

 

During the year, ANZ presentations included:

 

•  Annual Results and Acquisition of NBNZ Announcement – 24 October 2003 – Melbourne, Victoria and Auckland, New Zealand

 

•  Annual General Meeting – 19 December 2003 – Brisbane, Queensland

 

•  New Zealand Briefing – 11 March 2004 – Auckland, New Zealand

 

•  Interim Results Announcement – 27 April 2004 – Sydney, New South Wales

 

•  Australian Personal Customer Division Market Briefing – 8 September 2004 – Melbourne, Victoria

 

 

ANZ VALUES

 

•  Put our customers first

 

•  Perform and grow to create value for our shareholders

 

•  Lead and inspire each other

 

•  Earn the trust of the community

 

•  Breakout, be bold and have the courage to be different

 

46



 

A BALANCED AND WELL QUALIFIED BOARD - SELECTION OF DIRECTORS

 

 

BOARD RESPONSIBILITY AND DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY

 

The Board is responsible to shareholders for the governance of the Group, and oversees its operations and financial performance.  To this end, it sets the strategic direction and financial objectives, and monitors operational performance.  It also monitors compliance in terms of ethical and efficiency standards and regulatory requirements.  The Board also appoints the Chief Executive Officer and regularly reviews his performance.

 

The ANZ Board is chaired by a non-executive independent director.  Its structure provides for a division of responsibility between the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer.  This is supported by the ANZ Board Charter (anz.com>about ANZ>corporate information> Board Charter) which states that the Chairman must be an independent non-executive director and that the majority of the Board must comprise independent non-executive directors.

 

The Board Charter clearly sets out the Board’s purpose, powers, and specific responsibilities.  The business of the Bank is managed under the direction of the Board.  The Board delegates to the Chief Executive Officer and through him, to other senior management, the authority and responsibility for managing the everyday affairs of the company.  The Board monitors management and performance on behalf of shareholders.

 

ROLE OF CHAIRMAN

 

The Chairman plays an important leadership role with ANZ and is involved in:

 

•  chairing meetings of shareholders and Board meetings;

 

•  monitoring the performance of the Board and the mix of skills and effectiveness of individual contributions;

 

•  maintaining on-going dialogue with the Chief Executive Officer and appropriate mentoring and guidance;

 

•  overseeing Board review processes; and

 

•  on-going mentoring of individual directors.

 

ACCESS TO DIRECTORS

 

Management is able to consult with directors as required on a regular basis.  Employees and shareholders have access to the directors either directly or through the Company Secretary.

 

BOARD COMPOSITION, SELECTION AND APPOINTMENT

 

The Board strives to achieve a balance of skills, knowledge, experience and perspective among its directors.  To ensure such a balance, the Board undertook a review of its nomination and selection process during the year.  The formal process for review and selection of directors is set out above.

 

Once a director is selected, there are several key elements relating to formalisation of appointment including:

 

•  Adherence to Directors’ Code of Conduct This code sets out that directors will pursue the highest standards of ethical conduct.

 

•  Meeting shares qualification – ANZ’s Constitution provides that each director is required to hold, within 3 months of appointment, at least 2,000 fully paid ordinary shares in the director’s own right and must continue to hold at least 2,000 shares until the director ceases to hold office.  Director shareholdings are set out on page 67.

 

•  Signing Director’s Deed – The Deed covers a number of issues including indemnity, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, the right to obtain independent advice and the requirements concerning confidential information.

 

•  Receipt of Director Handbook – Each director receives a handbook which outlines the director’s principal obligations, Company policies, charters and processes as well as Board-specific procedures.  It also sets out details of scheduled Board and Committee meetings.

 

•  Undertaking Induction training – New directors take part in a formal induction program which ensures that directors meet with ANZ executives and other key staff members regarding ANZ’s governance framework, financial management and business operations.

 

•  Election at next annual general meeting The ANZ Constitution and the Corporations Act 2001 both permit the Board to appoint a person to be a director of ANZ at any time, but that person must seek election by shareholders at the next Annual General Meeting.

 

NEW DIRECTOR APPOINTMENTS During this year, ANZ announced the appointment of three new Directors to the Board.

 

 

New Director

Greg Clark PhD, BSc(Hons)

 

Appointment Date

1 February 2004

 

Experience and expertise

International experience in computing and technology

 

 

New Director

John Morschel DipQS

 

Appointment Date

1 October 2004

 

Experience and expertise

Experience as company director and strong background in banking and financial services

 

 

New Director

David Meiklejohn BCom, DipEd

 

Appointment Date

1 October 2004

 

Experience and expertise

Strong background in finance and as a company director

 

47



 

TENURE AND RETIREMENT

 

ANZ’s Constitution provides that at least one third (or the nearest whole number) of directors must retire at each annual general meeting, but are eligible for re-election at that meeting (see box below).

 

An appointee who is filling a casual vacancy has to stand for election at the first Annual General Meeting after their appointment.  This requirement does not apply to the Chief Executive Officer, or any director retiring at that meeting in any event.

 

ANZ’s Constitution establishes a director shall retire at 70 years of age, unless the Board determines otherwise.  Also, directors appointed since 1993 have agreed to retire after 15 years service.

 

PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS

 

Performance evaluations are conducted internally and cover the Board, each non-executive director and Board Committees.

 

The framework used to assess the directors is based on the expectation they are performing their duties in a manner which should create and continue to build sustainable value for shareholders, and in accordance with the duties and obligations imposed upon them by the ANZ Constitution and the law.

 

The performance criteria takes into account each director’s contribution to:

 

•  the charting of direction, strategy and financial objectives for ANZ;

 

•  the monitoring of compliance with regulatory requirements and ethical standards;

 

•  the monitoring and assessing of management performance in achieving strategies and budgets approved by the Board;

 

•  the setting of criteria for, and evaluation of, the Chief Executive Officer’s performance; and

 

•  the regular and continuing review of executive succession planning and executive development activities.

 

Board and non-executive performance evaluations are conducted in two ways:

 

•  Annual review - On an annual basis, or more frequently if appropriate, the Chairman has a one-on-one meeting with each director specifically addressing the performance criteria.  In addition, they discuss the effectiveness of the Board and related issues including the Board’s oversight and contribution to the Company, Board discussion (including the performance of the non-executive director and the Chairman), Board memberships, Committees, and other relevant issues.  They also discuss the performance of the Board against its Charter.  The Chairman provides a report to the Board on the outcome of these meetings.

 

•  Re-election statement - Directors when nominating for re-election are required to submit a written or oral statement to the Board setting out the reasons why they seek re-election.  In the director’s absence, the Board evaluates this statement (having regard to the performance criteria) when it considers whether to endorse the relevant director’s re-election.

 

Each Board committee conducts a self-evaluation at least annually (see page 50).

 

INDEPENDENCE AND MATERIALITY

 

Under its Charter, a majority of non-executive directors on the ANZ Board must satisfy the criteria for independence.  The Board Charter sets out independence parameters in order to establish whether a non-executive director may have a relationship with ANZ which could (or could be perceived to) impede their decision-making.

 

Directors are required to seek Board approval before accepting other Board appointments or appointments to charitable or other committees.  In addition, directors are required to inform the Company of appointments or retirement from external organisations.

 

In the 2004 financial year, the Board reviewed its criteria for independence in respect of the requirements in the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Best Practice Recommendations, NZX and NYSE Corporate Governance Standards, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  The Board adopted standards for determining non-executive director independence both for members of the Board and the Audit Committee (some jurisdictions apply different tests for the assessment of Audit Committee independence).  The criteria are more rigid than those set in most jurisdictions including criteria stipulated specifically for audit committees.

 

As set out in the Board Charter, a relationship with ANZ is material if a reasonable person in the position of a non-executive director of ANZ would expect there to be a real and sensible possibility that it would influence a director’s mind in –

 

•  Making decisions on matters likely to come regularly before the Board or its committees;

 

•  Objectively assessing information and advice given by management;

 

•  Setting policy for general application across ANZ; and

 

•  Generally, carrying out the performance of his or her role as director.

 

At its September 2004 meeting, the Board considered each director’s independence and in each case concluded that the independence criteria were met by all non-executive directors as set out on page 49.

 

DIRECTOR RE-ELECTION PROCEDURES

 

Where a director is due for retirement by rotation at the next Annual General Meeting, the following process is undertaken at the July meeting of the Board (or earlier) for determining whether the Board endorses the director’s re-election –

 

STEP 1 - The director is required to submit a written or oral statement to the Board setting out reasons why he/she seeks re-election

 

STEP 2 - With the director absent from the room, the Board

 

•  Evaluates the director’s re-election having regard for the statement provided and the performance criteria on page 48

 

•   Passes a resolution stating whether or not the Board supports the director’s re-election having regard to the performance criteria on page 48

 

STEP 3 – Shareholders receive the Notice of Meeting for the upcoming Annual General Meeting which will

 

•  Provide the director’s experience and related details

 

•  State the Board’s resolution on whether or not the Board supports the director’s re-election (an outcome of Step 2)

 

48



 

INDEPENDENCE CRITERIA

 

In its determination of director independence, the Board includes a review of relationships that directors and their immediate family members may have such as:

 

•  A relationship as an acquirer of services / and or products from ANZ and/ or its subsidiaries of the following kind :

 

•  Personal banking services or products

 

•  Business banking services or products

 

•  Sponsorship or donor funds

 

•  A relationship as a supplier of services and /or products to ANZ and / or its subsidiaries of the following kind :

 

•  Strategic services / products provider

 

  Professional services provided as a partner or executive

 

   Professional services provided as an employee

 

  Direct compensation from ANZ (and / or its subsidiaries) of more than $100,000 (other than as director’s fees)

 

  A relationship as a previous employee or partner of ANZ and/or its subsidiaries

 

  A relationship as a previous employee or partner of the external auditor

 

  A relationship as an executive officer of another company where any of ANZ’s present executives serve on that company’s compensation committee

 

  A relationship with a substantial shareholder or officer of an organisation that has a holding with 5% or more of the voting shares in ANZ

 

  All other material relationships or circumstances by which a director could be perceived not to be independent of management and free from any business or other relationship that could interfere with their independence.

 

The Board examined acquirer relationships associated with each director in respect of the level of lending and whether ANZ is the sole lender, the credit rating and whether the account is in order.  Due to privacy regulations, ANZ is unable to disclose details of acquirer relationships associated with each director.  The Board concluded that there was no such situation which would impact on a director’s independence.

 

The Board also examined supplier relationships associated with each director in respect of the value of the relationship to the supplier, the service or product provided and its value as well as other relevant information.  It particulary noted several director associations as follows:

 

  Roderick Deane is Chairman of Telecom New Zealand Ltd.  ANZ acquires communication services from Telecom New Zealand for the Company’s New Zealand operations.

 

  David Gonski is a director of Westfield Holdings Ltd.  ANZ leases properties from Westfield for its branch network in Australia.

 

  Margaret Jackson is Chairman of Qantas Airways Limited.  ANZ has commercial relationships with Qantas as a partner in the co-branded ANZ Frequent Flyer Visa Cards, as a lessor of airport terminal properties in Australia and New Zealand for ANZ automatic teller machines (ATMs), and as an acquirer of travel services for ANZ people.

 

In each case, the Board concluded that having regard to the nature and value of the commercial relationship and the materiality criteria described above, each of Roderick Deane, David Gonski and Margaret Jackson is independent.

 

It is Board policy that directors do not participate in any decisions regarding transactions with organisations which they are associated as acquirer or supplier.  Directors’ biographies on pages 42 to 43 highlight their associations outside of ANZ.

 

In terms of length of service, the Board noted that there are three Board members with service over ten years.  Notwithstanding Charles Goode’s length of service, the Board members considered that his tenure does not interfere with his independence as a non-executive director or as Chairman.  The Board concluded that the independence of John Dahlsen and Brian Scott is not compromised by their service of greater than ten years.

 

DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE REVIEW PROCESS

 

The review of non-executive director independence is conducted annually and more frequently where a change in position or relationship warrants it.

 

Prior to Board meeting

 

During Board meeting

 

Following Board meeting

 

 

 

 

 

  Non-executive directors complete an independence assessment form using the criteria above

 

  Each director’s response is tabled for full Board deliberation

 

  Outcome of all independence determinations are minuted

 

 

 

 

 

  Responses are collated by the Company Secretary

 

  To reach a balanced decision, each non-executive director is asked to leave the Board room during discussion of his/her independence

 

  Independence status of each director communicated in the Annual Report

 

49



 

CONFLICT OF INTEREST

 

Over and above the issue of independence, each director has a continuing responsibility to determine whether he or she has a potential or actual conflict of interest in relation to any material matter which comes before the Board.  Such a situation may arise from external associations, interests or personal relationships which might affect, or be seen potentially to affect, the director’s position to act in the best interest of ANZ.

 

Under the Director’s Disclosure of Interest Policy and Policy for Handling Conflicts of Interest (see page 53), the director may not exercise any influence over the Board if a potential conflict of interest exists.  The process set out is such that the director may not receive relevant Board papers, may not be present for Board deliberations on the subject, and may not vote on any related Board resolutions.  These matters are recorded in the Board minutes when they occur.

 

INDEPENDENT ADVICE

 

In order to assist directors to fulfil their responsibilities, each director has the right (with the prior approval of the Chairman) to seek independent professional advice regarding their responsibilities at the expense of the Group.  In addition the Board and each Committee, at the expense of the Group, may obtain whatever professional advice it requires to assist in its work.

 

CONTINUING EDUCATION

 

ANZ directors take part in a range of training and continuing education programs.

 

In addition to a formal induction program, directors receive regular business unit briefings at each Board meeting.  These briefings provide directors with an insight into each area of the Company, in particular, performance, key issues and risks, and strategy for growth.  Directors also participate in business unit site visits which provide them with the opportunity to meet with staff and customers.

 

Continuing education sessions are held throughout the year focussing on a range of topics including emerging economic issues, technical developments, pending legislation, accounting standards, taxation, risk management and corporate governance.

 

BOARD COMMITTEES

 

Each of the four main Committees is comprised solely of independent directors, has its own Charter and has the power to initiate any special investigations it deems necessary.  Committee membership is reviewed annually.  Membership criteria are based on a director’s skills and experience, as well as his/her ability to add value to the Committee.

 

The Chairman is an ex-officio member of all Committees.  The Chief Executive Officer, John McFarlane, is invited to attend Committee meetings, as appropriate.  His presence is not automatic, however, and he does not attend any meeting where his remuneration is considered or discussed.  Non-executive directors may attend any meeting of a Committee on a subject where they have a special interest.

 

Committee performance self-evaluations are conducted annually to review performance against its Charter and goals set for the year.  The suitability of the Charter and any areas for improvement are also assessed.  The review and stated objectives for the new financial year are submitted to the full Board for discussion and approval.

 

A copy of each Committee Charter can be found on anz.com   about anz   corporate governance.

 

The Audit Committee is responsible for oversight and monitoring of:

 

  the Company’s financial reporting policies and controls;

 

  the work of Group (Internal) Audit;

 

  the Audit Committees of subsidiary companies such as ANZ National Bank;

 

  the integrity of the Company’s financial statements and prudential returns;

 

  compliance with regulatory requirements; and

 

  the appointment, evaluation and oversight of the external auditor.

 

It is Board policy that all members of the Audit Committee be financially literate and that at least one member of the Committee be a “financial expert” as defined in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  Ms Jackson was designated as the “financial expert” for this purpose for the 2004 financial year.

 

The Audit Committee meets with the external auditor without management being present.  The Chairman of the Audit Committee meets separately and regularly with the Group General Manager (Internal) Audit and the external auditor.

 

Some 2004 financial year activities:

 

  Monitoring the work of Group (Internal) Audit – During the year, the Committee appointed a new Group General Manager, (Internal) Audit.  A revised reporting system, based on a balanced scorecard, was put in place on the activities of Internal Audit including audit activities, governance, staff, customers, quality and management.

 

  Revising external auditor policy – The Policy on Relationship of the External Auditor Policy was revised during the year to ensure ANZ continues to meet best practice in this area.

 

  Refining external auditor evaluation – This year the Committee revised its process for evaluating the external auditor.  The outcome of the evaluation was reported to the Board.

 

  Oversighting The National Bank of New Zealand (NBNZ) acquisition financial reporting – The Committee monitored all the financial reporting including consolidation accounting related to the NBNZ acquisition.

 

The Compensation Committee is responsible for recommendations to the Board in respect of the Group’s compensation program including any equity-based programs.  It also evaluates the performance of and approves the compensation for the senior executive officers and Board appointees (including the Chief Executive Officer) and approves compensation levels and policy guidelines.

 

Some 2004 financial year activities:

 

  Revising remuneration principles and processes – A review of ANZ’s compensation program was conducted to ensure alignment with best practice principles.  Related changes were introduced during the year.

 

  Reviewing performance of senior executives – The Committee reviewed the performance of the CEO and the CEO’s direct reports against agreed performance measures.  Succession planning was also undertaken.

 

  Considering non-executive director compensation and retirement benefits – In accordance with regulatory and corporate governance principles, the Committee reviewed and recommended changes to the compensation structure for non-executive directors.

 

The Nominations & Corporate Governance Committee’s responsibility is to identify and recommend prospective Board members, to recommend processes for Board performance review and to recommend corporate governance principles, practices and procedures for ANZ.

 

50



 

DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

 

The number of Board meetings and meetings of Committees 1 October 2003 to 30 September 2004 the director was eligible to attend, and the number of meetings attended by each director were:

 

 

 

Board

 

Audit
Committee

 

Compensation
Committee

 

Nominations
& Corporate
Governance
Committee

 

Risk
Management
Committee

 

Executive
Committee

 

Shares
Committee

 

Committee
of the
Board

 

 

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

G J Clark

 

5

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J C Dahlsen

 

8

 

8

 

6

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

4

 

2

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

R S Deane

 

8

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

5

 

4

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J K Ellis

 

8

 

8

 

6

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

5

 

5

 

5

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

D M Gonski

 

8

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

5

 

5

 

4

 

7

 

7

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

C B Goode

 

8

 

8

 

6

 

6

 

6

 

6

 

5

 

5

 

5

 

5

 

8

 

8

 

6

 

6

 

4

 

4

 

M A Jackson

 

8

 

8

 

6

 

6

 

6

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J McFarlane

 

8

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

10

 

4

 

4

 

3

 

3

 

B W Scott

 

8

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

6

 

5

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

5

 

2

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

 

Column A - Indicates the number of meetings the Director was eligible to attend.

Column B - Indicates the number of meetings attended.  The Chairman is an ex-officio member of the Audit, Compensation, Nominations & Corporate Governance, and Risk Management Committees.

 

Some 2004 financial year activities:

 

 Refining director independence criteria - Procedures for confirmation of independent director status of non-executive directors were further refined (see page 49).

 

  Reviewing nominations procedures - Procedures for consideration of Board director nominations were refined and used during the year (see page 47).

 

  Developing principles and procedures – Additional principles and procedures were developed during the year for nominations and corporate governance to ensure ANZ would continue to meet best practice in these areas.

 

The Risk Management Committee is responsible for the review risk in all aspects of the business.  It is responsible for overseeing, monitoring and reviewing the Group’s risk management principles and policies, strategies, processes and controls including credit, market, balance sheet, operational risk and compliance.  It may approve credit transactions and other matters beyond the approval discretion of executive management.

 

Some 2004 financial year activities:

 

  Monitoring risks associated with integration of NBNZ – The Committee reviewed regular status reports highlighting key risks and progress by integration streams for operational risk, market risk and credit risk (see page 52).

 

  Reviewing the Group’s risk culture – To ensure the correct balance between risk and reward.  A specific compliance measure was introduced to each business unit’s balanced scorecard.

 

  Ensuring timely and necessary mitigating actions are taken in response to emerging risk issues - Continued to review regular reports on key emerging risks, and appropriate responses to be taken.

 

Additional Committees

 

In addition to the four main Board Committees, the Board has constituted a Shares Committee and an Executive Committee to assist in carrying out its functions.

 

The Executive Committee has the full power of the Board and is convened as necessary between regularly scheduled Board meetings.  The Board also forms and delegates authority to ad hoc Committees of the Board as and when needed to carry out its functions.

 

The Shares Committee has the power to administer ANZ’s Employee Share Plan and Employee Share Option Plan.

 

ROLE OF COMPANY SECRETARY

 

The Board is responsible for the appointment of ANZ’s Company Secretaries.  Currently there are three people appointed as Company Secretary. 

 

For management and corporate governance purposes the following structure operates.

 

  The Group General Counsel and Company Secretary is normally in attendance at all Board and Committee meetings.  He prepares drafts of minutes and provides legal advice to the Board if and when required.  He works closely with the Chair of the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee to develop and maintain ANZ’s corporate governance principles.  He is responsible to the Board for the Company Secretary Office function.

 

  The Company Secretary is responsible for day-to-day operations of the Company Secretary’s Office including ANZ’s continuous disclosures to relevant stock exchanges under the Market (continuous) Disclosure policy, the management of dividends, and the relationship with the share registry provider.

 

  The Chief Financial Officer is also appointed as Company Secretary. 

 

Profiles of ANZ’s Company Secretaries can be found in the Directors’ Report on page 76.

 

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIPS 1 OCTOBER 2003 to 30 SEPTEMBER 2004

 

Audit
Committee

 

Compensation
Committee

 

Nominations and Corporate
Governance Committee

 

Risk Management
Committee

 

John Dahlsen (C)

 

Margaret Jackson (C)

 

Brian Scott (C)

 

Jerry Ellis (C)

 

Jerry Ellis

 

Roderick Deane

 

John Dahlsen

 

Roderick Deane

 

Margaret Jackson (FE)

 

Brian Scott

 

David Gonski

 

David Gonski

 

Charles Goode
(ex-officio)

 

Charles Goode
(ex-officio)

 

Charles Goode
(ex-officio)

 

Charles Goode
(ex-officio)

 

 


C = Chairman

 

FE = Financial Expert

 

 

 

 

 

 

51



 

RISK MANAGEMENT AND COMPLIANCE

 

ANZ’s business controls are governed by an ongoing focus on risk and compliance issues within the framework of the Company’s overall strategy.  ANZ has established a comprehensive risk and compliance management framework to ensure best practice alignment.

 

In terms of risk management and compliance, the Board provides leadership, oversees risk appetite and strategy, and ensures a robust risk and compliance culture pervades.

 

The Risk Management Committee of the Board oversees the Group’s risk management policies and controls, may approve credit transactions and other matters beyond the approval discretion of executive management.

 

The risks may be broadly grouped under the four categories noted below.  On a day-to-day basis, the various risks inherent in ANZ’s operations are managed by both Group Risk Management and each business unit.

 

•  Credit Risk – From a credit risk perspective, the risk environment for ANZ has improved over the year and the focus has been maintained on areas of concern in our portfolios.  ANZ has remained vigilant in reducing domestic and offshore credit risk levels.

 

•  Market Risk – During the year, ANZ conducted a detailed review of its trading risks and controls.  This review concluded that ANZ’s market control framework was appropriate for the scope and volume of trading activity undertaken.  The market risk control framework has been strengthened by the implementation of a single integrated front-office system for the Capital Markets business.

 

•  Operational Risk – Significant improvements have been achieved during the year in the Group’s framework for operational risk measurement and capital allocation.  Additional operational risk improvements include:

 

•  Technology and Projects - A specialist Technology Risk function has been established within Group Risk Management to enhance the approach to technology risk management and to provide additional focus on large risk technology projects.

 

•  Fraud - Fraud prevention and detection remained a key focus area for risk management, especially due to the growing trend in electronic fraud.  ANZ uses technical tools to detect anomalies in customer transactions to reduce potential fraudulent activity.  Education continues to be an essential component in fraud prevention for both staff and customers.

 

•  Business Continuity and Crisis Management - The continuous monitoring of country security risk has been strengthened by the implementation of a country security risk rating framework which assists ANZ’s response to changing risks in the international business environment and the ongoing safety of ANZ’s staff and operations.

 

•  Compliance – A dedicated compliance function within Group Risk Management is responsible for the Group’s overall compliance framework, across all regulatory and internal operating policy requirements.

 

For further information on risk management, please see pages 16 to 17.

 

FINANCIAL CONTROLS

 

As previously noted, the Audit Committee of the Board oversees the Company’s financial reporting policies and controls, integrity of the Company’s financial statements, the work of Group (internal) Audit, the Audit Committees of the subsidiary companies, prudential returns and compliance with related regulatory requirements.

 

To further strengthen controls and procedures, the Committee agreed that the Company would undertake a Group-wide program focusing on Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

ANZ is in the process of assessing its readiness to meet Section 404 requirements of the Act.  In doing so, ANZ assesses the appropriateness of internal controls of financial reporting and the financial control activity level relative to key accounts and locations of operations.  The program is being instituted at both Company and business unit level and is oversighted by a program steering committee.  ANZ is well progressed in its assessment program and expects to be in full compliance with this section of the Act during the financial year to 30 September 2005, ANZ’s first reporting date after the compliance date of the Act.

 

AUDIT

 

Group (Internal) Audit

 

Group (Internal) Audit provides independent assurance that the design and operation of the risk and control framework across the Group is effective.  The internal audit function operates under a Charter from the Audit Committee that gives it unrestricted access to review all activities of the Group.  The Group General Manager, (Internal) Audit reports to the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

The Audit Committee monitors the performance of Group (Internal) Audit and the Group General Manager, (Internal) Audit.

 

A risk-based audit approach is used to ensure that the higher risk activities in each business are audited each year.  All audits are conducted in a manner that conforms to international auditing standards.  Audit results also influence incentive compensation of business heads.

 

Group (Internal) Audit plays an active role in ensuring compliance with the requirements of supervisory regulatory authorities.  Group (Internal) Audit also works collaboratively with the external auditor to ensure a comprehensive audit scope.

 

The Audit Committee plays an active role in reviewing significant issues arising from internal audits conducted by Group (Internal) Audit.  There is a robust process for ensuring prompt resolution of audit issues, which includes monthly reviews of progress by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of the Audit Committee.  The Audit Committee also receives formal reports on significant issues until satisfactory action has been taken.

 

External Audit

 

The external auditor’s role is to provide reasonable assurance that ANZ’s financial reports are accurate and free from material misstatement.  The external auditor is to perform independent audits in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards.  The external auditor provides reports directly to the Audit Committee.

 

During the year, the Audit Committee further strengthened ANZ’s Relationship with External Auditor policy.  Under the policy, the Audit Committee is responsible for the appointment (subject to ratification by shareholders), compensation, retention and oversight of the external auditor.  The policy also stipulates that the Audit Committee:

 

•  Pre-approves all audit and non-audit services;

 

  Regularly reviews the independence of the external auditor;

 

  Evaluates the effectiveness of the external auditor .

 

In addition, ANZ requires a two-year period before any former partner or employee of the external auditor is appointed as a director or senior executive of ANZ.

 

The lead partner position of the external audit should rotate off the ANZ audit after five years and cannot return for a further five years.  Other senior audit staff are required to rotate off after a maximum of seven years.

 

52



 

Any potential appointments of ex-partners or ex-employees of the external auditor to the ANZ finance staff, at senior management level or higher, must be pre-approved by the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

Details on non-audit service can be found in the Directors’ Report on page 76.

 

In the context of the US auditor independence rules, the SEC has requested that ANZ produce information relating to non-audit services provided by ANZ’s auditor, KPMG.

 

ANZ is currently providing information as requested.

 

Should the SEC determine that services provided by KPMG did not comply with these rules, the SEC may seek sanctions, the nature and amount of which are not known.

 

Whilst ANZ cannot predict the outcome of the inquiry, based on information currently available, ANZ does not believe it will have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

POLITICAL DONATIONS

 

In the year to 30 September 2004, ANZ donated $150,000 to the Liberal Party and $95,000 to the Labor Party.

 

Creating sustainable value for shareholders, staff, customers and the community

 

ANZ’S CODES OF CONDUCT AND POLICIES

 

Below is an overview of ANZ’s key codes and policies which apply to directors and employees within the Group.  Summaries of these policies can be found on anz.com > about anz > corporate governance.

 

  Codes of Conduct for Directors and for Employees – These policies set out the ethical standards to which directors and employees are expected to adhere.  The Codes require that directors and employees adhere to the law, and that they disclose any relevant interests, that they act in the best interests of the Group and that they act honestly and ethically in all their dealings.  The codes also cover the confidentiality of information, limits on acceptance of gifts or entertainment and on use of ANZ goods, services and facilities.  Key contact – Group General Counsel and Company Secretary.

 

  Code of Conduct for Financial Officers – (adopted from the Group of 100 Code of Conduct for CFOs and Senior Financial Officers) The Code requires that Chief Financial Officers and other finance staff influencing financial performance adhere to principles of honesty and integrity, respect confidentiality of information, declare conflicts of interest, maintain transparency in reporting, exercise diligence and good faith, ensure sound internal controls and set a standard for other financial professionals.  Key contact – Chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

  Critical Accounting Policies – Details of the critical accounting policies and any changes in accounting policies made since the date of the 2003 Annual Report are set out on page 82 and in the Financial Report on pages 130 to 134.

 

  Directors’ Disclosure of Interests Policy and Policy for Handling Conflicts of Interests – The Board has adopted a policy on disclosure of interests requiring that directors disclose certain interests, and actual or potential conflicts of interest are addressed.  Details of directors’ dealings with ANZ are set out in Note 52 of the Financial Report.  Key contact – Group General Counsel and Company Secretary.

 

  Employee Indemnity Policy – This policy provides that the Group will indemnify employees against any liability that they incur in carrying out their role subject to meeting certain requirements.  Further details on this policy and on indemnities given to certain employees can be found on page 77 of this Annual Report.  Key contact – General Manager Operational and Technology Risk.

 

  Policy on the Prevention of Money Laundering, Criminal and Terrorist Financing – This policy covers Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism laws and regulations.  It sets out principles related to identification and record keeping procedures, the need for staff awareness and related training, and annual requirements for independent testing and compliance reporting.  The policy is aimed at ensuring that ANZ is able to protect its reputation, integrity, assets, liabilities and shareholder funds.  Key contacts – General Manager Operational and Technology Risk and General Manager Group Compliance.

 

  Market (Continuous) Disclosure Policy – ANZ is committed to achieving best practice in the area of continuous disclosure.  The policy is designed to ensure that there is full and timely disclosure of ANZ’s activities to shareholders and the market.  The policy requires that information disclosed to the relevant stock exchanges is placed on ANZ’s website.  Key contacts – Head of Investor Relations, Head of Media Relations, Company Secretary.

 

  Policy on Relationship with External Auditor – The Board and the Audit Committee’s policy on audit and non-audit services regulates the audit-related and non-audit services that may be conducted by ANZ’s external auditor.  It sets in place a formal approval process regarding the provision of audit and non audit services.  This approval process is the responsibility of the Audit Committee.  In addition it sets out the rotation requirements for the lead partner and other members of the audit team, and processes related to the potential appointment of ex-partners or ex-employees of the external auditor.  Key contact – Chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

  Whistleblower Policy (formerly known as Serious Complaints Policy) The Whistleblower Process is an additional mechanism by which ANZ staff, contractors and consultants may voice any concerns they may have regarding any malpractice or impropriety that they find within ANZ.  It requires that protection be given to employees against dismissal or penalty as a result of disclosing concerns in good faith.  Key contacts – Group General Manager, (Internal) Audit and Group General Counsel and Company Secretary.

 

  Share Trading Policy – This policy covers trading in ANZ securities by all employees, contractors and consultants engaged by ANZ.  The policy prohibits trading in ANZ securities or the securities of other entities for all persons aware of unpublished ANZ price sensitive information.  In addition, it specifically prohibits trading by certain employees, contractors and consultants working in specific areas of ANZ during blackout periods.  A blackout period is the six-week period leading up to the day after the announcement of the half yearly and full year results.  The Board has also resolved to apply the principles of this policy to directors’ own trading in ANZ shares.  Key contact – Head of Investor Relations.

 

  New Zealand Policies – Recognising the importance of ANZ’s presence in New Zealand and the requirements of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand, the ANZ National Bank Limited Board reviews and approves all ANZ Group governance and risk management polices before they are adopted by ANZ National Bank to ensure that they meet all New Zealand regulatory requirements.

 

  Other Company Policies – Can be found on anz.com.  Operational policies may not be publically available.

 

53



 

REMUNERATION REPORT

 

CONTENTS

 

Section A.

 

Remuneration Tables

 

 

 

Section B.

 

Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration

 

 

 

Section C.

 

Remuneration Structure

 

 

 

Section D.

 

Chief Executive Officer’s Remuneration

 

 

 

Section E.

 

Specified Executives’ Contract Terms

 

 

 

Section F.

 

Equity Instruments relating to Directors and Specified Executives

 

SECTION A.  REMUNERATION TABLES

 

For the year ended 30 September 2004 details of the emoluments of the directors are set out below:

 

 

 

 

 

PRIMARY(3)

 

 

 

 

 

Cash
salary/fees

 

Long service
leave accrued
during
the year

 

Value of shares
aquired in
lieu of cash
salary/fees(2)

 

Associated entity
board fees (cash)

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Non-executive Directors(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CB Goode (Appointed director July 1991;
appointed Chairman August 1995)

 

2004

 

91,000

 

n/a

 

338,000

 

 

Independent Non Executive Director, Chairman

 

2003

 

76,000

 

n/a

 

274,000

 

 

G Clark (Appointed February 2004)

 

2004

 

86,667

 

n/a

 

 

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

JC Dahlsen (Appointed May 1985)(7)

 

2004

 

130,000

 

n/a

 

 

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

110,000

 

n/a

 

 

 

RS Deane (Appointed September 1994)

 

2004

 

130,000

 

n/a

 

 

117,958

(9)

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

110,000

 

n/a

 

 

100,996

 

JK Ellis(Appointed October 1995)

 

2004

 

103,000

 

n/a

 

27,000

 

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

110,000

 

n/a

 

 

 

DM Gonski (Appointed February 2002)

 

2004

 

130,000

 

n/a

 

 

50,150

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

110,000

 

n/a

 

 

42,500

 

MA Jackson (Appointed March 1994)

 

2004

 

130,000

 

n/a

 

 

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

88,000

 

n/a

 

22,000

 

 

BW Scott (Appointed August 1985)(7)

 

2004

 

130,000

 

n/a

 

 

24,389

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

110,000

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL OF NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

 

2004

 

930,667

 

n/a

 

365,000

 

192,497

 

 

 

2003

 

714,000

 

n/a

 

296,000

 

143,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J McFarlane (Appointed October 1997)

 

2004

 

43

(8)

78,211

 

1,882,831

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

2003

 

702,565

 

23,431

 

709,685

 

 

TOTAL OF ALL DIRECTORS

 

2004

 

930,710

 

78,211

 

2,247,831

 

192,497

 

 

 

2003

 

1,416,565

 

23,431

 

1,005,685

 

143,496

 

 


(1)   DE Meiklejohn and JP Morschel commenced as directors on 1 October 2004

 

(2)         Shares acquired through participation in Directors’ Share Plan (relates to CEO only in relation to cash bonus, as Non-Executive Directors do not participate in short-term incentive arrangements).  Value reflects the price at which the shares were purchased on market (amortisation not applicable)

 

(3)         Non-monetary benefits for all directors are nil

 

(4)         Accrual relates to Directors’ Retirement Scheme.  If each non-executive director had ceased to be a director as at 30 September 2004, the following benefits would have been payable under the Directors’ Retirement Scheme: CB Goode - $1,069,255; G Clark - $33,008; JC Dahlsen - $402,365; RS Deane - $644,116; JK Ellis - $412,058; DM Gonski - $146,725; MA Jackson - $366,690; BW Scott - $389,125.  The Directors’ Retirement Scheme is being reviewed and it is currently planned to be discontinued after 30 September 2005

 

(5)         Details of options and deferred shares granted appear in the Annual Report of the year in which they are granted.  In accordance with the requirements of AASB1046A, the amortisation value includes a proportion of the fair value (taking into account market-related vesting conditions) of all equity that had not yet fully vested as at the commencement of the financial year.  It is assumed that 100% of the options will vest at the commencement of their exercise period (ie the shortest possible vesting period is assumed).  The fair value is determined at grant date and is allocated on a straight-line basis over the shortest possible vesting period.  The fair value is determined using a binomial option pricing model that is explained in section F8.  The amount included as remuneration is not related to nor indicative of the benefit (if any) that may ultimately be realised should the options become exercisable

 

54



 

 

 

 

 

PRIMARY(3)

 

POST EMPLOYMENT

 

EQUITY(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Committee
fees
(cash)

 

Value of shares
aquired in lieu
of cash bonus(2)

 

Primary
total

 

Super
contributions

 

Retirement
benefit accrued
during the year(4)

 

Total
amortisation of
LTI options

 

OTHER(6)

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Non-executive Directors(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CB Goode (Appointed director July 1991; appointed Chairman August1995)

 

2004

 

 

n/a

 

429,000

 

11,297

 

99,586

 

n/a

 

 

539,883

 

Independent Non Executive Director, Chairman

 

2003

 

 

n/a

 

350,000

 

10,520

 

16,996

 

n/a

 

 

377,516

 

G Clark (Appointed February 2004)

 

2004

 

10,834

 

n/a

 

97,501

 

7,597

 

33,008

 

n/a

 

 

138,106

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

JC Dahlsen (Appointed May 1985)(7)

 

2004

 

65,050

 

n/a

 

195,050

 

11,296

 

74,356

 

n/a

 

 

280,702

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

25,000

 

n/a

 

135,000

 

10,520

 

22,430

 

n/a

 

 

167,950

 

RS Deane (Appointed September 1994)

 

2004

 

19,500

 

n/a

 

267,458

 

10,321

 

70,998

 

n/a

 

 

348,777

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

 

n/a

 

210,996

 

9,900

 

17,151

 

n/a

 

 

238,047

 

JK Ellis(Appointed October 1995)

 

2004

 

52,250

 

n/a

 

182,250

 

11,297

 

65,780

 

n/a

 

 

259,327

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

25,000

 

n/a

 

135,000

 

10,520

 

23,384

 

n/a

 

 

168,904

 

DM Gonski (Appointed February 2002)

 

2004

 

16,050

 

n/a

 

196,200

 

11,297

 

67,227

 

n/a

 

 

274,724

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

 

n/a

 

152,500

 

10,520

 

49,078

 

n/a

 

 

212,098

 

MA Jackson (Appointed March 1994)

 

2004

 

42,250

 

n/a

 

172,250

 

10,899

 

56,352

 

n/a

 

 

239,501

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

 

n/a

 

110,000

 

9,900

 

(5,562

)(11)

n/a

 

 

114,338

 

BW Scott (Appointed August 1985)(7)

 

2004

 

30,750

 

n/a

 

185,139

 

11,297

 

64,839

 

n/a

 

 

261,275

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

25,000

 

n/a

 

135,000

 

10,520

 

15,950

 

n/a

 

 

161,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL OF NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

 

2004

 

236,684

 

n/a

 

1,724,848

 

85,301

 

532,146

 

n/a

 

 

2,342,295

 

 

 

2003

 

75,000

 

n/a

 

1,228,496

 

72,400

 

139,427

 

n/a

 

 

1,440,323

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J McFarlane (Appointed October 1997)

 

2004

 

 

1,850,006

 

3,811,091

 

417,000

(10)

 

2,584,880

(12)

90,619

(13)

6,903,590

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

2003

 

 

982,121

 

2,417,802

 

87,750

 

 

2,538,759

 

 

5,044,311

 

TOTAL OF ALL DIRECTORS

 

2004

 

236,684

 

1,850,006

 

5,535,939

 

502,301

 

532,146

 

2,584,880

 

90,619

 

9,245,885

 

 

 

2003

 

75,000

 

982,121

 

3,646,298

 

160,150

 

139,427

 

2,538,759

 

 

6,484,634

 

 


(6)         Amounts disclosed for remuneration of directors exclude insurance premiums paid by the consolidated entity in respect of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance contracts which cover current and former directors and officers, including executive officers of the entity and directors, executive officers and secretaries of the controlled entities.  The total premium, which cannot be disclosed because of confidentiality agreements, has not been allocated to the individuals covered by the insurance policy as, based on all available information, the directors believe that no reasonable basis for such allocation exists

 

(7)         JC Dahlsen and BW Scott will be retiring as directors on 3 February 2005 and 23 April 2005 respectively

 

(8)         J McFarlane elected to use almost all his cash salary and bonus to purchase on market deferred shares under the Directors’ Share Plan.

 

(9)         Amounts paid in NZD are converted to AUD at an average rate for the year of 1.1254 (1.1139 in 2003)

 

(10)   Includes $300,000 additional employer contribution, agreed as part of contract extension announced 26 October 2004 (refer to section D2)

 

(11)   In accordance with the ANZ Directors’ Retirement Scheme (explained in section B2), MA Jackson’s Retirement Benefit accrued during the year is shown as negative because the increase in the balance held in the ANZ Staff Superannuation Scheme (for the year ended 30 September 2003) exceeded the increase in other remuneration for the 3 preceeding years (ie from the 3-year period ended 30 September 2002 to the 3-year period ended September 2003)

 

(12)   Amortisation value of options as a percentage of total remuneration (as shown in the Total column above) was 37% in 2004 (50% in 2003)

 

(13)   Relates to reimbursement to J McFarlane for the additional tax liability on his UK Pension Plan holdings, arising as a result of Australian Foreign Investment Fund rules, and J McFarlane’s continuing Australian residency (in accordance with the contractual agreement detailed in section D2)

 

55



 

For the year ended 30 September 2004 details of the emoluments of the top seven executives (Specified Executives), other than the Chief Executive Officer, are set out below and include the five most highly remunerated executives in the Company and the Group (as required under the Corporations Act 2001) and the top executives in the Group by authority (as required by AASB1046):

 

 

 

 

 

PRIMARY

 

 

 

 

 

Cash
salary/fees

 

Long service
leave accrued
during
the year

 

Non monetary
benefits(1)

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Specified Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sir J Anderson (appointed 1 December 2003)(7)

 

2004

 

672,792

 

 

 

Chief Executive & Director, ANZ National Bank Limited

 

2003

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Dr RJ Edgar

 

2004

 

723,651

 

56,212

 

31,552

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

2003

 

583,500

 

2,399

 

31,144

 

E Funke Kupper(8)

 

2004

 

654,550

 

10,846

 

7,277

 

Group Managing Director Asia-Pacific

 

2003

 

654,850

 

10,865

 

6,869

 

BC Hartzer(9)

 

2004

 

543,062

 

15,694

 

57,091

 

Group Managing Director Personal Banking

 

2003

 

454,072

 

11,812

 

65,425

 

PJO Hawkins

 

2004

 

551,625

 

11,678

 

7,277

 

Group Managing Director Group Strategic Development

 

2003

 

593,432

 

11,646

 

6,869

 

PR Marriott

 

2004

 

728,451

 

29,098

 

7,277

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

2003

 

654,850

 

10,865

 

6,869

 

S Targett (appointed 5 May 2004)

 

2004

 

305,407

 

5,101

 

2,934

 

Group Managing Director Institutional Financial Services

 

2003

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

TOTAL

 

2004

 

4,179,538

 

128,629

 

113,408

 

 

 

2003

 

2,940,704

 

47,587

 

117,176

 

 


(1)         Non monetary benefits provided to Specified Executives consist of salary packaged items such as car parking and novated lease motor vehicles

 

(2)         Total cash bonus relates to the cash component provided as part of ANZ’s short-term incentive program in May 2004 (50% cash) and the full bonus amount from October 2004 (which was 100% cash, except in those instances where the Specified Executive elected to receive shares in lieu, in which case the value of these elective shares are shown above as though they were cash). Refer to section C5.1 for further details

 

(3)         Details of options and deferred shares granted appear in the Annual Report of the year in which they are granted. In accordance with the requirements of AASB1046A, the amortisation value includes a proportion of the fair value (taking into account market-related vesting conditions) of all equity that had not yet fully vested as at the commencement of the financial year. It is assumed that 100% of the options will vest at the commencement of their exercise period (ie the shortest possible vesting period is assumed) and that deferred shares will vest after 3 years. The fair value is determined at grant date and is allocated on a straight-line basis over the 3-year vesting period. For options, the fair value is determined using a Binomial Option Pricing model that is explained in section F8.  For deferred shares, the fair value is the weighted average price of the Company’s shares on the allocation date. The amount included as remuneration is not related to nor indicative of the benefit (if any) that may ultimately be realised should the options become exercisable

 

(4)         Accrual relates to Retirement Allowance (refer to section E for further details)

 

56



 

 

 

 

 

PRIMARY

 

EQUITY(3)

 

POST EMPLOYMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total
amortisation

 

Total
amortisation

 

Total
amortisation

 

Total
amortisation of

 

 

 

Retirement
benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cash
bonus(2)

 

value of STI
shares

 

value of LTI
shares

 

value of LTI
options

 

other equity
allocations

 

Super
contributions

 

accrued during
year(4)

 

Total(5),(6)

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Specified Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sir J Anderson (appointed 1 December 2003)(7)

 

2004

 

335,881

 

 

 

 

219,168

 

67,279

 

32,160

 

1,327,280

 

Chief Executive & Director, ANZ National Bank Limited

 

2003

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Dr RJ Edgar

 

2004

 

393,000

 

197,681

 

342,662

 

256,110

 

 

46,752

 

7,163

 

2,054,783

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

2003

 

222,004

 

236,895

 

141,264

 

201,924

 

 

38,025

 

10,276

 

1,467,431

 

E Funke Kupper(8)

 

2004

 

385,500

 

232,208

 

232,024

 

333,500

 

 

40,950

 

 

1,896,855

 

Group Managing Director Asia-Pacific

 

2003

 

210,008

 

315,650

 

233,812

 

452,430

 

 

40,950

 

 

1,925,434

 

BC Hartzer(9)

 

2004

 

424,000

 

201,364

 

192,239

 

298,814

 

 

37,224

 

 

1,769,488

 

Group Managing Director Personal Banking

 

2003

 

165,005

 

272,484

 

141,682

 

265,593

 

 

32,175

 

 

1,408,248

 

PJO Hawkins

 

2004

 

325,000

 

214,906

 

206,975

 

293,966

 

 

43,875

 

2,947

 

1,658,249

 

Group Managing Director Group Strategic Development

 

2003

 

200,016

 

280,451

 

219,660

 

347,032

 

 

43,875

 

2,979

 

1,705,960

 

PR Marriott

 

2004

 

482,000

 

243,435

 

276,714

 

369,376

 

 

45,542

 

 

2,181,893

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

2003

 

239,017

 

295,927

 

255,135

 

394,675

 

 

40,950

 

 

1,898,288

 

S Targett (appointed 5 May 2004)

 

2004

 

267,000

 

 

 

 

188,081

(10)

18,976

 

 

787,499

 

Group Managing Director Institutional Financial Services

 

2003

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

TOTAL

 

2004

 

2,612,381

 

1,089,594

 

1,250,614

 

1,551,766

 

407,249

 

300,598

 

42,270

 

11,676,047

 

 

 

2003

 

1,036,050

 

1,401,407

 

991,553

 

1,661,654

 

 

195,975

 

13,255

 

8,405,361

 

 


(5)          Amounts disclosed for remuneration of Specified Executives exclude insurance premiums paid by the consolidated entity in respect of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance contracts which cover current and former directors and officers, including executive officers of the entity and directors, executive officers and secretaries of the controlled entities. The total premium, which cannot be disclosed because of confidentiality agreements, has not been allocated to the individuals covered by the insurance policy as, based on all available information, the directors believe that no reasonable basis for such allocation exists.

 

(6)          Amortisation value of options as a percentage of total remuneration (as shown in the Total column above) was as follows: Sir J Anderson - 16% (n/a in 2003); RJ Edgar - 12% (14% in 2003); E Funke Kupper - 18% (23% in 2003); BC Hartzer - 17% (19% in 2003); PJO Hawkins - 18% (20% in 2003); PR Marriott - 17% (21% in 2003); S Targett - 12% (n/a in 2003)

 

(7)          Amounts paid in NZD are converted to AUD at an average rate for the year of 1.1254. Amortisation of other equity allocations for Sir J Anderson relates to the granting of zero priced options (ZPO) and shares issued under ANZ’s $1,000 Employee Share Acquisition Plan (ESAP). ZPOs are granted under the ANZ Share Option Plan and have a nil exercise price and no time-based vesting criteria.  They were designed to deliver equity to the CEO of National Bank of New Zealand and were issued to meet the particular needs and circumstances at the time of the acquisition of NBNZ.  Refer to section C7 for further details pertaining to the $1,000 ESAP

 

(8)          E Funke Kupper was the Managing Director of Personal Banking & Wealth Management Australia prior to 1 May 2004

 

(9)          BC Hartzer was the Managing Director of Consumer Finance prior to 1 May 2004

 

(10)    Amortisation of other equity allocations for S Targett relates to the grant of deferred shares (four tranches of $700,000 to be issued at 6 month intervals in approximately April and October each year, subject to Board approval and continued employment) and hurdled options (refer to section C5.2.1 for performance hurdle details) to compensate S Targett for the loss of access to equity as a result of his resignation from his previous employer

 

57



 

SECTION B. NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

 

B1. NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

 

Non-executive directors’ fees are reviewed annually and are determined by the Board of Directors based on advice from external advisors and with reference to fees paid to other non-executive directors of comparable companies.

 

Non-executive directors’ fees are within the maximum aggregate limit agreed to by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held on 13 December 2002 ($2.5 million, excluding retirement allowances), and are set at levels that fairly represent the responsibilities of, and the time spent by, the non-executive directors on Group matters.

 

Directors receive a fee for being a director of the Board, and also additional fees for either chairing or being a member of a committee. Special work on committees may attract additional fees, of an amount considered appropriate in the circumstances. An additional fee is also paid if a non-executive director serves as a director of ANZ National Bank Limited, ING Australia Ltd or Metrobank Card Corporation.

 

The fee structure is illustrated in the table below:

 

Role

 

Current Fee

 

Chairman

 

$

429,000

 

Non-executive director

 

$

130,000

 

Committee Chair(1)

 

$

32,500

 

Committee Member(1)

 

$

9,750

 

 


(1)          Except Nominations & Corporate Governance Committee, where the current Chair and Member Fees are $21,000 and $6,300 respectively.

 

Directors may elect to take all or part of their fees in shares under the Directors’ Share Plan (refer to section B3 for more details).

 

For details of emoluments paid to directors for the year ended 30 September 2004, refer to the Remuneration tables in section A of this Remuneration Report.

 

B2. NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ RETIREMENT POLICY

 

All non-executive directors participate in the ANZ Directors’ Retirement Scheme. Under this scheme, a lump-sum retirement benefit is payable to non-executive directors upon their ceasing to be a director. The lump-sum retirement benefit payable where the non-executive director has held office for 8 years or more is equal to the total remuneration (excluding retirement benefit accrual) of the non-executive director in respect of the 3 years immediately preceding the non-executive director ceasing to be a non-executive director. This benefit is funded in part by the balance held, if any, on the non-executive director’s behalf in the ANZ Staff Superannuation Scheme. For periods of less than 8 years, a proportionate part of such emoluments is payable. The non-executive directors are not entitled to the statutory entitlements of long service leave and annual leave.

 

Consistent with Principle 9.3 of the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX) Corporate Governance Rules, which states that non-executive directors should not be provided with retirement benefits other than statutory superannuation, the ANZ Directors’ Retirement Scheme is being reviewed and it is currently planned to be discontinued after 30 September 2005.

 

B3. DIRECTORS’ SHARE PLAN

 

The Directors’ Share Plan is available to both non-executive and executive directors. Directors may elect to forgo remuneration to which they may have otherwise become entitled and receive shares to the value of the remuneration forgone. Participation in the plan is voluntary and therefore the shares acquired are not subject to performance conditions.

 

Shares acquired under the plan are purchased on market and are held in trust for up to 10 years. The director selects a restriction period of between 1 and 10 years during which the shares cannot be traded. The shares are subject to forfeiture for serious misconduct. All costs associated with the plan are met by the Company.

 

58



 

SECTION C. REMUNERATION STRUCTURE

 

C1. EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES

 

ANZ’s reward policy guides the Compensation Committee and management in shaping remuneration strategies and initiatives.

 

The following philosophies underpin ANZ’s reward policy:

 

1. Focus on creating and enhancing value for ANZ’s shareholders;

 

2. Differentiation of individual rewards commensurate with contribution to overall results and according to individual accountability, performance and potential;

 

3. Significant emphasis on “at risk” components of total rewards linked to the enhancement of shareholder value through improvements in Economic Value Added™ (EVA™); and

 

4. The provision of a competitive reward proposition to successfully attract, motivate and retain the high quality workforce required to deliver ANZ’s business and growth strategies.

 

During 2004 a comprehensive review of reward structures has been conducted against the backdrop of these philosophies and against the Company’s growth strategy and corporate governance principles. As a result, a number of changes to reward structures are planned for the first half of the 2005 financial year. These changes are detailed in section C5 of this Remuneration Report.

 

C2. COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

 

The Compensation Committee has a charter which details the terms of reference under which the Committee operates. The Charter can be found on anz.com > about ANZ (listing at top of screen) > Corporate Information > ANZ Policies > Corporate Governance and Policies.

 

The role of the Compensation Committee is detailed on page 50 of the Corporate Governance Report.

 

On a number of occasions throughout the year, both the Compensation Committee and management received external advice on matters relating to remuneration. The following advisors were used: Hay Group; Blake Dawson Waldron; Freehills; Mercer Human Resource Consulting; and PricewaterhouseCoopers.

 

C3. REMUNERATION STRUCTURE OVERVIEW

 

ANZ’s reward structures are designed to meet the needs of the specialised business units as well as the markets in which they operate. As a result, the mix of remuneration components can vary across the organisation although, where practicable, ANZ applies structures and opportunities on a consistent basis for similar roles and levels. There is a strong emphasis on variable pay opportunities with total employee remuneration differentiated significantly on the basis of performance.

 

The executive remuneration program is designed to support the reward philosophies detailed in section C1, and to underpin the Company’s growth strategy. This program aims to differentiate remuneration on the basis of achievement against both individual, business unit and group performance targets which are aligned to sustained growth in shareholder value.

 

The program comprises the following components:

 

 Fixed remuneration component: salary, non-monetary benefits and superannuation contributions.

 

 Variable or “at risk” component:

 

•  Short-Term Incentive (STI); and

 

 Long-Term Incentive (LTI), which consists of options and deferred shares

 

The relative weighting of fixed and variable components, for target performance, is set according to the size or market of the executive’s role, with the proportion of remuneration “at risk” increasing for the most senior or complex roles, or for those roles where there is strong market pressure to provide greater levels of remuneration. Compared to the market, fixed remuneration levels are designed to be around median, as are the variable components - STI and LTI - except in cases of superior performance where total remuneration is designed to reflect the upper range of competitive market levels. In this way the remuneration structure is heavily weighted towards “reward for performance”.

 

C4. FIXED REMUNERATION

 

For most executives, fixed remuneration consists of what is referred to as Total Employment Cost (TEC). TEC comprises a notional cash salary, a superannuation contribution (calculated as 9% of the notional salary except for Sir J Anderson who receives a superannuation contribution equal to one eleventh of TEC) and the remainder as cash or nominated benefits. The types of benefits that can be packaged by executives include novated car leases, additional superannuation contributions, car parking, child care and contributions towards the Employee Share Save Scheme (see note 50 of the 2004 Financial Report for details of the Employee Share Save Scheme).

 

To ensure fixed remuneration for the Company’s most senior executives remains competitive, the TEC component of executive compensation is reviewed annually based on performance and market data, with the level targeted to around the market median being paid in the finance industry in the relevant global markets in which ANZ operates.

 

International remuneration levels are considered in assessing market competitiveness where an executive’s primary place of residence is (or has been) outside of Australia or New Zealand, in which case the local market is considered.

 

59



 

C5. VARIABLE REMUNERATION

 

Variable remuneration forms a significant part of executives’ potential remuneration, providing an at-risk component that is designed to drive performance in both the short-term (semi annually or annually) and in the long-term (over 3 years or more).

 

The opportunities available to executives under ANZ’s variable reward programs are calibrated to reflect executives’ potential impact on the business; to manage internal relativities; and to ensure competitiveness in the relevant markets in which they operate.

 

Most executives participate in the short-term incentive scheme detailed in section C5.1. All executives participate in the long-term incentive plan detailed in section C5.2, subject to individual performance thresholds. In some instances, customised short-term incentive plans will exist that executives may participate in to ensure more precise alignment with business objectives and market practice. No executives however, may participate in more than one short-term incentive plan.

 

C5.1 Short-term Incentives

 

Short-term incentive (STI) payments encourage executives to support ANZ’s strategic objectives by providing rewards that are significantly differentiated on the basis of achievement against performance targets. Most executives participate in the scheme explained below. All short-term incentive schemes are reviewed by the Compensation Committee.

 

The size of STI payments are based, firstly, on overall group and business unit performance results against a balanced scorecard and, secondly, on individual performance against financial and non-financial measures.

 

 Group and business unit performance is assessed against a number of qualitative and quantitative measures consistent with the ANZ Balanced Scorecard Approach. Measures include but are not limited to:

 

 Change in Economic Value Added (EVATM);

 

 Customer Satisfaction;

 

 Employee Engagement;

 

 Risk Management; and

 

 Compliance.

 

Performance against these measures influences the size of the incentive pool available to individuals within each business unit.

 

 For individual performance, executives are ranked against their peers, with better relative performance attracting a greater proportion of the incentive pool. Individual Key Result Areas (KRAs) are set annually to support the Company objectives stated in the Balanced Scorecard noted above, and performance against these KRAs is used as an input to assessing relative ranking.

 

Up until May 2004, STI payments have been made each half year and a portion of them have been paid in shares deferred for 3 years (STI deferred shares).

 

STI deferred shares have the following conditions attached:

 

 Shares are subject to a time-based vesting hurdle of 3 years, during which time they are held in trust;

 

  During the deferral period, shares attract dividends that are paid directly to the employee; and

 

  Shares issued under this plan may be held in trust for up to 10 years.

 

The value used to determine the number of STI shares to be allocated has been based on the volume weighted average price of the Company’s shares traded on the ASX in the week leading up to and including the date of issue.

 

From October 2004, performance will continue to be measured every 6 months, but payments will be made annually. Furthermore, bonuses are to be paid 100% in cash (except where specific business schemes require otherwise, or executives elect to receive shares in lieu). This change, together with the changes being made to our long-term incentive program, is designed to increase the competitiveness and clarity of purpose of the Company’s reward structures.

 

C5.2 Long-term Incentives

 

Long-term incentives (LTIs) are used as a mechanism to link a significant portion of executives’ compensation to the attainment of sustained growth in shareholder value. The size of LTI grants is determined by the Company’s performance and an individual’s level of responsibility, performance and the assessed potential of the executive. Allocations have typically been made in or around April and October each year, although after 2004 the grants will be made annually in or around November.

 

There are two components to LTI, each making up approximately half of the annual LTI grant value:

 

 Options; and

 

  Deferred Shares.

 

Upon exercise, each option entitles the option holder to one ordinary share.

 

The conditions under which shares and options are granted are approved by the Board in accordance with the rules of both the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan and the ANZ Share Option Plan. Performance conditions are explained in more detail below, including changes planned for the coming year.

 

C5.2.1 Options

 

Options are designed to reward executives for share price growth dependent upon the Company’s Total Shareholder Return outperforming peers. Each option has the following features:

 

 An exercise price (or for index-linked options, the original exercise price) that is set equal to the weighted average sale price of all fully paid ordinary shares in the Company sold on the Australian Stock Exchange during the 1 week prior to and including the date of grant(1);

 

A maximum life of 7 years and an exercise period that commences after 3 years(2), subject to performance hurdles being cleared. Options are re-tested monthly (if required) after the commencement of the exercise period;

 

 Upon exercise, each option entitles the option-holder to one ordinary share;

 

 In case of resignation or termination on notice or dismissal for misconduct: options are forfeited;

 

 In case of redundancy: options are pro rated and a grace period of 3 months is provided in which to exercise the remaining options (with hurdles waived, if applicable);

 

  In case of retirement, death or total & permanent disablement: A grace period of 3 months is provided in which to exercise all options (with hurdles waived, if applicable); and

 

 Performance hurdles, which are explained below for each type of option.

 


(1)          For options granted to the CEO, the exercise price is equal to the weighted average share price during the 5 trading days immediately before or after the Company’s Annual General Meeting that immediately precedes the allocation.

 

(2)          For options granted to the CEO, the life and exercise period may differ, as disclosed in the tables of the year in which they are granted.

 

60



 

Hurdled options (granted from February 2000 until July 2002, and from November 2003 until May 2004)

 

Until May 2004, hurdled options were granted with the following performance hurdles attached:

 

1. Half the options may only be exercised once the ANZ Total Shareholder Return (ANZ TSR) exceeds the percentage change in the S&P/ASX 200 Banks (Industry Group) Accumulation Index, measured over the same period (since issue) and calculated as at the last trading day of any month (once the exercise period has commenced); and

 

2. The other half of hurdled options may only be exercised once the ANZ TSR exceeds the percentage change in the S&P/ASX 100 Accumulation Index, measured over the same period (since issue) and calculated as at the last trading day of any month (once the exercise period has commenced).

 

These hurdles were originally selected to ensure rewards were aligned with share price growth in a manner that was easy to understand and which took into account performance relative to the market. At the time of implementation these hurdles were in line with market practice.

 

Index-linked options (granted from October 2002 to May 2003)

 

Index-linked options have a dynamic exercise price that acts as a built-in performance hurdle, ie the exercise price is adjusted in line with the movement in the S&P/ASX 200 Banks (Industry Group) Accumulation Index (excluding ANZ). As an additional constraint, the adjusted exercise price can only be set at or above the original exercise price. Index-linked options ensure that executives are only rewarded for the true out-performance of ANZ’s share price over and above the movement in the related index. They are exercisable between the 3rd and 7th year after grant date, subject to the adjusted exercise price being above the prevailing share price.

 

Hurdled options (to be granted from November 2004)

 

From November 2004, the hurdles attached to options will change. The proportion of options that become exercisable will depend upon the TSR achieved by ANZ relative to the companies in the comparator group shown below. Performance equal to the median TSR of the comparator group will result in half the options becoming exercisable. Performance above median will result in further options becoming exercisable, increasing on a straight-line basis until all of the options become exercisable where ANZ TSR is at or above the 75th percentile in the comparator group. These new performance hurdles are more consistent with current market practice in the financial services industry and are aligned with the Company’s strategic focus on growth.

 

Comparator Group

 

National Australia Bank

St George Bank

 

Commonwealth Bank

Westpac

 

QBE

AMP

 

AXA Asia Pacific

IAG

 

Suncorp Metway

Macquarie

 

 

 

C5.2.2 Deferred Shares (LTI)

 

Deferred Shares granted under the long-term incentive arrangements are designed to reward executives for superior growth whilst also encouraging retention and an increase in the Company’s share price.

 

 Shares are subject to a time-based vesting hurdle of 3 years, during which time they are held in trust;

 

  During the deferral period, the employee is entitled to any dividends paid on the shares;

 

 Shares issued under this plan may be held in trust for up to 10 years;

 

  The value used to determine the number of LTI deferred shares to be allocated has been based on the volume weighted average price of the shares traded on the ASX in the week leading up to and including the date of issue;

 

 In case of resignation or termination on notice or dismissal for misconduct: LTI shares are forfeited;

 

 In case of redundancy: the number of LTI shares that are released is pro rated according to the time held as a proportion of the vesting period; and

 

 In case of retirement, death or total & permanent disablement: LTI shares are released to executives.

 

61



 

C6. PERFORMANCE OF ANZ

 

The following table shows how ANZ’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR, which includes share price growth, dividends and other capital adjustments) has performed against two comparator groups, measured from various dates (which approximately coincide with previous major option allocations) to 30 September 2004. The measure shown (“ANZ out-performance against the index”) is intended to demonstrate the link between company performance and the value delivered to executives as part of the long-term incentive arrangements (ie the measure reflects the hurdle attached to previously granted hurdled options, as explained under section C5.2.1).

 

 

 

 

 

ANZ out-performance against
S&P/ASX 100 Accumulation Index(1)

 

ANZ out-performance against
S&P/ASX 200 Banks Accumulation Index(1),(2)

 

Measurement Period

 

Number of months

 

Measured point-to-point

 

Measured point-to-point

 

1 Apr 04- 30 Sep 04

 

6

 

-7

%

6

%

1 Oct 03 - 30 Sep 04

 

12

 

-3

%

10

%

1 Apr 03- 30 Sep 04

 

18

 

-16

%

6

%

1 Oct 02 - 30 Sep 04

 

24

 

-11

%

10

%

1 Apr 02- 30 Sep 04

 

30

 

9

%

15

%

1 Oct 01 - 30 Sep 04

 

36

 

8

%

6

%

1 Apr 01- 30 Sep 04

 

42

 

39

%

32

%

1 Oct 00 - 30 Sep 04

 

48

 

52

%

31

%

1 Apr 00- 30 Sep 04

 

54

 

98

%

51

%

1 Oct 99 - 30 Sep 04

 

60

 

91

%

63

%

 


(1)         Out-performance is measured in absolute percentage points by which the Company’s TSR has exceeded or lagged the relevant accumulation index, over the measurement period, eg the Company’s TSR from 01 Oct 99 to 30 Sep 04 was 146.3%, whilst the S&P/ASX100 Accumulation Index grew by 55.8% in the same period. This represents a 91% out-performance by the Company

 

(2)         The Banking and Finance Accumulation Index is used instead of the S&P/ASX 200 Banks (Industry Group) Accumulation Index for any portion of a performance period extending before April 2000

 

C7. OTHER EMPLOYEE SHARE SCHEME

 

$1,000 Employee Share Acquisition Plan

 

All permanent employees (other than the most senior executives) who have had continuous service for one year with the Company or any of its controlled entities may be eligible to participate in a scheme enabling the issue of up to $1,000 of shares to an employee in each financial year, subject to the approval of the Board. The shares are retained in trust for a three-year vesting period. On expiration of that period, an employee may generally sell the shares, transfer them into their name, or have them retained in the trust. On termination, the shares are generally transferred into the employee’s name. Forfeiture provisions may apply outside of Australia, depending on the jurisdiction.

 

The Company has made six offers under the $1,000 Employee Share Acquisition Plan, with a seventh scheduled for December 2004. A total of 8,258,575 shares have been granted under the plan as at 30 September 2004.

 

62



 

SECTION D. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REMUNERATION

 

D1. CEO REMUNERATION OVERVIEW

 

The structure of J McFarlane’s compensation, which is in accordance with his agreement, is as follows:

 

 Fixed Compensation: Consists of salary, benefits and superannuation contributions. Since October 2003, J McFarlane has elected to receive almost all of his Fixed Compensation in the form of shares purchased under the Directors’ Share Plan.

 

 Short-Term Incentive: J McFarlane’s Short-Term Incentive is based on the Group’s EPS Growth and EVATM performance against target and an annual assessment of J McFarlane’s achievement of specific objectives agreed with the Board. J McFarlane’s Short-Term Incentive may be paid in cash or in shares purchased under the Directors’ Share Plan. J McFarlane has typically elected to receive shares.

 

 Long-Term Incentive: J McFarlane’s Long-Term Incentive was approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in December 2001. Four tranches of options were approved for granting by the Board: 500,000 in 2001; 1,000,000 in 2002; 1,000,000 in 2003 and 500,000 in 2004. The exercise of these options is subject to performance hurdles being satisfied. J McFarlane’s specific performance hurdles, for options granted during the year, are indicated in section F3. Subject to shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting in December 2004, it is proposed that J McFarlane be offered 175,000 Performance Shares as part of his contract extension. The conditions attached to these Performance Shares are explained in section D4 below.

 

The compensation of J McFarlane for the year ended 30 September 2004 is set out in Section A of this Remuneration Report.

 

D2. CEO’S CONTRACT TERMS

 

On 26 October 2004, the Company announced an extension to J McFarlane’s contract:

 

 The term of the contract will be extended by one year to 30 September 2007;

 

 In addition to mandatory superannuation contributions, the Company will make additional employer contributions of $300,000 per annum (effective from 1 October 2003), paid quarterly to J McFarlane’s chosen superannuation fund; and

 

 Subject to shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting in December 2004, it is proposed that J McFarlane be offered 175,000 Performance Shares, described in section D4.

 

A separate agreement, made on 23 October 2001, provides for reimbursements to J McFarlane for any additional tax liabilities that may arise on his UK Pension Plan holdings as a result of his continuing Australian residency. Under this agreement, ANZ reimburses J McFarlane for any additional tax liability incurred on his UK Pension Plan during his employment with ANZ, arising as a consequence of Australian Foreign Investment Fund rules. In the event of decreased Australian tax liabilities due to a decreased value in J McFarlane’s UK Pension Plan, the reduced liability will be used to offset potential subsequent reimbursements.

 

D3. CEO’S RETIREMENT AND TERMINATION BENEFITS

 

In accordance with J McFarlane’s contract variation (refer section D2), J McFarlane’s nominated superannuation fund receives $300,000 per annum (effective from 1 October 2003, paid quarterly) in addition to mandatory superannuation contributions.

 

J McFarlane can terminate his employment agreement by providing 12 months’ notice. ANZ may terminate the employment agreement by providing notice equal to the unexpired term of the employment agreement (which ends on 1 October 2007). If ANZ terminates the employment agreement without notice and thus breaches its obligation to provide the required notice, ANZ has agreed with J McFarlane that the damages payable by ANZ for breach of contract would be equal to the Total Employment Cost (TEC) that would otherwise be received over the remainder of the contract (TEC comprises salary or fees, non-monetary benefits and mandatory superannuation contributions). In circumstances of serious misconduct, J McFarlane is only entitled to payment of TEC up to the date of termination. Payment of accumulated superannuation benefits plus statutory entitlements of long service leave and annual leave (calculated on the basis of salary or fees) applies in all events of separation.

 

In the event of resignation not approved by the Board or dismissal for serious misconduct, all unexercised options will be forfeited. In the event of termination on notice, all option grants may be exercised. Upon separation, option entitlements must be exercised within 6 months of termination. In the event of serious misconduct, shares held in the Directors’ Share Plan will be forfeited. On resignation or termination on notice, shares will be released.

 

63



 

D4. ALLOCATION OF PERFOMANCE SHARES (DECEMBER 2004)

 

Subject to shareholder approval, 175,000 Performance Shares will be issued to J McFarlane on 31 December 2004. No dividends will be payable on the shares until they vest. Vesting will be subject to the following time and performance hurdles being satisfied:

 

 The performance hurdle will be measured during the performance period by comparing ANZ’s Total Shareholder Return (ANZ TSR) with that of a comparator group of selected major financial services companies in the S&P/ASX 100 Index, excluding ANZ. The companies to be used in the comparator group will be as approved by the Board.

 

 The percentage of Performance Shares that will vest will depend upon the TSR achieved by ANZ relative to the companies in the comparator group. Performance equal to the median TSR of the comparator group will result in half the Performance Shares vesting. For each percentile above the median an additional 2% of Performance Shares will vest, increasing on a straight-line basis until all of the Performance Shares vest where ANZ TSR is at or above the 75th percentile of TSRs in the comparator group.

 

 TSR will be measured for ANZ and the comparator group over the same period (since grant) and calculated as at the last trading day of any month, once the performance period has commenced. The first opportunity for Performance Shares to vest will be after the second anniversary of grant, after which the Performance Shares will continue to be tested monthly until they are forfeited 5 years after the grant date, or 100% vest, whichever is the earlier.

 

Performance Shares will be forfeited if they have not vested five years after grant or if J McFarlane ceases to be an employee of the Company by reason of serious misconduct. If J McFarlane resigns without the prior approval of the Board, unvested Performance Shares will be forfeited.

 

D5. CEO’S PARTICIPATION IN EQUITY PROGRAMS

 

J McFarlane participates in the Directors’ Share Plan, which is explained in section B3. Refer to section F for details of grants and holdings.

 

J McFarlane also participates in the ANZ Share Option Plan, which is described in section C5.

 

64



 

SECTION E. SPECIFIED EXECUTIVES’ CONTRACT TERMS

 

Contractual terms for most executives are similar, but do, on occasions, vary to suit different needs.

 

Section E1 details the contractual terms for those Specified Executives who are on open-ended contracts. Section E2 details the contractual terms for Sir J Anderson, who is on a fixed term contract.

 

E1. OPEN-ENDED CONTRACTS (RJ EDGAR, E FUNKE KUPPER, BC HARTZER, PJO HAWKINS, PR MARRIOTT, S TARGETT)

 

Length of Contract

 

Open-ended.

 

 

 

Fixed Compensation

 

The Total Employment Cost (TEC) package consists of salary, mandatory employer superannuation contributions and benefits.

 

 

 

STI

 

Eligible to participate. Target opportunity of 66.67% of Total Employment Cost (refer to section C5.1 for details of short-term incentive arrangements).

 

 

 

LTI

 

Eligible to participate at the Board’s discretion - refer to section C5.2 for long-term incentive arrangements.

 

 

 

Resignation

 

Employment may be terminated by giving 6 months’ written notice.
On resignation any options and unvested deferred shares will be forfeited.
As a result of being employed by ANZ prior to November 1992, RJ Edgar and PJO Hawkins are eligible to receive a Retirement Allowance on resignation for illness, incapacity, or domestic reasons; refer to Other Aspects (below) for more details.

 

 

 

Retirement

 

On retirement, shares and options are generally released in full, although this is only stated in the contracts of E Funke Kupper (for shares) and PR Marriott (both shares and options). Furthermore, PR Marriott is entitled to a bonus on retirement, pro-rated for the proportion of the final performance period that is worked prior to cessation of employment, and subject to adjustment for performance in accordance with the short-term incentive arrangements in place at the time. As a result of being employed by ANZ prior to November 1992, RJ Edgar and PJO Hawkins are eligible to receive a Retirement Allowance on retirement; refer to Other Aspects (below) for more details.

 

 

 

Termination on Notice by ANZ

 

ANZ may terminate the employment agreement by providing 12 months’ written notice or payment in lieu of the notice period based on TEC.

 

On termination on notice by ANZ, any options or LTI deferred shares that have vested, or will vest during the notice period will be released, in accordance with the ANZ Share Option Plan Rules. LTI shares that have not yet vested will generally be forfeited, although for some executives (E Funke Kupper, BC Hartzer and PR Marriott) these shares will be released in full. Deferred shares granted under STI arrangements will vest in full for all executives.

 

Discretion to pay bonuses on a pro-rata basis (depending on termination date, and subject to business performance) applies in most cases, but is contracted for BC Hartzer and PR Marriott.

 

 

 

Redundancy

 

If ANZ terminates employment for reasons of bona fide redundancy, a severance payment will be made that is equal to 12 months TEC.

 

All STI deferred shares are released. All options granted since 24 April 2002 are released on a pro-rata basis - all prior grants may be exercised. All LTI deferred shares granted since 23 October 2002 are released on a pro-rata basis - all prior grants will vest.

 

Discretion to pay bonuses on a pro-rata basis (depending on termination date, and subject to business performance) applies in most cases, but is contracted for BC Hartzer and PR Marriott.

 

As a result of being employed by ANZ prior to November 1992, RJ Edgar and PJO Hawkins are eligible to receive a Retirement Allowance on retrenchment; refer to Other Aspects (below) for more details.

 

 

 

Death or Total and
Permanent Disablement

 

All options and shares released; pro-rata bonus.

 

 

 

 

 

As a result of being employed by ANZ prior to November 1992, RJ Edgar and PJO Hawkins are eligible to receive a Retirement Allowance on death; refer to Other Aspects (below) for more details.

 

 

 

Termination for serious misconduct

 

ANZ may terminate the employment agreement at any time without notice, and the employee will only be entitled to payment of TEC up to the date of termination. On termination for serious misconduct, any options, unvested deferred shares or vested deferred shares still held in trust will be forfeited.

 

65


 


Other Aspects

 

S Targett: subject to continuing employment and the approval of the Board, four tranches of deferred shares (sign-on deferred shares), each worth $700,000, are to be granted at six month intervals in or around April and October each year, and Hurdled Options (sign-on options) worth $750,000 are to be granted within 3 months of commencement of employment, to compensate for the loss of equity from S Targett’s previous employer. On termination on notice, a pro-rata proportion of the sign-on options can be exercised, based on the period of employment, and sign-on deferred shares will vest in full, including any scheduled to be granted during the notice period.

 

 

 

 

 

PJO Hawkins: for the period ending 31 December 2005, any payments on cessation of employment (including payout of accrued but untaken Long Service Leave) will be based on a TEC of $750,000.

 

 

 

 

 

In instances where a retirement allowance is payable under ANZ policy (ie for RJ Edgar and PJO Hawkins in instances of retirement, death, retrenchment or resignation for illness, incapacity, or domestic reasons), the retirement allowance is calculated as follows: 3 months of notional salary (which is 65% of TEC) plus an additional 3% of notional salary for each year of full time service above 10 years, less the total accrual value of long service leave (including taken and untaken).

 

66



 

E2. FIXED TERM CONTRACT (SIR J ANDERSON)

 

Length of Contract

 

Ends 30 September 2005.

 

 

 

Fixed Compensation

 

The Total Employment Cost (TEC) package is inclusive of employer contributions to the superannuation fund.

 

 

 

STI

 

Short term incentive payments are subject to both business and individual performance. The target payment is 50% of TEC.

 

 

 

LTI

 

Fixed at NZD500,000 worth of zero-priced options annually, granted in two tranches per annum. The share options can be exercised at any time during employment and within 6 months of the termination of employment.

 

 

 

Resignation

 

Sir J Anderson may terminate his employment by giving 12 months’ written notice. On resignation, any share options which have not been exercised as at the termination date are forfeited.

 

 

 

Retirement

 

A policy for payment of retirement gratuities was in place with NBNZ employees prior to the acquisition by the Company of NBNZ. This policy has been continued for eligible staff who were ANZ National Bank Limited employees as at 1 December 2003, including Sir J Anderson. Under this policy, a payment will be made to Sir J Anderson on his retirement that is equal to the number of full years’ service divided by 35 and multiplied by 85% of finishing salary (where finishing salary is fixed remuneration less any superannuation contribution). This value is then grossed up for tax (ie divided by 0.61) and from this value the total accrual value of long service leave taken is deducted.

 

 

 

Termination on Notice by ANZ

 

ANZ National Bank Limited may terminate the employment agreement by providing notice or payment in lieu of notice equal to the unexpired term of the employment agreement (which ends on 30 September 2005). On termination on notice by ANZ any options may be exercised in accordance with the ANZ Share Option Plan Rules.

 

 

 

Death or Total and
Permanent Disablement

 

All shares released; pro rata bonus.

 

 

 

Terminated for serious misconduct

 

ANZ National Bank Limited may terminate the employment agreement at any time without notice, and Sir J Anderson will only be entitled to payment up to the date of termination. On termination for serious misconduct any share options which have not been exercised as at the termination date may not be exercised.

 

E3. PARTICIPATION IN EQUITY PROGRAMS

 

A number of shares and options are granted to executives under the remuneration programs detailed in Section C. For specified executives, details of all grants made during the year are listed in Section F. Aggregate holdings of shares and options are also shown.

 

The deferred shares component of the STI is administered under the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan. For executives, the shares are deferred for three years, although some employees may receive shares deferred for one year, depending upon the role or jurisdiction.

 

The deferred shares component of the LTI is also administered under the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan. The shares are deferred for three years.

 

67



 

SECTION F. EQUITY INSTRUMENTS RELATING TO DIRECTORS AND SPECIFIED EXECUTIVES

 

F1. SHAREHOLDINGS OF NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

 

Name

 

Balance of
shares as
at 1 October
2003(1)

 

Shares
acquired
during the year
in lieu of salary(2)

 

Shares acquired
during the year
through the
exercise of rights(3)

 

Other shares
acquired
during
the year(4)

 

Balance of
shares held
as at 30 Sept
2004(1),(5)

 

Balance of
shares held
as at 4 Nov
2004(1),(6)

 

CB Goode

 

403,334

 

14,215

 

75,922

 

8,993

 

502,464

 

523,933

 

G Clark

 

 

 

 

2,000

 

2,000

 

2,000

 

JC Dahlsen

 

105,243

 

 

16,609

 

63

 

121,915

 

121,915

 

RS Deane

 

75,000

 

 

364

 

 

75,364

 

75,364

 

JK Ellis

 

65,367

 

1,097

 

12,996

 

5,016

 

84,476

 

86,179

 

DM Gonski

 

2,099

 

 

382

 

50,131

 

52,612

 

54,667

 

MA Jackson

 

78,245

 

 

13,861

 

1,191

 

93,297

 

93,297

 

DE Meiklejohn

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

5,502

 

JP Morschel

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

4,185

 

BW Scott

 

72,207

 

 

199

 

69

 

72,475

 

72,475

 

 


(1)          Balance of shares held at 1 October 2003, 30 September 2004 and 4 November 2004, includes directly held shares, nominally held shares and shares held by personally related entities

 

(2)          All shares acquired in lieu of salary were done so under the Directors’ Share Plan (refer to section B3 of this Remuneration Report for an overview of the Directors’ Share Plan)

 

(3)          Refers to rights arising from the Renounceable Rights Issue that partly funded the acquisition of NBNZ. All ANZ shareholders were eligible to purchase 2 new ordinary shares for every 11 existing ordinary shares registered in their name as at 31 October 2003. Amounts shown include directly held rights, nominally held rights and rights held by personally related entities. CB Goode, RS Deane, JK Ellis and DM Gonski exercised their full allocation of rights (nominally held, directly held and rights held by personally related entities) on 28 November 2003. The following rights were sold: JC Dahlsen - 2,528; MA Jackson - 364; and BW Scott - 12,933

 

(4)          Other shares acquired may include those acquired under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

(5)          The following shares were nominally held as at 30 September 2004: CB Goode - 114,349; JC Dahlsen - 39,473; RS Deane - 73,000; JK Ellis - 17,197; DM Gonski - 50,000; MA Jackson - 10,632; BW Scott - 6,563

 

(6)          The directors’ relevant interest in shares as required by the Corporations Act 2001 is as follows: CB Goode 521,096; G Clark 2,000; JC Dahlsen 107,064; RS Deane 75,364; JK Ellis 83,484; DM Gonski 54,667; MA Jackson 91,297; DE  Meiklejohn 5,502; JP Morschel 4,185; and BW Scott 71,117. Any differences between the balances in this footnote and the table is due to the application of AASB 1046

 

F2. SHAREHOLDINGS OF CEO (INCLUDING MOVEMENTS DURING THE YEAR)

 

Balance of
shares as at
1 Oct 2003(1)

 

Shares
acquired
during the year
in lieu of bonus(2)

 

Shares
acquired
during the year
in lieu of salary(2)

 

Shares acquired
during the year
through the exercise
of options(3)

 

Shares acquired
during the year
through the exercise
of rights(4)

 

Other shares
acquired during
the year

 

Total number
of shares
sold during
the year

 

Balance
of shares
held as at
30 Sep 2004(1),(5)

 

Balance
of shares
held as at
4 Nov 2004(1),(6)

 

1,264,559

 

42,928

 

103,633

 

750,000

 

225,807

 

56,580

 

753,000

 

1,690,507

 

1,568,891

 

 


(1)          Balance of shares held at 1 October 2003, 30 September 2004 and 4 November 2004 includes directly held shares, nominally held shares and shares held by personally related entities

 

(2)          All shares acquired in lieu of salary or bonus were done so under the Directors’ Share Plan (refer to section B3 of this Remuneration Report for an overview of the Directors’ Share Plan)

 

(3)          All options held/exercised by the CEO have been approved by shareholders (December 1999 and December 2001)

 

(4)          Refers to rights arising from the Renounceable Rights Issue that partly funded the acquisition of NBNZ. All ANZ shareholders were eligible to purchase 2 new ordinary shares for every 11 existing ordinary shares registered in their name as at 31 October 2003. Amounts shown include directly held rights, nominally held rights and rights held by personally related entities

 

(5)          945,145 shares were held nominally as at 30 September 2004

 

(6)          This also represents the Chief Executive Officer’s relevant interest in shares as required by the Corporations Act 2001

 

F3. OPTIONS GRANTED TO CEO DURING THE YEAR(1)

 

 

 

Type of
options(2)

 

Grant date

 

Number granted
during the year

 

Value per option
at grant date(3)
$

 

Exercise price(4)
$

 

Date
exercisable

 

Expiry date

 

 

 

Hurdled (CEO)

 

31 Dec 03

 

1,000,000

 

2.11

 

17.48

 

31 Dec 05

 

31 Dec 08

(5)

 


(1)          All options held/exercised by the CEO have been approved by shareholders (December 1999 and December 2001)

 

(2)          One half of the options may be exercised only if the ANZ TSR calculated over the period commencing on the grant date and ending on the last day of any month after the second anniversary of their grant date exceeds the percentage change in the S&P/ASX 200 Banks (Industry Group) Accumulation Index over that same period; and the other half of the options may be exercised only if the ANZ TSR calculated over the relevant period exceeds the percentage change in the S&P/ASX 100 Accumulation Index over that same period

 

(3)          Refer to section F8 for details of the valuation methodology and inputs

 

(4)          The exercise price is equal to the weighted average share price during the 5 trading days immediately after the Company’s 2003 Annual General Meeting

 

(5)          Treatment of options on termination of employment is explained in section D3

 

F4. OPTION HOLDINGS OF CEO (INCLUDING MOVEMENTS DURING THE YEAR)(1),(2)

 

Balance as
at 1 Oct 03

 

Granted during
the year as
remuneration

 

Exercised
during the year

 

Date of
exercise
of options

 

Number of
ordinary shares
issued on exercise
of options

 

Share price on
date of exercise
$

 

Amount paid
per share
$

 

Balance
as at
30 Sep 04

 

Number
vested
during
the year

 

Vested and
exercisable
as at
30 Sep 04

 

2,750,000

 

1,000,000

 

750,000

 

1 Jul 04

 

100,000

 

18.17

 

14.06

 

3,000,000

 

1,250,000

 

500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 Jul 04

 

650,000

 

18.14

 

14.06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)          All options held/exercised by the CEO have been approved by shareholders (December 1999 and December 2001)

 

(2)          This table does not include the 225,807 rights arising from the Renounceable Rights Issue that partly funded the acquisition of NBNZ. All ANZ shareholders were eligible to purchase 2 new ordinary shares for every 11 existing shares registered in their name as at 31 October 2003. The CEO chose to exercise all of his rights on 28 November 2003

 

68



 

F5. DEFERRED SHARES GRANTED TO SPECIFIED EXECUTIVES DURING THE YEAR

 

Name

 

Type of
deferred
share(1)

 

Number of
deferred shares
granted Nov 03(2)

 

Value of
deferred shares
granted Nov 03(3)
$

 

Number of
deferred shares
granted May 04(4)

 

Value of
deferred shares
granted May 04(3)
$

 

Number of other
deferred shares
granted during
the year

 

Value of other
deferred shares
granted during
the year
$

 

Sir J Anderson (app 1 Dec 2003)(5)

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

55

 

991

 

Dr RJ Edgar

 

STI

 

6,781

 

118,982

 

7,683

 

140,073

 

 

 

 

 

LTI

 

33,889

 

594,627

 

8,452

 

154,093

 

 

 

E Funke Kupper

 

STI

 

7,636

 

133,984

 

7,052

 

128,569

 

 

 

 

 

LTI

 

6,838

 

119,982

 

6,256

 

114,056

 

 

 

BC Hartzer

 

STI

 

7,322

 

128,474

 

7,244

 

132,069

 

 

 

 

 

LTI

 

7,408

 

129,983

 

7,135

 

130,082

 

 

 

PJO Hawkins

 

STI

 

7,123

 

124,982

 

6,860

 

125,068

 

 

 

 

 

LTI

 

7,522

 

131,983

 

6,586

 

120,073

 

 

 

PR Marriott

 

STI

 

7,978

 

139,985

 

9,604

 

175,096

 

 

 

 

 

LTI

 

9,573

 

167,971

 

9,275

 

169,097

 

 

 

S Targett (app 5 May 2004)(6)

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

38,419

 

700,437

 

 


(1)          Deferred shares issued as STI shares are granted under the ANZ Short-Term Incentive program. Deferred shares issued as LTI shares are granted under the ANZ Long-Term Incentive program. The shares are restricted for 3 years and may be held in trust for up to ten years. Refer to section C5 for more details

 

(2)          Shares granted in November 2003 were in relation to incentives earned for the half year ended 30 September 2003

 

(3)          The value per share used in this calculation is the volume weighted average price of the Company’s shares traded on the ASX on the day the shares were granted

 

(4)          Shares granted in May 2004 were in relation to incentives earned for the half year ended 31 March 2004

 

(5)          Other shares issued (3 March 2004) to Sir J Anderson during the year relates to the $1,000 Employee Share Acquisition Plan. Refer to section C7 for further details

 

(6)          Other shares issued to S Targett relates to the issue of deferred shares (four tranches of $700,000 to be issued at 6 month intervals in approximately April and October each year, subject to Board approval and continuing employment) to compensate S Targett for the loss of access to equity as a result of his resignation from his previous employer

 

F6. AGGREGATE SHAREHOLDINGS OF SPECIFIED EXECUTIVES

 

Name

 

Balance
of shares as at
1 Oct 03(1)

 

Shares
granted
during the year
as remuneration(2)

 

Number of shares
acquired during the
year through the
exercise of options

 

Shares acquired
during the year
through the
exercise of rights(3)

 

Other shares
acquired
during
the year(4)

 

Total number
of shares sold
during the year

 

Balance
of shares
held as at
30 Sep 2004(1),(5)

 

Number
vested during
the year

 

Sir J Anderson
(app 1 Dec 2003)

 

 

55

 

11,967

 

 

 

 

12,022

 

 

Dr RJ Edgar

 

255,114

 

50,024

 

95,000

 

37,295

 

6,781

 

60,000

 

384,214

 

25,482

 

E Funke Kupper(6)

 

157,051

 

20,146

 

365,000

 

175

 

7,636

 

365,000

 

185,008

 

44,979

 

BC Hartzer

 

75,148

 

21,787

 

60,000

 

13,665

 

7,781

 

99,335

 

79,046

 

27,072

 

PJO Hawkins

 

1,149,754

 

20,968

 

170,000

 

209,048

 

7,123

 

170,000

 

1,386,893

 

41,462

 

PR Marriott

 

539,989

 

28,452

 

250,000

 

460

 

8,966

 

150,000

 

677,867

 

40,381

 

S Targett (app 5 May 2004)

 

 

38,419

 

 

 

 

 

38,419

 

 

 


(1)          Balance of shares held at 1 October 2003 and 30 September 2004, include directly held shares, nominally held shares and shares held by personally related entities

 

(2)          STI shares granted on 5 November 2003 have not been included in these figures as they related to the half year ended 30 September 2003. Instead, these shares have been reflected in the “Other shares acquired during the year” column

 

(3)          Refers to rights arising from the Renounceable Rights Issue that partly funded the acquisition of NBNZ. All ANZ shareholders were eligible to purchase 2 new ordinary shares for every 11 existing ordinary shares registered in their name as at 31 October 2003. Amounts pertaining to the rights issue include directly held rights, nominally held rights, and rights held by personally related entities

 

(4)          Other shares acquired include those acquired through the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and STI shares granted on 5 November 2003 in relation to the half year ended 30 September 2003

 

(5)          The following shares were held nominally as at 30 September 2004: Sir J Anderson - 55; RJ Edgar - 180,991; E Funke Kupper - 183,224; BC Hartzer - 69,480; PJO Hawkins - 233,821; PR Marriott - 230,817; S Targett - 38,419

 

(6)          Amounts shown do not include ANZ Stapled Exchangeable Preferred Securities (ANZ StEPS). E Funke Kupper held 500 ANZ StEPS as at 1 October 2003; this holding remained unchanged up to and including 30 September 2004

 

69



 

F7. OPTIONS GRANTED TO SPECIFIED EXECUTIVES DURING THE YEAR

 

Name

 

Type of
options(1)

 

Number granted
during the year(2)

 

Grant date

 

Value per option
at grant date(3)
$

 

Exercise price
$

 

Date
exercisable

 

Expiry date(4)

 

Sir J Anderson
(app 1 Dec 2003)

 

Zero priced (5)

 

11,967

 

11 May 04

 

18.23

 

 

11 May 04

 

10 May 06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr RJ Edgar

 

Hurdled

 

66,666

 

5 Nov 03

 

2.34

 

17.55

 

5 Nov 06

 

4 Nov 10

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

63,115

 

11 May 04

 

2.44

 

18.22

 

11 May 07

 

10 May 11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E Funke Kupper

 

Hurdled

 

51,282

 

5 Nov 03

 

2.34

 

17.55

 

5 Nov 06

 

4 Nov 10

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

46,722

 

11 May 04

 

2.44

 

18.22

 

11 May 07

 

10 May 11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BC Hartzer

 

Hurdled

 

55,555

 

5 Nov 03

 

2.34

 

17.55

 

5 Nov 06

 

4 Nov 10

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

53,279

 

11 May 04

 

2.44

 

18.22

 

11 May 07

 

10 May 11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PJO Hawkins

 

Hurdled

 

56,410

 

5 Nov 03

 

2.34

 

17.55

 

5 Nov 06

 

4 Nov 10

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

49,181

 

11 May 04

 

2.44

 

18.22

 

11 May 07

 

10 May 11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PR Marriott

 

Hurdled

 

71,794

 

5 Nov 03

 

2.34

 

17.55

 

5 Nov 06

 

4 Nov 10

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

69,263

 

11 May 04

 

2.44

 

18.22

 

11 May 07

 

10 May 11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S Targett
(app 5 May 2004)

 

Hurdled

 

307,337

 

11 May 04

 

2.44

 

18.22

 

11 May 07

 

10 May 11

 

 


(1)          For Hurdled options, the following performance hurdles apply: one half of the options may be exercised only if the ANZ TSR calculated over the period commencing on the date of grant and ending on the last day of any month after the Date exercisable exceeds the percentage change in the S&P/ASX 200 Banks (Industry Group) Accumulation Index over that same period; and the other half of the options may be exercised only if the ANZ TSR calculated over the relevant period exceeds the percentage change in the S&P/ASX 100 Accumulation Index over that same period. Refer to section C5.2.1 for further information

 

(2)          No additional options were granted in the period up to and including 4 November 2004

 

(3)          Refer to section F8 for details of the valuation methodology and inputs

 

(4)          Treatment of options on termination of employment is explained in section E

 

(5)          Zero priced options are granted under the ANZ Share Option Plan and have a nil exercise price and no time-based vesting criteria. They are specifically designed to deliver equity to Sir J Anderson, and were issued to meet the particular needs and circumstances at the time of the acquisition of NBNZ

 

F9. AGGREGATE OPTION HOLDINGS OF SPECIFIED EXECUTIVES (INCLUDING MOVEMENTS DURING THE YEAR)

 

Name

 

Type

 

Balance as
at 1 Oct 03

 

Granted during
the year as
remuneration

 

Allocation of
rights arising from
renounceable rights
issue

 

Sir J Anderson
(appointed 1 Dec 2003)

 

Zero-priced (1)

 

 

11,967

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr RJ Edgar

 

Index-Linked

 

272,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

170,000

 

129,781

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rights (2)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

46,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E Funke Kupper

 

Index-Linked

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

499,000

 

98,004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rights (2)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

28,557

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BC Hartzer

 

Index-Linked

 

222,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

247,000

 

108,834

 

 

 

 

 

Rights (2)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

13,665

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PJO Hawkins

 

Index-Linked

 

183,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

381,000

 

105,591

 

 

 

 

 

Rights (2)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

209,048

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PR Marriott

 

Index-Linked

 

311,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

668,000

 

141,057

 

 

 

 

 

Rights (2)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

98,185

 

 

 

Other (3)

 

11,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S Targett
(appointed 5 May 2004)

 

Hurdled

 

n/a

 

307,337

 

n/a

 

 


(1)          Zero priced options first granted in May 2004, and specifically designed to deliver equity to Sir J Anderson.  These options are granted under the ANZ Share Option Plan and have a nil exercise price and no time-based vesting criteria.  They were issued to meet the particular needs and circumstances at the time of the acquisition of NBNZ

 

(2)          Refers to rights arising from the Renounceable Rights Issue that partly funded the acquisition of NBNZ.  All ANZ Shareholders were eligible to purchase 2 new ordinary shares for every 11 existing ordinary shares registered in their name as at 31 October 2003.  Amounts shown include directly held rights, nominally held rights and rights held by personally related entities

 

(3)          Other refers to share options granted to a personally related entity

 

70



 

F8.  OPTIONS VALUATIONS

 

For options granted in the current year, valuations have been determined in accordance with the fair value measurement provisions of Accounting Standards AASB 1046 and 1046A. The following table outlines the general assumptions used in the option pricing model.

 

Option type

 

Grant date

 

Option value(1)
$

 

Exercise price
(5 day VWAP)
$

 

Share price
at grant
$

 

ANZ expected
volatility(2)

 

Option term

 

Vesting period

 

Expected
life

 

Expected
dividends(3)

 

Risk free
interest rate(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

5 Nov 03

 

2.34

 

17.55

 

17.13

 

20.50

%

7 years

 

3 years

 

5 years

 

5.00

%

5.80

%

Hurdled

 

11 May 04

 

2.44

 

18.22

 

18.10

 

19.00

%

7 years

 

3 years

 

5 years

 

5.40

%

5.97

%

Hurdled (CEO)

 

31 Dec 03

 

2.11

 

17.48

 

17.68

 

20.00

%

5 years

 

2 years

 

3.5 years

 

5.50

%

5.56

%

Zero-priced

 

11 May 04

 

18.23

 

0

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

2 years

 

0 years

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 


(1)          The Binomial Option Pricing Model (“the model”) is used to assess the value of ANZ’s options (other than zero-priced options, for which the value is the volume weighted average price of the Company’s shares traded on the ASX on the day of the options were granted). The model utilises probability theory to determine the value of an ANZ option based on likely share prices at the expiry date of the option. In accordance with AASB 1046 and 1046A, the model reflects both the performance hurdles that currently apply to the Hurdled Options and the non-transferability of the options.  Under the terms of the Options, the hurdle conditions(outlined in section C5.2.1) must be met before the options may be exercised during the exercise period

 

(2)          Expected volatility represents a  measure of the amount by which ANZ’s share price is expected to fluctuate over the life of the options. The measure of volatility used in the model is the annualised standard deviation of the continuously compounded rates of return on the historical share price over a defined period of time preceding the date of grant. This historical average annualised volatility is then used to estimate a reasonable expected volatility over the expected life of the options

 

(3)          In estimating the fair value of the ANZ option grant, expected dividends were included in the application of the model. The expected dividend yield applied to the model was based on an analysis of ANZ’s historical dividend payments and yields

 

(4)          The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on zero-coupon bonds issued by the Australian government, with a remaining term equal to the expected life of ANZ’s options

 

Name

 

Exercised
during the year

 

Date of
exercise
of options

 

Sale of rights
arising from
the renounceable
rights issue

 

Share price on
date of exercise
of options including
rights $ 

 

Amount paid
per share
$

 

Balance
as at
30 Sep 04

 

Total
number
vested
during the year

 

Vested and
exercisable
as at
30 Sep 04

 

Sir J Anderson
(appointed 1 Dec 2003)

 

11,967

 

11 May 04

 

 

 

18.10

 

0.00

 

 

11,967

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr RJ Edgar

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

272,000

 

 

 

 

 

60,000

 

7 Jan 04

 

 

 

17.86

 

13.62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,000

 

14 May 04

 

 

 

17.62

 

12.98

 

204,781

 

95,000

 

 

 

 

37,295

 

28 Nov 03

 

9,091

 

16.82

 

13.00

 

 

46,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E Funke Kupper

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

270,000

 

12 May 04

 

 

 

18.29

 

13.62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95,000

 

12 May 04

 

 

 

18.29

 

12.98

 

232,004

 

365,000

 

 

 

 

175

 

28 Nov 03

 

28,382

 

16.82

 

13.00

 

 

28,557

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BC Hartzer

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

222,000

 

 

 

 

 

60,000

 

2 Feb 04

 

 

 

17.56

 

13.62

 

295,834

 

102,000

 

42,000

 

 

 

13,665

 

28 Nov 03

 

 

16.82

 

13.00

 

 

13,665

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PJO Hawkins

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

183,000

 

 

 

 

 

170,000

 

11 Mar 04

 

 

 

19.20

 

13.62

 

316,591

 

250,000

 

80,000

 

 

 

209,048

 

28 Nov 03

 

 

16.82

 

13.00

 

 

209,048

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PR Marriott

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

311,000

 

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

12 Feb 04

 

 

 

17.95

 

10.48

 

559,057

 

250,000

 

275,000

 

 

 

460

 

28 Nov 03

 

97,725

 

16.82

 

13.00

 

 

98,185

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

11,000

 

6,000

 

11,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S Targett
(appointed 5 May 2004)

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

307,337

 

 

 

 

71



 

CONCISE

2004 FINANCIAL REPORT

 

A copy of the Group’s 2004 Financial Report, including the independent Auditors’ Report, is available to all shareholders, and will be sent to shareholders without charge upon request. The Financial Report can be requested by telephone (Australia: 1800 11 33 99, Overseas: (+ 61 3) 9615 5989) or by email to investor.relations@anz.com

 

CONTENTS

Guide to Concise Financial Report

 

Ten Year Summary

 

Directors’ Report

 

Statement of Financial Performance

 

Statement of Financial Position

 

Statement of Cash Flows

 

Notes to the Concise Financial Statements

 

Directors’ Declaration

 

Auditors’ Report

 

Financial Highlights in Key Currencies

 

Exchange Rates

 

Shareholder Information

 

 

This Concise Financial Report cannot be expected to provide as full an understanding of the Group’s financial performance, financial position and financing and investing activities as the Group’s 2004 Financial Report. Analysis and discussion of the Concise Financial Report is on the inside front cover and pages 12 to 19.

 

GUIDE TO CONCISE FINANCIAL REPORT

 

INTRODUCTION

 

ANZ presents two reports, the ANZ Annual Report (this document) and the ANZ Financial Report. Both reports show how ANZ performed during the year ended 30 September 2004 and the overall financial position of the Group at the end of the year. ANZ also publishes an announcement to the market each half year. All these documents are on anz.com.

 

ANZ prepares its financial reports in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards. Particular terms required by the Standards may not be familiar to some readers. This guide and the Glossary of Financial Terms (on pages 92 to 93) are designed to assist readers to understand the report.

 

ANNUAL REPORT CONTENTS

 

The ANZ Annual Report has two main sections - the 2004 Annual Report and the Concise Financial Report.

 

The front section, the Annual Report, contains information about significant matters that impacted the management and performance of ANZ during the year, including discussion and analysis of the financial results, updates on the specialist business units and Group-wide programs and information on the directors and senior management.

 

The Concise Financial Report contains financial information required by Australian Accounting Standards including the Consolidated Statements of Financial Performance, Financial Position and Cash Flows. These statements have been prepared by ANZ’s staff, reviewed by ANZ’s Board and Audit Committee, and audited by our external auditor, KPMG. The assets, liabilities and results of controlled companies are included within the consolidated results of the Group.

 

TEN YEAR SUMMARY

 

It includes summarised information on financial performance, financial position, shareholder value, share and other information from 1995 to 2004.

 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

 

This report provides the reader with an overview of the Group for the year ended 30 September 2004 including principal activities, results, state of affairs, dividends, review of operations, events since the end of the financial year, future developments, environmental regulation, directors’ qualifications and experience, company secretaries qualifications and experience, non-audit services and auditors’ independence declaration, directors and officers who were previously partners of the auditor, CEO/CFO declaration, directors’ and officers’ indemnity, directors’ and executive officers’ remuneration policy, directors’ shareholdings and executive officers’ share options.

 

72



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

 

Financial performance refers to ANZ’s profit for the year including:

 

the sources of ANZ’s income split between net interest income and other income;

 

the expenses incurred by ANZ during the year;

 

provision for doubtful debts; and

 

ANZ’s tax expense for the year.

 

The key figure to look at is “Net profit attributable to shareholders of the Company”, which is the profit for the year.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

This Statement is a summary of the assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity as at 30 September 2004. It shows what ANZ as a Group owns as assets, what it owes as liabilities and its net assets. Net assets are equal to total shareholders’ equity. The assets and liabilities are listed in order of liquidity, with those assets representing cash shown first and those hardest to convert to cash, such as fixed assets, last.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

The Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows summarises the Group’s cash payments and cash receipts for the financial year. The values may differ from those shown in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Performance because the Consolidated Statement of Financial Performance is prepared on an accrual accounting basis.

 

Cash in the Statement refers to cash on hand, bank deposits and other forms of highly liquid investments that can readily be converted to cash.

 

NOTES TO THE CONCISE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

These notes provide details on the basis of preparation of the Concise Financial Report, critical accounting policies, major events this financial year, dividends, contingent liabilities and contingent asset, segment analysis, capital management, equity instruments issued to employees, and events since the end of the financial year.

 

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION

 

This declaration contains the directors’ sign-off that the Concise Financial Report complies with Accounting Standards and provides a true and fair view of the performance and financial position of the Company.

 

AUDITORS’ REPORT

 

The independent audit report is the external and independent opinion on the Concise Financial Report.

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS IN KEY CURRENCIES AND EXCHANGE RATES

 

Financial performance and financial position is provided in other currencies - USD, GBP, NZD - to allow readers to easily compare results of ANZ with companies who report in other currencies. Exchange rates (average and closing) are also provided.

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

Information is provided on ordinary shares including the twenty largest shareholders and the distribution of shareholdings, and preferences shares - ANZ Stapled Exchangeable Preferred Securities (ANZ StEPS). It also includes details on voting rights for ordinary shares and ANZ StEPS and employee shareholder information.

 

Glossary of Financial Terms - Please see pages 92 to 93.

 

The glossary contains details on key financial terms.

 

73



 

TEN YEAR SUMMARY(1),(2)

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

1998

 

1997

 

1996

 

1995

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Financial Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

5,254

 

4,311

 

4,018

 

3,833

 

3,801

 

3,655

 

3,547

 

3,437

 

3,327

 

3,084

 

Other operating income

 

3,391

 

2,808

 

2,970

 

2,573

 

2,583

 

2,377

 

2,142

 

2,110

 

1,839

 

1,754

 

Operating expenses

 

(4,026

)

(3,228

)

(2,905

)

(3,092

)

(3,314

)

(3,300

)

(3,442

)

(3,502

)

(3,397

)

(3,116

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before tax, debt provision and prior period abnormals

 

4,619

 

3,891

 

4,083

 

3,314

 

3,070

 

2,732

 

2,247

 

2,045

 

1,769

 

1,722

 

Provision for doubtful debts(1)

 

(632

)

(614

)

(860

)

(531

)

(502

)

(510

)

(487

)

(400

)

(175

)

(237

)

Income tax expense

 

(1,168

)

(926

)

(898

)

(911

)

(863

)

(736

)

(576

)

(466

)

(469

)

(442

)

Outside equity interests

 

(4

)

(3

)

(3

)

(2

)

(2

)

(6

)

(9

)

(8

)

(9

)

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Profit after tax before prior period abnormals

 

2,815

 

2,348

 

2,322

 

1,870

 

1,703

 

1,480

 

1,175

 

1,171

 

1,116

 

1,033

 

Net prior period abnormal profit (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

(69

)

(147

)

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit after tax

 

2,815

 

2,348

 

2,322

 

1,870

 

1,747

 

1,480

 

1,106

 

1,024

 

1,116

 

1,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets(2)

 

259,345

 

195,591

 

183,105

 

185,493

 

172,467

 

152,801

 

153,215

 

138,241

 

127,604

 

112,587

 

Net Assets

 

17,925

 

13,787

 

11,465

 

10,551

 

9,807

 

9,429

 

8,391

 

6,993

 

6,336

 

5,747

 

Tier 1 capital ratio

 

6.9

%

7.7

%

7.9

%

7.5

%

7.4

%

7.9

%

7.2

%

6.6

%

6.7

%

6.6

%

Return on average ordinary equity(3),(4)

 

17.8

%

20.6

%

21.6

%

20.2

%

19.3

%

17.6

%

15.9

%

17.2

%

18.3

%

17.9

%

Return on average assets(3)

 

1.1

%

1.2

%

1.3

%

1.1

%

1.1

%

1.0

%

0.7

%

0.7

%

0.9

%

0.9

%

Cost to income ratio(5)

 

45.3

%

45.1

%

46.0

%

48.0

%

51.7

%

54.5

%

60.9

%

63.1

%

65.8

%

64.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholder value – ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total return to shareholders
(share price movement plus dividends)

 

17.0

%

6.7

%

15.3

%

26.2

%

36.3

%

19.6

%

–15.6

%

62.4

%

33.9

%

52.4

%

Market capitalisation

 

34,586

 

27,314

 

26,544

 

23,783

 

20,002

 

16,045

 

13,885

 

17,017

 

10,687

 

8,199

 

Dividend

 

101

c

95

c

85

c

73

c

64

c

56

c

52

c

48

c

42

c

33

c

Franked portion

•interim

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

75

%

60

%

100

%

50

%

0

%

 

•final

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

80

%

60

%

100

%

100

%

33

%

Share price(6)

•high

 

$

19.44

 

$

18.45

 

$

19.70

 

$

16.71

 

$

12.87

 

$

12.11

 

$

11.52

 

$

11.08

 

$

6.96

 

$

5.50

 

 

•low

 

$

15.94

 

$

15.01

 

$

15.23

 

$

12.63

 

$

9.18

 

$

8.12

 

$

7.65

 

$

6.79

 

$

5.17

 

$

3.40

 

 

•30 Sep

 

$

19.02

 

$

17.17

 

$

16.88

 

$

15.28

 

$

12.70

 

$

9.80

 

$

8.62

 

$

10.79

 

$

6.91

 

$

5.42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(per fully paid ordinary share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share(6)

•basic

 

153.1

 

142.4c

 

141.4c

 

112.7c

 

102.5c

 

86.9c

 

69.7c

 

65.8c

 

73.2c

 

67.1c

 

Dividend payout ratio(7)

 

67.5

%

64.2

%

57.8

%

62.0

%

59.1

%

62.1

%

67.8

%

61.6

%

55.5

%

49.1

%

Net tangible assets(8)

 

$

7.51

 

$

7.49

 

$

6.58

 

$

5.96

 

$

5.49

 

$

5.21

 

$

4.98

 

$

4.59

 

$

4.24

 

$

3.94

 

No. of fully paid ordinary shares issued (millions)

 

1,818.4

 

1,521.7

 

1,503.9

 

1,488.3

 

1,506.2

 

1,565.4

 

1,539.4

 

1,508.6

 

1,478.1

 

1,446.0

 

DRP issue price(9)

•Interim

 

$

17.84

 

$

18.48

 

$

19.24

 

$

15.05

 

$

11.62

 

$

10.95

 

$

10.64

 

$

9.77

 

$

5.59

 

$

4.40

 

 

•final

 

 

$

16.61

 

$

18.32

 

$

18.33

 

$

14.45

 

$

11.50

 

$

10.78

 

$

9.92

 

$

7.60

 

$

6.27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Points of representation(10)

 

1,190

 

1,019

 

1,018

 

1,056

 

1,087

 

1,147

 

1,205

 

1,473

 

1,744

 

1,881

 

No. of employees (full time equivalents)(11)

 

28,755

 

23,137

 

22,482

 

22,501

 

23,134

 

30,171

 

32,072

 

36,830

 

39,721

 

39,240

 

No. of shareholders(12)

 

252,072

 

223,545

 

198,716

 

181,667

 

179,829

 

179,945

 

151,564

 

132,450

 

121,847

 

114,829

 

 


(1)                    From 1997, the annual debt provision charge has been calculated based on economic loss provisioning; prior year data has not been restated for this change in measurement approach

(2)                    Data for 1998, 1999, 2000 and 2001 includes the consolidation of assets in the statutory funds of ANZ Life as required by an accounting standard applicable from 1 October 1999. Not applicable for 2002 and 2003, due to the sale of ANZ Life to ING Australia Ltd (INGA) on 1 May 2002. As a result of the aquisition of NBNZ in December 2003, the 2004 results include the consolidation of assets in the statutory funds of NBNZ Life Insurance Limited as required by an accounting standard

(3)                    Excludes significant items and outside equity interests

(4)                    For the periods 1997 to 2002 the return on average ordinary equity calculation accrues the dividend over the year. From 2003, dividends may no longer be accrued and as such are not included in the calculation of return on average ordinary equity

(5)                    Excludes goodwill amortisation, abnormals and significant items

(6)                    Prior periods adjusted for the bonus elements of the November 2003 Rights Issue

(7)                    For 2004 and 2003 the dividend payout ratio includes the final dividend of $983 million and $777 million respectively which is proposed but not provided for in terms of AASB 1044 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets which is effective from the September 2003 financial year

(8)                    Equals shareholders equity less preference share capital and unamortised goodwill

(9)                    DRP represents Dividend Reinvestment Plan

(10)              Includes branches, offices, representative offices and agencies

(11)              Prior to 1997, excludes temporary staff

(12)              From 2000 onwards the number of shareholders does not include the number of employees whose only shares are held by ANZEST Pty Ltd as the trustee for shares issued under the terms of any ANZ employee incentive plan

 

74



 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

 

The directors present their report together with the Concise Financial Report of the consolidated entity (the Group), being Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the Company) and its controlled entities, for the year ended 30 September 2004 and the Auditors’ Report thereon. The information is provided in conformity with the Corporations Act 2001.

 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

 

The principal activities of the Group during the year were general banking, mortgage lending, leasing, hire purchase and general finance, international and investment banking, nominee and custodian services, executor and trustee services and through its joint venture ING Australia Limited (INGA) and ANZ National Bank Limited, life insurance and wealth management.

 

There has been no significant change in the nature of the principal activities of the Group during the financial year.

 

At 30 September 2004, the Group had 1,190 points of representation.

 

RESULT

 

Profit - Consolidated net profit after income tax attributable to shareholders of the Company was $2,815 million, an increase of 20% over the prior year.

 

Net loans and advances increased by 37% from $149,465 million to $204,962 million, primarily due to the acquisition of National Bank of New Zealand (NBNZ) and growth in mortgage lending and commercial lending in Australia.

 

Deposits and other borrowings increased by 35% from $124,494 million to $168,557 million primarily due to the acquisition of NBNZ and to fund asset growth.

 

The provision for doubtful debts has been determined using economic loss provisioning (ELP) and is based on the Group’s risk management models. The ELP charge increased 3% from $614 million to $632 million, including $62 million relating to NBNZ. The current charge reflects a decrease in the ELP rate over the year in line with the Group’s improving risk profile. This is as a result of growth in low risk domestic assets (principally mortgages), the acquisition of NBNZ, the continued risk reduction strategy covering the overseas portfolio and high risk assets, and a lower Corporate Centre charge reflecting lower unexpected offshore losses. ANZ’s ELP models recognise that the general provision balance must be regularly reviewed, and in rare situations, increased to cover unusual events. The balance is at an appropriate level.

 

Net specific provisions were $443 million, down $84 million from the prior year. Gross non-accrual loans decreased to $829 million, down from $1,007 million, or 0.4%, down from 0.7%, of net loans and advances. The reductions reflect the strategy to reduce risk in overseas portfolios (not including New Zealand).

 

Further details are contained in the Chief Financial Officer’s review on pages 12 to 19 of this Annual Report.

 

STATE OF AFFAIRS

 

In the directors’ opinion, there have been no significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group during the financial year, other than:

 

Acquisition of the National Bank of New Zealand (NBNZ) - On 24 October 2003, the Company announced it had entered into an agreement to acquire NBNZ and the acquisition was completed on 1 December 2003. On 26 June 2004, NBNZ was amalgamated with ANZ Banking Group (New Zealand) Limited to create ANZ National Bank Limited.

 

Funding of NBNZ acquisition -

 

Renounceable Rights Issue - In November/December 2003, the Company issued 276,847,766 ordinary shares by way of a 2 for 11 “Renounceable Rights Issue” at $13 per share in the Company, raising $3,562 million (net of issue costs).

 

US Stapled Trust Security Issue - On 27 November 2003, the Company raised US$1.1 billion via the issue of non-cumulative stapled trust securities, to support the capital and funding base of the Group.

 

Trust Securities Issues (TrUEPrS) - On 12 December 2003, the Company bought back its 124,032,000 TrUEPrS that were issued at US$6.25 per share in 1998. Further details are included on page 83 of this Annual Report.

 

Reduction of Risk - The Company has been actively reducing the overall risk profile of the Group. Net specific provisions of $443 million were down 16% compared to the prior year. This was below the amount accrued for doubtful debts in the Statement of Financial Performance of $632 million.

 

Further review of matters affecting the Group’s state of affairs are also contained in this Annual Report under the Chairman’s Report on pages 8 to 9, the Chief Executive Officer’s Report on pages 10 to 11 and the Chief Financial Officer’s Review on pages 12 to 19.

 

DIVIDENDS

 

The directors propose that a final fully franked dividend of 54 cents per fully paid ordinary share be declared on 15 November 2004 and be paid on 17 December 2004. The proposed payment amounts to approximately $983 million.

 

During the financial year, the following fully franked dividends were paid on fully paid ordinary shares:

 

Type

 

Cents per
share

 

Amount before
bonus options

 

Date of
payment

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

Final 2003

 

51

 

777

 

19 December 2003

 

Interim 2004

 

47

 

850

 

1 July 2004

 

 

REVIEW OF OPERATIONS

 

A review of the operations of the Group during the financial year and the results of those operations are contained in the Chairman’s Report, the Chief Executive Officer’s Report, and the Chief Financial Officer’s Review and Business Performance on pages 8 to 9, 10 to 11, 12 to 19 and 34 to 37 respectively of this Annual Report.

 

75



 

EVENTS SINCE THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR

 

Merger of ANZ’s trustee business announced with Equity Trustees Limited (announced 12 October 2004);

 

On-market share buyback of at least $350 million pending regulatory approval for a new offshore hybrid equity transaction (announced 26 October 2004); and

 

Sale of London-headquartered project finance activities (announced 26 October 2004).

 

Other than the items above (these are further described in Note 9 of the Concise Report to this Annual Report on page 86), no matter or circumstance has arisen between 30 September 2004 and the date of this report that has significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group in future financial years, the results of those operations or the state of affairs of the Group in future years.

 

FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS

 

Details of likely developments in the operations of the Group in future financial years are contained in the Chairman’s Report and the Chief Executive Officer’s Report. In the opinion of the directors, disclosure of any further information would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to the Group.

 

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION

 

The operations of the Group are not subject to any particular or significant environmental regulation under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory. However, the operations of the Group may become subject to environmental regulation when enforcing securities over land. ANZ has developed policies to appropriately manage such environmental risks. ANZ has not incurred any environmental liabilities during the year. Further information on ANZ’s environmental framework and practices can be found in this Annual Report on pages 38 to 39 and on anz.com.

 

DIRECTORS’ QUALIFICATIONS AND EXPERIENCE

 

From 1 October 2003 to 31 January 2004, the Board was comprised of seven non-executive directors. Three new non-executive director appointments were made in 2004: Dr Greg Clark on 1 February 2004; and Mr David Meiklejohn and Mr John Morschel on 1 October 2004. These new appointees will be retiring and seeking election at the 2004 Annual General Meeting. Information about these directors is included in the Notice of Annual General Meeting.

 

At the date of this report, the Board comprises ten non-executive directors who have a diversity of business and community experience and one executive director, the chief executive officer, who has extensive banking experience. The names of directors and details of their qualifications and experience is contained on pages 42 and 43 of this Annual Report and on anz.com.

 

Special responsibilities and attendance at meetings by directors, are shown on page 51 of this Annual Report.

 

For those directors in office at 30 September 2004, details of the directorships of other listed companies held by each director in the 3 years prior to the end of the 2004 financial year are listed in this Annual Report on the pages 42 and 43.

 

COMPANY SECRETARIES’ QUALIFICATIONS AND EXPERIENCE

 

Currently there are three people appointed as Company Secretary of the Company.

 

Details of their roles are contained on page 51. Their qualifications are as follows:

 

Tim L’Estrange, LLB, BCom, ANZ Group General Counsel and Company Secretary

 

Mr L’Estrange has a long-standing legal career spanning 25 years. He has significant experience in corporate law. Mr L’Estrange joined ANZ in 2003. Prior to ANZ, he worked closely with Boards and senior management of major corporations, banks and financial institutions. Mr L’Estrange was the National Executive Partner, Litigation and Dispute Resolution of Allens Arthur Robinson and a member of the Board of Management of that firm. He was also Managing Partner of Allen Allen & Hemsley.

 

Peter Marriott, BEc (Hons), ANZ Chief Financial Officer.

 

Mr Marriott has been involved in the finance industry for more than 20 years. Mr Marriott joined ANZ in 1993. Prior to his career at ANZ, Mr Marriott was a Partner in the Melbourne office of the then KPMG Peat Marwick. He is a Fellow of a number of professional organisations including the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia and the Australian Institute of Banking and Finance. He is also a Member of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

 

John Priestley, BEc, LLB, ANZ Deputy General Counsel and Company Secretary.

 

Mr Priestley, a qualified lawyer, joined ANZ in 2004. Prior to ANZ, he had a long career with the Mayne Group as Company Secretary and Group General Manager, Corporate Services responsible for the legal, company secretarial, compliance and insurance functions.

 

NON-AUDIT SERVICES

 

The Company’s Relationship with External Auditor Policy states that the external auditor may not provide services that are perceived to be in conflict with the role of the auditor. These include consulting advice and sub-contracting of operational activities normally undertaken by management, and engagements where the auditor may ultimately be required to express an opinion on its own work.

 

Specifically the policy:

 

Limits the non-audit services that may be provided;

 

Requires that audit and permitted non-audit services must be pre-approved by the Audit Committee, or pre-approved by the Chairman of the Audit Committee and notified to the Audit Committee; and

 

Requires the external auditor to not commence an audit engagement for the Group, until the Group has confirmed that the engagement has been pre-approved.

 

The Audit Committee has reviewed a summary of non-audit services provided by the external auditor for 2004, and has confirmed that the provision of non-audit services for 2004 is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001. This has been formally advised to the Board of Directors.

 

The external auditor has confirmed to the Audit Committee that they have complied with the Company’s Relationship with External Auditor Policy on the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor for 2004.

 

76



 

The non-audit services supplied by the Group’s external auditor, KPMG, and the amount paid or payable by type of non-audit service during the year to 30 September 2004 are as follows:

 

Non-audit service

 

Amount paid/payable

 

 

 

$’000

 

Co-sourced internal audit services(1)

 

1,260

 

Tax compliance and related services

 

628

 

Controls and process reviews

 

249

 

Review of the non-cumulative US Stapled Trust Securities issue

 

219

 

NBNZ due diligence oversight

 

420

 

Sarbanes-Oxley and International

 

 

 

Financial Reporting

 

 

 

Standard matters

 

335

 

Accounting advice

 

170

 

Securitisation review

 

128

 

Review of capital raising circulars

 

73

 

Other

 

157

 

Total

 

3,639

 

 


(1)                    The work performed by KPMG was independent of the external audit team and management

 

The directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor during the year to 30 September 2004 is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001.

 

AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION

 

The Company’s lead auditor has provided a written declaration under Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 that to the best of his knowledge and belief, there have been no contraventions of:

 

the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and

 

the applicable Australian code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

 

A copy of this declaration is detailed on page 88 of this Annual Report. This declaration is incorporated in and forms part of the Directors’ Report.

 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS WHO WERE PREVIOUSLY PARTNERS OF THE AUDITOR

 

The following persons are currently officers of the Group and were partners of KPMG at a time when KPMG was the auditor of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited:

 

Ms Margaret Jackson, Non-executive Director (left KPMG in June 1992);

 

Mr Peter Marriott, Chief Financial Officer (left KPMG in January 1993).

 

CEO/CFO DECLARATION

 

The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have given a declaration to the Board concerning the Group’s financial statements under section 295A(2) of the Corporations Act 2001 and recommendations 4.1 and 7.2 of the ASX Corporate Governance Council Principles of Good Corporate Governance and Best Practice Recommendations.

 

DIRECTORS’ AND OFFICERS’ INDEMNITY

 

The Company’s Constitution (Rule 11.1) permits the Company to indemnify each officer or employee of the Company against liabilities (so far as may be permitted under the Corporations Act 2001) incurred in the execution and discharge of the officer’s or employee’s duties.

 

It is the Company’s policy that its employees should not incur any liability for acting in the course of their employment legally, within the policies of the Company and provided they act in good faith.

 

Under the policy, the Company will indemnify employees against any liability they incur in carrying out their role. The indemnity protects employees and former employees who incur a liability when acting as an employee, trustee or officer of the Company, or a subsidiary of the Company at the request of the Company.

 

The indemnity is subject to the Corporations Act 2001 and will not apply in respect of any liability arising from:

 

a claim by the Company;

 

a claim by a related body corporate;

 

a lack of good faith;

 

illegal or dishonest conduct; or

 

non compliance with the Company’s policies or discretions.

 

The Company has entered into Deeds of Access, Insurance and Indemnity with each of its directors and secretaries and with certain employees and certain other individuals who act as directors of related body corporates or of another company. To the extent permitted by law, the Company indemnifies the individual for all liabilities, including costs, damages and expenses incurred in their capacity as an officer of the company to which they have been appointed.

 

The Company has indemnified the trustees and former trustees of certain of the Company’s superannuation funds and directors, former directors, officers and former officers of trustees of various Company sponsored superannuation schemes in Australia. Under the relevant Deeds of Indemnity, the Company must indemnify each indemnified person if the assets of the relevant fund are insufficient to cover any loss, damage, liability or cost incurred by the indemnified person in connection with the fund, being loss, damage, liability or costs for which the indemnified person would have been entitled to be indemnified out of the assets of the fund in accordance with the trust deed and the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993. This indemnity survives the termination of the fund. Some of the indemnified persons are or were directors or executive officers of the Company.

 

The Company has also indemnified certain employees of the Company, being trustees and administrators of a trust which is a subsidiary entity, from and against any loss, damage, liability, tax, penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature arising out of or in connection with the creation, operation or dissolution of the trust, where they are acting in good faith and in a manner that they reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred by the trust.

 

77



 

Except for the above, neither the Company nor any related body corporate of the Company has indemnified or made an agreement to indemnify any person who is or has been an officer or auditor of the Company or of a related body corporate.

 

During the financial year, and again since the end of the financial year, the Company has paid a premium for an insurance policy for the benefit of the directors, secretaries, and senior managers of the Company, and directors, secretaries and senior managers of related bodies corporate of the Company. In accordance with common commercial practice, the insurance policy prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability insured against and the amount of the premium.

 

DIRECTORS’ AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

 

Details of ANZ’s remuneration policy in respect of the directors and executive officers is detailed in the Remuneration Report on pages 54 to 71 of this Annual Report and pages 6 to 23 of the 2004 Financial Report. Details of the remuneration paid to each non-executive director, the Chief Executive Officer and other specified executives are detailed in the Remuneration Report. The Remuneration Report is incorporated in and forms part of this Directors’ Report.

 

DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDINGS

 

The directors’ shareholdings, both beneficial and non-beneficial, as at the date of this report in the shares of the Company are detailed in the Remuneration Report.

 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS’ SHARE OPTIONS

 

Details of share options issued over un-issued shares granted to the Chief Executive Officer, senior executives and officers, and on issue as at the date of this report are detailed in the Remuneration Report and note 50 of the 2004 Financial Report.

 

No person entitled to exercise any option has or had, by virtue of an option, a right to participate in any share issue of any other body corporate. The names of all persons who currently hold options are entered in the register kept by the Company pursuant to section 170 of the Corporations Act 2001. This register may be inspected free of charge.

 

ROUNDING OF AMOUNTS

 

The Company is a company of the kind referred to in Australian Securities and Investments Commission class order 98/100 dated 10 July 1998 (as amended) pursuant to section 341(1) of the Corporations Act 2001. As a result, amounts in this report and the accompanying financial statements have been rounded to the nearest million dollars except where otherwise indicated.

 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors.

 

 

/s/ Charles Goode

 

Charles Goode

Director

 

 

/s/ John McFarlane

 

John McFarlane

Chief Executive Officer

 

4 November 2004

 

78



 

CONCISE FINANCIAL REPORT

 

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2004

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Total income

 

17,508

 

13,023

 

12,007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

14,117

 

10,215

 

9,037

 

Interest expense

 

(8,863

)

(5,904

)

(5,019

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

5,254

 

4,311

 

4,018

 

Proceeds, net of costs, on disposal of investments

 

 

 

566

 

Carrying amount of assets given up

 

 

 

(392

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit on disposal of investments

 

 

 

174

 

Other operating income

 

3,246

 

2,702

 

2,765

 

Share of joint venture profit from INGA

 

97

 

55

 

2

 

Share of associates profit (net of writeoffs)

 

48

 

51

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

8,645

 

7,119

 

6,988

 

Operating expenses

 

(4,026

)

(3,228

)

(2,905

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before debt provision and income tax

 

4,619

 

3,891

 

4,083

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(632

)

(614

)

(860

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

3,987

 

3,277

 

3,223

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

(1,168

)

(926

)

(898

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax

 

2,819

 

2,351

 

2,325

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interests

 

(4

)

(3

)

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders of the Company

 

2,815

 

2,348

 

2,322

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency translation adjustments, net of hedges after tax

 

233

 

(356

)

(98

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total adjustments attributable to shareholders of the Company recognised directly in equity

 

233

 

(356

)

(98

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total changes in equity other than those resulting from transactions with shareholders as owners

 

3,048

 

1,992

 

2,224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per ordinary share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

153.1

 

142.4

 

141.4

 

Diluted

 

149.7

 

141.7

 

140.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend per ordinary share (cents)

 

101

 

95

 

85

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net tangible assets per ordinary share ($)

 

7.51

 

7.49

 

6.58

 

 

The Notes appearing on pages 82 to 86 and the discussion and analysis appearing on pages 12 to 19 form an integral part of these financial statements

 

79



 

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER 2004

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

 

 

6,363

 

6,592

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

4,781

 

2,427

 

Trading securities

 

 

 

5,478

 

4,213

 

Investment securities

 

 

 

7,746

 

4,767

 

Net loans and advances

 

 

 

204,962

 

149,465

 

Customers’ liabilities for acceptances

 

 

 

12,466

 

13,178

 

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

176

 

101

 

Shares in associates and joint venture entities

 

 

 

1,960

 

1,814

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

1,454

 

1,165

 

Goodwill(1)

 

 

 

3,269

 

160

 

Other assets

 

 

 

9,158

 

10,224

 

Premises and equipment

 

 

 

1,532

 

1,485

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

259,345

 

195,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

 

 

7,349

 

6,467

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

168,557

 

124,494

 

Liability for acceptances

 

 

 

12,466

 

13,178

 

Income tax liabilities

 

 

 

1,914

 

1,083

 

Payables and other liabilities

 

 

 

14,212

 

13,611

 

Provisions

 

 

 

845

 

769

 

Bonds and notes

 

 

 

27,602

 

16,572

 

Loan capital

 

3

 

8,475

 

5,630

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

241,420

 

181,804

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets

 

 

 

17,925

 

13,787

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital

 

 

 

8,005

 

4,175

 

Preference share capital

 

3

 

987

 

2,212

 

Reserves

 

 

 

579

 

180

 

Retained profits

 

 

 

8,336

 

7,203

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company

 

 

 

17,907

 

13,770

 

Outside equity interests

 

 

 

18

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

17,925

 

13,787

 

Contingent liabilities and contingent asset

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Notes appearing on pages 82 to 86 and the discussion and analysis appearing on pages 12 to 19 form an integral part of these financial statements

 


(1)                    Excludes notional goodwill of $754 million (September 2003: $821 million) included in the net carrying value of ING Australia Limited

 

80



 

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2004

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

Inflows (Outflows)

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest received

 

14,515

 

10,887

 

10,148

 

Dividends received

 

3

 

7

 

3

 

Fees and other income received

 

3,257

 

3,170

 

2,637

 

Interest paid

 

(8,258

)

(5,724

)

(5,367

)

Personnel expenses paid

 

(2,110

)

(1,848

)

(1,900

)

Premises expenses paid

 

(312

)

(279

)

(268

)

Other operating expenses paid

 

(2,093

)

(1,952

)

(1,893

)

Income taxes paid

 

(247

)

(1,312

)

(853

)

Goods and services tax (paid) received

 

(19

)

1

 

(28

)

Net (increase) decrease in trading securities

 

514

 

1,669

 

(1,030

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

5,250

 

4,619

 

1,449

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease (increase)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets – greater than three months

 

(325

)

1,113

 

(442

)

Due from other financial institutions

 

522

 

(44

)

554

 

Regulatory deposits

 

(76

)

52

 

37

 

Loans and advances

 

(22,757

)

(19,944

)

(9,441

)

Shares in controlled entities and associates

 

(35

)

(2

)

(1

)

Investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

(7,560

)

(3,871

)

(2,851

)

Proceeds from sale or maturity

 

4,850

 

2,445

 

2,436

 

Controlled entities, associates and joint venture entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased (net of cash acquired)

 

(3,224

)

 

(1,050

)

Premises and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

(345

)

(368

)

(385

)

Proceeds from sale

 

53

 

51

 

101

 

Recovery from NHB litigation

 

 

 

248

 

Other

 

1,780

 

1,401

 

483

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities

 

(27,117

)

(19,167

)

(10,311

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

(272

)

(2,946

)

(1,211

)

Deposits and other borrowings

 

11,216

 

13,995

 

9,152

 

Payables and other liabilities

 

(1,061

)

1,000

 

362

 

Bonds and notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue proceeds

 

14,181

 

8,255

 

4,537

 

Redemptions

 

(4,100

)

(4,095

)

(3,519

)

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue proceeds

 

2,694

 

3,380

 

759

 

Redemptions

 

(368

)

(437

)

(589

)

Decrease (increase) in outside equity interests

 

(1

)

(1

)

1

 

Dividends paid

 

(1,561

)

(1,322

)

(1,178

)

Share capital issues (ordinary capital)

 

3,695

 

120

 

112

 

StEPS preference share issue

 

 

1,000

 

 

StEPS issue costs

 

 

(13

)

 

Preference Share buyback

 

(1,045

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

23,378

 

18,936

 

8,426

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

5,250

 

4,619

 

1,449

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities

 

(27,117

)

(19,167

)

(10,311

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

23,378

 

18,936

 

8,426

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

1,511

 

4,388

 

(436

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

7,315

 

7,925

 

9,071

 

Foreign currency translation on opening balances

 

(972

)

(4,998

)

(710

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

7,854

 

7,315

 

7,925

 

 

The Notes appearing on pages 82 to 86 and the discussion and analysis appearing on pages 12 to 19 form an integral part of these financial statements

 

81



 

NOTES TO THE CONCISE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1: BASIS OF PREPARATION OF CONCISE FINANCIAL REPORT

 

This Concise Financial Report has been derived from the Group’s 2004 Financial Report which complies with the Corporations Act 2001, Accounting Standards, Urgent Issues Group Consensus Views and other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board. A full description of the accounting policies adopted by the Group is provided in the 2004 Financial Report. The accounting policies are consistent with those of the previous financial year.

 

2: CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The Group has identified the following critical accounting policies:

 

Economic loss provisioning;

 

Specific provisioning;

 

Deferred acquisition costs, software assets and deferred income;

 

Derivatives and hedging;

 

Special purpose and off-balance sheet vehicles;

 

Valuation of investment in ING Australia Limited; and

 

Valuation of goodwill in ANZ National Bank Limited.

 

Details of the critical accounting policies are contained within the ANZ results announcement released on 26 October 2004 and in the 2004 Financial Report. The results announcement can be obtained from www.anz.com.

 

3: MAJOR EVENTS THIS FINANCIAL YEAR

 

Acquisition of the National Bank of New Zealand (NBNZ)

The Company acquired NBNZ on 1 December 2003 from Lloyds TSB.

 

The price paid was $5,112 million (at 30 September 2004 exchange rates). This includes acquisition costs, a $68 million refund received on the price paid to Lloyds TSB and the impact of the strengthening of the New Zealand dollar.

 

The purchase price at the original exchange rate on the date of acquisition was $4,842 million. The purchase price excluded a dividend to Lloyds TSB of NZD575 million ($498 million) from NBNZ’s retained earnings and transaction costs of $25 million.

 

The acquisition was funded as follows:

 

A 2 for 11 “Renounceable Rights Issue” at $13 per share in the Company raising $3,562 million; and

 

A US Stapled Trust Security Issue, subordinated debt, and wholesale funding.

 

Legal amalgamation of NBNZ

On 26 June 2004, NBNZ was amalgamated into ANZ Banking Group (New Zealand) Limited. ANZ Banking Group (New Zealand) Limited changed its name to ANZ National Bank Limited.

 

Renounceable Rights Issue

In accordance with the Prospectus lodged with ASIC on 24 October 2003, the Company issued 276,847,766 ordinary shares by way of a 2 for 11 rights issue at $13 per ordinary share, raising capital of $3,562 million (net of issue costs). The rights were closed on 24 November 2003 and the shares allotted on 28 November 2003 and 4 December 2003.

 

US Stapled Trust Security Issue

On 27 November 2003, the Company raised USD1.1 billion via the issue of 1.1 million stapled non-cumulative trust securities, to support the capital and funding base of the Group following the decision to acquire NBNZ. The issue was structured as a stapled security comprising an interest paying note issued by a wholly owned subsidiary of ANZ and a preference share on which dividends will not be paid whilst it is stapled to a note. The notes are due on 15 December 2053 at which date the issue will mandatorily convert to ordinary shares, based on the formula in the offering memorandum, unless redeemed or bought back prior to that date.

 

The US Stapled Trust Securities qualify as Tier 1 capital as defined by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority, and the securities are classified as debt under Australian and US Accounting Standards, with distribution on the securities treated as interest expense.

 

Trust Securities Issues (ANZ TrUEPrS)

On 12 December 2003, the Company bought back its 124,032,000 TrUEPrS preference shares that were issued for USD775 million in 1998.

 

Income, expenses and dividends relating to the ANZ TrUEPrS transaction have been recorded as significant items. Profit after tax relating to the ANZ TrUEPrS transaction of $84 million included $77 million from the close out of interest rate swaps. Final cash dividends of $36 million were paid to holders of ANZ TrUEPrS in the 2004 financial year.

 

82



 

4: DIVIDENDS

Ordinary Dividends

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interim dividend

 

850

 

666

 

583

 

Final dividend

 

777

(1)

 

692

 

Bonus option plan adjustment

 

(29

)

(25

)

(23

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on ordinary shares(1)

 

1,598

 

641

 

1,252

 

 


(1)                    Change in accounting standard in 2003. Dividends no longer accrued and are recorded when declared.  Full year dividend of $983 million not included in above table.

 

A fully franked final dividend of 54 cents, is proposed to be paid on each fully paid ordinary share on 17 December 2004 (2003: final dividend of 51 cents, paid 19 December 2003, fully franked: 2002: final dividend of 46 cents, paid 13 December 2002, fully franked). The 2004 interim dividend of 47 cents, paid 1 July 2004, was fully franked (2003: interim dividend of 44 cents, paid 1 July 2003, fully franked; 2002: interim dividend of 39 cents, paid 1 July 2002, fully franked).

 

The tax rate applicable to the franking credits attached to the interim dividend and to be attached to the proposed final dividend is 30% (2003: 30%; 2002: 30%).

 

Preference Dividends

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

ANZ TrUEPrS

 

36

 

102

 

117

 

ANZ Stapled Exchangeable Preferred Securities (ANZ StEPS)

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on preference shares

 

98

 

102

 

117

 

 

Trust Securities Issues (ANZ TrUEPrS)

 

In 1998 ANZ TrUEPrS issued 124,032,000 preference shares, raising USD 775 million via Trust Securities issues. The Trust Securities carried an entitlement to a distribution of 8% (on USD 400 million) and 8.08% (on USD 375 million). The amounts were payable quarterly in arrears. Payment dates were the fifteenth days of January, April, July and October in each year.  The preference shares were bought back on 12 December 2003.

 

ANZ Stapled Exchangeable Preferred Securities (ANZ StEPS)

 

On 23 September 2003, the Group issued 10 million ANZ Stapled Exchangeable Preferred Securities (ANZ StEPS) at $100 each, raising $1 billion ($987 million net of issue costs of $13 million).  ANZ StEPS comprise 2 fully paid securities - an interest paying unsecured note stapled to a fully paid preference share.

 

Distributions on ANZ StEPS are non-cumulative and are payable quarterly in arrears (on 15 March, 15 June, 15 September and 15 December of each year) based upon a floating distribution rate equal to the 90 day bank bill rate plus a margin.  At each payment date the 90 day bank bill rate is reset for the next quarter.  Dividends are not payable on the preference share while it is stapled to the note.  If distributions are not paid on ANZ StEPS, the Company may not pay dividends or return capital on its ordinary shares or any other share capital ranking below the preference share component.

 

Dividend Franking Account

 

The amount of franking credits available to the Company for the subsequent financial year is $111 million (2003 and 2002: nil), after adjusting for franking credits that will arise from the payment of tax on Australian profits for the 2004 financial year, $421 million franking credits which will be utilised in franking the proposed final dividend and franking credits that may not be accessible by the Company at present.

 

The 2004 amount includes franking credits that were transferred from Australian wholly-owned entities to the parent entity at 1 October 2003 when these entities entered the Australian tax consolidated group.

 

83



 

5: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND CONTINGENT ASSET

 

Contingent Liabilities

 

There are outstanding court proceedings, claims and possible claims against the Group, the aggregate amount of which cannot readily be quantified.

 

The Group in Australia is being audited by the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) as part of normal ATO procedures. The Group has received various assessments that are being disputed and may receive further assessments.

 

At the Company’s request the ATO is reviewing the taxation treatment of the sale of Grindlays in 2000.

 

During the year, the Company and the ATO settled the dispute over the taxation treatment of lease assignments undertaken in 1991 and 1992. The settlement was within existing provisions.

 

The Group in New Zealand is being audited by local revenue authorities as part of normal revenue authority procedures, with a particular focus on certain kinds of structured finance transactions. On 30 September 2004, the Group in New Zealand received Notices of Proposed Adjustment (the ‘Notice’) in respect of one of these structured finance transactions undertaken in the 2000 financial year. The Notice is formal advice that the New Zealand Inland Revenue Department (IRD) is proposing to amend tax assessments. The Notice is not a tax assessment and does not establish a tax liability, but it is the first step in a formal dispute process. Should the same position be adopted by the IRD on the remaining transactions of that kind, the maximum potential tax liability would be approximately NZD348 million (including interest tax effected) for the period to 30 September 2004. Of that maximum potential liability, approximately NZD116 million is subject to tax indemnities provided by Lloyds TSB Bank PLC under the agreement by which ANZ acquired the National Bank of New Zealand and which relates to transactions undertaken by the National Bank of New Zealand before December 2003.

 

Based on external advice, the Group has assessed the likely progress of these and other issues, and believes that it holds appropriate provisions.

 

Further details regarding Group contingent liabilities are contained in the 2004 Financial Report.

 

Contingent Asset

 

On 14 October 2003 ANZ issued proceedings in the Victorian Supreme Court against its captive insurance company ANZcover Insurance Pty Ltd (ANZcover) regarding its insurance claim consequent upon settlement of its former subsidiary ANZ Grindlays Bank Limited’s 1992 dispute with India’s National Housing Bank (NHB). ANZcover is an authorised general insurer restricted to insuring the interests of ANZ and its subsidiaries. ANZcover in turn purchases reinsurance from global reinsurers, primarily in the London reinsurance market. ANZcover has no retained exposure to the NHB claim which is fully re-insured, save for a small exposure arising from the insolvency of some reinsurers in the London market.

 

The January 2002 settlement of the NHB litigation saw Grindlays recover Rupees 6.20 billion ($248 million at 19 January 2002 rates) of the disputed monies that Grindlays Bank had lodged with the Court, which by that time totalled Rupees 16.45 billion ($661 million at 19 January 2002 rates), including interest, with NHB receiving the balance. ANZ in turn received a payment of USD 124 million from Standard Chartered Bank under the terms of the Indian Indemnity (refer Note 48 in the 2004 Financial Report). The claim of $130 million plus compound interest is for the balance of the limit of indemnity under ANZcover’s reinsurance arrangements for the 1991-92 policy year. The proceedings remain on foot.

 

84



 

6:  SEGMENT ANALYSIS

 

During the year ended 30 September 2004, the Group managed its activities along the following lines of business:

 

Personal Banking Australia, Institutional, New Zealand Business, Corporate Australia, Esanda and UDC, Asia Pacific, ING Australia and other. A description of each of the operating business segments, including the types of products and services the segments provide to customers, is detailed in the 2004 Financial Report.

 

As the composition of segments has changed over time, September 2003 comparatives have been adjusted to be consistent with the 2004 segment definitions detailed in the 2004 Financial Report. Comparatives for the year ended 30 September 2002 have not been provided as data could not reasonably be disaggregated into the changed segments.

 

BUSINESS SEGMENT ANALYSIS(1),(2)

 

Consolidated
30 September 2004

 

Personal
Banking
Australia

 

Institutional

 

New
Zealand
Business

 

Corporate
Australia

 

Esanda
and UDC

 

Asia
Pacific

 

ING
Australia

 

Other(3)

 

Consolidated
Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

External interest income

 

5,818

 

2,341

 

3,312

 

903

 

1,060

 

165

 

 

518

 

14,117

 

External interest expense

 

(1,313

)

(2,347

)

(1,842

)

(513

)

(592

)

(115

)

(21

)

(2,120

)

(8,863

)

Net intersegment interest

 

(2,590

)

658

 

(176

)

248

 

(107

)

100

 

(2

)

1,869

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

1,915

 

652

 

1,294

 

638

 

361

 

150

 

(23

)

267

 

5,254

 

Other external operating income

 

832

 

1,299

 

518

 

270

 

104

 

145

 

116

 

107

 

3,391

 

Net intersegment income

 

132

 

(24

)

5

 

(98

)

(10

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

2,879

 

1,927

 

1,817

 

810

 

455

 

295

 

93

 

369

 

8,645

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other external expenses

 

(1,263

)

(578

)

(736

)

(201

)

(158

)

(109

)

2

 

(983

)

(4,026

)

Net intersegment expenses

 

(288

)

(123

)

(130

)

(58

)

(28

)

(29

)

(2

)

658

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

(1,551

)

(701

)

(866

)

(259

)

(186

)

(138

)

 

(325

)

(4,026

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before debt provision and income tax

 

1,328

 

1,226

 

951

 

551

 

269

 

157

 

93

 

44

 

4,619

 

Charge for doubtful debts

 

(183

)

(159

)

(99

)

(59

)

(67

)

(23

)

 

(42

)

(632

)

Income tax and outside equity interests

 

(343

)

(279

)

(268

)

(148

)

(59

)

(23

)

15

 

(67

)

(1,172

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit after income tax

 

802

 

788

 

584

 

344

 

143

 

111

 

108

 

(65

)

2,815

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total external assets

 

93,738

 

55,736

 

55,870

 

18,992

 

14,524

 

2,379

 

1,777

 

16,329

 

259,345

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total external liabilities

 

40,036

 

49,060

 

47,275

 

21,397

 

12,261

 

4,924

 

416

 

66,051

 

241,420

 

 

BUSINESS SEGMENT ANALYSIS(1),(2)

 

Consolidated
30 September 2003

 

Personal
Banking
Australia

 

Institutional

 

New
Zealand
Business

 

Corporate
Australia

 

Esanda
and UDC

 

Asia
Pacific

 

ING
Australia

 

Other(3)

 

Consolidated
Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

External interest income

 

4,625

 

2,170

 

1,060

 

734

 

1,005

 

167

 

 

454

 

10,215

 

External interest expense

 

(1,044

)

(2,087

)

(475

)

(403

)

(512

)

(123

)

(16

)

(1,244

)

(5,904

)

Net intersegment interest

 

(1,810

)

620

 

(88

)

243

 

(143

)

96

 

 

1,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

1,771

 

703

 

497

 

574

 

350

 

140

 

(16

)

292

 

4,311

 

Other external operating income

 

701

 

1,245

 

254

 

251

 

86

 

149

 

90

 

32

 

2,808

 

Net intersegment income

 

121

 

(26

)

5

 

(92

)

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

2,593

 

1,922

 

756

 

733

 

428

 

289

 

74

 

324

 

7,119

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other external expenses

 

(1,144

)

(551

)

(280

)

(180

)

(155

)

(111

)

2

 

(809

)

(3,228

)

Net intersegment expenses

 

(295

)

(124

)

(122

)

(54

)

(24

)

(31

)

(2

)

652

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

(1,439

)

(675

)

(402

)

(234

)

(179

)

(142

)

 

(157

)

(3,228

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before debt provision and income tax

 

1,154

 

1,247

 

354

 

499

 

249

 

147

 

74

 

167

 

3,891

 

Doubtful debt provision

 

(169

)

(165

)

(37

)

(55

)

(63

)

(19

)

 

(106

)

(614

)

Income tax and outside equity interests

 

(292

)

(280

)

(106

)

(133

)

(57

)

(28

)

8

 

(41

)

(929

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit after income tax

 

693

 

802

 

211

 

311

 

129

 

100

 

82

 

20

 

2,348

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total external assets

 

79,829

 

56,977

 

14,379

 

15,993

 

13,460

 

2,027

 

1,736

 

11,190

 

195,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total external liabilities

 

35,660

 

48,005

 

12,016

 

19,508

 

10,795

 

4,524

 

403

 

50,893

 

181,804

 

 


(1)                    Results are equity standardised

(2)                    Intersegment transfers are accounted for and determined on an arm’s length or cost recovery basis

(3)                    Includes Treasury, Operations, Technology and Shared Services, Corporate Centre, Risk Management, Group Financial Management and significant items

 

85



7:  CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

 

The Group’s total capital adequacy ratio has decreased to 10.4% (2003: 11.1%). The Tier 1 ratio reduced to 6.9% (2003: 7.7%) and the Tier 2 ratio has remained at 4.0%.

 

Our principal focus going forward is Adjusted Common Equity, defined as Tier 1 capital, less preference shares at current exchange rates and deductions from total capital, (including investment in funds management subsidiaries and ING Australia). Adjusted Common Equity reduced to 5.1% of risk weighted assets (2003: 5.7%) reflecting the lower risk profile of the Group.

 

8:  EQUITY INSTRUMENTS ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES

 

Under existing Australian Accounting Standards, equity instruments issued to employees are not required to be expensed. The impact of expensing options(1), and shares issued under the $1,000 employee share plan, has been calculated and is disclosed below.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net profit attributable to share holders of the Company

 

2,815

 

2,348

 

2,322

 

Expenses attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options issued to Group Heads (1)

 

(8

)

(8

)

(7

)

Options issued to general management (1)

 

(23

)

(24

)

(19

)

Shares issued under $1,000 employee share plan

 

(22

)

(18

)

(18

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,762

 

2,298

 

2,278

 

 


(1)          Based on fair values estimated at grant date determined in accordance with the fair value measurement provisions of AASB 1046.  Value of options are amortised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period

 

9: EVENTS SINCE THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR

 

ANZ Trustees merger with Equity Trustees Limited

 

On 12 October 2004, the Company announced it had signed a heads of agreement with Equity Trustees Limited, to merge the Group’s trustee business with Equity Trustees Limited.  The merged business will create Australia’s third largest trustee company and the leading manager of charitable foundations.

 

In consideration, the Company will become the major shareholder in Equity Trustees Limited with a 37.5% share of the expanded issued capital, and receive $3 million in cash.

 

Completion of the merger is expected early in 2005 subject to the outcomes of due diligence, regulatory and government approvals and approval by Equity Trustees’ shareholders.  The Company will equity account for its investment in Equity Trustees Limited and recognise a small profit from the transfer of the Group’s trustee business.

 

The financial effect of this merger has not been recognised in these financial statements.

 

Share buyback

 

On 26 October 2004, the Company announced the intention to undertake an on-market share buyback of at least $350 million. The buyback is contingent on regulatory approval for a new offshore hybrid equity transaction.

 

The financial effect of this buyback has not been reflected in these financial statements.

 

Sale of London-headquartered project finance activities

 

On 26 October 2004, the Company announced entry into a Memorandum of Understanding for the sale, subject to due diligence and other standard conditions, of the majority of its London-headquartered project finance activities to Standard Chartered Bank.  The amount of the loans and commitments is approximately $2 billion.  The premium from the sale above book value is not expected to be significant.

 

The financial effect of this sale has not been reflected in these financial statements.

 

86



 

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION

 

The directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited declare that in their opinion the accompanying Concise Financial Report of the Consolidated Group for the year ended 30 September 2004 complies with Accounting Standard AASB 1039 ‘Concise Financial Report’s.

 

In our report on the Group’s 2004 Financial Report we declared that:

 

a)  the financial statements and notes comply with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

 

i)  complying with applicable Australian Accounting Standards and other mandatory professional reporting requirements;

 

ii)  giving a true and fair view of the financial position of the Company and of the consolidated entity and of their performance as represented by the results of their operations and their cash flows; and

 

iii)  that the directors have been given the declaration under section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

 

b)  in the directors’ opinion at the date of this declaration there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.

 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors.

 

 

/s/ Charles Goode

 

Charles Goode

Director

 

 

/s/ John McFarlane

 

John McFarlane

Chief Executive Officer

 

4 November 2004

 

87



 

AUDITORS’ REPORT

 

INDEPENDENT AUDIT REPORT ON CONCISE FINANCIAL REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED

 

SCOPE

 

We have audited the Concise Financial Report of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (“the Company”) and its controlled entities for the financial year ended 30 September 2004, consisting of the statement of financial performance, statement of financial position, statement of cash flows, accompanying notes 1 to 9 as set out on pages 79 to 86, and the accompanying discussion and analysis on the statement of financial performance, statement of financial position and statement of cash flows set out on pages 12 to 19 in order to express an opinion on it to the members of the Company. The Company’s directors are responsible for the Concise Financial Report.

 

Our audit has been conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards to provide reasonable assurance as to whether the Concise Financial Report is free of material misstatement.

 

We have also performed an independent audit of the full financial report of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited and its controlled entities included in the annual financial report for the year ended 30 September 2004. Our audit report on the full financial report was signed on 4 November 2004, and was not subject to any qualification.

 

Our procedures in respect of the audit of the Concise Financial Report included testing that the information in the Concise Financial Report is consistent with the full financial report and examination, on a test basis, of evidence supporting the amounts, discussion and analysis, and other disclosures which were not directly derived from the full financial report. These procedures have been undertaken to form an opinion whether, in all material respects, the Concise Financial Report is presented fairly in accordance with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 1039 ‘Concise Financial Reports’.

 

The audit opinion expressed in this report has been formed on the above basis.

 

AUDIT OPINION

 

In our opinion the Concise Financial Report of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited and its controlled entities for the year ended 30 September 2004 complies with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 1039 ‘Concise Financial Reports’.

 

 

/s/ KPMG

 

 

KPMG

 

 

 

/s/ Chris Hall

 

Chris Hall

Partner

 

Melbourne

4 November 2004

 

COPY OF THE AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION

 

LEAD AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION UNDER SECTION 307C OF THE CORPORATIONS ACT 2001

 

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, during the financial year ended 30 September 2004 there have been:

 

no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and

 

no contraventions of the applicable Australian code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

 

 

/s/ Chris Hall

 

Chris Hall

Partner

 

Melbourne

4 November 2004

 

88



 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS IN KEY CURRENCIES

 

Millions

 

2004
AUD

 

2004
USD(1)

 

2004
GBP(1)

 

2004
NZD(1)

 

Financial Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

8,645

 

6,279

 

3,505

 

9,729

 

Operating expenses

 

(4,026

)

(2,924

)

(1,632

)

(4,531

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before debt provision and income tax

 

4,619

 

3,355

 

1,873

 

5,198

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

(632

)

(459

)

(256

)

(711

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

3,987

 

2,896

 

1,617

 

4,487

 

Income tax expense

 

(1,168

)

(848

)

(474

)

(1,314

)

Net profit attributable to outside equity interests

 

(4

)

(3

)

(2

)

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax

 

2,815

 

2,045

 

1,141

 

3,168

 

Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

259,345

 

185,821

 

103,297

 

277,499

 

Liabilities

 

241,420

 

172,977

 

96,158

 

258,319

 

Shareholders’ equity (2)

 

17,925

 

12,844

 

7,139

 

19,180

 

Ratios – per ordinary share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share – basic

 

153.1

c

111.2

c

62.1

p

172.3

c

Dividends per share – declared rate

 

101

c

73

c

41

p

114

c

Net tangible assets per share

 

$

7.51

 

$

5.38

 

£

2.99

 

$

8.04

 

 


(1)  USD, GBP and NZD amounts – items relating to financial performance converted at average rates for financial year 30 September 2004 and items relating to financial position at closing rates at 30 September 2004

(2)  Includes outside equity interests

 

EXCHANGE RATES

 

The exchange rates used in the translation of the results and the assets and liabilities of major overseas branches and controlled entities are:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Closing

 

Average

 

Closing

 

Average

 

Closing

 

Average

 

Great British pound

 

0.3983

 

0.4054

 

0.4070

 

0.3822

 

0.3477

 

0.3621

 

United States dollar

 

0.7165

 

0.7263

 

0.6795

 

0.6124

 

0.5441

 

0.5323

 

New Zealand dollar

 

1.0700

 

1.1254

 

1.1431

 

1.1139

 

1.1585

 

1.2001

 

 

89



 

ORDINARY SHARES

 

At 13 October 2004 the twenty largest holders of ordinary shares held 1,091,080,872 ordinary shares, equal to 60% of the total issued

ordinary capital.

 

Name

 

Number of shares

 

%

 

National Nominees Ltd

 

241,352,476

 

13.27

 

Chase Manhattan Nominees Ltd

 

241,084,758

 

13.26

 

Westpac Custodian Nominees Ltd

 

230,985,111

 

12.70

 

Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd

 

90,412,119

 

4.97

 

RBC Global Services Australia Nominees Pty Ltd

 

58,764,704

 

3.23

 

ANZ Nominees Ltd

 

50,221,700

 

2.76

 

Cogent Nominees Pty Ltd

 

40,639,319

 

2.23

 

Queensland Investment Corporation

 

28,235,896

 

1.55

 

AMP Life Ltd

 

23,427,620

 

1.29

 

HKBA Nominees Ltd

 

19,015,397

 

1.05

 

PSS Board

 

11,223,610

 

0.62

 

IAG Nominees Pty Ltd

 

8,702,901

 

0.48

 

ANZEST Pty Ltd (Deferred Share Plan A/C)

 

8,662,230

 

0.48

 

Government Superannuation Office

 

7,912,760

 

0.44

 

Victorian Workcover Authority

 

5,641,887

 

0.31

 

Australia Foundation Investment Company Ltd

 

5,470,797

 

0.30

 

IOOF Investment Management Ltd

 

5,406,169

 

0.30

 

Westpac Financial Services Ltd

 

4,806,257

 

0.26

 

ANZEST Pty Ltd (ESAP Share Plan A/C)

 

4,760,819

 

0.26

 

Transport Accident Commission

 

4,354,342

 

0.24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

1,091,080,872

 

60.00

 

 

Distribution of shareholdings

 

At 13 October 2004
Range

 

Number of
holders

 

% of
holders

 

Number of
shares

 

% of
shares

 

1 to 1,000 shares

 

132,171

 

52.43

 

57,824,343

 

3.18

 

1,001 to 5,000 shares

 

94,925

 

37.66

 

208,426,821

 

11.46

 

5,001 to 10,000 shares

 

14,952

 

5.93

 

103,987,888

 

5.72

 

10,001 to 100,000 shares

 

9,606

 

3.81

 

201,713,846

 

11.09

 

Over 100,001 shares

 

418

 

0.17

 

1,246,461,935

 

68.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

252,072

 

100.00

 

1,818,414,833

 

100.00

 

 

At 13 October 2004:

                  there were no entries in the Register of Substantial Shareholdings;

                  the average size of holdings of ordinary shares was 7,214 (2003: 6,713) shares; and

                  there were 5,137 holdings (2003: 3,857 holdings) of less than a marketable parcel (less than $500 in value or 26 shares based on a market price of $19.66), which is less than 2.04% of the total holdings of ordinary shares.

 

Voting rights of ordinary shares

 

The Constitution provides for votes to be cast:

 

i)  on show of hands, 1 vote for each shareholder; and

 

ii)  on a poll, 1 vote for each fully paid ordinary share.

 

90



 

PREFERENCE SHARES - ANZ STAPLED EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED SECURITIES (ANZ STEPS)

 

At 13 October 2004, the twenty largest holders of ANZ StEPS held 5,011,961 securities, equal to 50.12% of the total issued securities.

 

Name

 

Number of shares

 

%

 

ANZ Nominees Ltd

 

1,010,559

 

10.10

 

Chase Manhattan Nominees Ltd

 

963,814

 

9.64

 

IOOF Investment Management Ltd

 

492,000

 

4.92

 

RBC Global Services Australia Nominees Pty Ltd

 

402,887

 

4.03

 

Potter Warburg Nominees Pty Ltd

 

300,470

 

3.00

 

National Nominees Ltd

 

269,515

 

2.70

 

Permanent Trustee Australia Ltd

 

264,146

 

2.64

 

Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd

 

190,010

 

1.90

 

Westpac Custodian Nominees Ltd

 

161,918

 

1.62

 

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd

 

160,000

 

1.60

 

UCA Cash Management Fund Ltd

 

152,500

 

1.53

 

Brispot Nominees Pty Ltd

 

98,462

 

0.98

 

Austrust Ltd

 

95,318

 

0.95

 

The Australian National University

 

85,000

 

0.85

 

ANZ Executors and Trustee Company Ltd

 

75,975

 

0.76

 

Elise Nominees Pty Ltd

 

64,744

 

0.65

 

UOB Kay Hian Pte Ltd

 

64,500

 

0.65

 

Gordon Merchant No 2 Pty Ltd

 

59,000

 

0.59

 

Transport Accident Commission

 

52,263

 

0.52

 

Questor Financial Services

 

48,880

 

0.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

5,011,961

 

50.12

 

 

Distribution of ANZ StEPS holdings

 

At 13 October 2004
Range

 

Number of
holders

 

% of
holders

 

Number of
securities

 

% of
securities

 

1 to 1,000 securities

 

10,264

 

93.92

 

2,516,362

 

25.17

 

1,001 to 5,000 securities

 

549

 

5.02

 

1,346,145

 

13.46

 

5,001 to 10,000 securities

 

56

 

0.51

 

456,233

 

4.56

 

10,001 to 100,000 securities

 

49

 

0.45

 

1,676,194

 

16.76

 

Over 100,001 securities

 

11

 

0.10

 

4,005,066

 

40.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

10,929

 

100.00

 

10,000,000

 

100.00

 

 

At 13 October 2004: There are 2 holders of less than a marketable parcel (less than $500 in value or 5 units) (2003: nil)

 

Voting rights of ANZ StEPS

 

A preference share does not entitle its holder to vote at any general meeting of ANZ except in the following circumstances:

 

a)  on a proposal:

 

(i)  to reduce the share capital of ANZ;

 

(ii)  that affects rights attached to the preference shares;

 

(iii)  to wind up ANZ; or

 

(iv)  for the disposal of the whole of the property, business and undertaking of ANZ;

 

b)  on a resolution to approve the terms of a buy-back agreement;

 

c)  during a period in which a dividend which has been declared as payable on a dividend payment date has not been paid in full; or

 

d)  during the winding-up of ANZ.

 

If a poll is conducted on a resolution on which a holder is entitled to vote, the holder has one vote for each preference share held.

 

EMPLOYEE SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

At the Annual General Meeting in January 1994, shareholders approved an aggregate limit of 7% of all classes of shares and options, which remain subject to the rules of a relevant incentive plan, being held by employees and directors.

 

At 30 September 2004 participants held 2.62% (2003: 2.76%) of the issued shares and options of ANZ under the following incentive plans:

 

  ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan;

  ANZ Employee Share Save Scheme;

  ANZ Share Option Plan; and

  ANZ Directors’ Share Plan.

 

91



 

GLOSSARY OF FINANCIAL TERMS

 

ADJUSTED COMMON EQUITY (ACE) - Tier one capital less preference shares at current rates and deductions from regulatory capital.

 

ARREARS - a contractually due and payable sum which remains overdue/unpaid.

 

ASSETS - resources controlled by the company. Assets can be in the form of money, such as cash or amounts owed; they can be fixed assets such as property or equipment; or they can be intangibles such as a company’s goodwill, trademarks and patents. For accounting purposes, assets are future economic benefits which are controlled by the entity and result from past transactions or events. For banks, loans are assets.

 

BONDS AND NOTES - the Group’s liability for long-term financing issued in wholesale markets.

 

CAPITAL ADEQUACY RATIO - a measure that compares our regulatory capital with our risk-weighted assets.

 

CASH EARNINGS PER SHARE - earnings per share excluding significant items and goodwill amoritisation.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION - a financial statement that reports a company’s assets or resources and the claims against them - including liabilities or obligations of a business and shareholders equity.

 

COST TO INCOME RATIO (CTI) - a business efficiency measure. It’s the ratio of our expenses (excluding goodwill amortisation) to our income.

 

CREDIT RATING - a measurement of the credit worthiness of a business. AAA is the top credit rating accorded by ratings agencies such as Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s. The better our credit rating, the cheaper we can borrow money from capital markets. ANZ’s long-term credit rating is AA-.

 

CREDIT RISK - the potential for loss arising from the failure of a customer or counterparty to meet its contractual obligations.

 

CUSTOMER LIABILITY FOR ACCEPTANCES - the amounts owed to the Group from customers for acceptances, a form of lending.

 

DEFERRED TAX ASSETS - the future tax savings to the Group as a result of timing differences that arise due to different treatment of transactions under accounting and tax rules.

 

DEPOSITS AND OTHER BORROWINGS - ANZ’s largest liability, this represents ANZ’s obligations to our depositors.

 

DIVIDEND (INTERIM) - the amount of the company’s after-tax earnings declared and paid to shareholders at the half-year results. It is usually expressed as a number of cents per share, or as dividend per share.

 

DIVIDEND PER SHARE (DPS) - the amount of the Company’s after tax earnings declared and paid to ordinary shareholders. It is usually expressed as a number of cents per share, or as a dividend per share.

 

DUE FROM OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS - the monies owed to ANZ by other banks and financial institutions.

 

EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS) - the amount, in dollars, of earnings divided by the number of shares. For example, if the earnings are $2 million and 1 million shares are outstanding, the earnings per share would be $2.00 ($2 million 1 million shares = $2.00). The earnings figure is based on profit after tax, with some accounting adjustments.

 

ECONOMIC LOSS PROVISIONING (ELP) (OR PROVISION FOR DOUBTFUL DEBTS) - each month the Group recognises an expense for credit losses based on the expected long-term loss ratio for each part of the loan portfolio. The method used by the Group for determining this monthly expense charge is referred to as ‘economic loss provisioning’ (ELP). The Group uses ELP models to calculate the expected loss by considering:

 

      the history of credit loss for each type and risk grade of lending; and

 

      the size, composition and risk profile of the current loan portfolio.

 

ECONOMIC VALUE ADDED (EVA™) - a measure of risk-adjusted accounting profit. It is based on operating profit after tax, adjusted for one-off items, the cost of capital, imputation credits and economic credit costs.

 

EQUITY - the residual interest in the assets of a company after deducting all liabilities. As a publicly listed company, our shareholders own these net assets. This is called shareholders’ equity.

 

EQUITY STANDARDISATION - EVA™ principles are in use throughout the Group, whereby risk adjusted capital is allocated and charged against Business Units. Equity standardised profit is determined by eliminating the impact of earnings on each business unit’s book capital and attributing earnings on the business unit’s risk adjusted capital. This enhances comparability of business unit performance. Geographic results are not equity standardised.

 

FRANKED DIVIDENDS - dividends paid by the company out of profits on which the company has already paid Australian tax.

 

FULL TIME EQUIVALENT (FTE) - our total staff numbers based on the working week. For example, two part-time staff in Australia each working 20-hours a week would be defined as one FTE as their hours add up to 40-hours a week.

 

GOODWILL - the remaining amount, after amortisation, of the historic excess over net asset value paid by ANZ for the acquisition of other companies.

 

IMPAIRED ASSETS - loans or other credit facilities where there is reasonable doubt about the collectability of interest, fees (past and future) or principal outstanding, or where concessional terms have been provided because of the financial difficulties of the customer.

 

INCOME TAX LIABILITIES - the amounts payable in respect of income tax.

 

INTEREST MARGIN - a measure which tells us how much interest we have generated by lending money after accounting for our costs of borrowing that money, either from customers or financial markets. The interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest by average interest-earning assets. This is expressed as a percentage.

 

INVESTMENT SECURITIES - the investments in securities that ANZ intends to hold to maturity.

 

LIABILITY - a company’s obligations to a lender, supplier of goods and services, a tax authority and others. For accounting purposes, liabilities are future sacrifices of economic benefits that an entity is obliged to make as a result of past transactions or events. For ANZ, liabilities are largely money we have borrowed to fund our lending activities.

 

LIABILITY FOR ACCEPTANCES - the amount owed to customers who have purchased customer acceptances from the Group.

 

LOAN CAPITAL - the long-term funding that would rank behind other creditors, and ahead of only shareholders in the event of a winding up.

 

LIQUID ASSETS - the cash or cash equivalents held by ANZ.

 

92



 

MARKET CAPITALISATION OF ORDINARY SHARES - the stock market’s assessment of a company’s value, calculated by multiplying the number of shares on issue by the current share price.

 

MARKET RISK - the potential loss the Group may incur from changes to interest rates, foreign exchange rates or the prices of equity shares and indices, commodities, debt securities and other finacial contracts, including derivatives. It also includes the risk that the Group will incur due to increased interest expenses arising from funding requirements during periods of poor market liquidity.

 

NET LOANS AND ADVANCES - ANZ’s largest asset by value, this consists of the loans ANZ has advanced to individuals and organisations, less an allowance for doubtful loan recoveries.

 

NET PROFIT AFTER TAX (NPAT) - a company’s net profit after all taxes, expenses and bad debt provisions have been deducted from the operating income.

 

NET SPECIFIC PROVISION - the transfer from the general provision to the specific provision (representing new and increased specific provisions less specific provision releases) less recoveries.

 

NON-ACCRUAL LOANS - loans where there is reasonable doubt about the collectability of interest, fees (past and future) or principal outstanding, or where concessional terms have been provided because of the financial difficulties of the customer.

 

NON-INTEREST INCOME - includes fees, profits on capital markets trading, foreign exchange earning and any other revenue that is not interest income.

 

NUMBERS SHOWN IN BRACKETS ( ) - the brackets are there to indicate a negative figure, instead of using a minus symbol.

 

OPERATING REVENUE - the income ANZ generates from its activities. This includes net interest, fee income and earnings from capital markets and foreign exchange dealings.

 

OPERATIONAL RISK - the direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, systems or from external events.

 

ORDINARY AND PREFERENCE SHARE CAPITAL - the amounts received when shares were orginally subscribed for.

 

ORGANIC GROWTH - where we have grown assets or liabilities through growth in our existing businesses rather than through acquisition of another company.

 

OTHER ASSETS - includes assets that do not fit into the categories listed here including the increase in market value of amounts receivable from derivatives (refer also to ‘Payables and other liabilities’) and interest accrued and not yet received.

 

PAYABLES AND OTHER LIABILITIES - includes various operating creditors, accrued interest payable and market value of amounts payable on derivatives held by the Group.

 

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT - the value of all the land, buildings, furniture, equipment, etc. which are owned by the Group.

 

PROFIT PER (FTE) - this productivity measure that shows, on average, how much profit is earned by each staff member.

 

PROVISIONS - the Group’s accrued obligations for long service, annual leave and other obligations, which although known, are not yet payable.

 

REGULATORY DEPOSITS - the cash ANZ has deposited at central banks to meet regulatory requirements.

 

RESERVES - retained profits plus surpluses or deficits arising from, for example, revaluations of properties, foreign exchange gains or losses on offshore operations.

 

RETAINED PROFITS - the amount of profits retained by the Group.

 

RETURN ON EQUITY (ROE) - a calculation which shows the return the company has made on the money shareholders have invested in ANZ. It is expressed as a percentage.

 

RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS - the Group’s assets adjusted for the risk of the counterparty. The relative risk weight for each counterparty is determined by the Bank for International Settlements. For example, a mortgage with a LVR (loan to valuation ratio) below 80 per cent carries a risk weighting of just 50 per cent.

 

SHARES IN ASSOCIATES - ANZ’s investment in companies where the interest is large enough to provide influence rather than control over the company.

 

SERVICE TRANSFER PRICING - is used to allocate services that are provided by central areas of the company to each of its business units.

 

SIGNIFICANT ITEMS - events which are “one-off” and not expected to be repeated. These are described in detail within the results. Special notations are made for any calculations which either include or exclude these transactions.

 

SPECIFIC PROVISIONING - the Group maintains a specific provision for doubtful debts arising from its exposure to organisations and credit counterparties. When it is identified that full repayment of a loan on our book is unlikely, we will create a specific provision for that loan.

 

TIER ONE CAPITAL - the highest quality capital from a prudential perspective. It consists of paid-up ordinary shares, general reserves, retained earnings, and certain preference shares less specified deductions.

 

TIER TWO CAPITAL - includes general provisions for doubtful debts (subject to a limit), asset revaluation reserves, mandatory convertible notes and similiar capital instruments.

 

TRADING SECURITIES - the securities held by ANZ that are regularly bought and sold as part of its normal trading activities.

 

93



 

NEW ZEALAND STOCK EXCHANGE DISCLOSURE

 

The following statement is included as required under New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX) Listing Rules which requires ANZ, as an “Overseas Listed Issuer”, to include a statement of the material differences between Australian Stock Exchange (ASX) corporate governance rules and principles and those applicable under the NZX Corporate Governance Best Practice Code (NZX Code). Irrespective of any differences, ANZ complies with all applicable governance principles and requirements both in Australia and New Zealand.

 

The ASX corporate governance rules and principles specifically address corporate governance matters in relation to risk management, internal controls and stakeholder interests which are not specifically addressed in the NZX Code. The ASX principles and rules also provide greater emphasis on the need for issuers to disclose internal corporate governance policies and procedures to shareholders (including for example disclosure of insider trading policies, performance measurement procedures and remuneration policies).

 

The ASX corporate governance principles and rules require ANZ to comply or explain any non-compliance, while some of the NZX governance requirements are mandatory under the NZX Listing Rules. For example, the ASX Corporate Governance Council Principles of Good Corporate Governance and Best Practice Recommendations suggest that a majority of directors be independent. The NZX Listing Rules require that at least two directors be independent (or if there are 8 or more directors, at least 3 or one third be independent).

 

In New Zealand, governance rules concerning the independence of auditors are covered in the NZX Code. In Australia, they are covered more extensively in the Corporations Act 2001 and the ASX Corporate Governance Council Principles of Good Corporate Governance and Best Practice Recommendations.

 

There are also some differences in other aspects of corporate regulation generally in Australia and New Zealand. For example:

 

ASX Listing Rules do not require shareholder approval of major transactions to the same extent required by NZX Listing Rules.

 

The ASX related party transaction provisions require shareholder approval only for related party acquisitions or dispositions of assets exceeding 5% of shareholders equity. Whereas the NZX related party transaction provisions require shareholder approval for related party acquisitions, dispositions and other transactions exceeding 5% of the issuer’s average market capitalisation, and for an additional category of service arrangements where the threshold is an annual gross cost of 0.5% of the issuer’s average market capitalisation.

 

Restrictions on buybacks and financial assistance covered by the NZX Listing Rules are not addressed in the ASX Listing Rules, but are covered in Australia’s Corporations Act.

 

Details on ANZ’s corporate governance are set out on pages 44-53.

 

94



 

This page has been left blank intentionally.

 

95



 

This page has been left blank intentionally.

 

96



 

INFORMATION FOR SHAREHOLDERS

 

DIVIDENDS

 

The final dividend of 54 cents per share, fully franked, will be paid on 17 December 2004. A Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and Bonus Option Plan (BOP) are available to shareholders. The plans are detailed in a plan booklet called ‘Shareholder Alternatives’, copies of which are available from the ANZ Share Registry at the addresses shown in the right hand column under the Share Registry heading.

 

ANZ has reviewed the way that it pays its dividends to reduce costs, minimise the potential for fraud and enhance convenience for shareholders. Dividend payments to all shareholders in Australia, New Zealand and the UK (other than to those who have elected to participate fully in either the DRP or the BOP), are only made by direct credit to a nominated bank account.

 

STOCK EXCHANGE LISTINGS

 

The Group’s ordinary shares are listed on the Australian Stock Exchange and the New Zealand Stock Exchange.

The Group’s other stock exchange listings include:

 

Australian Stock Exchange - ANZ Stapled Exchangeable Preferred Securities (ANZ StEPS) [ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited and Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited]; senior and subordinated debt [Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited];

 

London Stock Exchange - Senior and subordinated debt securities issued off the Euro Medium Term Note program [Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, ANZ National Bank Limited, and ANZ National (Int’l) Limited];

 

Luxembourg Stock Exchange - Senior debt [ANZ National Bank Limited], and senior and subordinated debt [Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited];

 

New York Stock Exchange - American Depository Receipts [Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited];

 

New Zealand Stock Exchange - Senior and subordinated debt [ANZ National Bank Limited];

 

Singapore Stock Exchange - The Euro Medium Term Note program [ANZ National Bank Limited and ANZ National (Int’l) Limited]. The Euro Medium Term Note program was delisted from the Singapore Stock Exchange in October 2004; and

 

Swiss Stock Exchange - Senior debt [Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited].

 

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS

 

The Bank of New York sponsors an American Depositary Receipt (ADR) program in the United States of America and ADRs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. ADR holders should deal directly with the Bank of New York, New York, telephone 1-888-269-2377 (toll free for domestic callers), 1-610-382-7836 (for international callers) or by email to shareowners@bankofny.com on all matters relating to their ADR holdings.

 

2004 FINANCIAL REPORT

 

A copy of the Group’s 2004 Financial Report, including the independent Auditors’ Report, is available to all shareholders, and will be sent to shareholders without charge upon request. The Financial Report can be requested by telephone (Australia 1800 11 33 99, Overseas +613 9415 4014), by email at investor.relations@anz.com or viewed directly on the Internet at www.anz.com

 

REMOVAL FROM MAILING LIST

 

Shareholders who do not wish to receive a copy of the Annual Report must advise the Share Registry.

 

 

ANZ is proud to be a foundation member of eTree, an incentive scheme to encourage shareholders of Australian companies to receive their shareholder communications electronically. Register your email address at www.eTree.com.au/anz and in return ANZ will donate $2 to Landcare Australia to support reforestation projects in your home state or territory.

 

CHANGE OF ADDRESS

 

Shareholders who have changed their address will need to advise the Share Registry in writing, quoting their shareholder number, registered details, name and company as applicable. If you have purchased your shares through a broker you will need to inform your broker of the change.

 

CREDIT RATINGS

 

SHORT TERM

 

Moody’s Investors Service

P-1

Standard & Poor’s Rating Group

A1+

 

 

LONG TERM

 

 

 

Moody’s Investors Service

Aa3

 

(outlook stable)

Standard & Poor’s Rating Group

AA-

 

(outlook stable)

 

HANDY CONTACTS

 

ANZ

 

Registered Office

Level 6

100 Queen Street

Melbourne VIC 3000

Australia

Telephone +613 9273 6141

Facsimile +613 9273 6142

Company Secretary: Tim L’Estrange

 

INVESTOR RELATIONS

Level 22

100 Queen Street

Melbourne VIC 3000

Australia

Telephone +613 9273 6466

Facsimile +613 9273 4899

investor.relations@anz.com

 

SHARE REGISTRY

 

AUSTRALIA

GPO Box 2975

Melbourne VIC 8060

Australia

Telephone 1800 11 33 99 / +613 9415 4010

Facsimile +613 9413 2500

anzshareregistry@computershare.com.au

 

NEW ZEALAND

Private Bag 92119

Auckland 1020

New Zealand

Telephone 0800 174 007

Facsimile +649 488 8787

 

UNITED KINGDOM

PO Box 82

The Pavilions

Bridgewater Road

Bristol BS99 7NH

Telephone +44 870 702 0000

Facsimile +44 870 703 6101

 

IMPORTANT DATES FOR SHAREHOLDERS

 

DATE

 

EVENT

26 October 2004

 

Annual Result Announced

17 December 2004

 

Annual General Meeting [Melbourne]

17 December 2004

 

Final Dividend Payment

26 April 2005*

 

Interim Results Announced

1 July 2005*

 

Interim Dividend Payment

25 October 2005*

 

Annual Results Announced

16 December 2005*

 

Annual General Meeting [Adelaide]

16 December 2005*

 

Final Dividend Payment

 


* tentative dates

 

97



 

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND

 

BANKING GROUP LIMITED

 

ABN 11 005 357 522

 

www.anz.com

 

98



 

2004 ANZ FINANCIAL REPORT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

GROWTH

PERFORMANCE

SUSTAINABILITY

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL
REPORT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99



 

FINANCIAL REPORT

 

CONTENTS

 

Directors’ Report

 

Remuneration Report

 

Statements of Financial Performance

 

Statements of Financial Position

 

Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

 

Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

1

Accounting Policies

 

2

Income

 

3

Expenses

 

4

Equity Instruments Issued to Employees

 

5

Remuneration of Auditors

 

6

Income Tax Expense

 

7

Dividends

 

8

Earnings per Ordinary Share

 

9

Liquid Assets

 

10

Due from Other Financial Institutions

 

11

Trading Securities

 

12

Investment Securities

 

13

Net Loans and Advances

 

14

Impaired Assets

 

15

Provisions for Doubtful Debts

 

16

Customers’ Liabilities for Acceptances

 

17

Regulatory Deposits

 

18

Shares in Controlled Entities, Associates and Joint Venture Entities

 

19

Deferred Tax Assets

 

20

Goodwill

 

21

Other Assets

 

22

Premises and Equipment

 

23

Due to Other Financial Institutions

 

24

Deposits and Other Borrowings

 

25

Income Tax Liabilities

 

26

Payables and Other Liabilities

 

27

Provisions

 

28

Bonds and Notes

 

29

Loan Capital

 

30

Share Capital

 

31

Outside Equity Interests

 

32

Capital Adequacy

 

33

Average Balance Sheet and Related Interest

 

34

Interest Spreads and Net Interest Average Margins

 

35

Market Risk

 

36

Interest Sensitivity Gap

 

37

Net Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

38

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

39

Securitisation

 

40

Life Insurance

 

41

Segment Analysis

 

42

Notes to the Statements of Cash Flows

 

43

Controlled Entities

 

44

Associates

 

45

Interests in Joint Venture Entities

 

46

Fiduciary Activities

 

47

Commitments

 

48

Contingent Liabilities, Contingent Asset and Credit Related Commitments

 

49

Superannuation Commitments

 

50

Employee Share and Option Plans

 

51

Directors and Specified Executives Remuneration and Share Option Disclosures

 

52

Directors and Specified Executives - Related Party Transactions

 

53

Directors of Controlled Entities of the Company - Related Party Transactions

 

54

Transactions with Associates and Joint Venture Entities - Related Party Disclosures

 

55

US GAAP Reconciliation

 

56

Exchange Rates

 

57

International Financial Reporting Standards

 

58

Events Since the End of the Financial Year

 

 

 

 

Directors’ Declaration

 

Auditors’ Report

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Risk Management

 

Financial Information

 

 

 

 

1

Cross Border Outstandings

 

2

Certificates of Deposit and Term Deposit Maturities

 

3

Volume and Rate Analysis

 

4

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

5

Doubtful Debts – Industry Analysis

 

6

Short Term Borrowings

 

 

 

 

Glossary

 

Alphabetical Index

 

 

1



 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

 

The directors present their report together with the Financial Report of the consolidated entity (the Group), being Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the Company) and its controlled entities, for the year ended 30 September 2004 and the Auditors’ Report thereon. The information is provided in conformity with the Corporations Act 2001.

 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

 

The principal activities of the Group during the year were general banking, mortgage lending, leasing, hire purchase and general finance, international and investment banking, nominee and custodian services, executor and trustee services and through its joint venture ING Australia Limited (INGA) and ANZ National Bank Limited, life insurance and wealth management.

 

There has been no significant change in the nature of the principal activities of the Group during the financial year.

 

At 30 September 2004, the Group had 1,190 points of representation.

 

RESULT

 

Profit - Consolidated net profit after income tax attributable to shareholders of the Company was $2,815 million, an increase of 20% over the prior year.

 

Net loans and advances increased by 37% from $149,465 million to $204,962 million, primarily due to the acquisition of National Bank of New Zealand (NBNZ) and growth in mortgage lending and commercial lending in Australia.

 

Deposits and other borrowings increased by 35% from $124,494 million to $168,557 million primarily due to the acquisition of NBNZ and to fund asset growth.

 

The provision for doubtful debts has been determined using economic loss provisioning (ELP) and is based on the Group’s risk management models. The ELP charge increased 3% from $614 million to $632 million, including $62 million relating to NBNZ.  The current charge reflects a decrease in the ELP rate over the year in line with the Group’s improving risk profile.  This is as a result of growth in low risk domestic assets (principally mortgages), the acquisition of NBNZ, the continued risk reduction strategy covering the overseas portfolio and high risk assets, and a lower Corporate Centre charge reflecting lower unexpected offshore losses.  ANZ’s ELP models recognise that the general provision balance must be regularly reviewed, and in rare situations, increased to cover unusual events. The balance is at an appropriate level.

 

Net specific provisions were $443 million, down $84 million from the prior year.  Gross non-accrual loans decreased to $829 million, down from $1,007 million, or 0.4%, down from 0.7%, of net loans and advances. The reductions reflect the strategy to reduce risk in overseas portfolios (not including New Zealand).

 

Further details are contained in the Chief Financial Officer’s review on pages 12 to 19 of the 2004 Annual Report.

 

STATE OF AFFAIRS

 

In the directors’ opinion, there have been no significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group during the financial year, other than:

 

Acquisition of the National Bank of New Zealand (NBNZ) - On 24 October 2003, the Company announced it had entered into an agreement to acquire NBNZ and the acquisition was completed on 1 December 2003.  On 26 June 2004, NBNZ was amalgamated with ANZ Banking Group (New Zealand) Limited to create ANZ National Bank Limited.

 

Funding of NBNZ acquisition -

 

Renounceable Rights Issue - In November/ December 2003, the Company issued 276,847,766 ordinary shares by way of a 2 for 11 “Renounceable Rights Issue” at $13 per share in the Company, raising $3,562 million (net of issue costs).

 

US Stapled Trust Security Issue - On 27 November 2003, the Company raised USD1.1 billion via the issue of non-cumulative stapled trust securities, to support the capital and funding base of the Group.

 

Trust Securities Issues (TrUEPrS) - On 12 December 2003, the Company bought back its 124,032,000 TrUEPrS that were issued at USD6.25 per share in 1998. Further details are included on page 63 of this 2004 Financial Report.

 

Reduction of Risk - The Company has been actively reducing the overall risk profile of the Group.  Net specific provisions of $443 million were down 16% compared to the prior year. This was below the amount accrued for doubtful debts in the Statement of Financial Performance of $632 million.

 

Further review of matters affecting the Group’s state of affairs is also contained in the 2004 Annual Report under the Chairman’s Report on pages 8 to 9, the Chief Executive Officer’s Report on pages 10 to 11 and the Chief Financial Officer’s Review on pages 12 to 19.

 

DIVIDENDS

 

The directors propose that a final fully franked dividend of 54 cents per fully paid ordinary share be declared on 15 November 2004 and be paid on 17 December 2004. The proposed payment amounts to approximately $983 million.

 

During the financial year, the following fully franked dividends were paid on fully paid ordinary shares:

 

Type

 

Cents per
share

 

Amount before
bonus options

 

Date of
payment

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

Final 2003

 

51

 

777

 

19 December 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim 2004

 

47

 

850

 

1 July 2004

 

 

REVIEW OF OPERATIONS

 

A review of the operations of the Group during the financial year and the results of those operations are contained in the Chairman’s Report, the Chief Executive Officer’s Report, and the Chief Financial Officer’s Review and Business Performance on pages 8 to 9, 10 to 11, 12 to 19 and 34 to 37 respectively of the 2004 Annual Report.

 

2



 

EVENTS SINCE THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR

 

Merger of ANZ’s trustee business announced with Equity Trustees Limited (announced 12 October 2004);

 

On-market share buyback of at least $350 million pending regulatory approval for a new offshore hybrid equity transaction (announced 26 October 2004); and

 

Sale of London-headquartered project finance activities (announced 26 October 2004).

 

Other than the items above (these are further described in note 9 of the Concise Report to the 2004 Annual Report on page 86 and note 58 of this Financial Report), no matter or circumstance has arisen between 30 September 2004 and the date of this report that has significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group in future financial years, the results of those operations or the state of affairs of the Group in future years.

 

FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS

 

Details of likely developments in the operations of the Group in future financial years are contained in the Chairman’s Report and the Chief Executive Officer’s Report contained in the 2004 Annual Report. In the opinion of the directors, disclosure of any further information would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to the Group.

 

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION

 

The operations of the Group are not subject to any particular or significant environmental regulation under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory. However, the operations of the Group may become subject to environmental regulation when enforcing securities over land.  ANZ has developed policies to appropriately manage such environmental risks.  ANZ has not incurred any environmental liabilities during the year. Further information on ANZ’s environmental framework and practices can be found in the 2004 Annual Report on pages 38 to 39 and on anz.com.

 

DIRECTORS’ QUALIFICATIONS AND EXPERIENCE

 

From 1 October 2003 to 31 January 2004, the Board was comprised of seven non-executive directors. Three new non-executive director appointments were made in 2004: Dr Greg Clark on 1 February 2004; and Mr David Meiklejohn and Mr John Morschel on 1 October 2004. These new appointees will be retiring and seeking election at the 2004 Annual General Meeting. Information about these directors is included in the Notice of Annual General Meeting.

 

At the date of this report, the Board comprises ten non-executive directors who have a diversity of business and community experience and one executive director, the Chief Executive Officer, who has extensive banking experience. The names of directors and details of their qualifications and experience are contained on pages 42, 43 and 47 of the 2004 Annual Report and on anz.com.

 

Special responsibilities and attendance at meetings by directors, are shown on page 51 of the 2004 Annual Report.

 

For those directors in office at 30 September 2004, details of the directorships of other listed companies held by each director in the 3 years prior to the end of the 2004 financial year are listed in the 2004 Annual Report on pages 42 and 43.

 

COMPANY SECRETARIES’ QUALIFICATIONS AND EXPERIENCE

 

Currently there are three people appointed as Company Secretary of the Company.

 

Details of their roles are contained on page 51 of the 2004 Annual Report. Their qualifications are as follows:

 

Tim L’Estrange, LLB, BCom, ANZ Group General Counsel and Company Secretary

 

Mr L’Estrange has a long-standing legal career spanning 25 years. He has significant experience in corporate law. Mr L’Estrange joined ANZ in 2003. Prior to ANZ, he worked closely with Boards and senior management of major corporations, banks and financial institutions. Mr L’Estrange was the National Executive Partner, Litigation and Dispute Resolution of Allens Arthur Robinson and a member of the Board of Management of that firm. He was also Managing Partner of Allen Allen & Hemsley.

 

Peter Marriott, BEc (Hons), ANZ Chief Financial Officer.

 

Mr Marriott has been involved in the finance industry for more than 20 years. Mr Marriott joined ANZ in 1993. Prior to his career at ANZ, Mr Marriott was a Partner in the Melbourne office of the then KPMG Peat Marwick. He is a Fellow of a number of professional organisations including the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia and the Australian Institute of Banking and Finance. He is also a Member of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

 

John Priestley, BEc, LLB, ANZ Deputy General Counsel and Company Secretary.

 

Mr Priestley, a qualified lawyer, joined ANZ in 2004.  Prior to ANZ, he had a long career with the Mayne Group as Company Secretary and Group General Manager, Corporate Services responsible for the legal, company secretarial, compliance and insurance functions.

 

NON-AUDIT SERVICES

 

The Company’s Relationship with External Auditor Policy states that the external auditor may not provide services that are perceived to be in conflict with the role of the auditor.  These include consulting advice and sub-contracting of operational activities normally undertaken by management, and engagements where the auditor may ultimately be required to express an opinion on its own work.

 

Specifically the policy:

 

Limits the non-audit services that may be provided;

 

Requires that audit and permitted non-audit services must be pre-approved by the Audit Committee, or pre-approved by the Chairman of the Audit Committee and notified to the Audit Committee; and

 

Requires the external auditor to not commence an audit engagement for the Group, until the Group has confirmed that the engagement has been pre-approved.

 

The Audit Committee has reviewed a summary of non-audit services provided by the external auditor for 2004, and has confirmed that the provision of non-audit services for 2004 is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001.  This has been formally advised to the Board of Directors.

 

The external auditor has confirmed to the Audit Committee that they have complied with the Company’s Relationship with External Auditor Policy on the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor for 2004.

 

3



 

The non-audit services supplied by the Group’s external auditor, KPMG, and the amount paid or payable by type of non-audit service during the year to 30 September 2004 are as follows:

 

Non-audit service

 

Amount paid/payable

 

 

 

$’000

 

Co-sourced internal audit services(1)

 

1,260

 

Tax compliance and related services

 

628

 

Controls and process reviews

 

249

 

Review of the non-cumulative US Stapled Trust Securities issue

 

219

 

NBNZ due diligence oversight

 

420

 

Sarbanes-Oxley and International Financial Reporting Standard matters

 

335

 

Accounting advice

 

170

 

Securitisation review

 

128

 

Review of capital raising circulars

 

73

 

Other

 

157

 

Total

 

3,639

 

 


(1)          The work performed by KPMG was independent of the external audit team and management

 

The directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor during the year to 30 September 2004 is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001.

 

AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION

 

The Company’s lead auditor has provided a written declaration under Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 that to the best of his knowledge and belief, there have been no contraventions of:

 

the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and

 

the applicable Australian code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

 

A copy of this declaration is detailed on page 88 of the 2004 Annual Report. This declaration is incorporated in and forms part of the Directors’ Report.

 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS WHO WERE PREVIOUSLY PARTNERS OF THE AUDITOR

 

The following persons are currently officers of the Group and were partners of KPMG at a time when KPMG was the auditor of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited:

 

Ms Margaret Jackson, Non-executive Director (left KPMG in June 1992);

 

Mr Peter Marriott, Chief Financial Officer (left KPMG in January 1993).

 

CEO/CFO DECLARATION

 

The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have given a declaration to the Board concerning the Group’s financial statements under section 295A(2) of the Corporations Act 2001 and recommendations 4.1 and 7.2 of the ASX Corporate Governance Council Principles of Good Corporate Governance and Best Practice Recommendations.

 

DIRECTORS’ AND OFFICERS’ INDEMNITY

 

The Company’s Constitution (Rule 11.1) permits the Company to indemnify each officer or employee of the Company against liabilities (so far as may be permitted under the Corporations Act 2001) incurred in the execution and discharge of the officer’s or employee’s duties.

 

It is the Company’s policy that its employees should not incur any liability for acting in the course of their employment legally, within the policies of the Company and provided they act in good faith.

 

Under the policy, the Company will indemnify employees against any liability they incur in carrying out their role. The indemnity protects employees and former employees who incur a liability when acting as an employee, trustee or officer of the Company, or a subsidiary of the Company at the request of the Company.

 

The indemnity is subject to the Corporations Act 2001 and will not apply in respect of any liability arising from:

 

a claim by the Company;

 

a claim by a related body corporate;

 

a lack of good faith;

 

illegal or dishonest conduct; or

 

non compliance with the Company’s policies or discretions.

 

The Company has entered into Deeds of Access, Insurance and Indemnity with each of its directors and secretaries and with certain employees and certain other individuals who act as directors of related body corporates or of another company. To the extent permitted by law, the Company indemnifies the individual for all liabilities, including costs, damages and expenses incurred in their capacity as an officer of the company to which they have been appointed.

 

The Company has indemnified the trustees and former trustees of certain of the Company’s superannuation funds and directors, former directors, officers and former officers of trustees of various Company sponsored superannuation schemes in Australia. Under the relevant Deeds of Indemnity, the Company must indemnify each indemnified person if the assets of the relevant fund are insufficient to cover any loss, damage, liability or cost incurred by the indemnified person in connection with the fund, being loss, damage, liability or costs for which the indemnified person would have been entitled to be indemnified out of the assets of the fund in accordance with the trust deed and the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993. This indemnity survives the termination of the fund. Some of the indemnified persons are or were directors or executive officers of the Company.

 

The Company has also indemnified certain employees of the Company, being trustees and administrators of a trust which is a subsidiary entity, from and against any loss, damage, liability, tax, penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature arising out of or in connection with the creation, operation or dissolution of the trust, where they are acting in good faith and in a manner that they reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred by the trust.

 

4



 

Except for the above, neither the Company nor any related body corporate of the Company has indemnified or made an agreement to indemnify any person who is or has been an officer or auditor of the Company or of a related body corporate.

 

During the financial year, and again since the end of the financial year, the Company has paid a premium for an insurance policy for the benefit of the directors, secretaries, and senior managers of the Company, and directors, secretaries and senior managers of related bodies corporate of the Company. In accordance with common commercial practice, the insurance policy prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability insured against and the amount of the premium.

 

DIRECTORS’ AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

 

Details of ANZ’s remuneration policy in respect of the directors and executive officers is detailed in the Remuneration Report on pages 54 to 71 of the 2004 Annual Report and pages 6 to 23 of this Financial Report. Details of the remuneration paid to each non-executive director, the Chief Executive Officer and other specified executives are detailed in the Remuneration Report. The Remuneration Report is incorporated in and forms part of this Directors’ Report.

 

DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDINGS

 

The directors’ shareholdings, both beneficial and non-beneficial, as at the date of this report in the shares of the Company are detailed in the Remuneration Report.

 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS’ SHARE OPTIONS

 

Details of share options issued over un-issued shares granted to the Chief Executive Officer, senior executives and officers, and on issue as at the date of this report are detailed in the Remuneration Report and note 50 to this 2004 Financial Report.

 

No person entitled to exercise any option has or had, by virtue of an option, a right to participate in any share issue of any other body corporate. The names of all persons who currently hold options are entered in the register kept by the Company pursuant to section 170 of the Corporations Act 2001. This register may be inspected free of charge.

 

ROUNDING OF AMOUNTS

 

The Company is a company of the kind referred to in Australian Securities and Investments Commission class order 98/100 dated 10 July 1998 (as amended) pursuant to section 341(1) of the Corporations Act 2001. As a result, amounts in this Financial Report have been rounded to the nearest million dollars except where otherwise indicated.

 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors.

 

 

/s/ Charles Goode

 

Charles Goode

Director

 

 

/s/ John McFarlane

 

John McFarlane

Chief Executive Officer

 

4 November 2004

 

5



 

REMUNERATION REPORT

 

CONTENTS

 

Section A. Remuneration Tables

 

 

 

Section B. Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration

 

 

 

Section C. Remuneration Structure

 

 

 

Section D. Chief Executive Officer’s Remuneration

 

 

 

Section E. Specified Executives’ Contract Terms

 

 

 

Section F. Equity Instruments relating to Directors and Specified Executives

 

 

SECTION A. REMUNERATION TABLES

For the year ended 30 September 2004 details of the emoluments of the directors are set out below:

 

 

 

 

 

PRIMARY(3)

 

 

 

 

 

Cash
salary/fees

 

Long service
leave accrued
during
the year

 

Value of shares
acquired in
lieu of cash
salary/fees(2)

 

Associated entity
board fees (cash)

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Non-executive Directors(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CB Goode (Appointed director July 1991;
appointed Chairman August 1995)

 

2004

 

91,000

 

n/a

 

338,000

 

 

Independent Non Executive Director, Chairman

 

2003

 

76,000

 

n/a

 

274,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G Clark (Appointed February 2004)

 

2004

 

86,667

 

n/a

 

 

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JC Dahlsen (Appointed May 1985)(7)

 

2004

 

130,000

 

n/a

 

 

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

110,000

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RS Deane (Appointed September 1994)

 

2004

 

130,000

 

n/a

 

 

117,958

(9)

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

110,000

 

n/a

 

 

100,996

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JK Ellis (Appointed October 1995)

 

2004

 

103,000

 

n/a

 

27,000

 

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

110,000

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DM Gonski (Appointed February 2002)

 

2004

 

130,000

 

n/a

 

 

50,150

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

110,000

 

n/a

 

 

42,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MA Jackson (Appointed March 1994)

 

2004

 

130,000

 

n/a

 

 

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

88,000

 

n/a

 

22,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BW Scott (Appointed August 1985)(7)

 

2004

 

130,000

 

n/a

 

 

24,389

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

110,000

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL OF NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

 

2004

 

930,667

 

n/a

 

365,000

 

192,497

 

 

 

2003

 

714,000

 

n/a

 

296,000

 

143,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J McFarlane (Appointed October 1997)

 

2004

 

43

(8)

78,211

 

1,882,831

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

2003

 

702,565

 

23,431

 

709,685

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL OF ALL DIRECTORS

 

2004

 

930,710

 

78,211

 

2,247,831

 

192,497

 

 

 

2003

 

1,416,565

 

23,431

 

1,005,685

 

143,496

 

 


(1)          DE Meiklejohn and JP Morschel commenced as directorson 1 October 2004

 

(2)          Shares acquired through participation in Directors’ Share Plan (relates to CEO only in relation to cash bonus, as Non-Executive Directors do not participate in short-term incentive arrangements). Value reflects the price at which the shares were purchased on market (amortisation not applicable)

 

(3)          Non-monetary benefits for all directors are nil

 

(4)          Accrual relates to Directors’ Retirement Scheme.  If each non-executive director had ceased to be a director as at 30 September 2004, the following benefits would have been payable under the Directors’ Retirement Scheme: CB Goode - $1,069,255; G Clark- $33,008; JC Dahlsen - $402,365; RS Deane - $644,116; JK Ellis - $412,058; DM Gonski - $146,725; MA Jackson - $366,690; BW Scott- $389,125. The Directors’ Retirement Scheme is being reviewed and it is currently planned to be discontinued after 30 September 2005

 

(5)          Details of options and deferred shares granted appear in the Annual Report of the year in which they are granted.  In accordance with the requirements of AASB1046A, the amortisation value includes a proportion of the fair value (taking into account market-related vesting conditions) of all equity that had not yet fully vested as at the commencement of the financial year. It is assumed that 100% of the options will vest at the commencement of their exercise period (ie the shortest possible vesting period is assumed).  The fair value is determined at grant date and is allocated on a straight-line basis over the shortest possible vesting period.  The fair value is determined using a binomial option pricing model that is explained in section F8.  The amount included as remuneration is not related to nor indicative of the benefit (if any) that may ultimately be realised should the options become exercisable

 

6



 

 

 

 

 

PRIMARY(3)

 

POST EMPLOYMENT

 

EQUITY(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Committee
fees
(cash)

 

Value of shares
acquired in lieu
of cash bonus(2)

 

Primary
total

 

Super
contributions

 

Retirement
benefit accrued
during the year(4)

 

Total
amortisation of
LTI options

 

OTHER(6)

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Non-executive Directors(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CB Goode (Appointed director July 1991;
appointed Chairman August 1995)

 

2004

 

 

n/a

 

429,000

 

11,297

 

99,586

 

n/a

 

 

539,883

 

Independent Non Executive Director, Chairman

 

2003

 

 

n/a

 

350,000

 

10,520

 

16,996

 

n/a

 

 

377,516

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G Clark (Appointed February 2004)

 

2004

 

10,834

 

n/a

 

97,501

 

7,597

 

33,008

 

n/a

 

 

138,106

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JC Dahlsen (Appointed May 1985)(7)

 

2004

 

65,050

 

n/a

 

195,050

 

11,296

 

74,356

 

n/a

 

 

280,702

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

25,000

 

n/a

 

135,000

 

10,520

 

22,430

 

n/a

 

 

167,950

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RS Deane (Appointed September 1994)

 

2004

 

19,500

 

n/a

 

267,458

 

10,321

 

70,998

 

n/a

 

 

348,777

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

 

n/a

 

210,996

 

9,900

 

17,151

 

n/a

 

 

238,047

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JK Ellis (Appointed October 1995)

 

2004

 

52,250

 

n/a

 

182,250

 

11,297

 

65,780

 

n/a

 

 

259,327

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

25,000

 

n/a

 

135,000

 

10,520

 

23,384

 

n/a

 

 

168,904

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DM Gonski (Appointed February 2002)

 

2004

 

16,050

 

n/a

 

196,200

 

11,297

 

67,227

 

n/a

 

 

274,724

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

 

n/a

 

152,500

 

10,520

 

49,078

 

n/a

 

 

212,098

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MA Jackson (Appointed March 1994)

 

2004

 

42,250

 

n/a

 

172,250

 

10,899

 

56,352

 

n/a

 

 

239,501

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

 

n/a

 

110,000

 

9,900

 

(5,562

)(11)

n/a

 

 

114,338

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BW Scott (Appointed August 1985)(7)

 

2004

 

30,750

 

n/a

 

185,139

 

11,297

 

64,839

 

n/a

 

 

261,275

 

Independent Non Executive Director

 

2003

 

25,000

 

n/a

 

135,000

 

10,520

 

15,950

 

n/a

 

 

161,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL OF NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

 

2004

 

236,684

 

n/a

 

1,724,848

 

85,301

 

532,146

 

n/a

 

 

2,342,295

 

 

 

2003

 

75,000

 

n/a

 

1,228,496

 

72,400

 

139,427

 

n/a

 

 

1,440,323

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J McFarlane (Appointed October 1997)

 

2004

 

 

1,850,006

 

3,811,091

 

417,000

(10)

 

2,584,880

(12)

90,619

(13)

6,903,590

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

2003

 

 

982,121

 

2,417,802

 

87,750

 

 

2,538,759

 

 

5,044,311

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL OF ALL DIRECTORS

 

2004

 

236,684

 

1,850,006

 

5,535,939

 

502,301

 

532,146

 

2,584,880

 

90,619

 

9,245,885

 

 

 

2003

 

75,000

 

982,121

 

3,646,298

 

160,150

 

139,427

 

2,538,759

 

 

6,484,634

 

 


(6)          Amounts disclosed for remuneration of directors exclude insurance premiums paid by the consolidated entity in respect of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance contracts which cover current and former directors and officers, including executive officers of the entity and directors, executive officers and secretaries of the controlled entities.  The total premium, which cannot be disclosed because of confidentiality agreements, has not been allocated to the individuals covered by the insurance policy as, based on all available information, the directors believe that no reasonable basis for such allocation exists

 

(7)          JC Dahlsen and BW Scott will be retiring as directors on 3 February 2005 and 23 April 2005 respectively

 

(8)          J McFarlane elected to use almost all his cash salary and bonus to purchase on market deferred shares under the Directors’ Share Plan.

 

(9)          Amounts paid in NZD are converted to AUD at an average rate for the year of 1.1254 (1.1139 in 2003)

 

(10)    Includes $300,000 additional employer contribution, agreed as part of contract extension announced 26 October 2004 (refer to section D2)

 

(11)    In accordance with the ANZ Directors’ Retirement Scheme (explained in section B2), MA Jackson’s Retirement Benefit accrued during the year is shown as negative because the increase in the balance held in the ANZ Staff Super annotation Scheme (for the year ended 30 September 2003) exceeded the increase in other remuneration for the 3 preceeding years (ie from the 3-year period ended 30 September 2002 to the 3-year period ended September 2003)

 

(12)    Amortisation value of options as a percentage of total remuneration (as shown in the Total column above) was 37% in 2004 (50% in 2003)

 

(13)    Relates to reimbursement to J McFarlane for the additional tax liability on his UK Pension Plan holdings, arising as a result of Australian Foreign Investment Fund rules, and J McFarlane’s continuing Australian residency (in accordance with the contractual agreement detailed in section D2)

 

7



 

For the year ended 30 September 2004 details of the emoluments of the top seven executives (Specified Executives), other than the Chief Executive Officer, are set out below and include the five most highly remunerated executives in the Company and the Group (as required under the Corporations Act 2001) and the top executives in the Group by authority (as required by AASB1046):

 

 

 

 

 

PRIMARY

 

 

 

 

 

Cash
salary/fees

 

Long service
leave accrued
during
the year

 

Non monetary
Benefits(1)

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Specified Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sir J Anderson (appointed 1 December 2003)(7)

 

2004

 

672,792

 

 

 

Chief Executive & Director, ANZ National Bank Limited

 

2003

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr RJ Edgar

 

2004

 

723,651

 

56,212

 

31,552

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

2003

 

583,500

 

2,399

 

31,144

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E Funke Kupper(8)

 

2004

 

654,550

 

10,846

 

7,277

 

Group Managing Director Asia-Pacific

 

2003

 

654,850

 

10,865

 

6,869

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BC Hartzer(9)

 

2004

 

543,062

 

15,694

 

57,091

 

Group Managing Director Personal Banking

 

2003

 

454,072

 

11,812

 

65,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PJO Hawkins

 

2004

 

551,625

 

11,678

 

7,277

 

Group Managing Director Group Strategic Development

 

2003

 

593,432

 

11,646

 

6,869

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PR Marriott

 

2004

 

728,451

 

29,098

 

7,277

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

2003

 

654,850

 

10,865

 

6,869

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S Targett (appointed 5 May 2004)

 

2004

 

305,407

 

5,101

 

2,934

 

Group Managing Director Institutional Financial Services

 

2003

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

2004

 

4,179,538

 

128,629

 

113,408

 

 

 

2003

 

2,940,704

 

47,587

 

117,176

 

 


(1)          Non monetary benefits provided to Specified Executives consist of salary packaged items such as car parking and novated lease motor vehicles

 

(2)          Total cash bonus relates to the cash component provided as part of ANZ’s short-term incentive program in May 2004 (50% cash) and the full bonus amount from October 2004 (which was 100% cash, except in those instances where the Specified Executive elected to receive shares in lieu, in which case the value of these elective shares are shown above as though they were cash).  Refer to section C5.1 for further details

 

(3)          Details of options and deferred shares granted appear in the Annual Report of the year in which they are granted.  In accordance with the requirements of AASB1046A, the amortisation value includes a proportion of the fair value (taking into account market-related vesting conditions) of all equity that had not yet fully vested as at the commencement of the financial year. It is assumed that 100% of the options will vest at the commencement of their exercise period (ie the shortest possible vesting period is assumed) and that deferred shares will vest after 3 years.  The fair value is determined at grant date and is allocated on a straight-line basis over the 3-year vesting period.  For options, the fair value is determined using a Binomial Option Pricing model that is explained in section F8. For deferred shares, the fair value is the weighted average price of the Company’s shares on the allocation date.  The amount included as remuneration is not related to nor indicative of the benefit (if any) that may ultimately be realised should the options become exercisable

 

(4)          Accrual relates to Retirement Allowance (refer to section E for further details)

 

8



 

 

 

 

 

PRIMARY

 

EQUITY(3)

 

POST EMPLOYMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total
amortisation

 

Total
amortisation

 

Total
amortisation

 

Total
amortisation of

 

 

 

Retirement
benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cash
bonus(2)

 

value of STI
shares

 

value of LTI
shares

 

value of LTI
options

 

other equity
allocations

 

Super
contributions

 

accrued during
year(4)

 

Total(5),(6)

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Specified Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sir J Anderson (appointed 1 December 2003)(7)

 

2004

 

335,881

 

 

 

 

219,168

 

67,279

 

32,160

 

1,327,280

 

Chief Executive & Director, ANZ National Bank Limited

 

2003

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr RJ Edgar

 

2004

 

393,000

 

197,681

 

342,662

 

256,110

 

 

46,752

 

7,163

 

2,054,783

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

2003

 

222,004

 

236,895

 

141,264

 

201,924

 

 

38,025

 

10,276

 

1,467,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E Funke Kupper(8)

 

2004

 

385,500

 

232,208

 

232,024

 

333,500

 

 

40,950

 

 

1,896,855

 

Group Managing Director Asia-Pacific

 

2003

 

210,008

 

315,650

 

233,812

 

452,430

 

 

40,950

 

 

1,925,434

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BC Hartzer(9)

 

2004

 

424,000

 

201,364

 

192,239

 

298,814

 

 

37,224

 

 

1,769,488

 

Group Managing Director Personal Banking

 

2003

 

165,005

 

272,484

 

141,682

 

265,593

 

 

32,175

 

 

1,408,248

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PJO Hawkins

 

2004

 

325,000

 

214,906

 

206,975

 

293,966

 

 

43,875

 

2,947

 

1,658,249

 

Group Managing Director Group Strategic Development

 

2003

 

200,016

 

280,451

 

219,660

 

347,032

 

 

43,875

 

2,979

 

1,705,960

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PR Marriott

 

2004

 

482,000

 

243,435

 

276,714

 

369,376

 

 

45,542

 

 

2,181,893

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

2003

 

239,017

 

295,927

 

255,135

 

394,675

 

 

40,950

 

 

1,898,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S Targett (appointed 5 May 2004)

 

2004

 

267,000

 

 

 

 

188,081

(10)

18,976

 

 

787,499

 

Group Managing Director Institutional Financial Services

 

2003

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

2004

 

2,612,381

 

1,089,594

 

1,250,614

 

1,551,766

 

407,249

 

300,598

 

42,270

 

11,676,047

 

 

 

2003

 

1,036,050

 

1,401,407

 

991,553

 

1,661,654

 

 

195,975

 

13,255

 

8,405,361

 

 


(5)          Amounts disclosed for remuneration of Specified Executives exclude insurance premiums paid by the consolidated entity in respect of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance contracts which cover current and former directors and officers, including executive officers of the entity and directors, executive officers and secretaries of the controlled entities.  The total premium, which cannot be disclosed because of confidentiality agreements, has not been allocated to the individuals covered by the insurance policy as, based on all available information, the directors believe that no reasonable basis for such allocation exists.

 

(6)          Amortisation value of options as a percentage of total remuneration (as shown in the Total column above) was as follows: Sir J Anderson - 16% (n/a in 2003); RJ Edgar - 12% (14% in 2003); E Funke Kupper - 18% (23% in 2003); BC Hartzer - 17% (19% in 2003); PJO Hawkins- 18% (20% in 2003); PR Marriott - 17% (21% in 2003); S Targett - 12% (n/a in 2003)

 

(7)          Amounts paid in NZD are converted to AUD at an average rate for the year of 1.1254.  Amortisation of other equity allocations for Sir J Anderson relates to the granting of zero priced options (ZPO) and shares issued under ANZ’s $1,000 Employee Share Acquisition Plan (ESAP).  ZPOs are granted under the ANZ Share Option Plan and have a nil exercise price and no time-based vesting criteria. They were designed to deliver equity to the CEO of National Bank of New Zealand and were issued to meet the particular needs and circumstances at the time of the acquisition of NBNZ.

Refer to section C7 for further details pertaining to the $1,000 ESAP

 

(8)          E Funke Kupper was the Managing Director of Personal Banking & Wealth Management Australia prior to 1 May 2004

 

(9)          BC Hartzer was the Managing Director of Consumer Finance prior to 1 May 2004

 

(10)    Amortisation of other equity allocations for S Targett relates to the grant of deferred shares (four tranches of $700,000 to be issued at 6 month intervals in approximately April and October each year, subject to Board approval and continued employment) and hurdled options (refer to section C5.2.1 for performance hurdle details) to compensate S Targett for the loss of access to equity as a result of his resignation from his previous employer

 

9



 

SECTION B.  NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

 

B1. NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

 

Non-executive directors’ fees are reviewed annually and are determined by the Board of Directors based on advice from external advisors and with reference to fees paid to other non-executive directors of comparable companies.

 

Non-executive directors’ fees are within the maximum aggregate limit agreed to by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held on 13 December 2002 ($2.5 million, excluding retirement allowances), and are set at levels that fairly represent the responsibilities of, and the time spent by, the non-executive directors on Group matters.

 

Directors receive a fee for being a director of the Board, and also additional fees for either chairing or being a member of a committee. Special work on committees may attract additional fees, of an amount considered appropriate in the circumstances.  An additional fee is also paid if a non-executive director serves as a director of ANZ National Bank Limited, ING Australia Ltd or Metro bank Card Corporation.

 

The fee structure is illustrated in the table below:

 

Role

 

Current Fee

 

 

 

 

 

Chairman

 

$

429,000

 

Non-executive director

 

$

130,000

 

Committee Chair(1)

 

$

32,500

 

Committee Member(1)

 

$

9,750

 

 


(1)          Except Nominations & Corporate Governance Committee, where the current Chair and Member Fees are $21,000 and $6,300 respectively.

 

Directors may elect to take all or part of their fees in shares under the Directors’ Share Plan (refer to section B3 for more details).

 

For details of emoluments paid to directors for the year ended 30 September 2004, refer to the Remuneration tables in section A of this Remuneration Report.

 

B2.  NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ RETIREMENT POLICY

 

All non-executive directors participate in the ANZ Directors’ Retirement Scheme. Under this scheme, a lump-sum retirement benefit is payable to non-executive directors upon their ceasing to be a director. The lump-sum retirement benefit payable where the non-executive director has held office for 8 years or more is equal to the total remuneration (excluding retirement benefit accrual) of the non-executive director in respect of the 3 years immediately preceding the non-executive director ceasing to be a non-executive director.  This benefit is funded in part by the balance held, if any, on the non-executive director’s behalf in the ANZ Staff Superannuation Scheme. For periods of less than 8 years, a proportionate part of such emoluments is payable.  The non-executive directors are not entitled to the statutory entitlements of long service leave and annual leave.

 

Consistent with Principle 9.3 of the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX) Corporate Governance Rules, which states that non-executive directors should not be provided with retirement benefits other than statutory superannuation, the ANZ Directors’ Retirement Scheme is being reviewed and it is currently planned to be discontinued after 30 September 2005.

 

B3.  DIRECTORS’ SHARE PLAN

 

The Directors’ Share Plan is available to both non-executive and executive directors.  Directors may elect to forgo remuneration to which they may have otherwise become entitled and receive shares to the value of the remuneration forgone.  Participation in the plan is voluntary and therefore the shares acquired are not subject to performance conditions.

 

Shares acquired under the plan are purchased on market and are held in trust for up to 10 years.  The director selects a restriction period of between 1 and 10 years during which the shares cannot be traded.  The shares are subject to forfeiture for serious misconduct. All costs associated with the plan are met by the Company.

 

10



 

SECTION C.  REMUNERATION STRUCTURE

 

C1. EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES

 

ANZ’s reward policy guides the Compensation Committee and management in shaping remuneration strategies and initiatives.

 

The following philosophies under pin ANZ’s reward policy:

 

1.  Focus on creating and enhancing value for ANZ’s shareholders;

 

2.  Differentiation of individual rewards commensurate with contribution to overall results and according to individual accountability, performance and potential;

 

3. Significant emphasis on “at risk” components of total rewards linked to the enhancement of shareholder value through improvements in Economic Value Added™ (EVA™); and

 

4. The provision of a competitive reward proposition to successfully attract, motivate and retain the high quality workforce required to deliver ANZ’s business and growth strategies.

 

During 2004 a comprehensive review of reward structures has been conducted against the backdrop of these philosophies and against the Company’s growth strategy and corporate governance principles. As a result, a number of changes to reward structures are planned for the first half of the 2005 financial year.  These changes are detailed in section C5 of this Remuneration Report.

 

C2.  COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

 

The Compensation Committee has a charter which details the terms of reference under which the Committee operates. The Charter can be found on anz.com > about ANZ (listing at top of screen) > Corporate Information > ANZ Policies > Corporate Governance and Policies.

 

The role of the Compensation Committee is detailed on page 50 of the Corporate Governance Report.

 

On a number of occasions throughout the year, both the Compensation Committee and management received external advice on matters relating to remuneration.  The following advisors were used:  Hay Group; Blake Dawson Waldron; Freehills; Mercer Human Resource Consulting; and PricewaterhouseCoopers.

 

C3.  REMUNERATION STRUCTURE OVERVIEW

 

ANZ’s reward structures are designed to meet the needs of the specialised business units as well as the markets in which they operate. As a result, the mix of remuneration components can vary across the organisation although, where practicable, ANZ applies structures and opportunities on a consistent basis for similar roles and levels. There is a strong emphasis on variable pay opportunities with total employee remuneration differentiated significantly on the basis of performance.

 

The executive remuneration program is designed to support the reward philosophies detailed in section C1, and to underpin the Company’s growth strategy. This program aims to differentiate remuneration on the basis of achievement against both individual, business unit and group performance targets which are aligned to sustained growth in shareholder value.

 

The program comprises the following components:

 

                  Fixed remuneration component: salary, non-monetary benefits and superannuation contributions.

 

                  Variable or “at risk” component:

 

                  Short-Term Incentive (STI); and

 

                  Long-Term Incentive (LTI), which consists of options and deferred shares

 

The relative weighting of fixed and variable components, for target performance, is set according to the size or market of the executive’s role, with the proportion of remuneration “at risk” increasing for the most senior or complex roles, or for those roles where there is strong market pressure to provide greater levels of remuneration.  Compared to the market, fixed remuneration levels are designed to be around median, as are the variable components - STI and LTI - except in cases of superior performance where total remuneration is designed to reflect the upper range of competitive market levels. In this way the remuneration structure is heavily weighted towards “reward for performance”.

 

C4.  FIXED REMUNERATION

 

For most executives, fixed remuneration consists of what is referred to as Total Employment Cost (TEC). TEC comprises a notional cash salary, a superannuation contribution (calculated as 9% of the notional salary except for Sir J Anderson who receives a superannuation contribution equal to one eleventh of TEC) and the remainder as cash or nominated benefits.  The types of benefits that can be packaged by executives include novated car leases, additional superannuation contributions, car parking, child care and contributions towards the Employee Share Save Scheme (see note 50 of the 2004 Financial Report for details of the Employee Share Save Scheme).

 

To ensure fixed remuneration for the Company’s most senior executives remains competitive, the TEC component of executive compensation is reviewed annually based on performance and market data, with the level targeted to around the market median being paid in the finance industry in the relevant global markets in which ANZ operates.

 

International remuneration levels are considered in assessing market competitiveness where an executive’s primary place of residence is (or has been) outside of Australia or New Zealand, in which case the local market is considered.

 

11



 

C5.  VARIABLE REMUNERATION

 

Variable remuneration forms a significant part of executives’ potential remuneration, providing an at-risk component that is designed to drive performance in both the short-term (semi annually or annually) and in the long-term (over 3 years or more).

 

The opportunities available to executives under ANZ’s variable reward programs are calibrated to reflect executives’ potential impact on the business; to manage internal relativities; and to ensure competitiveness in the relevant markets in which they operate.

 

Most executives participate in the short-term incentive scheme detailed in section C5.1.  All executives participate in the long-term incentive plan detailed in section C5.2, subject to individual performance thresholds. In some instances, customised short-term incentive plans will exist that executives may participate in to ensure more precise alignment with business objectives and market practice. No executives however, may participate in more than one short-term incentive plan.

 

C5.1  Short-term Incentives

 

Short-term incentive (STI) payments encourage executives to support ANZ’s strategic objectives by providing rewards that are significantly differentiated on the basis of achievement against performance targets.  Most executives participate in the scheme explained below.  All short-term incentive schemes are reviewed by the Compensation Committee.

 

The size of STI payments are based, firstly, on overall group and business unit performance results against a balanced scorecard and, secondly, on individual performance against financial and non-financial measures.

 

Group and business unit performance is assessed against a number of qualitative and quantitative measures consistent with the ANZ Balanced Scorecard Approach.  Measures include but are not limited to:

 

                  Change in Economic Value Added (EVATM);

 

                  Customer Satisfaction;

 

                  Employee Engagement;

 

                  Risk Management; and

 

                  Compliance.

 

Performance against these measures influences the size of the incentive pool available to individuals within each business unit.

 

For individual performance, executives are ranked against their peers, with better relative performance attracting a greater proportion of the incentive pool. Individual Key Result Areas (KRAs) are set annually to support the Company objectives stated in the Balanced Scorecard noted above, and performance against these KRAs is used as an input to assessing relative ranking.

 

Up until May 2004, STI payments have been made each half year and a portion of them have been paid in shares deferred for 3 years (STI deferred shares).

 

STI deferred shares have the following conditions attached:

 

Shares are subject to a time-based vesting hurdle of 3 years, during which time they are held in trust;

 

During the deferral period, shares attract dividends that are paid directly to the employee; and

 

Shares issued under this plan may be held in trust for up to 10 years.

 

The value used to determine the number of STI shares to be allocated has been based on the volume weighted average price of the Company’s shares traded on the ASX in the week leading up to and including the date of issue.

 

From October 2004, performance will continue to be measured every 6 months, but payments will be made annually. Furthermore, bonuses are to be paid 100% in cash (except where specific business schemes require otherwise, or executives elect to receive shares in lieu). This change, together with the changes being made to our long-term incentive program, is designed to increase the competitiveness and clarity of purpose of the Company’s reward structures.

 

C5.2  Long-term Incentives

 

Long-term incentives (LTIs) are used as a mechanism to link a significant portion of executives’ compensation to the attainment of sustained growth in shareholder value. The size of LTI grants is determined by the Company’s performance and an individual’s level of responsibility, performance and the assessed potential of the executive. Allocations have typically been made in or around April and October each year, although after 2004 the grants will be made annually in or around November.

 

There are two components to LTI, each making up approximately half of the annual LTI grant value:

 

                  Options; and

 

                  Deferred Shares.

 

Upon exercise, each option entitles the option holder to one ordinary share.

 

The conditions under which shares and options are granted are approved by the Board in accordance with the rules of both the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan and the ANZ Share Option Plan. Performance conditions are explained in more detail below, including changes planned for the coming year.

 

C5.2.1  Options

 

Options are designed to reward executives for share price growth dependent upon the Company’s Total Shareholder Return outperforming peers.  Each option has the following features:

 

An exercise price (or for index-linked options, the original exercise price) that is set equal to the weighted average sale price of all fully paid ordinary shares in the Company sold on the Australian Stock Exchange during the 1 week prior to and including the date of grant (1);

 

A maximum life of 7 years and an exercise period that commences after 3 years(2), subject to performance hurdles being cleared.  Options are re-tested monthly (if required) after the commencement of the exercise period;

 

Upon exercise, each option entitles the option-holder to one ordinary share;

 

In case of resignation or termination on notice or dismissal for misconduct: options are forfeited;

 

In case of redundancy: options are pro rated and a grace period of 3 months is provided in which to exercise the remaining options (with hurdles waived, if applicable);

 

In case of retirement, death or total & permanent disablement: A grace period of 3 months is provided in which to exercise all options (with hurdles waived, if applicable); and

 

Performance hurdles, which are explained below for each type of option.

 


(1)          For options granted to the CEO, the exercise price is equal to the weighted average share price during the 5 trading days immediately before or after the Company’s Annual General Meeting that immediately precedes the allocation.

 

(2)          For options granted to the CEO, the life and exercise period may differ, as disclosed in the tables of the year in which they are granted.

 

12



 

Hurdled options (granted from February 2000 until July 2002, and from November 2003 until May 2004)

 

Until May 2004, hurdled options were granted with the following performance hurdles attached:

 

1.  Half the options may only be exercised once the ANZ Total Shareholder Return (ANZ TSR) exceeds the percentage change in the S&P/ASX 200 Banks (Industry Group) Accumulation Index, measured over the same period (since issue) and calculated as at the last trading day of any month (once the exercise period has commenced); and

 

2.  The other half of hurdled options may only be exercised once the ANZ TSR exceeds the percentage change in the S&P/ASX 100 Accumulation Index, measured over the same period (since issue) and calculated as at the last trading day of any month (once the exercise period has commenced).

 

These hurdles were originally selected to ensure rewards were aligned with share price growth in a manner that was easy to understand and which took in to account performance relative to the market.  At the time of implementation these hurdles were in line with market practice.

 

Index-linked options (granted from October 2002 to May 2003)

 

Index-linked options have a dynamic exercise price that acts as a built-in performance hurdle, ie the exercise price is adjusted in line with the movement in the S&P/ASX 200 Banks (Industry Group) Accumulation Index (excluding ANZ). As an additional constraint, the adjusted exercise price can only be set at or above the original exercise price.  Index-linked options ensure that executives are only rewarded for the true out-performance of ANZ’s share price over and above the movement in the related index.  They are exercisable between the 3rd and 7th year after grant date, subject to the adjusted exercise price being above the prevailing share price.

 

Hurdled options (to be granted from November 2004)

 

From November 2004, the hurdles attached to options will change. The proportion of options that become exercisable will depend upon the TSR achieved by ANZ relative to the companies in the comparator group shown below. Performance equal to the median TSR of the comparator group will result in half the options becoming exercisable.

 

Performance above median will result in further options becoming exercisable, increasing on a straight-line basis until all of the options become exercisable where ANZ TSR is at or above the 75th percentile in the comparator group.  These new performance hurdles are more consistent with current market practice in the financial services industry and are aligned with the Company’s strategic focus on growth.

 

Comparator Group

 

National Australia Bank

St George Bank

 

Commonwealth Bank

Westpac

 

QBE

AMP

 

AXA Asia Pacific

IAG

 

Suncorp Metway

Macquarie

 

 

C5.2.2  Deferred Shares (LTI)

 

Deferred Shares granted under the long-term incentive arrangements are designed to reward executives for superior growth whilst also encouraging retention and an increase in the Company’s share price.

 

Shares are subject to a time-based vesting hurdle of 3 years, during which time they are held in trust;

 

During the deferral period, the employee is entitled to any dividends paid on the shares;

 

Shares issued under this plan may be held in trust for up to 10 years;

 

The value used to determine the number of LTI deferred shares to be allocated has been based on the volume weighted average price of the shares traded on the ASX in the week leading up to and including the date of issue;

 

In case of resignation or termination on notice or dismissal for misconduct: LTI shares are forfeited;

 

In case of redundancy: the number of LTI shares that are released is pro rated according to the time held as a proportion of the vesting period; and

 

In case of retirement, death or total & permanent disablement: LTI shares are released to executives.

 

13



 

C6.  PERFORMANCE OF ANZ

 

The following table shows how ANZ’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR, which includes share price growth, dividends and other capital adjustments) has performed against two comparator groups, measured from various dates (which approximately coincide with previous major option allocations) to 30 September 2004.  The measure shown (“ANZ out-performance against the index”) is intended to demonstrate the link between company performance and the value delivered to executives as part of the long-term incentive arrangements (ie the measure reflects the hurdle attached to previously granted hurdled options, as explained under section C5.2.1).

 

 

 

 

 

ANZ out-performance against
S&P/ASX 100 Accumulation Index(1)

 

ANZ out-performance against
S&P/ASX 200 Banks Accumulation Index(1),(2)

 

Measurement Period

 

Number of months

 

Measured point-to-point

 

Measured point-to-point

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1Apr 04- 30 Sep 04

 

6

 

-7

%

6

%

1Oct 03 - 30 Sep 04

 

12

 

-3

%

10

%

1Apr 03- 30 Sep 04

 

18

 

-16

%

6

%

1Oct 02 - 30 Sep 04

 

24

 

-11

%

10

%

1Apr 02- 30 Sep 04

 

30

 

9

%

15

%

1Oct 01 - 30 Sep 04

 

36

 

8

%

6

%

1Apr 01- 30 Sep 04

 

42

 

39

%

32

%

1Oct 00 - 30 Sep 04

 

48

 

52

%

31

%

1Apr 00- 30 Sep 04

 

54

 

98

%

51

%

1Oct 99 - 30 Sep 04

 

60

 

91

%

63

%

 


(1)          Out-performance is measured in absolute percentage points by which the Company’s TSR has exceeded or lagged the relevant accumulation index, over the measurement period, eg the Company’s TSR from 01 Oct 99 to 30 Sep 04 was146.3%, whilst the S&P/ASX100 Accumulation Index grew by 55.8% in the same period.  This represents a 91% out-performance by the Company

 

(2)          The Banking and Finance Accumulation Index is used instead of the S&P/ASX 200 Banks (Industry Group) Accumulation Index for any portion of a performance period extending before April 2000

 

C7.  OTHER EMPLOYEE SHARE SCHEME

 

$1,000 Employee Share Acquisition Plan

 

All permanent employees (other than the most senior executives) who have had continuous service for one year with the Company or any of its controlled entities may be eligible to participate in a scheme enabling the issue of up to $1,000 of shares to an employee in each financial year, subject to the approval of the Board. The shares are retained in trust for a three-year vesting period. On expiration of that period, an employee may generally sell the shares, transfer them into their name, or have them retained in the trust. On termination, the shares are generally transferred into the employee’s name. Forfeiture provisions may apply outside of Australia, depending on the jurisdiction.

 

The Company has made six offers under the $1,000 Employee Share Acquisition Plan, with a seventh scheduled for December 2004. A total of 8,258,575 shares have been granted under the plan as at 30 September 2004.

 

14



 

SECTION D.  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REMUNERATION

 

D1.  CEO REMUNERATION OVERVIEW

 

The structure of J McFarlane’s compensation, which is in accordance with his agreement, is as follows:

 

Fixed Compensation: Consists of salary, benefits and superannuation contributions.  Since October 2003, J McFarlane has elected to receive almost all of his Fixed Compensation in the form of shares purchased under the Directors’ Share Plan.

 

Short-Term Incentive: J McFarlane’s Short-Term Incentive is based on the Group’s EPS Growth and EVATM performance against target and an annual assessment of J McFarlane’s achievement of specific objectives agreed with the Board. J McFarlane’s Short-Term Incentive may be paid in cash or in shares purchased under the Directors’ Share Plan. J McFarlane has typically elected to receive shares.

 

Long-Term Incentive: J McFarlane’s Long-Term Incentive was approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in December 2001. Four tranches of options were approved for granting by the Board: 500,000 in 2001; 1,000,000 in 2002; 1,000,000 in 2003 and 500,000 in 2004. The exercise of these options is subject to performance hurdles being satisfied. J McFarlane’s specific performance hurdles, for options granted during the year, are indicated in section F3. Subject to shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting in December 2004, it is proposed that J McFarlane be offered 175,000 Performance Shares as part of his contract extension. The conditions attached to these Performance Shares are explained in section D4 below.

 

The compensation of J McFarlane for the year ended 30 September 2004 is set out in Section A of this Remuneration Report.

 

D2.  CEO’S CONTRACT TERMS

 

On 26 October 2004, the Company announced an extension to J McFarlane’s contract:

 

The term of the contract will be extended by one year to 30 September 2007;

 

In addition to mandatory superannuation contributions, the Company will make additional employer contributions of $300,000 per annum (effective from 1 October 2003), paid quarterly to J McFarlane’s chosen superannuation fund; and

 

Subject to shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting in December 2004, it is proposed that J McFarlane be offered 175,000 Performance Shares, described in section D4.

 

A separate agreement, made on 23 October 2001, provides for reimbursements to J McFarlane for any additional tax liabilities that may arise on his UK Pension Plan holdings as a result of his continuing Australian residency. Under this agreement, ANZ reimburses J McFarlane for any additional tax liability incurred on his UK Pension Plan during his employment with ANZ, arising as a consequence of Australian Foreign Investment Fund rules.  In the event of decreased Australian tax liabilities due to a decreased value in J McFarlane’s UK Pension Plan, the reduced liability will be used to offset potential subsequent reimbursements.

 

D3.  CEO’S RETIREMENT AND TERMINATION BENEFITS

 

In accordance with J McFarlane’s contract variation (refer section D2), J McFarlane’s nominated superannuation fund receives $300,000 per annum (effective from 1 October 2003, paid quarterly) in addition to mandatory superannuation contributions.

 

J McFarlane can terminate his employment agreement by providing 12 months’ notice. ANZ may terminate the employment agreement by providing notice equal to the unexpired term of the employment agreement (which ends on 1 October 2007).  If ANZ terminates the employment agreement without notice and thus breaches its obligation to provide the required notice, ANZ has agreed with J McFarlane that the damages payable by ANZ for breach of contract would be equal to the Total Employment Cost (TEC) that would otherwise be received over the remainder of the contract (TEC comprises salary or fees, non-monetary benefits and mandatory superannuation contributions).

 

In circumstances of serious misconduct, J McFarlane is only entitled to payment of TEC up to the date of termination.

 

Payment of accumulated superannuation benefits plus statutory entitlements of long service leave and annual leave (calculated on the basis of salary or fees) applies in all events of separation.

 

In the event of resignation not approved by the Board or dismissal for serious misconduct, all unexercised options will be forfeited. In the event of termination on notice, all option grants may be exercised. Upon separation, option entitlements must be exercised within 6 months of termination. In the event of serious misconduct, shares held in the Directors’ Share Plan will be forfeited. On resignation or termination on notice, shares will be released.

 

15



 

D4.  ALLOCATION OF PERFORMANCE SHARES (DECEMBER 2004)

 

Subject to shareholder approval, 175,000 Performance Shares will be issued to J McFarlane on 31 December 2004. No dividends will be payable on the shares until they vest.  Vesting will be subject to the following time and performance hurdles being satisfied:

 

The performance hurdle will be measured during the performance period by comparing ANZ’s Total Shareholder Return (ANZ TSR) with that of a comparator group of selected major financial services companies in the S&P/ASX 100 Index, excluding ANZ.  The companies to be used in the comparator group will be as approved by the Board.

 

The percentage of Performance Shares that will vest will depend upon the TSR achieved by ANZ relative to the companies in the comparator group.  Performance equal to the median TSR of the comparator group will result in half the Performance Shares vesting. For each percentile above the median an additional 2% of Performance Shares will vest, increasing on a straight-line basis until all of the Performance Shares vest where ANZ TSR is at or above the 75th percentile of TSRs in the comparator group.

 

TSR will be measured for ANZ and the comparator group over the same period (since grant) and calculated as at the last trading day of any month, once the performance period has commenced. The first opportunity for Performance Shares to vest will be after the second anniversary of grant, after which the Performance Shares will continue to be tested monthly until they are forfeited 5 years after the grant date, or 100% vest, whichever is the earlier.

 

Performance Shares will be forfeited if they have not vested five years after grant or if J McFarlane ceases to be an employee of the Company by reason of serious misconduct.  If J McFarlane resigns without the prior approval of the Board, unvested Performance Shares will be forfeited.

 

D5.  CEO’S PARTICIPATION IN EQUITY PROGRAMS

 

J McFarlane participates in the Directors’ Share Plan, which is explained in section B3.  Refer to section F for details of grants and holdings.

 

J McFarlane also participates in the ANZ Share Option Plan, which is described in section C5.

 

16



 

SECTION E.  SPECIFIED EXECUTIVES’ CONTRACT TERMS

 

Contractual terms for most executives are similar, but do, on occasions, vary to suit different needs.

 

Section E1 details the contractual terms for those Specified Executives who are on open-ended contracts.  Section E2 details the contractual terms for Sir J Anderson, who is on a fixed term contract.

 

E1.  OPEN-ENDED CONTRACTS (RJ EDGAR, E FUNKE KUPPER, BC HARTZER, PJO HAWKINS, PR MARRIOTT, S TARGETT)

 

Length of Contract

 

Open-ended.

 

 

 

Fixed Compensation

 

The Total Employment Cost (TEC) package consists of salary, mandatory employer superannuation contributions and benefits.

 

 

 

STI

 

Eligible to participate. Target opportunity of 66.67% of Total Employment Cost (refer to section C5.1 for details of short-term incentive arrangements).

 

 

 

LTI

 

Eligible to participate at the Board’s discretion - refer to section C5.2 for long-term incentive arrangements.

 

 

 

Resignation

 

Employment may be terminated by giving 6 months’ written notice.
On resignation any options and unvested deferred shares will be forfeited.
As a result of being employed by ANZ prior to November 1992, RJ Edgar and PJO Hawkins are eligible to receive a Retirement Allowance on resignation for illness, incapacity, or domestic reasons; refer to Other Aspects (below) for more details.

 

 

 

Retirement

 

On retirement, shares and options are generally released in full, although this is only stated in the contracts of E Funke Kupper (for shares) and PR Marriott (both shares and options). Furthermore, PR Marriott is entitled to a bonus on retirement, pro-rated for the proportion of the final performance period that is worked prior to cessation of employment, and subject to adjustment for performance in accordance with the short-term incentive arrangements in place at the time. As a result of being employed by ANZ prior to November 1992, RJ Edgar and PJO Hawkins are eligible to receive a Retirement Allowance on retirement; refer to Other Aspects (below) for more details.

 

 

 

Termination on Notice by ANZ

 

ANZ may terminate the employment agreement by providing 12 months’ written notice or payment in lieu of the notice period based on TEC.
On termination on notice by ANZ, any options or LTI deferred shares that have vested, or will vest during the notice period will be released, in accordance with the ANZ Share Option Plan Rules. LTI shares that have not yet vested will generally be forfeited, although for some executives (E Funke Kupper, BC Hartzer and PR Marriott) these shares will be released in full. Deferred shares granted under STI arrangements will vest in full for all executives.
Discretion to pay bonuses on a pro-rata basis (depending on termination date, and subject to business performance) applies in most cases, but is contracted for BC Hartzer and PR Marriott.

 

 

 

Redundancy

 

If ANZ terminates employment for reasons of bona fide redundancy, a severance payment will be made that is equal to 12 months TEC.
All STI deferred shares are released. All options granted since 24 April 2002 are released on a pro-rata basis - all prior grants may be exercised. All LTI deferred shares granted since 23 October 2002 are released on a pro-rata basis - all prior grants will vest.
Discretion to pay bonuses on a pro-rata basis (depending on termination date, and subject to business performance) applies in most cases, but is contracted for BC Hartzer and PR Marriott.
As a result of being employed by ANZ prior to November 1992, RJ Edgar and PJO Hawkins are eligible to receive a Retirement Allowance on retrenchment; refer to Other Aspects (below) for more details.

 

 

 

Death or Total and
Permanent Disablement

 

All options and shares released; pro-rata bonus.
As a result of being employed by ANZ prior to November 1992, RJ Edgar and PJO Hawkins are eligible to receive a Retirement Allowance on death; refer to Other Aspects (below) for more details.

 

 

 

Termination for serious misconduct

 

ANZ may terminate the employment agreement at any time without notice, and the employee will only be entitled to payment of TEC up to the date of termination. On termination for serious misconduct, any options, unvested deferred shares or vested deferred shares still held in trust will be forfeited.

 

17



 

Other Aspects

 

S Targett: subject to continuing employment and the approval of the Board, four tranches of deferred shares (sign-on deferred shares), each worth $700,000, are to be granted at six month intervals in or around April and October each year, and Hurdled Options (sign-on options) worth $750,000 are to be granted within 3 months of commencement of employment, to compensate for the loss of equity from S Targett’s previous employer. On termination on notice, a pro-rata proportion of the sign-on options can be exercised, based on the period of employment, and sign-on deferred shares will vest in full, including any scheduled to be granted during the notice period.
PJO Hawkins: for the period ending 31 December 2005, any payments on cessation of employment (including payout of accrued but untaken Long Service Leave) will be based on a TEC of $750,000.
In instances where a retirement allowance is payable under ANZ policy (ie for RJ Edgar and PJO Hawkins in instances of retirement, death, retrenchment or resignation for illness, incapacity, or domestic reasons), the retirement allowance is calculated as follows: 3 months of notional salary (which is 65% of TEC) plus an additional 3% of notional salary for each year of full time service above 10 years, less the total accrual value of long service leave (including taken and untaken).

 

18



 

E2.  FIXED TERM CONTRACT (SIR J ANDERSON)

 

Length of Contract

 

Ends 30 September 2005.

 

 

 

Fixed Compensation

 

The Total Employment Cost (TEC) package is inclusive of employer contributions to the superannuation fund.

 

 

 

STI

 

Short term incentive payments are subject to both business and individual performance. The target payment is 50% of TEC.

 

 

 

LTI

 

Fixed at NZD500,000 worth of zero-priced options annually, granted in two tranches per annum. The share options can be exercised at any time during employment and within 6 months of the termination of employment.

 

 

 

Resignation

 

Sir J Anderson may terminate his employment by giving 12 months’ written notice. On resignation, any share options which have not been exercised as at the termination date are forfeited.

 

 

 

Retirement

 

A policy for payment of retirement gratuities was in place with NBNZ employees prior to the acquisition by the Company of NBNZ. This policy has been continued for eligible staff who were ANZ National Bank Limited employees as at 1 December 2003, including Sir J Anderson. Under this policy, a payment will be made to Sir J Anderson on his retirement that is equal to the number of full years’ service divided by 35 and multiplied by 85% of finishing salary (where finishing salary is fixed remuneration less any superannuation contribution). This value is then grossed up for tax (ie divided by 0.61) and from this value the total accrual value of long service leave taken is deducted.

 

 

 

Termination on Notice by ANZ

 

ANZ National Bank Limited may terminate the employment agreement by providing notice or payment in lieu of notice equal to the unexpired term of the employment agreement (which ends on30 September 2005). On termination on notice by ANZ any options may be exercised in accordance with the ANZ Share Option Plan Rules.

 

 

 

Death or Total and Permanent Disablement

 

All shares released; pro-rata bonus.

 

 

 

Terminated for serious misconduct

 

ANZ National Bank Limited may terminate the employment agreement at any time without notice, and Sir J Anderson will only be entitled to payment up to the date of termination. On termination for serious misconduct any share options which have not been exercised as at the termination date may not be exercised.

 

 

 

 

E3.  PARTICIPATION IN EQUITY PROGRAMS

 

A number of shares and options are granted to executives under the remuneration programs detailed in Section C.  For specified executives, details of all grants made during the year are listed in Section F.  Aggregate holdings of shares and options are also shown.

 

The deferred shares component of the STI is administered under the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan. For executives, the shares are deferred for three years, although some employees may receive shares deferred for one year, depending upon the role or jurisdiction.

 

The deferred shares component of the LTI is also administered under the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan.

The shares are deferred for three years.

 

19



 

SECTION F.  EQUITY INSTRUMENTS RELATING TO DIRECTORS AND SPECIFIED EXECUTIVES

 

F1.  SHAREHOLDINGS OF NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

 

Name

 

Balance of
shares as
at 1 October
2003(1)

 

Shares
acquired
during the year
in lieu of salary(2)

 

Shares acquired
during the year
through the
exercise of rights(3)

 

Other shares
acquired
during
the year(4)

 

Balance of
shares held
as at 30 Sept
2004(1),(5)

 

Balance of
shares held
as at 4 Nov
2004(1),(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CB Goode

 

403,334

 

14,215

 

75,922

 

8,993

 

502,464

 

523,933

 

G Clark

 

 

 

 

2,000

 

2,000

 

2,000

 

JC Dahlsen

 

105,243

 

 

16,609

 

63

 

121,915

 

121,915

 

RS Deane

 

75,000

 

 

364

 

 

75,364

 

75,364

 

JK Ellis

 

65,367

 

1,097

 

12,996

 

5,016

 

84,476

 

86,179

 

DM Gonski

 

2,099

 

 

382

 

50,131

 

52,612

 

54,667

 

MA Jackson

 

78,245

 

 

13,861

 

1,191

 

93,297

 

93,297

 

DE Meiklejohn

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

5,502

 

JP Morschel

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

4,185

 

BW Scott

 

72,207

 

 

199

 

69

 

72,475

 

72,475

 

 


(1)          Balance of shares held at 1 October 2003, 30 September 2004 and 4 November 2004, includes directly held shares, nominally held shares and shares held by personally related entities

 

(2)          All shares acquired in lieu of salary were done so under the Directors’ Share Plan (refer to section B3 of this Remuneration Report for an overview of the Directors’ Share Plan)

 

(3)          Refers to rights arising from the Renounceable Rights Issue that partly funded the acquisition of NBNZ.  All ANZ shareholders were eligible to purchase 2 new ordinary shares for every11 existing ordinary shares registered in their name as at 31 October 2003.  Amounts shown include directly held rights, nominally held rights and rights held by personally related entities.  CB Goode, RS Deane, JK Ellis and DM Gonski exercised their full allocation of rights (nominally held, directly held and rights held by personally related entities) on 28 November 2003.

The following rights were sold: JC Dahlsen - 2,528; MA Jackson - 364; and BW Scott- 12,933

 

(4)          Other shares acquired may include those acquired under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

(5)          The following shares were nominally held as at 30 September 2004: CB Goode - 114,349; JC Dahlsen - 39,473; RS Deane - 73,000; JK Ellis- 17,197; DM Gonski - 50,000; MA Jackson - 10,632; BW Scott- 6,563

 

(6)          The directors’ relevant interest in shares as required by the Corporations Act 2001 is as follows: CB Goode 521,096; G Clark 2,000; JC Dahlsen 107,064; RS Deane 75,364; JK Ellis 83,484; DM Gonski 54,667; MA Jackson 91,297; DE Meiklejohn 5,502; JP Morschel 4,185; and BW Scott 71,117.  Any differences between the balances in this footnote and the table is due to the application of AASB 1046

 

F2. SHAREHOLDINGS OF CEO (INCLUDING MOVEMENTS DURING THE YEAR)

 

Balance of
shares as at
1 Oct 2003(1)

 

Shares
acquired
during the year
in lieu of bonus(2)

 

Shares
acquired
during the year
in lieu of salary(2)

 

Shares acquired
during the year
through the exercise
of options(3)

 

Shares acquired
during the year
through the exercise
of rights(4)

 

Other shares
acquired during
the year

 

Total number
of shares
sold during
the year

 

Balance
of shares
held as at
30 Sep 2004(1),(5)

 

Balance
of shares
held as at
4 Nov 2004(1),(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,264,559

 

42,928

 

103,633

 

750,000

 

225,807

 

56,580

 

753,000

 

1,690,507

 

1,568,891

 

 


(1)          Balance of shares held at 1 October 2003, 30 September 2004 and 4 November 2004 includes directly held shares, nominally held shares and shares held by personally related entities

 

(2)          All shares acquired in lieu of salary or bonus were done so under the Directors’ Share Plan (refer to section B3 of this Remuneration Report for an overview of the Directors’ Share Plan)

 

(3)          All options held/exercised by the CEO have been approved by shareholders (December 1999 and December 2001)

 

(4)          Refers to rights arising from the Renounceable Rights Issue that partly funded the acquisition of NBNZ.  All ANZ shareholders were eligible to purchase 2 new ordinary shares for every11 existing ordinary shares registered in their name as at 31 October 2003.  Amounts shown include directly held rights, nominally held rights and rights held by personally related entities

 

(5)          945,145 shares were held nominally as at 30 September 2004

 

(6)          This also represents the Chief Executive Officer’s relevant interest in shares as required by the Corporations Act 2001

 

F3.  OPTIONS GRANTED TO CEO DURING THE YEAR(1)

 

 

 

Type of
options(2)

 

Grant date

 

Number granted
during the year

 

Value per option
at grant date(3)
$

 

Exercise price(4)
$

 

Date
exercisable

 

Expiry date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hurdled (CEO)

 

31 Dec 03

 

1,000,000

 

2.11

 

17.48

 

31 Dec05

 

31 Dec085

 

 


(1)          All options held/exercised by the CEO have been approved by shareholders (December 1999 and December 2001)

 

(2)          One half of the options may be exercised only if the ANZ TSR calculated over the period commencing on the grant date and ending on the last day of any month after the second anniversary of their grant date exceeds the percentage change in the S&P/ASX 200 Banks (Industry Group) Accumulation Index over that same period; and the other half of the options may be exercised only if the ANZ TSR calculated over the relevant period exceeds the percentage change in the S&P/ASX 100 Accumulation Index over that same period

 

(3)          Refer to section F8 for details of the valuation methodology and inputs

 

(4)          The exercise price is equal to the weighted average share price during the 5 trading days immediately after the Company’s 2003 Annual General Meeting

 

(5)          Treatment of options on termination of employment is explained in section D3

 

F4.  OPTION HOLDINGS OF CEO (INCLUDING MOVEMENTS DURING THE YEAR) (1),(2)

 

Balance as
at 1 Oct 03

 

Granted during
the year as
remuneration

 

Exercised
during the year

 

Date of
exercise
of options

 

Number of
ordinary shares
issued on exercise
of options

 

Share price on
date of exercise
$

 

Amount paid
per share
$

 

Balance
as at
30 Sep 04

 

Number
vested
during
the year

 

Vested and
exercisable
as at
30 Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,750,000

 

1,000,000

 

750,000

 

1 Jul 04

 

100,000

 

18.17

 

14.06

 

3,000,000

 

1,250,000

 

500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 Jul 04

 

650,000

 

18.14

 

14.06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)          All options held/exercised by the CEO have been approved by shareholders (December 1999 and December 2001)

 

(2)          This table does not include the 225,807 rights arising from the Renounceable Rights Issue that partly funded the acquisition of NBNZ.   All ANZ shareholders were eligible to purchase 2 new ordinary shares for every11 existing shares registered in their name as at 31 October 2003.  The CEO chose to exercise all of his rights on 28 November 2003

 

20



 

F5.  DEFERRED SHARES GRANTED TO SPECIFIED EXECUTIVES DURING THE YEAR

 

Name

 

Type of
deferred
share(1)

 

Number of
deferred shares
granted Nov 03(2)
$

 

Value of
deferred shares
granted Nov 03(3)
$

 

Number of
deferred shares
granted May 04(4)

 

Value of
deferred shares
granted May 04(3)
$

 

Number of other
deferred shares
granted during
the year

 

Value of other
deferred shares
granted during
the year
$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sir J Anderson (app 1 Dec 2003)(5)

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

55

 

991

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr RJ Edgar

 

STI

 

6,781

 

118,982

 

7,683

 

140,073

 

 

 

 

 

LTI

 

33,889

 

594,627

 

8,452

 

154,093

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E Funke Kupper

 

STI

 

7,636

 

133,984

 

7,052

 

128,569

 

 

 

 

 

LTI

 

6,838

 

119,982

 

6,256

 

114,056

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BC Hartzer

 

STI

 

7,322

 

128,474

 

7,244

 

132,069

 

 

 

 

 

LTI

 

7,408

 

129,983

 

7,135

 

130,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PJO Hawkins

 

STI

 

7,123

 

124,982

 

6,860

 

125,068

 

 

 

 

 

LTI

 

7,522

 

131,983

 

6,586

 

120,073

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PR Marriott

 

STI

 

7,978

 

139,985

 

9,604

 

175,096

 

 

 

 

 

LTI

 

9,573

 

167,971

 

9,275

 

169,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S Targett (app 5 May 2004)(6)

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

38,419

 

700,437

 

 


(1)          Deferred shares issued as STI shares are granted under the ANZ Short-Term Incentive program.  Deferred shares issued as LTI shares are granted under the ANZ Long-Term Incentive program. The shares are restricted for 3 years and may be held in trust for up to ten years.  Refer to section C5 for more details

 

(2)          Shares granted in November 2003 were in relation to incentives earned for the half year ended 30 September 2003

 

(3)          The value per share used in this calculation is the volume weighted average price of the Company’s shares traded on the ASX on the day the shares were granted

 

(4)          Shares granted in May 2004 were in relation to incentives earned for the half year ended 31 March 2004

 

(5)          Other shares issued (3 March 2004) to Sir J Anderson during the year relates to the $1,000 Employee Share Acquisition Plan. Refer to section C7 for further details

 

(6)          Other shares issued to S Targett relates to the issue of deferred shares (four tranches of $700,000 to be issued at 6 month intervals in approximately April and October each year, subject to Board approval and continuing employment) to compensate S Targett for the loss of access to equity as a result of his resignation from his previous employer

 

F6.  AGGREGATE SHAREHOLDINGS OF SPECIFIED EXECUTIVES

 

Name

 

Balance
of shares as at
1 Oct 03(1)

 

Shares
granted
during the year
as remuneration(2)

 

Number of shares
acquired during the
year through the
exercise of options

 

Shares acquired
during the year
through the
exercise of rights(3)

 

Other shares
acquired
during
the year(4)

 

Total number
of shares sold
during the year

 

Balance
of shares
held as at
30 Sep 2004(1),(5)

 

Number
vested during
the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sir J Anderson (app 1 Dec 2003)

 

 

55

 

11,967

 

 

 

 

12,022

 

 

Dr RJ Edgar

 

255,114

 

50,024

 

95,000

 

37,295

 

6,781

 

60,000

 

384,214

 

25,482

 

E Funke Kupper(6)

 

157,051

 

20,146

 

365,000

 

175

 

7,636

 

365,000

 

185,008

 

44,979

 

BC Hartzer

 

75,148

 

21,787

 

60,000

 

13,665

 

7,781

 

99,335

 

79,046

 

27,072

 

PJO Hawkins

 

1,149,754

 

20,968

 

170,000

 

209,048

 

7,123

 

170,000

 

1,386,893

 

41,462

 

PR Marriott

 

539,989

 

28,452

 

250,000

 

460

 

8,966

 

150,000

 

677,867

 

40,381

 

S Targett (app 5 May 2004)

 

 

38,419

 

 

 

 

 

38,419

 

 

 


(1)          Balance of shares held at 1 October 2003 and 30 September 2004, include directly held shares, nominally held shares and shares held by personally related entities

 

(2)          STI shares granted on 5 November 2003 have not been included in these figures as they related to the half year ended 30 September 2003.  Instead, these shares have been reflected in the “Other shares acquired during the year” column

 

(3)          Refers to rights arising from the Renounceable Rights Issue that partly funded the acquisition of NBNZ.  All ANZ shareholders were eligible to purchase 2 new ordinary shares for every 11 existing ordinary shares registered in their name as at 31 October 2003.  Amounts pertaining to the rights issue include directly held rights, nominally held rights, and rights held by personally related entities

 

(4)          Other shares acquired include those acquired through the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and STI shares granted on 5 November 2003 in relation to the half year ended 30 September 2003

 

(5)          The following shares were held nominally as at 30 September 2004: Sir J Anderson - 55; RJ Edgar - 180,991; E Funke Kupper - 183,224; BC Hartzer - 69,480; PJO Hawkins- 233,821; PR Marriott- 230,817; S Targett- 38,419

 

(6)          Amounts shown do not include ANZ Stapled Exchangeable Preferred Securities (ANZ StEPS).  E Funke Kupper held 500 ANZ StEPS as at 1 October 2003; this holding remained unchanged up to and including 30 September 2004

 

21



 

F7.  OPTIONS GRANTED TO SPECIFIED EXECUTIVES DURING THE YEAR

 

Name

 

Type of
options(1)

 

Number granted
during the year(2)

 

Grant date

 

Value per option
at grant date(3)
$

 

Exercise price
$

 

Date
exercisable

 

Expiry date(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sir J Anderson (app 1 Dec 2003)

 

Zero priced(5)

 

11,967

 

11 May 04

 

18.23

 

 

11 May 04

 

10 May 06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr RJ Edgar

 

Hurdled

 

66,666

 

5 Nov 03

 

2.34

 

17.55

 

5 Nov 06

 

4 Nov 10

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

63,115

 

11 May 04

 

2.44

 

18.22

 

11 May 07

 

10 May 11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E Funke Kupper

 

Hurdled

 

51,282

 

5 Nov 03

 

2.34

 

17.55

 

5 Nov 06

 

4 Nov 10

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

46,722

 

11 May 04

 

2.44

 

18.22

 

11 May 07

 

10 May 11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BC Hartzer

 

Hurdled

 

55,555

 

5 Nov 03

 

2.34

 

17.55

 

5 Nov 06

 

4 Nov 10

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

53,279

 

11 May 04

 

2.44

 

18.22

 

11 May 07

 

10 May 11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PJO Hawkins

 

Hurdled

 

56,410

 

5 Nov 03

 

2.34

 

17.55

 

5 Nov 06

 

4 Nov 10

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

49,181

 

11 May 04

 

2.44

 

18.22

 

11 May 07

 

10 May 11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PR Marriott

 

Hurdled

 

71,794

 

5 Nov 03

 

2.34

 

17.55

 

5 Nov 06

 

4 Nov 10

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

69,263

 

11 May 04

 

2.44

 

18.22

 

11 May 07

 

10 May 11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S Targett (app 5 May 2004)

 

Hurdled

 

307,337

 

11 May 04

 

2.44

 

18.22

 

11 May 07

 

10 May 11

 

 


(1)          For Hurdled options, the following performance hurdles apply: one half of the options may be exercised only if the ANZ TSR calculated over the period commencing on the date of grant and ending on the last day of any month after the Date exercisable exceeds the percentage change in the S&P/ASX 200 Banks (Industry Group) Accumulation Index over that same period; and the other half of the options may be exercised only if the ANZ TSR calculated over the relevant period exceeds the percentage change in the S&P/ASX 100 Accumulation Index over that same period.  Refer to section C5.2.1 for further information

 

(2)          No additional options were granted in the period up to and including 4 November 2004

 

(3)          Refer to section F8 for details of the valuation methodology and inputs

 

(4)          Treatment of options on termination of employment is explained in section E

 

(5)          Zero priced options are granted under the ANZ Share Option Plan and have a nil exercise price and no time-based vesting criteria.  They are specifically designed to deliver equity to Sir J Anderson, and were issued to meet the particular needs and circumstances at the time of the acquisition of NBNZ

 

F9.  AGGREGATE OPTION HOLDINGS OF SPECIFIED EXECUTIVES (INCLUDING MOVEMENTS DURING THE YEAR)

 

Name

 

Type

 

Balance as
at 1 Oct 03

 

Granted during
the year as
remuneration

 

Allocation of
rights arising from
renounceable rights
issue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sir J Anderson
(appointed 1 Dec 2003)

 

Zero-priced(1)

 

 

11,967

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Index-Linked

 

272,000

 

 

 

 

Dr RJ Edgar

 

Hurdled

 

170,000

 

129,781

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rights(2)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

46,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Index-Linked

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

E Funke Kupper

 

Hurdled

 

499,000

 

98,004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rights(2)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

28,557

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BC Hartzer

 

Index-Linked

 

222,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

247,000

 

108,834

 

 

 

 

 

Rights(2)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

13,665

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PJO Hawkins

 

Index-Linked

 

183,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

381,000

 

105,591

 

 

 

 

 

Rights(2)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

209,048

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PR Marriott

 

Index-Linked

 

311,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

668,000

 

141,057

 

 

 

 

 

Rights(2)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

98,185

 

 

 

Other(3)

 

11,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S Targett
(appointed 5 May 2004)

 

Hurdled

 

n/a

 

307,337

 

n/a

 

 


(1)          Zero priced options first granted in May 2004, and specifically designed to deliver equity to Sir J Anderson.  These options are granted under the ANZ Share Option Plan and have a nil exercise price and no time-based vesting criteria.  They were issued to meet the particular needs and circumstances at the time of the acquisition of NBNZ

 

(2)          Refers to rights arising from the Renounceable Rights Issue that partly funded the acquisition of NBNZ.  All ANZ Shareholders were eligible to purchase 2 new ordinary shares for every11 existing ordinary shares registered in their name as at 31 October 2003.  Amounts shown include directly held rights, nominally held rights and rights held by personally related entities

 

(3)          Other refers to share options granted to a personally related entity

 

22



 

F8.  OPTIONS VALUATIONS

 

For options granted in the current year, valuations have been determined in accordance with the fair value measurement provisions of Accounting Standards AASB 1046 and 1046A. The following table outlines the general assumptions used in the option pricing model.

 

Option type

 

Grant date

 

Option value(1)
$

 

Exercise price
(5 day VWAP)
$

 

Share price
at grant
$

 

ANZ expected
volatility(2)

 

Option term

 

Vesting period

 

Expected
life

 

Expected
dividends(3)

 

Risk free
interest rate(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hurdled

 

5 Nov 03

 

2.34

 

17.55

 

17.13

 

20.50

%

7 years

 

3 years

 

5 years

 

5.00

%

5.80

%

Hurdled

 

11 May 04

 

2.44

 

18.22

 

18.10

 

19.00

%

7 years

 

3 years

 

5 years

 

5.40

%

5.97

%

Hurdled (CEO)

 

31 Dec 03

 

2.11

 

17.48

 

17.68

 

20.00

%

5 years

 

2 years

 

3.5 years

 

5.50

%

5.56

%

Zero-priced

 

11 May 04

 

18.23

 

0

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

2 years

 

0 years

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 


(1)          The Binomial Option Pricing Model (“the model”) is used to assess the value of ANZ’s options (other than zero-priced options, for which the value is the volume weighted average price of the Company’s shares traded on the ASX on the day of the options were granted).  The model utilises probability theory to determine the value of an ANZ option based on likely share prices at the expiry date of the option.  In accordance with AASB 1046 and 1046A, the model reflects both the performance hurdles that currently apply to the Hurdled Options and the non-transferability of the options. Under the terms of the Options, the hurdle conditions (outlined in section C5.2.1) must be met before the options may be exercised during the exercise period

 

(2)          Expected volatility represents a measure of the amount by which ANZ’s share price is expected to fluctuate over the life of the options. The measure of volatility used in the model is the annualised standard deviation of the continuously compounded rates of return on the historical share price over a defined period of time preceding the date of grant. This historical average annualised volatility is then used to estimate a reasonable expected volatility over the expected life of the options

 

(3)          In estimating the fair value of the ANZ option grant, expected dividends were included in the application of the model. The expected dividend yield applied to the model was based on an analysis of ANZ’s historical dividend payments and yields

 

(4)          The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on zero-coupon bonds issued by the Australian government, with a remaining term equal to the expected life of ANZ’s options

 

Name

 

Exercised
during the year

 

Date of
exercise
of options

 

Sale of rights
arising from
the renounceable
rights issue

 

Share price on
date of exercise
of options including
rights $

 

Amount paid
per share
$

 

Balance
as at
30 Sep 04

 

Total
number
vested
during the year

 

Vested and
exercisable
as at
30 Sep 04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sir J Anderson
(appointed 1 Dec2003)

 

11,967

 

11 May 04

 

 

 

18.10

 

0.00

 

 

11,967

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr RJ Edgar

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

272,000

 

 

 

 

 

60,000

 

7 Jan 04

 

 

 

17.86

 

13.62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,000

 

14 May 04

 

 

 

17.62

 

12.98

 

204,781

 

95,000

 

 

 

 

37,295

 

28 Nov 03

 

9,091

 

16.82

 

13.00

 

 

46,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E Funke Kupper

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

270,000

 

12 May 04

 

 

 

18.29

 

13.62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95,000

 

12 May 04

 

 

 

18.29

 

12.98

 

232,004

 

365,000

 

 

 

 

175

 

28 Nov 03

 

28,382

 

16.82

 

13.00

 

 

28,557

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BC Hartzer

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

222,000

 

 

 

 

 

60,000

 

2Feb 04

 

 

 

17.56

 

13.62

 

295,834

 

102,000

 

42,000

 

 

 

13,665

 

28 Nov 03

 

 

16.82

 

13.00

 

 

13,665

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PJO Hawkins

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

183,000

 

 

 

 

 

170,000

 

11 Mar 04

 

 

 

19.20

 

13.62

 

316,591

 

250,000

 

80,000

 

 

 

209,048

 

28 Nov 03

 

 

16.82

 

13.00

 

 

209,048

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PR Marriott

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

311,000

 

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

12 Feb 04

 

 

 

17.95

 

10.48

 

559,057

 

250,000

 

275,000

 

 

 

460

 

28 Nov 03

 

97,725

 

16.82

 

13.00

 

 

98,185

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

11,000

 

6,000

 

11,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S Targett
(appointed 5 May2004)

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

307,337

 

 

 

 

23



 

THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

 

24



 

 

STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2004

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Total Income

 

2

 

17,508

 

13,023

 

12,007

 

12,081

 

11,368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

2

 

14,117

 

10,215

 

9,037

 

9,054

 

7,378

 

Interest expense

 

3

 

(8,863

)

(5,904

)

(5,019

)

(6,088

)

(4,556

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

5,254

 

4,311

 

4,018

 

2,966

 

2,822

 

Proceeds, net of costs, on disposal of investments

 

 

 

 

 

566

 

 

 

Carrying amount of assets given up

 

 

 

 

 

(392

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit from disposal of investments

 

 

 

 

 

174

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

2

 

3,246

 

2,702

 

2,765

 

3,027

 

3,990

 

Share of joint venture profit from ING Australia

 

2

 

97

 

55

 

2

 

 

 

Share of associates profit (net of writeoffs)

 

2

 

48

 

51

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

 

8,645

 

7,119

 

6,988

 

5,993

 

6,812

 

Operating expenses

 

3

 

(4,026

)

(3,228

)

(2,905

)

(2,878

)

(2,663

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before doubtful debt provision and income tax

 

 

 

4,619

 

3,891

 

4,083

 

3,115

 

4,149

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

15

 

(632

)

(614

)

(860

)

(433

)

(465

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

 

 

3,987

 

3,277

 

3,223

 

2,682

 

3,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

6

 

(1,168

)

(926

)

(898

)

(710

)

(616

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax

 

 

 

2,819

 

2,351

 

2,325

 

1,972

 

3,068

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interests

 

 

 

(4

)

(3

)

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders of the Company(1)

 

 

 

2,815

 

2,348

 

2,322

 

1,972

 

3,068

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency translation adjustments, net of hedges after tax

 

 

 

233

 

(356

)

(98

)

5

 

(191

)

Total adjustments attributable to shareholders of the company recognised directly in to equity

 

 

 

233

 

(356

)

(98

)

5

 

(191

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total changes in equity other than those resulting from transactions with shareholders as owners

 

 

 

3,048

 

1,992

 

2,224

 

1,977

 

2,877

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per ordinary share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

153.1

 

142.4

 

141.4

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Diluted

 

 

 

149.7

 

141.7

 

140.4

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

The notes appearing on pages 29 to 126 form an integral part of these financial statements

 


(1)          The results of 2004 include the impact of these significant items:

•  Close out of the TrUEPrS swap ($84 million profit after tax);

•  ING Australia completion accounts ($14 million profit after tax); and

 Incremental NBNZ integration costs ($14 million charge after tax)

 

The results of 2002 include the impact of these significant items:

•  The sale of businesses to INGA joint venture (profit after tax of $170 million);

•  National Housing Bank recovery ($159 million profit after tax); and

 Special general provision for doubtful debts ($175 million charge after tax)

 

Further details on these transactions are shown in notes 2, 3 and 15

 

25



 

STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER 2004

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

9

 

6,363

 

6,592

 

3,744

 

3,916

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

10

 

4,781

 

2,427

 

2,537

 

2,143

 

Trading securities

 

11

 

5,478

 

4,213

 

4,783

 

3,636

 

Investment securities

 

12

 

7,746

 

4,767

 

6,117

 

3,838

 

Net loans and advances

 

13

 

204,962

 

149,465

 

133,767

 

115,530

 

Customers’ liabilities for acceptances

 

16

 

12,466

 

13,178

 

12,466

 

13,178

 

Due from controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

7,338

 

5,738

 

Regulatory deposits

 

17

 

176

 

101

 

144

 

68

 

Shares in controlled entities, associates and joint venture entities

 

18

 

1,960

 

1,814

 

11,517

 

8,095

 

Deferred tax assets

 

19

 

1,454

 

1,165

 

737

 

746

 

Goodwill(1)

 

20

 

3,269

 

160

 

74

 

87

 

Other assets(2)

 

21

 

9,158

 

10,224

 

5,751

 

8,042

 

Premises and equipment

 

22

 

1,532

 

1,485

 

826

 

897

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

259,345

 

195,591

 

189,801

 

165,914

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

23

 

7,349

 

6,467

 

5,860

 

5,490

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

24

 

168,557

 

124,494

 

99,811

 

90,186

 

Liability for acceptances

 

 

 

12,466

 

13,178

 

12,466

 

13,178

 

Due to controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

9,544

 

9,262

 

Income tax liabilities

 

25

 

1,914

 

1,083

 

1,251

 

546

 

Payables and other liabilities(3)

 

26

 

14,212

 

13,611

 

10,890

 

11,671

 

Provisions

 

27

 

845

 

769

 

618

 

614

 

Bonds and notes

 

28

 

27,602

 

16,572

 

25,034

 

16,131

 

Loan capital

 

29

 

8,475

 

5,630

 

7,680

 

5,367

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

241,420

 

181,804

 

173,154

 

152,445

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets

 

 

 

17,925

 

13,787

 

16,647

 

13,469

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital

 

30

 

8,005

 

4,175

 

8,005

 

4,175

 

Preference share capital

 

30

 

987

 

2,212

 

987

 

2,212

 

Reserves

 

 

 

579

 

180

 

659

 

684

 

Retained profits

 

 

 

8,336

 

7,203

 

6,996

 

6,398

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company

 

 

 

17,907

 

13,770

 

16,647

 

13,469

 

Outside equity interests

 

31

 

18

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

17,925

 

13,787

 

16,647

 

13,469

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit related commitments

 

48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The notes appearing on pages29 to 126 form an integral part of these financial statements

 


(1)          Excludes notional goodwill of $754 million (September 2003: $821 million) included in the net carrying value of ING Australia Limited

(2)          Includes life insurance investment assets held by NBNZ Life Insurance Limited $65 million (September 2003: $nil).

(3)          Includes life insurance policy liabilities held by NBNZ Life Insurance Limited $30 million (September 2003: $nil)

 

26



 

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2004

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Share capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of year

 

 

 

4,175

 

3,939

 

3,733

 

4,175

 

3,939

 

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

 

 

135

 

115

 

94

 

135

 

115

 

Group employee share acquisition scheme

 

 

 

47

 

48

 

55

 

47

 

48

 

Group share option scheme

 

 

 

86

 

73

 

57

 

86

 

73

 

Rights issues

 

 

 

3,562

 

 

 

3,562

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

 

 

8,005

 

4,175

 

3,939

 

8,005

 

4,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preference shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of year

 

 

 

2,212

 

1,375

 

1,526

 

2,212

 

1,375

 

New issues(1)

 

 

 

 

987

 

 

 

987

 

Buyback of preference shares

 

 

 

(1,225

)

 

 

(1,225

)

 

Retranslation of preference shares

 

 

 

 

(150

)

(151

)

 

(150

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

 

 

987

 

2,212

 

1,375

 

987

 

2,212

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total share capital

 

 

 

8,992

 

6,387

 

5,314

 

8,992

 

6,387

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset revaluation reserve(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of year

 

 

 

31

 

31

 

31

 

401

 

401

 

Revaluation of investment in controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total asset revaluation reserve

 

 

 

31

 

31

 

31

 

415

 

401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of year

 

 

 

(239

)

117

 

215

 

228

 

419

 

Currency translation adjustments, net of hedges after tax

 

 

 

233

 

(356

)

(98

)

5

 

(191

)

Transfer from general reserve

 

 

 

224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total foreign currency translation reserve

 

 

 

218

 

(239

)

117

 

233

 

228

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General reserve(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of year

 

 

 

239

 

237

 

322

 

55

 

55

 

TrUEPrS preference share gain on buy back

 

 

 

180

 

 

 

180

 

 

Transfers(to) from retained profits/FCTR

 

 

 

(238

)

2

 

(85

)

(224

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total general reserve

 

 

 

181

 

239

 

237

 

11

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital reserve(4)

 

 

 

149

 

149

 

149

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total reserves

 

 

 

579

 

180

 

534

 

659

 

684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained profits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of year

 

 

 

7,203

 

5,600

 

4,562

 

6,398

 

3,971

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders of the Company

 

 

 

2,815

 

2,348

 

2,322

 

1,972

 

3,068

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total available for appropriation

 

 

 

10,018

 

7,948

 

6,884

 

8,370

 

7,039

 

Transfers from (to) reserves

 

 

 

14

 

(2

)

85

 

224

 

 

Ordinary share dividends provided for or paid

 

 

 

(1,598

)

(641

)

(1,252

)

(1,598

)

(641

)

Preference share dividends paid

 

 

 

(98

)

(102

)

(117

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained profits at end of year

 

 

 

8,336

 

7,203

 

5,600

 

6,996

 

6,398

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity attributable to shareholders of the Company

 

 

 

17,907

 

13,770

 

11,448

 

16,647

 

13,469

 

 

The notes appearing on pages 29 to 126 form an integral part of these financial statements

 


(1)          Relates to the issue of 10 million ANZ Stapled Exchangeable Preferred Securities, raising $1 billion net of issue costs of $13 million.  Refer note 30

 

Nature and purpose of reserves

(2)          Asset revaluation reserve

Prior to 1 October 2000, the asset revaluation reserve was used to record certain increments and decrements on the revaluation of non-current assets. As the Group has elected to adopt deemed cost in accordance with AASB 1041, the balance of the reserve is not available for future non-current asset write downs while the Group remains on the deemed cost basis

(3)          Foreign currency translation reserve

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign self-sustaining operations are taken to the foreign currency translation reserve, as described in accounting policy note 1

(4)          General reserve and Capital reserve

The balance of these reserves have resulted from prior period allocations of retained profits and may be released to retained profits.

 

27



 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2004

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest received

 

 

 

14,515

 

10,887

 

10,148

 

8,744

 

7,243

 

Dividends received

 

 

 

3

 

7

 

3

 

650

 

1,803

 

Fees and other income received

 

 

 

3,257

 

3,170

 

2,637

 

2,008

 

2,397

 

Interest paid

 

 

 

(8,258

)

(5,724

)

(5,367

)

(5,711

)

(4,372

)

Personnel expenses paid

 

 

 

(2,110

)

(1,848

)

(1,900

)

(1,542

)

(1,463

)

Premises expenses paid

 

 

 

(312

)

(279

)

(268

)

(275

)

(257

)

Other operating expenses paid

 

 

 

(2,093

)

(1,952

)

(1,893

)

(1,087

)

(855

)

Income taxes paid

 

 

 

(247

)

(1,312

)

(853

)

107

 

(1,063

)

Net goods and services tax (paid) received

 

 

 

(19

)

1

 

(28

)

(2

)

17

 

Net decrease (increase) in trading securities

 

 

 

514

 

1,669

 

(1,030

)

(1,147

)

1,583

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

42

 

5,250

 

4,619

 

1,449

 

1,745

 

5,033

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease (increase)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets - greater than three months

 

 

 

(325

)

1,113

 

(442

)

(298

)

1,091

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

522

 

(44

)

554

 

(153

)

(59

)

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

(76

)

52

 

37

 

(78

)

48

 

Loans and advances

 

 

 

(22,757

)

(19,944

)

(9,441

)

(18,869

)

(17,928

)

Shares in controlled entities and associates

 

 

 

(35

)

(2

)

(1

)

(5,361

)

(701

)

Investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

 

 

(7,560

)

(3,871

)

(2,851

)

(5,023

)

(2,838

)

Proceeds from sale or maturity

 

 

 

4,850

 

2,445

 

2,436

 

2,693

 

1,294

 

Controlled entities and associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased (net of cash acquired)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NBNZ

 

 

 

(3,224

)

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

(1,050

)

 

 

Premises and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

 

 

(345

)

(368

)

(385

)

(237

)

(292

)

Proceeds from sale

 

 

 

53

 

51

 

101

 

4

 

38

 

Recovery from NHB litigation

 

 

 

 

 

248

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

1,780

 

1,401

 

483

 

999

 

1,501

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities

 

 

 

(27,117

)

(19,167

)

(10,311

)

(26,323

)

(17,846

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

 

 

(272

)

(2,946

)

(1,211

)

427

 

(3,434

)

Deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

11,216

 

13,995

 

9,152

 

10,003

 

7,500

 

Due from/to controlled entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

630

 

4,993

 

Payables and other liabilities

 

 

 

(1,061

)

1,000

 

362

 

1,075

 

1,140

 

Bonds and notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue proceeds

 

 

 

14,181

 

8,255

 

4,537

 

13,233

 

7,788

 

Redemptions

 

 

 

(4,100

)

(4,095

)

(3,519

)

(4,100

)

(4,095

)

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue proceeds

 

 

 

2,694

 

3,380

 

759

 

2,694

 

3,380

 

Redemptions

 

 

 

(368

)

(437

)

(589

)

(368

)

(437

)

Decrease (increase) in outside equity interests

 

 

 

(1

)

(1

)

1

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

 

 

(1,561

)

(1,322

)

(1,178

)

(1,463

)

(1,220

)

Share capital issues (ordinary capital)

 

 

 

3,695

 

120

 

112

 

3,695

 

120

 

ANZ StEPS preference share issue

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

1,000

 

ANZ StEPS issues costs

 

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(13

)

Preference share buyback

 

 

 

(1,045

)

 

 

(1,045

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

 

23,378

 

18,936

 

8,426

 

24,781

 

16,722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

5,250

 

4,619

 

1,449

 

1,745

 

5,033

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities

 

 

 

(27,117

)

(19,167

)

(10,311

)

(26,323

)

(17,846

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

 

23,378

 

18,936

 

8,426

 

24,781

 

16,722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

1,511

 

4,388

 

(436

)

203

 

3,909

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

 

7,315

 

7,925

 

9,071

 

4,411

 

5,453

 

Foreign currency translation on opening balances

 

 

 

(972

)

(4,998

)

(710

)

(372

)

(4,951

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

42

 

7,854

 

7,315

 

7,925

 

4,242

 

4,411

 

 

The notes appearing on pages 29 to 126 form an integral part of these financial statements

 

28



 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Our critical accounting policies are described on pages 129 to 133.

 

1:  ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

i)  Basis of preparation

 

This general purpose financial report complies with the accounts provisions of the Banking Act 1959, applicable Australian Accounting Standards, the accounts provisions of the Corporations Act 2001, Urgent Issues Group Consensus Views and other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board. Except as disclosed below, these accounting policies are consistent with those of the previous year.

 

Certain disclosures required by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in respect of foreign registrants have also been included in this report.

 

The financial report has been prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of trading instruments which are recorded at market value with gains and losses on revaluation taken to the statement of financial performance, and the deemed cost of properties (deemed cost being the carrying amount of revalued non current assets as at the date of reverting to the cost basis per AASB 1041 - Revaluation of Non Current Assets) less any accumulated depreciation.

 

The preparation of the financial report requires the use of management estimates. Such estimates may require review in future periods.

 

The Company is a company of the kind referred to in Australian Securities and Investments Commission class order 98/100, dated 10 July1998. Consequently, amounts in the financial report have been rounded to the nearest million dollars except where otherwise indicated.

 

All amounts are expressed in Australian dollars, unless otherwise stated. Where necessary, amounts shown for the previous year have been reclassified to facilitate comparison.

 

ii)  Changes in Accounting Policies

 

There have been no changes in accounting policies for the year ended 30 September 2004.

 

iii)  Consolidation

 

The financial statements consolidate the financial statements of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the Company) and its controlled entities.

 

Shares in controlled entities are stated at deemed cost in the statement of financial position.

 

Where controlled entities and associates have been sold or acquired during the year, their operating results have been included to the date of disposal or from the date of acquisition.

 

Control means the capacity of an entity to dominate decision making, directly or indirectly, in relation to the financial and operating policies of another entity so as to enable that other entity to pursue the objectives of the controlling entity.

 

The Group adopts the equity method of accounting for associates and the Group’s interest in joint venture entities.  The Group’s share of results of associates and joint venture entities is included in the consolidated statement of financial performance. Shares in associates and joint venture entities are stated in the consolidated statement of financial position at cost plus the Group’s share of post acquisition net assets. Interests in associates and joint ventures are reviewed annually for impairment primarily using a discounted cash flow methodology. In the course of completing this valuation other methodologies are considered to determine the reasonableness of the valuation including the multiples of earnings methodology.

 

All significant activities of the Group, with the exception of ING Australia Joint Venture and PT Panin Indonesia Bank, are operated through wholly owned controlled entities.

 

The Group may invest in or establish special purpose companies, or vehicles, to enable it to undertake specific types of transactions. Where the Group controls such vehicles, they are consolidated into the Group financial results.

 

iv)  Goodwill

 

Goodwill, representing the excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of the identifiable net assets of a controlled entity at the date of gaining control, is recognised as an asset and amortised on a straight line basis over the period during which the benefits are expected to arise, not exceeding 20 years.

 

The unamortised balance of goodwill and notional goodwill and the period of amortisation are reviewed annually for impairment using a discounted cash flow methodology.  In the course of completing this valuation other analysis is considered to determine the reasonableness of the valuation including the multiples of earnings methodology. Where the balance exceeds the value of expected future benefits, the difference is charged to the statement of financial performance.

 

v)  Foreign currency

 

Financial assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into Australian dollars at the rates of exchange ruling at balance date.

 

Revenues and expenses of overseas branches and controlled entities are translated at average exchange rates for the year.

 

Net translation differences arising from the translation of overseas branches and controlled entities considered to be self-sustaining operations are included in the foreign currency translation reserve, after allowing for those positions hedged by foreign exchange contracts and related currency borrowings (net of tax).

 

vi)  Fee income

 

Fee and commission income are brought to account on an accruals basis.  Yield-related front-end application fees received are deferred and accrued to income as an adjustment to yield over the period of the loan. Non yield-related application and activation lending fees received are recognised as income no later than when the loan is disbursed or the commitment to lend expires.

 

29



 

Fees and commissions that relate to the execution of a significant act (for example, advisory services, placement fees and underwriting fees) are taken to income when the fees are receivable.  Fees charged for providing ongoing services that represent the recoupment of the costs of providing service (for example, maintaining and administering existing facilities) are recognised as revenue in the period in which the service is provided.

 

vii)  Net loans and advances

 

Net loans and advances include direct finance provided to customers such as bank overdrafts, credit cards, term loans, lease finance, hire purchase finance and commercial bills.

 

Overdrafts, credit cards and term loans are carried at principal balances outstanding. Interest on amounts outstanding is accounted for on an accruals basis.

 

Finance leases, including hire purchase contracts are accounted for using the finance method whereby income is taken to account progressively over the life of the lease or the contract in proportion to the outstanding investment balance. The finance receivable component of operating leases is accounted for using the finance method and residual interest retained are recorded as other assets. At finalisation, goods are disposed of and proceeds received are applied against the residual value.  Any resulting gains or losses are recognised through income.

 

A hire purchase is a contract where Esanda or UDC (the ‘owner’) allows the customer (the ‘hirer’) the right to possess and use goods in return for regular payments.  When all payments are made the title to the goods will pass to the customer.

 

The gross amount of contractual payments for finance leases to business customers that have a fixed rate and a fixed term are recorded as gross lease receivables and the unearned interest component is recognised as income yet to mature.

 

Customer financing through redeemable preference shares is included within net loans and advances. Dividends received on redeemable preference shares are taken to the statement of financial performance as part of interest income.

 

All loans are subject to regular scrutiny and graded according to the level of credit risk. Loans are classified as either productive or non-accrual. The Group has adopted the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority Impaired Assets Guidelines in assessing non-accrual loans. Non-accrual loans include loans where the accrual of interest and fees has ceased due to doubt as to full recovery, and loans that have been restructured with an effective yield below the Group’s average cost of funds at the date of restructuring.  A specific provision is raised to cover the expected loss, where full recovery of principal is doubtful.

 

Restructured loans are loans with an effective yield above the Group’s cost of funds and below the yield applicable to a customer of equal credit standing.

 

Cash receipts on non-accrual loans are, in the absence of a contrary agreement with the customer, applied as income or fees in priority to being applied as a reduction in principal, except where the cash receipt relates to proceeds from the sale of security.

 

viii)  Bad and doubtful debts and other loss contingencies

 

Bad and doubtful debts:

 

Each month the Group recognises an expense for credit losses based on the expected long term loss ratio for each part of the loan portfolio. The monthly charge is booked to the General Provision which is maintained to cover losses inherent within the Group’s existing loan portfolio.

 

The method used by the Group for determining this monthly expense charge is referred to as ‘economic loss provisioning’ (ELP). The Group uses ELP models to calculate the expected loss by considering:

 

the history of credit loss for each type and risk grade of lending; and

 

the size, composition and risk profile of the current loan portfolio.

 

The Group regularly reviews the assumptions used in the ELP models. These reviews are conducted in recognition of the subjective nature of ELP methodology. Methodologies are updated as improved analysis becomes available. In addition, the robustness of outcomes is reviewed considering the Group’s actual loss experience, and losses sustained by other banks operating in similar markets.

 

To the extent that credit losses are not consistent with previous loss patterns used to develop the assumptions within the ELP methodology, the existing General Provision may be determined to be either in excess of or insufficient to cover credit losses not yet specifically identified. As a result of the reassessments, ELP charge levels may be periodically increased or decreased.

 

Specific provisions are maintained to cover identified doubtful debts. All known bad debts are written off in the year in which they are identified. The specific provision requirement (representing new and increased specific provisions less specific provision releases) is transferred from the general provision to the specific provision. Recoveries, representing excess transfers to the specific provision, are credited to the general provision.

 

Provisions for doubtful debts are deducted from loans and advances in the statement of financial position.

 

Other loss contingencies:

 

These items are recorded as liabilities on the balance sheet when the following requirements are met:

 

the transaction is probable in that the contingency is likely to occur; and

 

can be reasonably estimated.

 

Further disclosure is made within note 48, where the above requirements are not met but the contingency falls within the category of “reasonably possible”.  Specific details are provided together with an estimate of the range or a statement that such as estimate is not possible.

 

30



 

ix)  Acceptances

 

Commercial bills accepted but not held in portfolio are accounted for and disclosed as a liability with a corresponding contra asset.

 

The Group’s own acceptances discounted are held as part of either the trading securities portfolio or the loan portfolio, depending on whether, at the time of such discount, the intention was to hold the acceptances for resale or until maturity.

 

x)  Trading securities

 

Securities held for trading purposes are recorded at market value. Unrealised gains and losses on revaluation are taken to the statement of financial performance. Except for contracts subject to master netting agreements that create a legal right of set off for which only the net revaluation amount is recognised on the statement of financial performance, unrealised gains on trading securities are recognised as part of other assets and unrealized losses are recognised as part of other liabilities in a category described as “treasury instrument revaluations”.

 

Market value for listed and unlisted securities is determined by the price displayed by a willing buyer in a liquid market at the reporting date, adjusted for liquidity issues around the size of the parcel of securities held by the Group as compared to the normal daily trading volumes in the securities. Where a market price in a liquid market is not readily available, the market value is determined by reference to the market price available for a security with similar credit, maturity and yield characteristics or by using industry standard pricing models.

 

xi)  Investment securities

 

Investment securities are those which the Group intends and has the ability to hold until maturity. Such securities are recorded at cost or at cost adjusted for amortisation of premiums or discounts.

 

Premiums and discounts are capitalised and amortised from the date of purchase to maturity. Interest and dividend income is accrued. Changes in market values of securities are not taken into account unless there is considered to be an other than temporary diminution in value. The market value of listed and unlisted investment securities used for considering other than temporary impairment and fair market value disclosures is determined using quoted market prices for securities with the same or similar credit, maturity and yield characteristics.

 

Market value, used for impairment issues, is determined in accordance with the methodology discussed under Trading Securities.

 

xii)  Repurchase agreements

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements are retained in the financial statements and a counterparty liability is disclosed under the classifications of Due to other financial institutions or Deposits and other borrowings. The difference between the sale price and the repurchase price is amortised over the life of the repurchase agreement and charged to interest expense in the statement of financial performance.

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell are recorded as Liquid assets, Net loans and advances, or Due from other financial institutions, depending on the term of the agreement and the counterparty.

 

xiii)  Derivative financial instruments

 

Derivative financial instruments (derivatives) are contracts whose value is derived from one or more underlying financial instruments or indices. They include swaps, forward rate agreements, futures, options and combinations of these instruments.

 

Trading derivatives, comprising derivatives entered into for customer-related or proprietary reasons or for hedging the trading portfolio, are measured at fair value and all gains and losses are taken to other operating income in the statement of financial performance.

 

Fair value losses arising from trading derivatives are not offset against fair value gains on the statement of financial position unless a legal right of set-off exists.

 

Derivatives designated as hedges of underlying non-trading exposures are accounted for on the same basis as the underlying exposures. To be designated as a hedge, the fair value of the hedge must move inversely with changes in the fair value of the underlying exposure.

 

Gains and losses resulting from the termination of a derivative that was designated as a hedge of non-trading exposures are deferred and amortised over the remaining period of the original term covered by the terminated instrument where the underlying exposure still exists. The gains or losses are recorded in the income or expense line in which the underlying exposure movements are recorded. Where the underlying exposure no longer exists, the gains and losses are recognised in the statement of financial performance in the other operating income line.

 

Gains and losses on derivatives related to hedging exposures arising from anticipated transactions are deferred and recognised in the financial statements when the anticipated transaction occurs.

 

These gains and losses are deferred only to the extent that there is an offsetting unrecognised (unrealised) gain or loss on the exposures being hedged. Deferred gains and losses are amortised over the expected term of the hedged exposure and are recorded in the results of operations in the same line as the underlying exposure. The deferred gain or loss is recorded in other liability or other assets in the statement of financial position.

 

Gains and losses that arise prior to and upon the maturity of transactions entered into under hedge rollover strategies are deferred and included in the measurement of the hedged anticipated transaction if the transaction is still expected to occur. If the forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gains and losses are recognised immediately in the statement of financial performance in the other income disclosure.

 

31



 

Movements in the derivative financial position are recorded in the cashflow statement when they are settled on the other financing and investing lines.

 

xiv)  Premises and equipment

 

Premises and equipment are carried at cost less depreciation or amortisation.

 

Profit or loss on the disposal of premises and equipment is determined as the difference between the carrying amount of the assets at the time of disposal and the proceeds of disposal, and is included in the results of the Group in the year of disposal.

 

Assets other than freehold land are depreciated at rates based upon their expected useful lives to the Group, using the straight line method. The depreciation rates used for each class of asset are:

 

Buildings

 

1

%

Building integrals

 

10

%

Furniture & equipment

 

10

%

Computer & office equipment

 

12.5% to 33

%

Software

 

14% to 33

%

 

Leasehold improvements are amortised on a straight line basis over the shorter of the useful lives or remaining terms of the lease.

 

Costs incurred in acquiring and building software and computer systems are capitalised as fixed assets and expensed as amortisation over periods of between 3 and 5 years except for the branch front end applications where 7 years is used. Costs incurred in planning or evaluating software proposals, or in maintaining systems after implementation, are not capitalised.

 

The carrying value of all non current assets, including premises and equipment, have been assessed annually, and have not been found to be in excess of their recoverable amounts.  Recoverable amounts are determined through a combination of comparisons with market values and cash flows. If the carrying value of non current assets exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is written down to the lower value.  Where assets working together as a group support the generation of cash flows, the recoverable amount is assessed in relation to the group of assets.

 

xv)  Income tax

 

The Group adopts the liability method of tax effect accounting whereby income tax expense is calculated based on accounting profit adjusted for permanent differences. Permanent differences are items of revenue and expense which are recognised in the statement of financial performance but are not part of taxable income or vice versa.

 

Future tax benefits and deferred tax liabilities relating to timing differences and tax losses are carried forward at tax rates applicable to future periods. These future tax benefits are not brought to account unless realisation of the asset is assured beyond reasonable doubt. Future tax benefits relating to tax losses are only carried forward where realisation of the benefit is considered virtually certain.

 

Provision for Australian income tax is made where the earnings of overseas controlled entities are subjected to Australian tax under the attribution rules for the taxation of foreign sourced income.

 

Otherwise, no provision is made for overseas withholding tax or Australian income tax which may arise on repatriation of earnings from overseas controlled entities, where it is expected these earnings will be retained by those entities to finance their ongoing business.

 

For details of the impact of Tax Consolidation, refer notes 6, 19 and 25.

 

xvi)  Employee entitlements

 

The amounts expected to be paid in respect of employees’ entitlements to annual leave are accrued at expected salary rates including on-costs. Liability for long service leave is accrued in respect of all applicable employees at the present value of future amounts expected to be paid.

 

xvii)  Provisions

 

Refer to note 27 for the accounting policies covering various provisions excluding ELP which is detailed in note 1(viii) above.

 

xviii)  Superannuation commitments

 

Contributions, which are determined on an actuarial basis, to superannuation schemes are charged to personnel expenses in the statement of financial performance.

 

Any aggregate deficiencies arising from the actuarial valuations of the Group’s defined benefit schemes have been provided for in the financial statements, where a legal or constructive obligation exists.

 

The assets and liabilities of the schemes have not been consolidated as the Company does not have direct or indirect control of the schemes.

 

xix)  Leasing

 

Leases entered into by the Group as lessee are predominantly operating leases, and the operating lease payments are included in the statement of financial performance in equal installments over the lease term.

 

xx)  Goods and services tax

 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST), except where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from the Australian Tax Office (ATO). In these circumstances the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense.

 

Receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included. The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the ATO is included as an other asset or liability in the statement of financial position.

 

Cash flows are included in the statement of cash flows on a gross basis. The GST components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to, the ATO are classified as operating cash flows.

 

32



 

xxi)  Life insurance

 

The Group’s life insurance business was conducted through ANZ Life Assurance Company Limited until 30 April 2002 and its results consolidated until that date. On 1 May 2002 the Group’s life insurance business was transferred to a joint venture entity, (see note 45) which is accounted for in accordance with the equity method of accounting. The joint venture adopts similar accounting policies to those described here.

 

Components of life insurance margin on services operating income disclosed are premium revenue and related revenue, investment revenue, claims expense and insurance policy liabilities expense (refer note 40).

 

Premiums with a regular due date are recognised as revenue on an accruals basis. Unpaid premiums are only recognised as revenue during the days of grace or where secured by the surrender value of the policy and are included as ‘Other Assets’ in the Statement of Financial Position. Premiums with no due date are recognised as revenue on a cash received basis. This category relates to contracts which offer policy holders the facility to make additional payments but where there is no contractual requirement to do so.

 

Business is classified as investment-linked where the benefit amount is directly linked to the market value of the investments. The policy owner bears the risk and rewards of the fund’s investment performance. Non investment linked business covers a wide range of contracts where the benefit amount is not directly linked to the market value of the investments. Dependent upon the type of contract involved, benefits could be paid upon termination of the contract from any cause or specifically on death, or on the occurrence of a contingency dependent on the termination or continuation of human life or on the occurrence of injury or disability caused by accident or illness. The financial risk of the occurrence of the event which crystallizes the payment of the benefit is borne by the company.

 

Claims under investment-linked business are recognised when the policy ceases to participate in the earnings of the fund. Claims on non investment-linked business are recognised when the liability to the policy owner under the policy contract has been established or upon notification of the insured event depending on the type of claim.

 

Policy liabilities and other liabilities are measured at net present value of estimated future cash flows. Changes in net present values are recognised in the statement of financial performance as revenue or expenses in the financial year in which they occur.

 

All assets are measured at net market values as at the reporting date. Changes in the net market values are recognised in the statement of financial performance as revenue or expenses in the financial year in which they occur.

 

xxii)  Capitalized expenses

 

Direct external expenses related to the acquisition of interest earning assets, including structured institutional lending, mortgages and finance leases, are initially recognised as part of the cost of acquiring the asset and written-off as an adjustment to its expected yield over its expected life. For assets subject to prepayment, expected life is determined on the basis of the historical behavior of the particular asset portfolio, taking into account contractual obligations and prepayment experience assessed on a regular basis.  Impairment of capitalized expenses is assessed through comparing the actual behavior of the portfolio against initial expected life assumptions.

 

33



 

2: INCOME

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From other financial institutions

 

209

 

92

 

121

 

68

 

65

 

On regulatory deposits

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

On trading securities

 

359

 

272

 

261

 

245

 

230

 

On investment securities

 

275

 

180

 

136

 

210

 

125

 

On loans and advances

 

12,984

 

9,380

 

8,245

 

8,194

 

6,667

 

Other

 

290

 

291

 

273

 

200

 

213

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,117

 

10,215

 

9,037

 

8,917

 

7,300

 

From controlled entities

 

 

 

 

137

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

14,117

 

10,215

 

9,037

 

9,054

 

7,378

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

i) Fee income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lending

 

1,002

 

933

 

876

 

822

 

813

 

Other, commissions(1)

 

1,419

 

1,115

 

1,196

 

947

 

795

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,421

 

2,048

 

2,072

 

1,769

 

1,608

 

From controlled entities

 

 

 

 

260

 

219

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fee income

 

2,421

 

2,048

 

2,072

 

2,029

 

1,827

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ii) Other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange earnings

 

411

 

348

 

365

 

232

 

238

 

Profit on trading instruments

 

151

 

110

 

59

 

158

 

122

 

Significant item: Net profit before tax from sale of business to INGA joint venture

 

14

 

 

174

 

14

 

 

Significant item: Net profit before tax from the close out of the TrUEPrS swap

 

108

 

 

 

108

 

 

Hedge of TrUEPrS cash flows(2)

 

2

 

71

 

72

 

2

 

71

 

Life insurance margin on services operating income (refer note 40)

 

15

 

 

99

 

 

 

Profit(loss) on sale of premises(3)

 

(7

)

6

 

5

 

 

 

Rental income

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

2

 

3

 

Other

 

129

 

116

 

89

 

482

 

1,729

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income(4)

 

825

 

654

 

867

 

998

 

2,163

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other operating income

 

3,246

 

2,702

 

2,939

 

3,027

 

3,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of joint venture profit from ING Australia(5) (refer note 45)

 

97

 

55

 

2

 

 

 

Share of associates profit (net of write offs)

 

48

 

51

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total share of joint venture and associates profit

 

145

 

106

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income(6)

 

17,508

 

13,023

 

12,007

 

12,081

 

11,368

 

 


(1)          Includes commissions from funds management business (up to 30 April 2002)

(2)          Preference shares are issued via the TrUEPrS structure. This income is earned on a fixed receive/floating pay swap of the fixed dividend commitments.  $2 million in 2004 treated as significant item

(3)          Gross proceeds on sale of premises is $34 million (2003: $33 million, 2002: $42 million)

(4)          The Company’s other income’ include dividends received from controlled entities of $648 million (2003: $1,803 million)

(5)          Net of notional goodwill amortisation

(6)          Includes external dividend income of $3 million (2003: $10 million, 2002: $3 million) for the Group and $2 million (2003: $1 million) for the Company

 

34



 

3: EXPENSES

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To other financial institutions

 

238

 

183

 

246

 

161

 

164

 

On deposits

 

5,037

 

3,502

 

3,019

 

3,403

 

2,722

 

On borrowing corporations’ debt

 

481

 

445

 

404

 

 

 

On commercial paper

 

765

 

310

 

251

 

196

 

184

 

On loan capital, bonds and notes

 

1,699

 

1,052

 

801

 

1,515

 

1,014

 

Other

 

643

 

412

 

298

 

534

 

295

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,863

 

5,904

 

5,019

 

5,809

 

4,379

 

To controlled entities

 

 

 

 

279

 

177

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest expense

 

8,863

 

5,904

 

5,019

 

6,088

 

4,556

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

i) Personnel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension fund

 

145

 

109

 

103

 

108

 

94

 

Employee entitlements and taxes

 

144

 

122

 

129

 

108

 

106

 

Salaries and wages

 

1,431

 

1,177

 

1,134

 

975

 

912

 

Other

 

411

 

342

 

348

 

303

 

283

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total personnel expenses

 

2,131

 

1,750

 

1,714

 

1,494

 

1,395

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ii) Premises

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortisation of leasehold improvements

 

13

 

15

 

14

 

7

 

9

 

Depreciation of buildings and integrals

 

12

 

16

 

17

 

2

 

1

 

Rent

 

197

 

154

 

161

 

139

 

120

 

Utilities and other outgoings

 

109

 

88

 

92

 

81

 

74

 

Other

 

22

 

22

 

15

 

17

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

353

 

295

 

299

 

246

 

222

 

To controlled entities

 

 

 

 

46

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total premises expenses

 

353

 

295

 

299

 

292

 

265

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iii) Computer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer contractors

 

25

 

18

 

34

 

23

 

16

 

Data communication

 

83

 

61

 

62

 

48

 

41

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

240

 

183

 

140

 

176

 

148

 

Rentals and repairs

 

59

 

70

 

59

 

62

 

63

 

Software purchased

 

101

 

103

 

105

 

90

 

90

 

Other

 

45

 

30

 

24

 

19

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total computer expenses

 

553

 

465

 

424

 

418

 

370

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iv) Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising and public relations

 

130

 

91

 

98

 

72

 

66

 

Amortisation of goodwill(1)

 

146

 

18

 

20

 

8

 

9

 

Audit fees (refer note 5)

 

5

 

4

 

3

 

3

 

2

 

Depreciation of furniture and equipment(2)

 

44

 

33

 

35

 

27

 

26

 

Freight and cartage

 

41

 

35

 

36

 

32

 

29

 

Loss on sale of equipment

 

6

 

7

 

2

 

5

 

2

 

Non-lending losses, frauds and forgeries

 

49

 

48

 

51

 

30

 

36

 

Postage and stationery

 

111

 

92

 

97

 

66

 

67

 

Professional fees

 

112

 

101

 

97

 

83

 

86

 

Telephone

 

57

 

49

 

53

 

30

 

35

 

Travel

 

100

 

78

 

77

 

65

 

55

 

Other

 

128

 

102

 

84

 

189

 

165

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other expenses

 

929

 

658

 

653

 

610

 

578

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

v) Restructuring

 

60

 

60

 

63

 

64

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

4,026

 

3,228

 

3,153

 

2,878

 

2,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant item: recovery from NHB litigation

 

 

 

(248

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses including recovery from NHB litigation

 

4,026

 

3,228

 

2,905

 

2,878

 

2,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total expenses

 

12,889

 

9,132

 

7,924

 

8,966

 

7,219

 

 


(1)          In addition, there is a notional goodwill amortisation charge of $41 million (2003: $44 million; 2002: $18 million) included in the calculation of the share of income from the ING Australia joint venture

(2)          Excludes integrals $8 million (2003: $12 million), included in Premises disclosure

 

35



 

4:  EQUITY INSTRUMENTS ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES

 

Under existing Australian Accounting Standards, equity instruments issued to employees are not required to be expensed. The impact of expensing options(1), and shares issued under the $1,000 employee share plan, has been calculated and is disclosed below.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders of the Company

 

2,815

 

2,348

 

2,322

 

Expenses attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options issued to Group Heads(1)

 

(8

)

(8

)

(7

)

Options issued to general management(1)

 

(23

)

(24

)

(19

)

Shares issued under $1,000 employee share plan

 

(22

)

(18

)

(18

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,762

 

2,298

 

2,278

 

 


(1)          Based on fair values estimated at grant date determined in accordance with the fair value measurement provisions of AASB 1046.  Value of options are amortised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

 

5: REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

KPMG Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit or review of financial reports of the Company or any entity in the Group

 

2,981

 

2,640

 

2,065

 

2,357

 

2,115

 

Other audit-related services(1),(2)

 

567

 

2,083

 

2,793

 

492

 

1,690

 

Other assurance services(3)

 

2,934

 

3,891

 

8,188

 

2,899

 

3,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,482

 

8,614

 

13,046

 

5,748

 

7,669

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxation

 

563

 

775

 

1,278

 

443

 

775

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

563

 

775

 

1,278

 

443

 

775

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

7,045

 

9,389

 

14,324

 

6,191

 

8,444

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas Related practices of KPMG Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit or review of financial reports of Group entities

 

1,834

 

1,293

 

1,305

 

346

 

315

 

Other audit-related services(1),(2)

 

1,494

 

1,503

 

1,611

 

556

 

639

 

Other assurance services(3)

 

77

 

1,473

 

316

 

32

 

1,194

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,405

 

4,269

 

3,232

 

934

 

2,148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxation

 

65

 

83

 

200

 

31

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65

 

83

 

200

 

31

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

3,470

 

4,352

 

3,432

 

965

 

2,158

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total remuneration of auditors

 

10,515

 

13,741

 

17,756

 

7,156

 

10,602

 

 

By virtue of an Australian Securities and Investments Commission class order dated 30 September 1998, the auditors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited and its related bodies corporate, KPMG, have been exempted from compliance with certain requirements of Section 324 of the Corporations Act 2001.  The class order exemption applies in that partners and associates of KPMG, not engaged on the audit of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited and its related bodies corporate, may be indebted to the Company, provided that such indebtedness was i) less than $5,000; or ii) was for a mortgage loan on principal place of residence; or iii) arose prior to the date of Class Order, or prior to joining KPMG, and arose upon ordinary commercial terms and conditions.

 

It is Group policy that KPMG Australia or any of its related practices may provide assurance and other audit-related services that, while outside the scope of the statutory audit, are consistent with the role of auditor. These include regulatory and prudential reviews requested by the Company’s regulators such as the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority. KPMG Australia or any of its related practices may not provide services that are perceived to be materially in conflict with the role of auditor. These include consulting advice and subcontracting of operational activities normally undertaken by management, and engagements where the auditor may ultimately be required to express an opinion on its own work. However, non-audit services that are not perceived to be materially in conflict with the role of auditor may be provided by KPMG Australia or any of its related practices subject to the approval of the ANZ Audit Committee.

KPMG has confirmed to ANZ that it has policies in place on loans from audit clients that are in accordance with Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X and that neither KPMG nor any covered person or immediate family member have any loans outstanding from Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited and its related parties that are part of the audit client that are not in compliance with that rule.

 


(1)          Includes completion accounts review

(2)          Includes services for the audit or review of financial information other than financial reports including prudential supervision reviews for central banks, prospectus reviews, trust audits and other audits required for local statutory purposes

(3)          2004 includes an NBNZ due diligence oversight review and markets co-sourcing internal audit work which ceased in April 2004.  2003 includes assessing the Group’s compliance with the requirements of the US Patriot Act.  2002 includes due diligence services principally related to ING Australia joint venture. Under the policy adopted by ANZ in April 2002, due diligence services are no longer provided by the external auditor, unless specifically approved by the Board

 

36



 

6: INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Reconciliation of the prima facie income tax payable on profit with the income tax expense charged in the statement of financial performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

3,987

 

3,277

 

3,223

 

2,681

 

3,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prima facie income tax at 30%

 

1,196

 

983

 

967

 

804

 

1,105

 

Tax effect of permanent differences

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas tax rate differential

 

20

 

15

 

14

 

2

 

2

 

Other non-assessable income

 

(32

)

(31

)

(39

)

(1

)

 

Rebateable and non-assessable dividends

 

(20

)

(16

)

(11

)

(194

)

(541

)

Life insurance accounting

 

(4

)

 

7

 

 

 

Goodwill amortisation

 

46

 

5

 

4

 

1

 

1

 

Profit from associated and joint venture entities

 

(43

)

(32

)

(9

)

(1

)

 

NHB settlement tax rate differential

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

Sale of business to INGA joint venture

 

(4

)

 

(48

)

(4

)

 

Other

 

11

 

5

 

(4

)

105

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,170

 

929

 

896

 

712

 

619

 

Income tax under/(over) provided in prior years

 

(2

)

(3

)

2

 

(2

)

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

 

1,168

 

926

 

898

 

710

 

616

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

802

 

672

 

683

 

641

 

543

 

Overseas

 

366

 

254

 

215

 

69

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,168

 

926

 

898

 

710

 

616

 

 

Tax Consolidation

 

The Company, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, is the head entity in the tax-consolidated group, comprising all the Australian wholly-owned subsidiaries, trusts and partnerships.  The implementation date for the tax-consolidated group is 1 October 2003. Under tax consolidations the head entity recognises all of the current and deferred tax assets and liabilities of the tax-consolidated group adjusted for the impact of arrangements made with other members of the tax - consolidated group.

 

Members of the tax-consolidated group have entered into a tax sharing agreement which provides for the allocation of income tax liabilities between the entities should the head entity default on its income tax payment obligations.

 

The tax-consolidated group has also entered into a tax funding agreement that requires wholly-owned subsidiaries to make/receive contributions to the head entity for:

 

                  deferred tax balances recognised by the head entity on implementation date, including the impact of any relevant reset tax cost bases; and

 

                  current tax assets and liabilities and deferred tax balances which have been calculated as if the wholly-owned subsidiaries were taxed on a “stand-alone” basis.

 

The contributions are payable as set out in the tax funding agreement and reflect the timing of the head entity’s obligations to make payments for tax liabilities to the relevant tax authorities. The assets and liabilities arising under the tax funding agreement are recognised as intercompany assets and liabilities which are equivalent to deferred tax balances.

 

Calculations at 30 September 2004 have been based on legislation enacted to that date. These calculations have resulted in no material adjustment to the consolidated tax expense or consolidated deferred tax balances for the year ended 30 September 2004.

 

37



 

7: DIVIDENDS

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Ordinary dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim dividend

 

850

 

666

 

583

 

850

 

666

 

Proposed final dividend

 

777

(1)

(1)

692

 

777

(1)

(1)

Bonus option plan adjustment

 

(29

)

(25

)

(23

)

(29

)

(25

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on ordinary shares

 

1,598

 

641

 

1,252

 

1,598

 

641

 

 


(1)          Change in accounting standard in 2003.  Dividends no longer accrued and are recorded when declared. Final dividend of $983 million not included in above table

 

A final dividend of 54 cents, fully franked, is proposed to be paid on each fully paid ordinary share on 17 December 2004 (2003 final dividend of 51 cents, paid 19 December 2003, fully franked, 2002: final dividend of 46 cents, paid 13 December 2002, fully franked). The 2004 interim dividend of 47 cents, paid 1 July 2004, was fully franked (2003: interim dividend of 44 cents, paid 1 July 2003, was fully franked, 2002: interim dividend of 39 cents, paid 1 July 2002, fully franked).

 

The tax rate applicable to the franking credits attached to the interim dividend and to be attached to the proposed final dividend is 30% (2003: 30%, 2002: 30%).

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Preference dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust Securities Issues

 

36

 

102

 

117

 

 

 

ANZ Stapled Exchangeable Preferred Securities (ANZ StEPS)

 

62

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on preference shares

 

98

 

102

 

117

 

 

 

 

Trust Securities Issues (ANZ TrUEPrS)

 

In 1998 ANZ TrUEPrS issued 124,032,000 preference shares, raising USD 775 million via Trust Securities issues. The Trust Securities carried an entitlement to a distribution of 8% (USD 400 million) or 8.08% (USD 375 million). The amounts were payable quarterly in arrears. Payment dates were the fifteenth day of January, April, July and October in each year.  The preference shares were bought back on 12 December 2003.

 

ANZ Stapled Exchangeable Preferred Securities (ANZ StEPS)

 

On 23 September 2003, the Group issued 10 million ANZ StEPS at $100 each raising $1 billion ($987 million net of issue costs of $13 million).  ANZ StEPS comprise 2 fully paid securities - an interest paying unsecured note stapled to a fully paid preference share.

 

Distributions on ANZ StEPS are non-cumulative and are payable quarterly in arrears (on 15 March, 15 June, 15 September, 15 December of each year) based upon a floating distribution rate equal to the 90 day bank bill rate plus a margin.  At each payment date the 90 day bank bill rate is reset for the next quarter.  Dividends are not payable on the preference share while it is stapled to the note.  If distributions are not paid on ANZ STEPS, the Company may not pay dividends or return capital on its ordinary shares or any other share capital ranking below the preference share component.

 

Dividend Franking Account

 

The amount of franking credits available to the Company for the subsequent financial year is $111 million (2003 and 2002: nil), after adjusting for franking credits that will arise from the payment of tax on Australian profits for the 2004 financial year, $421 million of franking credits which will be utilized in franking the proposed final dividend and franking credits that may not be accessible by the Company at present.

 

The 2004 amount includes franking credits that were transferred from Australian wholly-owned entities to the parent entity at 1 October 2003 when these entities entered the Australian tax consolidated group.

 

38



 

Restrictions which Limit the Payment of Dividends

 

There are presently no significant restrictions on the payment of dividends from controlled entities to the Company. Various capital adequacy, liquidity, statutory reserve and other prudential requirements must be observed by certain controlled entities and the impact on these requirements caused by the payment of cash dividends is monitored.

 

Payments of dividends from overseas controlled entities may attract withholding taxes which have not been provided for in these financial statements.

 

There are presently no restrictions on payment of dividends by the Company. Reductions of shareholders’ equity through payment of cash dividends is monitored having regard to the regulatory requirements to maintain a specified capital adequacy ratio. In particular, the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority has advised Australian banks that a bank under its supervision must consult with it before declaring a dividend if the bank has incurred a loss, or proposes to pay dividends which exceed the level of profits earned.

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

During the year, 3,909,659 ordinary shares were issued at $16.61 per share, and 3,906,171 ordinary shares at $17.84 per share, under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (2003: 3,142,629 ordinary shares at $18.32 per share, and 3,081,237 ordinary shares at $18.48 per share)

 

Bonus Option Plan

 

Dividends paid during the year have been reduced by way of certain shareholders participating in the Bonus Option Plan and forgoing all or part of their right to dividends in return for the receipt of bonus shares.

 

During the year, 927,439 ordinary shares were issued at $16.61 per share, and 844,425 ordinary shares at $17.84 per share, under the Bonus Option Plan (2003: 787,335 ordinary shares at $18.32 per share, and 747,652 ordinary shares at $18.48 per share).

 

 

 

Declared
dividend

 

Bonus options
exercised

 

Amount
paid

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Final dividend 2003

 

777

 

(15

)

762

 

Interim dividend 2004

 

850

 

(14

)

836

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,627

 

(29

)

1,598

 

 

39



 

8:  EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Basic earnings per share (cents)(1)

 

153.1

 

142.4

 

141.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings reconciliation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit

 

2,819

 

2,351

 

2,325

 

Less: net profit attributable to outside equity interests

 

4

 

3

 

3

 

Less: preference share dividend paid

 

98

 

102

 

117

 

Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share

 

2,717

 

2,246

 

2,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Used in calculating basic earnings per share

 

1,774.1

 

1,577.8

 

1,559.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share (cents)(1)

 

149.7

 

141.7

 

140.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings reconciliation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit

 

2,819

 

2,351

 

2,325

 

Less: net profit attributable to outside equity interests

 

4

 

3

 

3

 

Less: preference share dividend paid

 

98

 

102

 

117

 

Add: Hybrid interest expense

 

44

 

 

 

Earnings used in calculating diluted earnings per share

 

2,761

 

2,246

 

2,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Used in calculating basic earnings per share

 

1,774.1

 

1,577.8

 

1,559.8

 

Add: potential conversion of options to ordinary shares(1)

 

70.7

 

7.2

 

10.2

 

Used in calculating diluted earnings per share

 

1,844.8

 

1,585.0

 

1,570.0

 

 


(1)          Discounted for rights issue

 

The weighted average number of converted and lapsed options, weighted with reference to the date of conversion or lapse, and included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share is 1.0 million.

 

StEPS has not been included in the calculation of diluted EPS as they are not dilutive.  Refer to note 30.

 

40



 

9: LIQUID ASSETS

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coins, notes and cash at bankers

 

696

 

601

 

678

 

522

 

Money at call, bills receivable and remittances in transit

 

157

 

753

 

121

 

747

 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell less than 90 days

 

568

 

496

 

552

 

496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,421

 

1,850

 

1,351

 

1,765

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coins, notes and cash at bankers

 

418

 

284

 

103

 

96

 

Money at call, bills receivable and remittances in transit

 

2,289

 

1,647

 

1,087

 

882

 

Other banks’ certificates of deposit

 

2,080

 

2,437

 

1,203

 

1,173

 

Securities purchases under agreement to resell less than 90 days

 

155

 

374

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,942

 

4,742

 

2,393

 

2,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liquid assets

 

6,363

 

6,592

 

3,744

 

3,916

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity analysis based on original term to maturity at 30 September

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 90 days

 

4,999

 

5,509

 

2,408

 

2,834

 

More than 90 days

 

1,364

 

1,083

 

1,336

 

1,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liquid assets

 

6,363

 

6,592

 

3,744

 

3,916

 

 

10: DUE FROM OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

498

 

646

 

488

 

638

 

Overseas

 

4,283

 

1,781

 

2,049

 

1,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total due from other financial institutions

 

4,781

 

2,427

 

2,537

 

2,143

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity analysis based on remaining term to maturity at 30 September

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overdraft

 

370

 

638

 

299

 

636

 

Less than 3 months

 

2,692

 

1,283

 

1,729

 

1,051

 

Between 3 months and 12 months

 

824

 

351

 

349

 

309

 

Between 1 year and 5 years

 

790

 

84

 

58

 

83

 

After 5 years

 

105

 

71

 

102

 

64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,781

 

2,427

 

2,537

 

2,143

 

 

41



 

11: TRADING SECURITIES

 

Trading securities are allocated between Australia and Overseas based on the domicile of the issuer

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Unlisted – Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commonwealth securities

 

164

 

475

 

164

 

475

 

Local, semi-government and other government securities

 

1,693

 

1,230

 

1,693

 

1,230

 

ANZ accepted bills

 

1,875

 

820

 

1,875

 

820

 

Other securities and equity securities

 

627

 

1,142

 

568

 

1,109

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,359

 

3,667

 

4,300

 

3,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unlisted – Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other government securities

 

631

 

395

 

241

 

2

 

Other securities and equity securities

 

488

 

151

 

242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,119

 

546

 

483

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total unlisted

 

5,478

 

4,213

 

4,783

 

3,636

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total trading securities

 

5,478

 

4,213

 

4,783

 

3,636

 

 

42



 

12: INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities are allocated between Australia and Overseas based on the domicile of the issuer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Listed – Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other securities and equity investments

 

4

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Listed – Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other government securities

 

1,070

 

546

 

1,070

 

546

 

Other securities and equity investments

 

1,354

 

1,540

 

1,354

 

1,540

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,424

 

2,086

 

2,424

 

2,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total listed

 

2,428

 

2,090

 

2,424

 

2,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unlisted – Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Local and semi-government securities

 

895

 

1,362

 

895

 

1,362

 

Other securities and equity investments

 

2,786

 

250

 

2,660

 

157

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,681

 

1,612

 

3,555

 

1,519

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unlisted – Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand government securities

 

914

 

399

 

 

 

Other government securities

 

357

 

237

 

133

 

131

 

Other securities and equity investments

 

366

 

429

 

5

 

102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,637

 

1,065

 

138

 

233

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total unlisted

 

5,318

 

2,677

 

3,693

 

1,752

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investment securities

 

7,746

 

4,767

 

6,117

 

3,838

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market value information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Listed – Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other securities and equity investments

 

12

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Listed – Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other government securities

 

1,072

 

548

 

1,072

 

548

 

Other securities and equity investments

 

1,358

 

1,537

 

1,358

 

1,537

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,430

 

2,085

 

2,430

 

2,085

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total market value of listed investment securities

 

2,442

 

2,087

 

2,430

 

2,085

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unlisted – Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Local and semi-government securities

 

895

 

1,362

 

895

 

1,362

 

Other securities and equity investments

 

2,785

 

251

 

2,659

 

157

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,680

 

1,613

 

3,554

 

1,519

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unlisted – Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand government securities

 

913

 

399

 

 

 

Other government securities

 

361

 

238

 

137

 

132

 

Other securities and equity investments

 

366

 

429

 

5

 

102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,640

 

1,066

 

142

 

234

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total market value of unlisted investment securities

 

5,320

 

2,679

 

3,696

 

1,753

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total market value of investment securities

 

7,762

 

4,766

 

6,126

 

3,838

 

 

43



 

Investment Securities by Maturities and Yields

Based on remaining term to maturity at 30 September 2004

 

At book value

 

Less than
3 months

 

Between 3
months and
12 months

 

Between
1 year and
5 years

 

Between
5 years and
10 years

 

After
10 years

 

No
maturity
specified

 

Total

 

Market
Value

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Local and semi-government securities

 

695

 

200

 

 

 

 

 

895

 

895

 

Other securities and equity investments

 

2,480

 

50

 

51

 

162

 

 

47

 

2,790

 

2,797

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,175

 

250

 

51

 

162

 

 

47

 

3,685

 

3,692

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand government securities

 

589

 

325

 

 

 

 

 

914

 

913

 

Other government securities

 

861

 

491

 

75

 

 

 

 

1,427

 

1,433

 

Other securities and equity investments

 

194

 

442

 

1,077

 

1

 

6

 

 

1,720

 

1,724

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,644

 

1,258

 

1,152

 

1

 

6

 

 

4,061

 

4,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total book value

 

4,819

 

1,508

 

1,203

 

163

 

6

 

47

 

7,746

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total market value

 

4,784

 

1,508

 

1,251

 

165

 

6

 

48

 

n/a

 

7,762

 

 

Weighted average yields (1)

 

 

 

Less than
1 year

 

Between
1 year and
5 years

 

Between
5 years and
10 years

 

After
10 years

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Local and semi-government securities

 

5.37

 

 

 

 

Other securities and equity investments

 

5.33

 

6.49

 

6.56

 

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand government securities

 

6.08

 

 

 

 

Other government securities

 

4.37

 

7.89

 

 

 

Other securities and equity investments

 

3.00

 

2.71

 

2.84

 

2.18

 

 


(1)          Based on effective yields for fixed interest and discounted securities and dividend yield for equity investments at 30 September 2004

 

44



 

Investment Securities by Maturities and Yields

Based on remaining term to maturity at 30 September 2003

 

At book value

 

Less than
3 months

 

Between 3
months and
12 months

 

Between
1 year and
5 years

 

Between
5 years and
10 years

 

After
10 years

 

No
maturity
specified

 

Total

 

Market
Value

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Local and semi-government securities

 

1,002

 

360

 

 

 

 

 

1,362

 

1,362

 

Other securities and equity investments

 

95

 

60

 

68

 

 

 

31

 

254

 

253

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,097

 

420

 

68

 

 

 

31

 

1,616

 

1,615

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand government securities

 

291

 

108

 

 

 

 

 

399

 

399

 

Other government securities

 

220

 

363

 

200

 

 

 

 

783

 

786

 

Other securities and equity investments

 

831

 

503

 

635

 

 

 

 

1,969

 

1,966

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,342

 

974

 

835

 

 

 

 

3,151

 

3,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total book value

 

2,439

 

1,394

 

903

 

 

 

31

 

4,767

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total market value

 

2,439

 

1,393

 

903

 

 

 

31

 

n/a

 

4,766

 

 

Weighted average yields (1)

 

 

 

Less than
1 year

 

Between
1 year and
5 years

 

Between
5 years and
10 years

 

After
10 years

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Local and semi-government securities

 

4.70

 

 

 

 

Other securities and equity investments

 

4.94

 

4.95

 

 

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand government securities

 

4.99

 

 

 

 

Other government securities

 

7.74

 

6.25

 

 

 

Other securities and equity investments

 

3.11

 

1.92

 

 

 

 


(1)          Based on effective yields for fixed interest and discounted securities and dividend yield for equity investments at 30 September 2003

 

45



 

13: NET LOANS AND ADVANCES

 

Loans and advances are classified between Australia, New Zealand and Overseas markets based on the domicile of the lending point.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

4,390

 

3,915

 

4,390

 

3,915

 

Credit card out standings

 

4,523

 

4,265

 

4,523

 

4,265

 

Term loans – housing

 

71,499

 

62,482

 

71,499

 

62,482

 

Term loans – non-housing

 

49,217

 

41,133

 

44,098

 

35,804

 

Lease finance (refer below)

 

2,667

 

2,613

 

1,061

 

1,020

 

Hire purchase

 

7,093

 

6,127

 

497

 

398

 

Other

 

1,091

 

785

 

1,066

 

760

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

140,480

 

121,320

 

127,134

 

108,644

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

1,604

 

611

 

 

 

Credit card out standings

 

1,032

 

491

 

 

 

Term loans – housing

 

31,519

 

10,551

 

 

 

Term loans – non-housing

 

22,472

 

7,425

 

 

 

Lease finance (refer below)

 

493

 

370

 

 

 

Hire purchase

 

517

 

496

 

 

 

Other

 

584

 

985

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58,221

 

20,929

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

558

 

740

 

408

 

579

 

Credit card out standings

 

128

 

134

 

7

 

21

 

Term loans – housing

 

464

 

361

 

363

 

266

 

Term loans – non-housing

 

8,730

 

8,984

 

7,314

 

7,437

 

Lease finance (refer below)

 

111

 

239

 

79

 

216

 

Commercial bills

 

78

 

78

 

78

 

78

 

Other

 

44

 

2

 

40

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,113

 

10,538

 

8,289

 

8,599

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross loans and advances

 

208,814

 

152,787

 

135,423

 

117,243

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions for doubtful debts (refer note 15)

 

(2,376

)

(2,018

)

(1,655

)

(1,712

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income yet to mature

 

(1,476

)

(1,304

)

(1

)

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,852

)

(3,322

)

(1,656

)

(1,713

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net loans and advances

 

204,962

 

149,465

 

133,767

 

115,530

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease finance consists of gross lease receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

555

 

615

 

102

 

124

 

Non-current

 

2,716

 

2,607

 

1,038

 

1,112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,271

 

3,222

 

1,140

 

1,236

 

 

46



Maturity Distribution and Concentrations of Credit Risk

Based on remaining term to maturity at 30 September 2004

 

 

 

Overdraft(1)

 

Less than
3 months

 

Between
3 months and
12 months

 

Between
1 year and
5 years

 

After
5 years

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining

 

544

 

791

 

583

 

1,156

 

1,518

 

4,592

 

Business service

 

216

 

559

 

358

 

1,025

 

1,188

 

3,346

 

Entertainment, leisure and tourism

 

76

 

814

 

850

 

820

 

1,100

 

3,660

 

Financial, investment and insurance

 

366

 

854

 

1,297

 

625

 

406

 

3,548

 

Government and official institutions

 

1

 

87

 

2

 

15

 

21

 

126

 

Lease finance

 

 

90

 

238

 

1,820

 

519

 

2,667

 

Manufacturing

 

310

 

1,432

 

613

 

1,507

 

872

 

4,734

 

Personal(2)

 

6,260

 

7,073

 

143

 

5,521

 

495

 

19,492

 

Real-estate – construction

 

207

 

185

 

192

 

1,100

 

684

 

2,368

 

Real-estate – mortgage(3)

 

137

 

2,886

 

2,406

 

10,206

 

66,136

 

81,771

 

Retail and wholesale trade

 

597

 

1,960

 

510

 

1,822

 

2,737

 

7,626

 

Other

 

199

 

2,441

 

925

 

1,662

 

1,323

 

6,550

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining

 

113

 

792

 

512

 

5,388

 

2,613

 

9,418

 

Business service

 

242

 

52

 

100

 

285

 

167

 

846

 

Entertainment, leisure and tourism

 

75

 

25

 

198

 

415

 

178

 

891

 

Financial, investment and insurance

 

75

 

316

 

98

 

2,175

 

69

 

2,733

 

Government and official institutions

 

7

 

106

 

24

 

129

 

71

 

337

 

Lease finance

 

15

 

2

 

137

 

333

 

6

 

493

 

Manufacturing

 

186

 

342

 

143

 

972

 

326

 

1,969

 

Personal(2)

 

867

 

82

 

234

 

792

 

180

 

2,155

 

Real-estate – construction

 

98

 

130

 

91

 

216

 

89

 

624

 

Real-estate – mortgage(3)

 

620

 

2,776

 

2,147

 

4,554

 

24,628

 

34,725

 

Retail and wholesale trade

 

189

 

249

 

158

 

634

 

314

 

1,544

 

Other

 

149

 

349

 

336

 

1,168

 

484

 

2,486

 

Overseas Markets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining

 

13

 

120

 

230

 

446

 

324

 

1,133

 

Business service

 

10

 

7

 

5

 

54

 

9

 

85

 

Entertainment, leisure and tourism

 

4

 

14

 

7

 

32

 

20

 

77

 

Financial, investment and insurance

 

14

 

88

 

47

 

294

 

112

 

555

 

Government and official institutions

 

26

 

4

 

11

 

69

 

14

 

124

 

Lease finance

 

73

 

 

 

15

 

23

 

111

 

Manufacturing

 

59

 

878

 

312

 

1,110

 

354

 

2,713

 

Personal(2)

 

6

 

46

 

53

 

170

 

164

 

439

 

Real-estate – construction

 

12

 

6

 

34

 

39

 

6

 

97

 

Real-estate – mortgage(3)

 

10

 

40

 

18

 

277

 

233

 

578

 

Retail and wholesale trade

 

216

 

243

 

95

 

93

 

42

 

689

 

Other

 

243

 

380

 

268

 

1,105

 

1,516

 

3,512

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and advances

 

12,235

 

26,219

 

13,375

 

48,044

 

108,941

 

208,814

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specific provision for doubtful debts

 

(384

)

 

 

 

 

(384

)

Income yet to mature

 

(12

)

(355

)

(287

)

(816

)

(6

)

(1,476

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(396

)

(355

)

(287

)

(816

)

(6

)

(1,860

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances net of specific provision and income yet to mature

 

11,839

 

25,864

 

13,088

 

47,228

 

108,935

 

206,954

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General provision

 

 

 

 

 

(1,992

)

(1,992

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans and advances

 

11,839

 

25,864

 

13,088

 

47,228

 

106,943

 

204,962

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate sensitivity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed interest rates(4)

 

278

 

11,029

 

8,060

 

22,057

 

43,720

 

84,694

 

Variable interest rates

 

11,957

 

15,190

 

5,315

 

25,987

 

65,671

 

124,120

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,235

 

26,219

 

13,375

 

48,044

 

108,941

 

208,814

 

 


(1)   Overdraft includes credit cards and unsecured lending

(2)   Personal includes non-business loans to individuals through overdrafts, personal loans, credit cards and fully drawn advances

(3)   Real-estate-mortgage includes residential and commercial property exposure. Loans within this category are for the purchase of such properties and must be secured by property

(4)   Housing loans and other loans that are capped for an initial period are fixed interest rate loans and their maturities based on the principal repayments due over the term of the loan

 

47



 

Maturity Distribution and Concentrations of Credit Risk

Based on remaining term to maturity at 30 September 2003

 

 

 

Overdraft(1)

 

Less than
3 months

 

Between
3 months and
12 months

 

Between
1 year and
5 years

 

After
5 years

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining

 

505

 

417

 

655

 

1,001

 

1,251

 

3,829

 

Business service

 

243

 

261

 

313

 

869

 

946

 

2,632

 

Entertainment, leisure and tourism

 

100

 

588

 

199

 

805

 

940

 

2,632

 

Financial, investment and insurance

 

1,355

 

705

 

897

 

1,733

 

276

 

4,966

 

Government and official institutions

 

2

 

 

2

 

20

 

27

 

51

 

Lease finance

 

 

113

 

289

 

1,701

 

510

 

2,613

 

Manufacturing

 

345

 

2,068

 

479

 

1,125

 

1,349

 

5,366

 

Personal(2)

 

4,491

 

5,322

 

210

 

5,046

 

579

 

15,648

 

Real-estate – construction

 

223

 

66

 

114

 

821

 

543

 

1,767

 

Real-estate – mortgage(3)

 

125

 

1,990

 

1,811

 

9,871

 

55,863

 

69,660

 

Retail and wholesale trade

 

621

 

2,086

 

620

 

1,241

 

2,253

 

6,821

 

Other

 

170

 

2,284

 

647

 

1,065

 

1,169

 

5,335

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining

 

85

 

30

 

229

 

588

 

679

 

1,611

 

Business service

 

7

 

1

 

 

35

 

96

 

139

 

Entertainment, leisure and tourism

 

23

 

3

 

7

 

71

 

332

 

436

 

Financial, investment and insurance

 

61

 

5

 

462

 

564

 

75

 

1,167

 

Government and official institutions

 

7

 

2

 

6

 

62

 

70

 

147

 

Lease finance

 

25

 

28

 

79

 

236

 

2

 

370

 

Manufacturing

 

58

 

27

 

185

 

493

 

440

 

1,203

 

Personal(2)

 

43

 

171

 

202

 

375

 

39

 

830

 

Real-estate – construction

 

16

 

27

 

56

 

153

 

56

 

308

 

Real-estate – mortgage(3)

 

629

 

38

 

623

 

464

 

10,198

 

11,952

 

Retail and wholesale trade

 

51

 

10

 

100

 

385

 

428

 

974

 

Other

 

97

 

61

 

137

 

712

 

785

 

1,792

 

Overseas Markets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining

 

17

 

111

 

252

 

534

 

231

 

1,145

 

Business service

 

14

 

6

 

15

 

146

 

3

 

184

 

Entertainment, leisure and tourism

 

6

 

16

 

17

 

32

 

27

 

98

 

Financial, investment and insurance

 

5

 

78

 

23

 

137

 

106

 

349

 

Government and official institutions

 

11

 

9

 

16

 

81

 

10

 

127

 

Lease finance

 

73

 

4

 

4

 

10

 

148

 

239

 

Manufacturing

 

171

 

418

 

394

 

1,089

 

379

 

2,451

 

Personal(2)

 

10

 

177

 

119

 

202

 

433

 

941

 

Real-estate – construction

 

13

 

14

 

8

 

125

 

4

 

164

 

Real-estate – mortgage(3)

 

49

 

16

 

61

 

403

 

278

 

807

 

Retail and wholesale trade

 

263

 

259

 

19

 

186

 

40

 

767

 

Other

 

242

 

191

 

195

 

1,269

 

1,369

 

3,266

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans and advances

 

10,156

 

17,602

 

9,445

 

33,650

 

81,934

 

152,787

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specific provision for doubtful debts

 

(484

)

 

 

 

 

(484

)

Income yet to mature

 

(96

)

(287

)

(256

)

(661

)

(4

)

(1,304

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(580

)

(287

)

(256

)

(661

)

(4

)

(1,788

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances net of specific provision and income yet to mature

 

9,576

 

17,315

 

9,189

 

32,989

 

81,930

 

150,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General provision

 

 

 

 

 

(1,534

)

(1,534

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans and advances

 

9,576

 

17,315

 

9,189

 

32,989

 

80,396

 

149,465

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate sensitivity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed interest rates(4)

 

372

 

8,585

 

4,724

 

22,739

 

19,826

 

56,246

 

Variable interest rates

 

9,784

 

9,017

 

4,721

 

10,911

 

62,108

 

96,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,156

 

17,602

 

9,445

 

33,650

 

81,934

 

152,787

 

 


(1)   Overdraft includes credit cards and unsecured lending

(2)   Personal includes non-business loans to individuals through overdrafts, personal loans, credit cards and fully drawn advances

(3)   Real estate-mortgage includes residential and commercial property exposure. Loans within this category are for the purchase of such properties and must be secured by property

(4)   Housing loans and other loans that are capped for an initial period are fixed interest rate loans and their maturities based on the principal repayments due over the term of the loan

 

48



 

14: IMPAIRED ASSETS

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Summary of impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans

 

829

 

1,007

 

644

 

865

 

Restructured loans

 

32

 

 

32

 

 

Unproductive facilities

 

29

 

39

 

29

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross impaired assets

 

890

 

1,046

 

705

 

903

 

Specific provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans

 

(378

)

(482

)

(268

)

(427

)

Unproductive facilities

 

(6

)

(2

)

(6

)

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net impaired assets

 

506

 

562

 

431

 

474

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans

 

829

 

1,007

 

644

 

865

 

Specific provisions

 

(378

)

(482

)

(268

)

(427

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net non-accrual loans

 

451

 

525

 

376

 

438

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructured loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For these loans interest and fees are recognized as income on an accrual basis

 

32

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In the event of customer default, any loan security is held as mortgagee in possession and therefore the Group does not hold any other real estate owned assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unproductive facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unproductive facilities

 

29

 

39

 

29

 

38

 

Specific provisions

 

(6

)

(2

)

(6

)

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unproductive facilities

 

23

 

37

 

23

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

These amounts, comprising loans less than $100,000 or fully secured, are not classified as impaired assets and therefore are not included within the above summary

 

293

 

213

 

175

 

163

 

 

Consolidated average non-accrual loans: September 2004 $912 million; September 2003 $1,103 million; September 2002 $1,254 million Further analysis of impaired assets at 30 September 2004 and interest and/or other income received during the year under Australian Prudential Regulation Authority guidelines is as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

Gross
balance
outstanding

 

Specific
provision

 

Interest and/or
other income
received

 

Gross
balance
outstanding

 

Specific
provision

 

Interest and/or
other income
received

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Non-accrual loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

82

 

 

3

 

79

 

 

2

 

New Zealand

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

27

 

 

7

 

27

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

115

 

 

10

 

106

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With provisions and no, or partial, performance(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

338

 

208

 

3

 

296

 

184

 

2

 

New Zealand

 

109

 

69

 

1

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

265

 

100

 

5

 

241

 

83

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

712

 

377

 

9

 

537

 

267

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With provisions and full performance(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

Total non-accrual loans

 

829

 

378

 

19

 

644

 

268

 

15

 

Restructured loans

 

32

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

Unproductive facilities

 

29

 

6

 

 

29

 

6

 

 

Total impaired assets

 

890

 

384

 

19

 

705

 

274

 

15

 

 


(1)   A loan’s performance is assessed against its contractual repayment schedule

 

49



 

Interest and other income forgone on impaired assets

 

The following table shows the estimated amount of interest and other income that would have been recorded had interest and other income on non-accrual loans and unproductive facilities been accrued to income (or, in the case of restructured loans, had interest and other income been accrued at the original contract rate), and the amount of interest and other income received with respect to such loans.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Gross interest and other income receivable on non-accrual loans, restructured loans and unproductive facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

29

 

36

 

24

 

28

 

New Zealand

 

8

 

2

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

25

 

31

 

15

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross interest and other income receivable on non-accrual loans, restructured loans and unproductive facilities

 

62

 

69

 

39

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and other income received

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

(6

)

(10

)

(4

)

(9

)

New Zealand

 

(1

)

(1

)

 

 

Overseas markets

 

(12

)

(12

)

(11

)

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest and other income received

 

(19

)

(23

)

(15

)

(20

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest and other income forgone

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

23

 

26

 

20

 

19

 

New Zealand

 

7

 

1

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

13

 

19

 

4

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net interest and other income forgone

 

43

 

46

 

24

 

31

 

 

50



 

15: PROVISIONS FOR DOUBTFUL DEBTS

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

General provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of year

 

1,534

 

1,496

 

1,386

 

1,283

 

1,310

 

Acquisition of provisions

 

216

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment for exchange rate fluctuations

 

53

 

(49

)

(22

)

16

 

(70

)

Charge to statement of financial performance

 

632

 

614

 

610

 

433

 

465

 

Significant transactions: special charge to statement of financial performance(1)

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

Transfer to specific provision

 

(525

)

(588

)

(788

)

(399

)

(460

)

Recoveries

 

82

 

61

 

60

 

48

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total general provision

 

1,992

 

1,534

 

1,496

 

1,381

 

1,283

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specific provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of year

 

484

 

585

 

500

 

429

 

509

 

Acquisition of provisions

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment for exchange rate fluctuations

 

(2

)

(49

)

(6

)

(7

)

(43

)

Bad debts written off

 

(680

)

(640

)

(697

)

(547

)

(497

)

Transfer from general provision

 

525

 

588

 

788

 

399

 

460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total specific provision

 

384

 

484

 

585

 

274

 

429

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total provisions for doubtful debts

 

2,376

 

2,018

 

2,081

 

1,655

 

1,712

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision movement analysis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New and increased provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

459

 

418

 

423

 

404

 

360

 

New Zealand

 

80

 

45

 

54

 

 

 

Other overseas markets

 

86

 

212

 

421

 

60

 

163

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

625

 

675

 

898

 

464

 

523

 

Provision releases

 

(100

)

(87

)

(110

)

(65

)

(63

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

525

 

588

 

788

 

399

 

460

 

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

 

(82

)

(61

)

(60

)

(48

)

(38

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net specific provision

 

443

 

527

 

728

 

351

 

422

 

Net credit to general provision

 

189

 

87

 

132

 

82

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge to statement of financial performance

 

632

 

614

 

860

 

433

 

465

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Provisions(2) as a % of total advances(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specific

 

0.2

 

0.3

 

0.4

 

0.2

 

0.3

 

General

 

1.0

 

0.9

 

1.1

 

0.9

 

1.0

 

Provisions(2) as a % of risk weighted assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specific

 

0.2

 

0.3

 

0.4

 

0.2

 

0.4

 

General

 

1.0

 

1.0

 

1.1

 

1.0

 

1.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bad debts written off as a % of total advances(3)

 

0.3

 

0.4

 

0.5

 

0.4

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net specific provision as a % of total advances(3)

 

0.2

 

0.3

 

0.5

 

0.2

 

0.3

 

 


(1)   Following an assessment of the general provision balance in March 2002, a special provision for doubtful debts of $250 million ($175 million after tax) was charged to restore the provision balance to an appropriate level in the environment relevant at that time of unexpected investment grade defaults

(2)   Excludes provisions for unproductive facilities

(3)   See Glossary on page 141

 

51



 

16: CUSTOMERS’ LIABILITIES FOR ACCEPTANCES

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining

 

813

 

797

 

813

 

797

 

Business service

 

572

 

550

 

572

 

550

 

Entertainment, leisure and tourism

 

502

 

473

 

502

 

473

 

Financial, investment and insurance

 

1,081

 

977

 

1,081

 

977

 

Manufacturing

 

1,710

 

2,251

 

1,710

 

2,251

 

Personal(1)

 

5

 

80

 

5

 

80

 

Real-estate – construction

 

132

 

112

 

132

 

112

 

Real-estate – mortgage(2)

 

5,073

 

5,463

 

5,073

 

5,463

 

Retail and wholesale trade

 

1,524

 

1,810

 

1,524

 

1,810

 

Other

 

994

 

629

 

994

 

629

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,406

 

13,142

 

12,406

 

13,142

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial, investment and insurance

 

6

 

11

 

6

 

11

 

Manufacturing

 

44

 

20

 

44

 

20

 

Retail and wholesale trade

 

10

 

4

 

10

 

4

 

Other

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60

 

36

 

60

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total customers’ liabilities for acceptances

 

12,466

 

13,178

 

12,466

 

13,178

 

 


(1)   Personal includes non-business acceptances to individuals

(2)   Real-estate mortgage includes residential and commercial property exposure. Acceptances within this category are for the purchase of such properties and must be secured by property

 

17: REGULATORY DEPOSITS

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Overseas central banks

 

176

 

101

 

144

 

68

 

 

52



 

18:  SHARES IN CONTROLLED ENTITIES, ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURE ENTITIES

 

Refer notes 43 to 45 for details.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Total shares in controlled entities

 

 

 

11,472

 

8,054

 

Total shares in associates

 

263

 

166

 

45

 

41

 

Total shares in joint venture entity

 

1,697

 

1,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shares in controlled entities, associates and joint venture entities

 

1,960

 

1,814

 

11,517

 

8,095

 

 

ACQUISITIONS OF CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

During the year ended 30 September 2004 the following material controlled entities were acquired:

 

On 1 December 2003, the Company acquired NBNZ Holdings Ltd and its controlled entities (NBNZ).  Details of the acquisition are disclosed in note 42.  The operating results of these acquired entities have been included in consolidated operating profit since acquisition.

 

A restructuring provision of $25 million was established for restructuring the operations of the acquired entities.  A balance of $24 million remains in the provision at 30 September 2004.  On 26 June 2004, NBNZ was amalgamated into ANZ Banking Group (New Zealand) Limited. ANZ Banking Group (New Zealand) Limited changed its name to ANZ National Bank Limited on 28 June 2004.

 

There were no material controlled entities acquired during the year ended 30 September 2003.

 

DISPOSALS OF CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

There were no material controlled entities disposed of during the years ended 30 September 2004 and 2003.

 

19: DEFERRED TAX ASSETS

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Future income tax assets comprises

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General provision for doubtful debts

 

650

 

505

 

442

 

414

 

Other

 

804

 

660

 

295

 

332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax assets

 

1,454

 

1,165

 

737

(1)

746

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Future income tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

959

 

874

 

636

 

605

 

Overseas

 

495

 

291

 

101

 

141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,454

 

1,165

 

737

 

746

 

 


(1)   Gross deferred tax assets for the Company $1,060 million (2004) less inter company liability to tax consolidated controlled entities $323 million (2004)

 

Certain potential future income tax assets within the Group have not been recognized as assets because recovery cannot be regarded as virtually certain. These potential benefits arise from tax losses and timing differences (benefits could amount to $nil, 2003: nil), and from realized capital losses (benefits could amount to $67 million, 2003: nil).

 

These benefits will only be obtained if:

 

i)      the relevant entities derive future assessable income of a nature and amount sufficient to enable the benefit of the taxation deductions to be realized;

 

ii)     the relevant entities continue to comply with the conditions for deductibility imposed by law; and

 

iii)    there are no changes in taxation legislation adversely affecting the benefit of the taxation deductions.

 

53



 

20: GOODWILL

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Goodwill – at cost

 

3,509

 

248

 

123

 

128

 

Accumulated amortization

 

(240

)

(88

)

(49

)

(41

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total goodwill(1)

 

3,269

 

160

 

74

 

87

 

 


(1)   Excludes notional goodwill related to the ING Australia joint venture of $754 million (September 2003: $821 million)

 

21: OTHER ASSETS

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Property held for resale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of acquisition

 

 

2

 

 

 

Provision for diminution in value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest/prepaid discounts

 

1,568

 

1,085

 

1,181

 

859

 

Accrued commission

 

82

 

81

 

55

 

55

 

Prepaid expenses

 

71

 

70

 

10

 

13

 

Treasury instruments revaluations

 

4,456

 

5,963

 

3,738

 

5,379

 

Security settlements

 

952

 

373

 

10

 

360

 

Operating leases residual value

 

535

 

461

 

 

 

Life insurance business investments

 

65

 

 

 

 

Other

 

1,429

 

2,189

 

757

 

1,376

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other assets

 

9,158

 

10,224

 

5,751

 

8,042

 

 

54



 

22:  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Freehold and leasehold land and buildings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost(1)

 

472

 

442

 

31

 

22

 

Provision for depreciation

 

(24

)

(16

)

(1

)

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

448

 

426

 

30

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

209

 

168

 

117

 

108

 

Provision for amortization

 

(148

)

(116

)

(78

)

(71

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

52

 

39

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Furniture and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

920

 

725

 

519

 

507

 

Provision for depreciation

 

(614

)

(488

)

(342

)

(324

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

306

 

237

 

177

 

183

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer and office equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

964

 

853

 

646

 

636

 

Provision for depreciation

 

(712

)

(572

)

(462

)

(419

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

252

 

281

 

184

 

217

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

728

 

624

 

614

 

560

 

Provision for amortisation

 

(298

)

(159

)

(239

)

(139

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

430

 

465

 

375

 

421

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital works in progress

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

35

 

24

 

21

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total premises and equipment

 

1,532

 

1,485

 

826

 

897

 

 


(1)   In accordance with AASB 1041 this represents deemed cost

 

From 1 October 2000 as allowed by AASB 1041 ‘Revaluation of Non-Current Assets’ the Group elected to revert to the cost basis for measuring the class of assets ‘land and buildings’.

 

As all properties are carried at deemed cost subject to individually meeting a recoverable amount test, valuations are carried out on all properties with a carrying value in excess of $1 million every three years.  Properties carrying values are not increased to market values if valuations exceed carrying amounts. However, if the valuation of an individual property is determined to be less than its carrying amount, it will be written down to the lower amount.

 

The properties are subject to external valuation by independent values. Valuations are based on the estimated open market value and assume that the properties concerned continue to be used in their existing manner by the Group.

 

The independent valuation of the Group’s freehold land and buildings was carried out as at 30 June 2002 by Jones Lang La Salle Advisory and resulted in a valuation of $464 million (The Company: $32 million). As land and buildings are recorded at deemed cost, the valuation was not brought to account.

 

At 30 September 2004, the recoverable amount review of properties, with net carrying values equal to or greater than $2 million was completed.  Properties were reviewed for the existence of impairment indicators that might provide evidence that the property’s recoverable amount exceeded its carrying value.  One property was identified as impaired and a loss of $2 million was booked.

 

Group accounting policy covering the amortisation of software costs capitalised are detailed in note 1(xiv).  As at 30 September 2004 the weighted average amortisation period is 5 years.

 

55



 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts for each class of premises and equipment are set out below:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Freehold and leasehold land and buildings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at beginning of year

 

426

 

455

 

21

 

27

 

Additions

 

15

 

13

 

10

 

4

 

Acquisitions(1)

 

53

 

 

 

 

Disposals(2)

 

(43

)

(35

)

(1

)

(7

)

Depreciation

 

(4

)

(4

)

 

(1

)

Net foreign currency exchange difference

 

1

 

(3

)

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at end of year

 

448

 

426

 

30

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at beginning of year

 

52

 

44

 

37

 

30

 

Additions

 

17

 

25

 

9

 

16

 

Acquisitions(1)

 

10

 

 

 

 

Disposals

 

(6

)

(2

)

 

 

Amortization

 

(13

)

(15

)

(7

)

(9

)

Net foreign currency exchange difference

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at end of year

 

61

 

52

 

39

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Furniture and equipment(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at beginning of year

 

237

 

231

 

183

 

161

 

Additions

 

111

 

56

 

58

 

50

 

Acquisitions(1)

 

79

 

 

 

 

Disposals

 

(66

)

(1

)

(33

)

 

Depreciation

 

(52

)

(45

)

(29

)

(26

)

Net foreign currency exchange difference

 

(3

)

(4

)

(2

)

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount tend of year

 

306

 

237

 

177

 

183

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer and office equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at beginning of year

 

281

 

283

 

217

 

235

 

Additions

 

80

 

110

 

65

 

94

 

Acquisitions(1)

 

14

 

 

 

 

Disposals

 

(14

)

(12

)

(26

)

(36

)

Depreciation

 

(111

)

(100

)

(72

)

(75

)

Net foreign currency exchange difference

 

2

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at end of year

 

252

 

281

 

184

 

217

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at beginning of year

 

465

 

419

 

421

 

389

 

Additions

 

114

 

141

 

92

 

115

 

Acquisitions(1)

 

17

 

 

 

 

Write offs(4)

 

(37

)

(12

)

(34

)

(10

)

Amortisation

 

(129

)

(83

)

(104

)

(73

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at end of year

 

430

 

465

 

375

 

421

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital works in progress

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at beginning of year

 

24

 

32

 

18

 

24

 

Net additions(transfers)

 

8

 

(8

)

3

 

(6

)

Acquisitions(1)

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at end of year

 

35

 

24

 

21

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total premises and equipment

 

1,532

 

1,485

 

826

 

897

 

 


(1)   Relates to NBNZ acquisition at 1 December 2003. Additions after this date are included in the “Additions” lines

(2)   Includes $2 million write down in carrying value of one property

(3)   Include integrals

(4)   Software write offs arose where projects were terminated and the software no longer utilized

 

56



 

23: DUE TO OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

1,346

 

1,652

 

1,345

 

1,652

 

Overseas

 

6,003

 

4,815

 

4,515

 

3,838

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total due to other financial institutions

 

7,349

 

6,467

 

5,860

 

5,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity analysis based on remaining term to maturity at 30 September

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At call

 

2,255

 

2,887

 

1,853

 

1,948

 

Less than 3 months

 

4,152

 

2,893

 

3,346

 

2,859

 

Between 3 months and 12 months

 

662

 

686

 

661

 

682

 

Between 1 year and 5 years

 

280

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total due to other financial institutions

 

7,349

 

6,467

 

5,860

 

5,490

 

 

24: DEPOSITS AND OTHER BORROWINGS

 

Deposits and other borrowings are classified between Australia and Overseas based on the location of the deposit taking point.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

12,221

 

7,029

 

12,221

 

7,029

 

Term deposits

 

22,615

 

19,263

 

23,273

 

19,814

 

Other deposits bearing interest

 

45,155

 

40,864

 

45,155

 

40,852

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

4,005

 

3,881

 

4,005

 

3,881

 

Commercial paper

 

4,708

 

5,458

 

2,099

 

3,722

 

Borrowing corporations’ debt(1)

 

7,214

 

6,822

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase

 

78

 

299

 

78

 

299

 

Other borrowings

 

509

 

713

 

509

 

713

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

96,505

 

84,329

 

87,340

 

76,310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

4,844

 

3,119

 

1,365

 

1,786

 

Term deposits

 

30,941

 

19,683

 

9,629

 

10,768

 

Other deposits bearing interest

 

15,891

 

6,536

 

782

 

771

 

Deposits not bearing interest

 

4,207

 

1,950

 

632

 

452

 

Commercial paper

 

14,072

 

6,981

 

 

 

Borrowing corporations’ debt(2)

 

2,034

 

1,797

 

 

 

Other borrowings

 

63

 

99

 

63

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72,052

 

40,165

 

12,471

 

13,876

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

168,557

 

124,494

 

99,811

 

90,186

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity analysis based on remaining term to maturity at 30 September

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At call

 

68,421

 

52,726

 

50,013

 

45,225

 

Less than 3 months

 

74,186

 

56,587

 

37,783

 

37,323

 

Between 3 months and 12 months

 

17,923

 

10,300

 

7,337

 

5,291

 

Between 1 year and 5 years

 

7,923

 

4,860

 

4,662

 

2,335

 

After 5 years

 

104

 

21

 

16

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits and other borrowings

 

168,557

 

124,494

 

99,811

 

90,186

 

 


(1)   Included in this balance is debenture stock of controlled entities. $7.2 billion of debenture stock of the consolidated subsidiary company Esanda together with accrued interest thereon, is secured by a trust deed and collateral debentures, giving floating charges upon the undertaking and all the assets of the entity other than land and buildings ($12,100 million).  All controlled entities of Esanda (except for some controlled entities which have been placed or are expected to be placed in voluntary deregistration and have minimal book value) have guaranteed the payment of principal, interest and other monies in relation to all debenture stock and unsecured notes issued by the Company. The only loans pledged as collateral are those in Esanda and its subsidiaries

(2)   This balance represents NZ$2.2 billion of secured debenture stock of the consolidated subsidiary UDC Finance Limited and the interest accruals thereon are secured by a floating charge over all assets of the UDC Finance Limited and its’ subsidiaries(NZ$2,527 million)

 

57



 

25: INCOME TAX LIABILITIES

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income tax

 

242

 

(303

)

203

 

(381

)

Provision for deferred income tax

 

1,354

 

1,168

 

921

 

801

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,596

 

865

 

1,124

 

420

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income tax

 

93

 

52

 

18

 

26

 

Provision for deferred income tax

 

225

 

166

 

109

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

318

 

218

 

127

 

126

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax liabilities

 

1,914

 

1,083

 

1,251

(1)

546

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for deferred income tax comprises

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease finance

 

166

 

95

 

79

 

46

 

Treasury instruments

 

497

 

511

 

497

 

511

 

Other

 

916

 

728

 

454

 

344

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,579

 

1,334

 

1,030

 

901

 

 


(1)   Gross income tax liabilities for the company $1,724 million (2004) less inter company as set to tax consolidated controlled entities $473 million (2004)

 

26: PAYABLES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables

 

4,746

 

3,102

 

4,700

 

3,145

 

Accrued interest and unearned discounts

 

1,169

 

864

 

1,051

 

758

 

Treasury instruments revaluations

 

3,274

 

5,997

 

3,781

 

5,995

 

Accrued charges

 

297

 

312

 

255

 

299

 

Security settlements

 

1

 

165

 

1

 

165

 

Other liabilities

 

438

 

693

 

291

 

642

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,925

 

11,133

 

10,079

 

11,004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables

 

145

 

197

 

1

 

5

 

Accrued interest and unearned discounts

 

647

 

341

 

259

 

178

 

Treasury instruments revaluations

 

2,382

 

1,335

 

143

 

104

 

Accrued charges

 

237

 

143

 

43

 

49

 

Security settlements

 

378

 

 

 

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

30

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

468

 

462

 

365

 

331

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,287

 

2,478

 

811

 

667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total payables and other liabilities

 

14,212

 

13,611

 

10,890

 

11,671

 

 

58



 

27: PROVISIONS

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Employee entitlements(1)

 

333

 

269

 

248

 

237

 

Dividends(refer note 7)

 

 

 

 

 

Non-lending losses, frauds and forgeries

 

171

 

164

 

125

 

128

 

Restructuring costs and surplus leased space

 

106

 

92

 

66

 

68

 

Other

 

235

 

244

 

179

 

181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total provisions

 

845

 

769

 

618

 

614

 

 


(1)   The aggregate liability for employee benefits largely comprise employee entitlements provisions plus liability for pay roll tax and fringe benefits tax. The aggregate liability as at 30 September 2004 was $456 million consolidated and $284 million for the company (30 September 2003: were $362 million consolidated and $263 million for the company)

 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of provisions, except for employee entitlements are set out below:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Dividends(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at beginning of the year

 

 

692

 

 

692

 

Final ordinary dividend

 

777

 

n/a

 

777

 

n/a

 

Interim ordinary dividend

 

850

 

666

 

850

 

666

 

Preference share dividend

 

98

 

102

 

98

 

102

 

Payments made during the year(2)

 

(1,725

)

(1,460

)

(1,725

)

(1,460

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at the end of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring costs and surplus leased space(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at beginning of the year

 

92

 

143

 

68

 

103

 

Acquisition provision (NBNZ)

 

27

 

 

 

 

Provision made during the year

 

69

 

45

 

63

 

43

 

Payments made during the year

 

(68

)

(80

)

(50

)

(62

)

Release of Provisions

 

(15

)

(16

)

(15

)

(16

)

Adjustment for exchange rate fluctuations

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at the end of the year

 

106

 

92

 

66

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-lending losses frauds and forgeries(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at beginning of the year

 

164

 

216

 

128

 

184

 

Provision made during the year

 

18

 

17

 

4

 

6

 

Payments made during the year

 

(7

)

(59

)

(3

)

(57

)

Release of Provisions

 

(4

)

(10

)

(4

)

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at the end of the year

 

171

 

164

 

125

 

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other provisions(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at beginning of the year

 

244

 

298

 

181

 

268

 

Provision made during the year

 

209

 

153

 

165

 

111

 

Payments made during the year

 

(173

)

(130

)

(127

)

(129

)

Release of Provisions

 

(46

)

(76

)

(40

)

(68

)

Adjustment for exchange rate fluctuations

 

1

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at the end of the year

 

235

 

244

 

179

 

181

 

 


(1)   A provision for dividends payable will be recognized in the reporting period in which the dividends are declared, determined, or publicly recommended. Current practice is to publicly announce dividends after the reporting period to which the dividend relates

(2)   Includes issue of ordinary shares under the Bonus Option Plan (2004: $29 million; 2003: $25 million)

(3)   Restructuring costs and surplus leased space provisions arise from exit activities related to material changes in the scope of business under taken by the Group or the manner in which that business is undertaken, and includes termination benefits.  Costs related to on-going activities are not provided for. Provision is made when the Group is demonstrably committed, it is probable that the costs will be incurred, though its timing is uncertain, and the costs can be reliably estimated

(4)   Non-lending losses, frauds and forgeries provisions arise from inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, or from external events

(5)   Other provisions comprise various other provisions including fringe benefits tax, fleet maintenance, workers’ compensation and other non-employee entitlement provisions

 

59



 

28: BONDS AND NOTES

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Bonds and notes by currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD

United States dollars

 

4,718

 

5,772

 

4,262

 

5,331

 

GBP

Great British pounds

 

3,896

 

1,758

 

3,896

 

1,758

 

AUD

Australian dollars

 

979

 

688

 

979

 

688

 

NZD

New Zealand dollars

 

667

 

31

 

33

 

31

 

JPY

Japanese yen

 

1,433

 

304

 

1,433

 

304

 

EUR

Euro

 

10,863

 

4,903

 

9,571

 

4,903

 

HKD

Hong Kong dollars

 

2,805

 

2,259

 

2,619

 

2,259

 

CHF

Swiss francs

 

831

 

389

 

831

 

389

 

CAD

Canadian dollars

 

1,258

 

184

 

1,258

 

184

 

NOK

Norwegian krone

 

82

 

84

 

82

 

84

 

SGD

Singapore dollars

 

70

 

200

 

70

 

200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total bonds and notes

 

27,602

 

16,572

 

25,034

 

16,131

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds and notes by maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity analysis based on remaining term to maturity at 30 September

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 3 months

 

419

 

269

 

419

 

269

 

Between 3 months and 12 months

 

4,238

 

3,652

 

4,145

 

3,652

 

Between 1 year and 5 years

 

22,870

 

12,651

 

20,395

 

12,210

 

After 5 years

 

75

 

 

75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total bonds and notes

 

27,602

 

16,572

 

25,034

 

16,131

 

 

60



 

29: LOAN CAPITAL

 

 

 

Interest
Rate

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Hybrid loan capital (subordinated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Stapled trust security issue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD 350m cumulative trust securities due 2053

 

4.484

 

488

 

 

488

 

 

USD 750m cumulative trust securities due 2053

 

5.36

 

1,047

 

 

1,047

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,535

 

 

1,535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Perpetual subordinated notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD

300m

floating rate notes

 

LIBOR(1) +0.15

 

419

 

442

 

419

 

442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

419

 

442

 

419

 

442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD

250m

fixed notes due 2004

 

6.25

 

 

367

 

 

367

 

USD

500m

fixed notes due 2006

 

7.55

 

698

 

735

 

698

 

735

 

JPY

482m

floating rate notes due 2007

 

LIBOR + 0.50

 

6

 

6

 

6

 

6

 

USD

7.9m

floating rate notes due 2007

 

LIBOR + 0.50

 

11

 

17

 

11

 

17

 

JPY

568.8m

floating rate notes due 2008

 

LIBOR + 0.55

 

7

 

8

 

7

 

8

 

USD

10m

floating rate notes due 2008

 

LIBOR + 0.50

 

14

 

20

 

14

 

20

 

USD

79m

floating rate notes due 2008(2)

 

LIBOR + 0.53

 

110

 

115

 

110

 

115

 

NZD

100m

fixed notes due 2010

 

8.36

 

93

 

 

 

 

NZD

100m

fixed notes due 2011

 

6.87

 

93

 

 

 

 

AUD

400m

floating rate notes due 2012

 

BBSW+ 0.57

 

400

 

400

 

400

 

400

 

AUD

100m

floating rate notes due 2012

 

BBSW+ 0.57

 

100

 

100

 

100

 

100

 

NZD

125m

fixed notes due 2012

 

7.40

 

118

 

 

 

 

NZD

125m

fixed notes due 2012

 

7.61

 

118

 

 

 

 

NZD

300m

floating rate notes due 2012

 

BKBM(3) + 0.50

 

280

 

263

 

 

 

NZD

100m

fixed notes due 2013

 

6.46

 

93

 

 

 

 

USD

550m

floating rate notes due 2013(3)

 

LIBOR(3) + 0.55

 

768

 

808

 

768

 

808

 

EUR

500m

fixed/floating rate notes due 2013(4)

 

4.45

 

860

 

854

 

860

 

854

 

EUR

300m

floating rate notes due 2013(5)

 

EURIBOR(3) + 0.375

 

516

 

512

 

516

 

512

 

AUD

350m

fixed notes due 2014

 

6.50

 

350

 

 

350

 

 

AUD

380m

floating rate notes due 2014

 

BBSW(3) + 0.41

 

380

 

 

380

 

 

GBP

200m

fixed notes due 2015

 

5.625

 

502

 

 

502

 

 

GBP

400m

fixed notes due 2018

 

4.75

 

1,004

 

983

 

1,004

 

983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,521

 

5,188

 

5,726

 

4,925

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loan capital

 

 

 

8,475

 

5,630

 

7,680

 

5,367

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan capital by currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AUD

Australian dollars

 

 

 

1,230

 

500

 

1,230

 

500

 

NZD

New Zealand dollars

 

 

 

795

 

263

 

 

 

USD

United States dollars

 

 

 

3,555

 

2,504

 

3,555

 

2,504

 

GBP

Great British pounds

 

 

 

1,506

 

983

 

1,506

 

983

 

EUR

Euro

 

 

 

1,376

 

1,366

 

1,376

 

1,366

 

JPY

Japanese yen

 

 

 

13

 

14

 

13

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,475

 

5,630

 

7,680

 

5,367

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan capital by maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity analysis based on remaining term to maturity at 30 September

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Between 3 months and 12 months

 

 

 

 

368

 

 

368

 

Between 1 year and 5 years

 

 

 

846

 

736

 

846

 

736

 

After 5 years

 

 

 

7,210

 

4,084

 

6,415

 

3,821

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Perpetual

 

 

 

419

 

442

 

419

 

442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,475

 

5,630

 

7,680

 

5,367

 

 


(1)   LIBOR is an average of rates offered on loans to leading banks in the London inter-bank market

(2)   Prior to January 2002, the interest rate was LIBOR+ 1.03

(3)   After February 2008 rate changes to LIBOR (3) + 1.05

(4)   After February 2010 rate changes to EURIBOR (3) + 0.50

(5)   After August 2008 rate changes to EURIBOR (3) + 0.875

 

Loan capital is subordinated in right of payment to the claims of depositors and all other creditors of the Company and its controlled entities which have issued the notes.  The loan capital, except for the US Stapled Trust Security Issue constitutes tier 2 capital as defined by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) for capital adequacy purposes.  The US Stapled Trust Security Issue constitutes Tier 1 capital as defined by APRA for capital adequacy purposes.

 

61



 

US STAPLED TRUST SECURITY ISSUE

 

On 27 November 2003, ANZ raised USD1.1 billion via the issue of non-cumulative trust securities, to support the capital and funding base of the Group following the decision to acquire NBNZ.  The issue was structured as a stapled security along similar lines as ANZ StEPS, with investors purchasing a fully paid, non-coupon paying preference share issued by the parent and a fully paid, coupon paying, note issued by a special purpose NZ subsidiary (Samson Funding Limited).  The Trust Security can be de-stapled and the investor left with a coupon paying preference share at ANZ’s discretion at anytime, or at the investor's discretion under certain circumstances.  The issue was made in two tranches:

 

USD750 million tranche with a coupon of 5.36%.  After 15 December 2013 and at any coupon date thereafter, ANZ has the discretion to redeem the Trust Securities for cash.  If it does not exercise this discretion, the investor is entitled to require ANZ to exchange the Trust Security into a number of ordinary shares based on the formula in the offering memorandum.

 

USD350 million tranche with a coupon of 4.484% which has the same conversion features as the USD750 million but from 15 January 2010.

 

If the Trust Securities are not redeemed or bought back prior to 15 December 2053 they will convert into preference shares, which in turn will mandatorily convert into a number of ordinary shares, based on the formula in the offering memorandum.

 

The US Stapled Trust Securities qualify as Tier 1 capital as defined by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority, however, the Securities are reported as debt under Australian, International and US Accounting Standards with the coupon payment classified as interest expense.

 

30: SHARE CAPITAL

 

 

 

The Company

 

Number of issued shares

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Ordinary shares each fully paid

 

1,818,401,807

 

1,521,686,560

 

1,503,886,082

 

Preference shares each fully paid

 

10,000,000

 

134,032,000

 

124,032,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total number of issued shares

 

1,828,401,807

 

1,655,718,560

 

1,627,918,082

 

 

ORDINARY SHARES

 

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the company in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held.

 

On a show of hands every holder of ordinary shares present at a meeting in person or by proxy, is entitled to one vote, and upon a poll each share is entitled to one vote.

 

Number of issued shares

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Balance at start of year

 

1,521,686,560

 

1,503,886,082

 

1,488,267,146

 

Bonus option plan

 

1,771,864

 

1,534,987

 

1,351,845

 

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

7,815,830

 

6,223,866

 

5,018,513

 

ANZ employee share acquisition plan

 

3,891,978

 

3,615,714

 

4,144,988

 

ANZ share option plan

 

6,387,809

 

6,425,911

 

5,103,590

 

ANZ share purchase scheme ANZ rights issue

 

276,847,766

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

1,818,401,807

 

1,521,686,560

 

1,503,886,082

 

 

For a reconciliation of the movement in ordinary share capital refer to Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity on page 27

 

62



 

PREFERENCE SHARES

 

a) Trust Securities Issues (ANZ TrUEPrS)

 

ANZ TrUEPrS were 124,032,000 fully paid non-converting non-cumulative preference shares issued for USD6.25 per share via Trust Securities Issues in 1998.

 

The Trust Securities were mandatorily exchangeable for the preference shares issued by the Company, and carried an entitlement to a non-cumulative trust distribution of 8.00% or 8.08% per annum payable quarterly in arrears. The Trust Securities were issued by a non diversified closed end management investment company registered under the US Investment Company Act of 1940. The preference shares themselves carried no present entitlement to dividends. Distributions to investors in the Trust Securities were funded by income distributions made by the Group.

 

Upon maturity of the Trust Securities in 2048, investors would have mandatorily exchanged the Trust Securities for the preference shares and thereupon the preference shares would have carried an entitlement to non-cumulative dividends of 8.00% or 8.08% per annum payable quarterly in arrears. The mandatory exchange of the Trust Securities for the preference shares could have occurred earlier at the Company’s option or in specified circumstances.

 

With the prior consent of the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority, the preference shares were redeemable at the Company’s option after 5 years, or within 5 years in limited circumstances. The entitlement of investors to distributions on the Trust Securities would have ceased on redemption of the preference shares.

 

The transaction costs arising on the issue of these instruments were recognized directly in equity as a reduction of the proceeds of the equity instruments to which the costs related.

 

On 12 December 2003, the Group bought back its 124,032,000 preference shares issued via Trust Securities Issues for $1,045 million.

 

b) ANZ Stapled Exchangeable Preferred Securities (ANZ StEPS)

 

On 23 September 2003, the Company issued 10 million ANZ StEPS at $100 each pursuant to a prospectus dated 14 August 2003 raising $1 billion (excluding issue costs of $13 million: net raising $987 million).  ANZ StEPS comprise two fully paid securities - an interest paying unsecured note (issued by ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company) stapled to a fully paid preference share (issued by the Company).

 

Distributions on ANZ StEPS are no cumulative and are payable quarterly in arrears based upon a floating distribution rate equal to the 90 day bank bill rate plus a margin.  At each payment date the 90 day bank bill rate is reset for the next quarter.  Distributions are subject to certain payment tests (ie APRA requirements and distributable profits being available) and the basis for their calculation may change on any reset date. Distributions are expected to be payable on 15 March, 15 June, 15 September and 15 December of each year. Dividends are not payable on the preference share while it is stapled to the note.  If distributions are not paid on ANZ StEPS, the Company may not pay dividends or return capital on its ordinary shares or any other share capital ranking below the preference share component.

 

On any reset date, ANZ may change certain terms (subject to certain restrictions) including the next reset date, market reset (from floating rate to a fixed rate, or vice versa), margin and the frequency and timing of the distribution payment dates.  The first reset date is 15 September 2008.  Holders of ANZ StEPS can require exchange on any reset date or earlier if certain specified events occur.  On exchange, a holder will receive (at the Company’s discretion) either $100 cash for each ANZ StEPS exchanged or a number of ordinary shares calculated in accordance with a conversion ratio based on $100 divided by the market price of ordinary shares at the date of conversion less 2.5%.  In certain circumstances, the Company may also require exchange other than on a reset date.

 

Upon the occurrence of an assignment event, ANZ StEPS become unstapled. In this case, the note will be assigned from the holder; however, the holder will retain the preference share and the rights to exchange the preference share.

 

The preference shares forming part of ANZ StEPS rank equally with the preference shares issued in connection with Trust Securities Issues in all respects.  Except in certain limited circumstances, holders of ANZ StEPS do not have any right to vote in general meetings of the Company.

 

On a winding up of the Company, the rights of ANZ StEPS holders will be determined by the preference share component of ANZ StEPS. Those preference shares rank behind all depositors and creditors, but ahead of ordinary shareholders.

 

The transactions costs arising on the issue of these instruments were recognised directly in equity as a reduction of the proceeds of the equity instruments to which the costs relate.

 

63



 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Preference share balance at start of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- ANZ TrUEPrS (USD748 million)(1)

 

1,225

 

1,375

 

1,225

 

1,375

 

- ANZ StEPS(1)

 

987

 

 

987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,212

 

1,375

 

2,212

 

1,375

 

Retranslation of ANZ TrUEPrS(2)

 

 

(150

)

 

(150

)

Buyback of ANZ TrUEPrS(3)

 

(1,225

)

 

(1,225

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

987

 

1,225

 

987

 

1,225

 

Preference share net proceeds from new issues during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- ANZ StEPS(1)

 

 

987

 

 

987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

987

 

2,212

 

987

 

2,212

 

Preference share balance at end of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- ANZ TrUEPrS(USD748 million)(1)

 

 

1,225

 

 

1,225

 

- ANZ StEPS(1)

 

987

 

987

 

987

 

987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

987

 

2,212

 

987

 

2,212

 

 


(1)   Net of issue costs

(2)   From 1 October 2002, the net proceeds are translated at the spot rate applicable at date of issue.  Before 1 October 2002, the net proceeds were translated at the current spot rate at each reporting period and recorded in FCTR.  Refer note 1

(3)   ANZ TrUEPrS bought back on 12 December 2003 for $1,045 million

 

Share Buybacks

 

The Company conducted no on-market buybacks during the years ended 30 September 2004 and 2003.  The Company announced the intention to undertake an on-market share buyback of at least $350 million post year end.  (Refer note 58).

 

31:  OUTSIDE EQUITY INTERESTS

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Share capital

 

1

 

2

 

Retained Profits

 

17

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total outside equity interests

 

18

 

17

 

 

64



 

32:  CAPITAL ADEQUACY

 

The Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) adopts a risk-based capital assessment framework for Australian banks based on internationally accepted capital measurement standards. This risk-based approach requires eligible capital to be divided by total risk weighted assets, with the resultant ratio being used as a measure of a bank’s capital adequacy.

 

Capital is divided into tier 1, or ‘core’ capital, and tier 2, or ‘supplementary’ capital. For capital adequacy purposes, eligible tier 2 capital cannot exceed the level of tier 1 capital. Banks are required to deduct from total capital any strategic holdings of other banks’ capital instruments and investments in entities engaged in life insurance, funds management and securitization activities. Under APRA guidelines, banks must maintain a ratio of qualifying capital to risk weighted assets of at least 8 per cent.

 

The measurement of risk weighted assets is based on: a) A credit risk-based approach wherein risk weightings are applied to statement of financial position assets and to credit converted off balance sheet exposures. Categories of risk weights are assigned based upon the nature of the counterparty and the relative liquidity of the assets concerned and: b) The recognition of risk weighted assets attributable to market risk arising from trading and commodity positions.  Trading and commodity balance sheet positions do not attract a risk weighting under the credit risk-based approach.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Qualifying capital

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity and outside equity interests

 

17,925

 

13,787

 

Hybrid loan capital(1)

 

1,535

 

 

Asset revaluation reserve

 

(31

)

(31

)

Dividend(2)

 

(983

)

(777

)

Accumulated retained profits and reserves of insurance, funds management and securitisation entities

 

(218

)

(168

)

Unamortized goodwill and other intangibles(3)

 

(4,170

)

(1,044

)

Capitalized expenses(4)

 

(465

)

 

Investment in ANZ Lenders Mortgage Insurance

 

(27

)

(27

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital

 

13,566

 

11,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 2

 

 

 

 

 

Asset revaluation reserve

 

31

 

31

 

Perpetual subordinated notes

 

419

 

442

 

General provision for doubtful debts(5)

 

1,342

 

1,029

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,792

 

1,502

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated notes(6)

 

6,052

 

4,563

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital

 

7,844

 

6,065

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deductions

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in Funds Management and securitisation entities

 

(107

)

(56

)

Investment in joint venture with INGA

 

(708

)

(708

)

Other

 

(204

)

(156

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,019

)

(920

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total qualifying capital

 

20,391

 

16,885

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted common equity(7)

 

10,012

 

8,679

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total risk weighted assets

 

196,664

 

152,164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Capital adequacy ratios

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1

 

6.9

 

7.7

 

Tier 2

 

4.0

 

4.0

 

Deductions

 

(0.5

)

(0.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

10.4

 

11.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted common equity(7)

 

5.1

 

5.7

 

 


(1)   Represents the US Stapled Trust Security Issue approved by APRA as qualifying for Tier 1 status.  Refer note 29

(2)   Relates to final dividend not provided for

(3)   From 1 July 2003 the intangible component of investments is deducted from Tier 1 Capital.  Prior to this, the deduction was from total capital

(4)   From 1 July 2004, APRA requires certain capitalised expenses to be deducted from Tier 1 Capital

(5)   Net of attributable future income tax benefit

(6)   For capital adequacy calculation purposes, subordinated note issues are reduced by 20% of the original amount during each of the last five years to maturity

(7)   Tier 1 capital, less preference share capital (converted at 30 September 2004 rates), less deductions

 

65



 

 

 

Assets

 

Risk weighted assets

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Statement of financial position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, claims on Australian Commonwealth, State Governments, Territory Governments, claim son OECD Central Governments, local currency claims on non-OECD Governments and other zero weighted assets

 

24,467

 

19,817

 

 

 

Claims on approved banks and local Governments

 

12,593

 

8,350

 

2,519

 

1,670

 

Advances secured by residential mortgages

 

106,013

 

76,711

 

53,007

 

38,355

 

Other assets – credit risk

 

113,218

 

88,042

 

113,218

 

88,042

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total statement of financial position assets – credit risk

 

256,291

 

192,920

 

168,744

 

128,067

 

Trading assets – market risk

 

3,054

 

2,671

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total statement of financial position assets

 

259,345

 

195,591

 

168,744

 

128,067

 

 

 

 

2004

 

Contract/
notional amount
2003

 

2004

 

Credit
equivalent
2003

 

2004

 

Risk
weighted assets
2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Off balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct credit substitutes

 

10,262

 

9,771

 

10,262

 

9,771

 

8,173

 

8,115

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and performance related items

 

11,887

 

10,782

 

5,265

 

4,864

 

4,728

 

4,502

 

Commitments

 

78,914

 

65,396

 

12,385

 

7,632

 

10,239

 

7,422

 

Foreign exchange, interest rate and other market related transactions

 

672,500

 

516,773

 

11,692

 

11,469

 

3,790

 

3,387

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total of balance sheet exposures– credit risk

 

773,563

 

602,722

 

39,604

 

33,736

 

26,930

 

23,426

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total risk weighted assets– credit risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

195,674

 

151,493

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk weighted assets – market risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

990

 

671

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total risk weighted assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

196,664

 

152,164

 

 

66



 

33: AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET AND RELATED INTEREST

 

Averages used in the following table are predominantly daily averages. Interest income figures are presented on a tax-equivalent basis. Non-accrual loans are included under the interest earning asset category ‘Loans, advances and bills discounted’. Intragroup interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities are treated as external assets and liabilities for the geographic segments.

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Average
balance

 

Interest

 

Average
rate

 

Average
balance

 

Interest

 

Average
rate

 

Average
balance

 

Interest

 

Average
rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

578

 

29

 

5.0

 

432

 

21

 

4.9

 

653

 

26

 

4.0

 

New Zealand

 

2,728

 

137

 

5.0

 

582

 

23

 

4.0

 

570

 

26

 

4.6

 

Overseas markets

 

2,322

 

43

 

1.9

 

2,046

 

48

 

2.3

 

2,404

 

69

 

2.9

 

Investments in public securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

7,231

 

389

 

5.4

 

6,390

 

301

 

4.7

 

5,384

 

259

 

4.8

 

New Zealand

 

3,038

 

150

 

4.9

 

1,642

 

73

 

4.4

 

1,253

 

55

 

4.4

 

Overseas markets

 

3,175

 

95

 

3.0

 

1,870

 

78

 

4.2

 

1,550

 

82

 

5.3

 

Loans, advances and bills discounted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

129,658

 

8,893

 

6.9

 

110,260

 

7,263

 

6.6

 

95,846

 

6,273

 

6.5

 

New Zealand

 

48,346

 

3,701

 

7.7

 

20,365

 

1,637

 

8.0

 

18,129

 

1,363

 

7.5

 

Overseas markets

 

9,810

 

421

 

4.3

 

12,213

 

503

 

4.1

 

14,195

 

627

 

4.4

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,524

 

127

 

8.3

 

1,606

 

105

 

6.5

 

1,463

 

17

 

1.2

 

New Zealand

 

1,808

 

36

 

2.0

 

1,353

 

46

 

3.4

 

1,349

 

83

 

6.2

 

Overseas markets

 

1,935

 

127

 

6.6

 

3,395

 

140

 

4.1

 

3,124

 

179

 

5.7

 

Intragroup assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

10,670

 

225

 

2.1

 

9,858

 

200

 

2.0

 

9,525

 

211

 

2.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

222,823

 

14,373

 

 

 

172,012

 

10,438

 

 

 

155,445

 

9,270

 

 

 

Intragroup elimination

 

(10,670

)

(225

)

 

 

(9,858

)

(200

)

 

 

(9,525

)

(211

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

212,153

 

14,148

 

6.7

 

162,154

 

10,238

 

6.3

 

145,920

 

9,059

 

6.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acceptances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

13,398

 

 

 

 

 

13,492

 

 

 

 

 

14,556

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

 

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment

 

1,460

 

 

 

 

 

1,436

 

 

 

 

 

1,349

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

18,224

 

 

 

 

 

15,781

 

 

 

 

 

18,189

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions for doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

(1,762

)

 

 

 

 

(1,838

)

 

 

 

 

(1,805

)

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

(481

)

 

 

 

 

(211

)

 

 

 

 

(176

)

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

(66

)

 

 

 

 

(75

)

 

 

 

 

(58

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,827

 

 

 

 

 

28,673

 

 

 

 

 

32,207

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

242,980

 

 

 

 

 

190,827

 

 

 

 

 

178,127

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total average assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

162,944

 

 

 

 

 

142,491

 

 

 

 

 

130,515

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

61,027

 

 

 

 

 

25,333

 

 

 

 

 

22,607

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

29,679

 

 

 

 

 

32,861

 

 

 

 

 

34,530

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

253,650

 

 

 

 

 

200,685

 

 

 

 

 

187,652

 

 

 

 

 

Intragroup elimination

 

(10,670

)

 

 

 

 

(9,858

)

 

 

 

 

(9,525

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

242,980

 

 

 

 

 

190,827

 

 

 

 

 

178,127

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of total average assets attributable to overseas activities

 

32.9

%

 

 

 

 

25.3

%

 

 

 

 

26.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

67



 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Average
balance

 

Interest

 

Average
rate

 

Average
balance

 

Interest

 

Average
rate

 

Average
balance

 

Interest

 

Average
rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

30,839

 

1,589

 

5.2

 

25,171

 

1,165

 

4.6

 

20,741

 

937

 

4.5

 

New Zealand

 

20,910

 

1,138

 

5.4

 

10,666

 

570

 

5.3

 

8,894

 

456

 

5.1

 

Overseas markets

 

12,772

 

296

 

2.3

 

14,738

 

336

 

2.3

 

15,113

 

417

 

2.8

 

Savings deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

13,017

 

352

 

2.7

 

11,959

 

279

 

2.3

 

10,964

 

245

 

2.2

 

New Zealand

 

6,463

 

212

 

3.3

 

3,285

 

79

 

2.4

 

3,113

 

76

 

2.4

 

Overseas markets

 

386

 

3

 

0.8

 

405

 

3

 

0.7

 

449

 

7

 

1.6

 

Other demand deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

29,737

 

1,182

 

4.0

 

26,718

 

963

 

3.6

 

23,397

 

792

 

3.4

 

New Zealand

 

6,428

 

256

 

4.0

 

2,108

 

98

 

4.6

 

1,903

 

78

 

4.1

 

Overseas markets

 

662

 

9

 

1.4

 

642

 

9

 

1.4

 

704

 

11

 

1.6

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,452

 

85

 

5.9

 

957

 

49

 

5.1

 

942

 

49

 

5.2

 

New Zealand

 

1,608

 

76

 

4.7

 

631

 

23

 

3.6

 

514

 

17

 

3.3

 

Overseas markets

 

3,736

 

77

 

2.1

 

6,446

 

111

 

1.7

 

7,399

 

180

 

2.4

 

Commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

5,824

 

308

 

5.3

 

5,216

 

252

 

4.8

 

3,888

 

178

 

4.6

 

New Zealand

 

6,764

 

383

 

5.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

6,485

 

74

 

1.1

 

4,740

 

58

 

1.2

 

3,641

 

73

 

2.0

 

Borrowing corporations’ debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

7,092

 

371

 

5.2

 

6,626

 

337

 

5.1

 

6,097

 

316

 

5.2

 

New Zealand

 

1,925

 

110

 

5.7

 

1,824

 

108

 

5.9

 

1,472

 

88

 

6.0

 

Loan capital, bonds and notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

29,631

 

1,575

 

5.3

 

19,783

 

1,011

 

5.1

 

15,639

 

756

 

4.8

 

New Zealand

 

2,009

 

121

 

6.0

 

521

 

37

 

7.1

 

441

 

30

 

6.8

 

Overseas markets

 

150

 

3

 

2.0

 

184

 

4

 

2.2

 

540

 

15

 

2.8

 

Other liabilities(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

4,232

 

543

 

n/a

 

2,714

 

292

 

n/a

 

1,463

 

167

 

n/a

 

New Zealand

 

40

 

83

 

n/a

 

96

 

97

 

n/a

 

117

 

98

 

n/a

 

Overseas markets

 

82

 

17

 

n/a

 

33

 

23

 

n/a

 

37

 

33

 

n/a

 

Intragroup Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

5,644

 

(19

)

(0.3

)

7,926

 

134

 

1.7

 

6,778

 

128

 

1.9

 

New Zealand

 

5,026

 

244

 

4.9

 

1,932

 

66

 

3.4

 

2,747

 

83

 

3.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

202,914

 

9,088

 

 

 

155,321

 

6,104

 

 

 

136,993

 

5,230

 

 

 

Intragroup elimination

 

(10,670

)

(225

)

 

 

(9,858

)

(200

)

 

 

(9,525

)

(211

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

192,244

 

8,863

 

4.6

 

145,463

 

5,904

 

4.1

 

127,468

 

5,019

 

3.9

 

 


(1) Includes foreign exchange swap costs

 

68



 

 

 

2004
Average
balance

 

2003
Average
balance

 

2002
Average
balance

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Non-interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

3,958

 

3,656

 

3,925

 

New Zealand

 

2,619

 

1,159

 

873

 

Overseas markets

 

867

 

683

 

597

 

Acceptances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

13,398

 

13,492

 

14,556

 

Overseas markets

 

54

 

88

 

152

 

Other liabilities

 

13,611

 

14,113

 

19,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,507

 

33,191

 

39,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

226,751

 

178,654

 

167,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total average liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

153,927

 

134,462

 

123,341

 

New Zealand

 

57,550

 

24,071

 

21,507

 

Overseas markets

 

25,944

 

29,979

 

31,882

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

237,421

 

188,512

 

176,730

 

Intragroup elimination

 

(10,670

)

(9,858

)

(9,525

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

226,751

 

178,654

 

167,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total average shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital(1)

 

15,000

 

10,929

 

9,507

 

Preference share capital

 

1,229

 

1,244

 

1,415

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,229

 

12,173

 

10,922

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total average liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

242,980

 

190,827

 

178,127

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of total average liabilities attributable to overseas activities

 

34.6

%

29.2

%

30.3

%

 


(1) Includes reserves and retained profits

 

69



 

34: INTEREST SPREADS AND NET INTEREST AVERAGE MARGINS

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

3,450

 

3,210

 

3,009

 

New Zealand

 

1,400

 

699

 

601

 

Overseas markets

 

433

 

425

 

432

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,283

 

4,334

 

4,042

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

138,991

 

118,688

 

103,346

 

New Zealand

 

55,920

 

23,942

 

21,301

 

Overseas markets

 

27,912

 

29,382

 

30,798

 

Intragroup elimination

 

(10,670

)

(9,858

)

(9,525

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

212,153

 

162,154

 

145,920

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross earnings rate(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

6.79

 

6.48

 

6.36

 

New Zealand

 

7.20

 

7.43

 

7.17

 

Overseas markets

 

3.27

 

3.30

 

3.79

 

Group

 

6.67

 

6.31

 

6.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest spreads and net interest average margins may be analysed as follows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread

 

2.11

 

2.31

 

2.44

 

Interest forgone on impaired assets(3)

 

(0.02

)

(0.02

)

(0.04

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

2.09

 

2.29

 

2.40

 

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items

 

0.39

 

0.41

 

0.51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest average margin – Australia

 

2.48

 

2.70

 

2.91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread

 

2.08

 

2.30

 

2.34

 

Interest forgone on impaired assets(3)

 

(0.01

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

2.07

 

2.30

 

2.34

 

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items

 

0.43

 

0.62

 

0.48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest average margin – New Zealand

 

2.50

 

2.92

 

2.82

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread

 

1.34

 

1.37

 

1.20

 

Interest forgone on impaired assets(3)

 

(0.04

)

(0.07

)

(0.05

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

1.30

 

1.30

 

1.15

 

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items

 

0.25

 

0.15

 

0.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest average margin – Overseas markets

 

1.55

 

1.45

 

1.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest spread

 

2.08

 

2.28

 

2.31

 

Interest forgone on impaired assets(3)

 

(0.02

)

(0.03

)

(0.04

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

2.06

 

2.25

 

2.27

 

Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items

 

0.43

 

0.42

 

0.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest average margin – Group

 

2.49

 

2.67

 

2.77

 

 


(1) On a tax equivalent basis

(2) Average interest rate received on interest earning assets. Overseas markets includes intragroup assets

(3) Refer note 14 to the financial report

 

70



 

35:  MARKET RISK

 

Market risk is the risk to earnings arising from changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or from fluctuations in bond, commodity or equity prices.

 

The Board of Directors through the Risk Management Committee, a Committee of the Board, has responsibility for oversight of market risk within the Group. Routine management of market risk is delegated to two senior management committees chaired by the Chief Financial Officer. The Credit and Trading Risk Committee is responsible for traded market risk, while the Group Asset and Liability Committee is responsible for non-traded market risk (or balance sheet risk).

 

The Credit and Trading Risk Committee monitors traded market risk exposures (including Value at Risk and Stress Testing) and is responsible for authorising the trading risk limit framework. The Group Asset and Liability Committee reviews balance sheet based risk measures and strategies on a monthly basis.

 

The Value at Risk (VaR) Measure

 

A key measure of market risk is Value at Risk(VaR). VaR is a statistical estimate of the likely daily loss and is based on historical market movements.

 

The confidence level is such that there is 97.5% or 99% probability that the loss will not exceed the VaR estimate on any given day. The 99% confidence level encompasses a wider range of potential outcomes.

 

The Group’s standard VaR approach for both traded and non-traded risk is historical simulation. The Group calculates VaR using historical changes in market rates and prices over the previous 500 business days.

 

It should be noted that because VaR is driven by actual historical observations, it is therefore not an estimate of the maximum loss that the Group could experience from an extreme market event. As a result of this limitation, the Group utilises a number of other risk measures (eg. stress testing) and associated supplementary limits to measure and manage traded market risk.

 

Traded and non-traded market risks have been considered separately below.

 

Traded Market Risks

 

Trading activities are focused on customer trading, distribution and underwriting of a range of securities and derivative instruments. The principal activities include foreign exchange, interest rate and debt markets. These activities are managed on a global product basis.

 

Below are aggregate VaR exposures covering both derivative and non-derivative trading positions for the Group’s principal trading centres.

 

 

 

As at
Sep 04

 

High for
period
Sep 04

 

Low for
period
Sep 04

 

Average for
period
Sep 04

 

As at
Sep 03

 

High for
period
Sep 03

 

Low for
period
Sep 03

 

Average
period
Sep 03

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Value at risk at 97.5% confidence

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange

 

0.5

 

2.0

 

0.3

 

0.7

 

1.4

 

2.0

 

0.3

 

0.8

 

Interest rate

 

1.5

 

2.1

 

0.6

 

1.1

 

1.1

 

2.1

 

0.5

 

1.0

 

Diversification benefit

 

(0.7

)

(1.6

)

(0.1

)

(0.4

)

(0.8

)

(1.5

)

(0.1

)

(0.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total VaR

 

1.3

 

2.5

 

0.8

 

1.4

 

1.7

 

2.6

 

0.7

 

1.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Value at risk at 99% confidence

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange

 

0.9

 

2.8

 

0.4

 

1.0

 

1.6

 

3.2

 

0.5

 

1.3

 

Interest rate

 

1.8

 

2.8

 

0.8

 

1.5

 

1.4

 

3.0

 

0.9

 

1.7

 

Diversification benefit

 

(0.9

)

(2.2

)

(0.2

)

(0.6

)

(0.8

)

(2.6

)

(0.4

)

(0.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total VaR

 

1.8

 

3.4

 

1.0

 

1.9

 

2.2

 

3.6

 

1.0

 

2.1

 

 

VaR is calculated separately for Foreign Exchange/Commodities and for Interest Rate/Debt Markets businesses as well as Total Group. The diversification benefit reflects the correlation implied by historical rates between Foreign Exchange/Commodities and Interest Rate/Debt Markets.

 

71



 

Non-Traded Market Risks (Balance Sheet Risk)

 

The principal objectives of balance sheet management are to manage interest income sensitivity while maintaining acceptable levels of interest rate and liquidity risk and to hedge the market value of the Group’s capital.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

The objective of balance sheet interest rate risk management is to secure stable and optimal net interest income over both the short (next 12 months) and long term. Non-traded interest rate risk relates to the potential adverse impact of changes in market interest rates on the Group’s future net interest income. This risk arises from two principal sources: mismatches between the repricing dates of interest bearing assets and liabilities; and the investment of capital and other non-interest bearing liabilities in interest bearing assets. Interest rate risk is reported as follows using three measures: VaR, scenario analysis (to a 1% shock) and disclosure of the interest rate sensitivity gap (refer note 36).

 

a)  VaR Interest Rate Risk

 

Below are aggregate VaR figures covering non-traded interest rate risk.

 

 

 

As at
Sep 04

 

High for
period
Sep 04

 

Low for
period
Sep 04

 

Average for
period
Sep 04

 

As at
Sep 03

 

High for
period
Sep 03

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Value at risk at 97.5% confidence

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total ANZ Group

 

21.0

 

37.2

 

21.0

 

29.5

 

24.4

 

59.3

 

 

b)  Scenario Analysis - A 1% Shock on the Next 12 Months’ Net Interest Income

 

A 1% overnight parallel positive shift in the yield curve is model led to determine the potential impact on net interest income over the immediate forward period of 12 months. This is a standard risk quantification tool.

 

The figures in the table below indicate the outcome of this risk measure for the current and previous financial years - expressed as a percentage of reported net interest income.  The sign indicates the nature of the rate sensitivity with a positive number signifying that a rate increase is positive for net interest income over the next 12 months.  Conversely, a negative number signifies that a rate increase is negative for the next 12 months’ net interest income.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of 1% Rate Shock

 

 

 

 

 

As at 30 September

 

1.48

%

1.67

%

Maximum exposure

 

1.53

%

1.67

%

Minimum exposure

 

(0.09

)%

(0.86

)%

Average exposure

 

0.69

%

0.54

%

 

The extent of mismatching between the repricing characteristics and timing of interest bearing assets and liabilities at any point has implications for future net interest income. On a global basis, the Group quantifies the potential variation in future net interest income as a result of these repricing mismatches each month using a static gap model.

 

The repricing gaps themselves are constructed based on contractual repricing information. However, for those assets and liabilities where the contractual term to repricing is not considered to be reflective of the actual interest rate sensitivity (for example, products priced at the Group’s discretion), a profile based on historically observed and/or anticipated rate sensitivity is used. This treatment excludes the effect of basis risk between customer pricing and wholesale market pricing. For example, when wholesale market rates are anticipating an official rate increase the Group does not reprice certain customer business until the first repricing date after the official rate rise.

 

The majority of the Group’s non-traded interest exposure exists in Australia and New Zealand. In these centres, a separate balance sheet simulation process supplements this static gap information. This allows the net interest income outcomes of a number of different scenarios - with different market interest rate environments and future balance sheet structures - to be identified. This better enables the Group to accurately quantify the interest rate risks associated with the balance sheet, and to formulate strategies to manage current and future risk profiles.

 

72



 

Foreign Currency Related Risks

 

The Group’s investment of capital in non-Australian operations generates an exposure to changes in the relative value of individual currencies against the Australian Dollar. Variations in the value of these foreign currency investments are reflected in the Foreign Currency Translation Reserve.

 

The Group incurs some non-traded foreign currency risk related to the potential repatriation of profits from non-Australian business units. This risk is routinely monitored and hedging is conducted where it is likely to add shareholder value.  Revenue related hedge contracts outstanding at 30 September 2004 were USD 36 million and NZD 3,450 million.

 

The risk relating to mismatching of non-traded foreign currency assets and liabilities has not been presented, as this type of risk is minimal for the Group.

 

36:  INTEREST SENSITIVITY GAP

 

The following table represents the interest rate sensitivity as at 30 September 2004 of the Group’s assets, liabilities and off balance sheet instruments repricing (that is, when interest rates applicable to each asset or liability can be changed) in the periods shown.

 

Repricing gaps are based upon contractual repricing information except where the contractual terms are not considered to be reflective of actual interest rate sensitivity, for example, those assets and liabilities priced at the Group’s discretion. In such cases, the rate sensitivity is based upon historically observed and/or anticipated rate sensitivity.

 

Sensitivity to interest rates arises from mismatches in the period to repricing of assets and that of the corresponding liability funding. These mismatches are managed within policy guidelines for mismatch positions.

 

At 30 September 2004

 

Less than
3 months

 

Between
3 months and
6 months

 

Between
6 months and
12 months

 

Between
1 year and
5 years

 

After
5 years

 

Not
bearing
interest

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Liquid assets and due from other financial institutions

 

8,030

 

788

 

508

 

823

 

6

 

989

 

11,144

 

Trading and investment securities

 

8,326

 

1,261

 

1,538

 

1,667

 

293

 

139

 

13,224

 

Net loans and advances

 

147,883

 

8,415

 

12,914

 

36,740

 

673

 

(1,663

)

204,962

 

Other assets

 

383

 

134

 

127

 

607

 

5

 

28,759

 

30,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

164,622

 

10,598

 

15,087

 

39,837

 

977

 

28,224

 

259,345

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit and term deposits

 

54,245

 

7,596

 

4,574

 

4,199

 

7

 

 

70,621

 

Other deposits

 

53,843

 

843

 

1,648

 

4,997

 

 

7,927

 

69,258

 

Other borrowings and due to other financial institutions

 

27,733

 

2,784

 

2,844

 

1,805

 

7

 

854

 

36,027

 

Other liabilities

 

127

 

151

 

186

 

749

 

166

 

28,058

 

29,437

 

Bonds, notes and loan capital

 

18,738

 

2,474

 

962

 

9,955

 

3,948

 

 

36,077

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

154,686

 

13,848

 

10,214

 

21,705

 

4,128

 

36,839

 

241,420

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity and outside equity interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,925

 

17,925

 

Off balance sheet items affecting interest rate sensitivity

 

6,655

 

3,114

 

(8,887

)

(4,777

)

3,895

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– net

 

16,591

 

(136

)

(4,014

)

13,355

 

744

 

(26,540

)

 

– cumulative

 

16,591

 

16,455

 

12,441

 

25,796

 

26,540

 

 

 

 

The bulk of the Group’s loan/deposit business is conducted in the domestic balance sheets of Australia and New Zealand and is priced on a floating rate basis. The mix of repricing maturities in these books is influenced by the underlying financial needs of customers.

 

Offshore operations, which are generally wholesale in nature, are able to minimise interest rate sensitivity through closely matching the maturity of loans and deposits. Given both the size and nature of their business, the interest rate sensitivities of these balance sheets contribute little to the aggregate risk exposure, which is primarily a reflection of the positions in Australia and New Zealand.

 

In Australia and New Zealand, a combination of pricing initiatives and off-balance sheet instruments are used in the management of interest rate risk. For example, where a strong medium to long term rate view is held, hedging and pricing strategies are used to modify the profile’s rate sensitivity so that it is positioned to take advantage of the expected movement in interest rates. However, such positions are taken within the overall risk limits specified by policy.

 

73



 

The following table represents the interest rate sensitivity as at 30 September 2003 of the Group’s assets, liabilities and off balance sheet instruments repricing (that is, when interest rates applicable to each asset or liability can be changed) in the periods shown.

 

At 30 September 2003

 

Less than
3 months

 

Between
3 months and
6 months

 

Between
6 months and
12 months

 

Between
1 year and
5 years

 

After
5 years

 

Not
bearing
interest

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Liquid assets and due from other financial institutions

 

6,857

 

388

 

103

 

47

 

36

 

1,588

 

9,019

 

Trading and investment securities

 

4,452

 

890

 

1,231

 

2,059

 

291

 

57

 

8,980

 

Net loans and advances

 

117,209

 

6,796

 

7,201

 

18,804

 

466

 

(1,011

)

149,465

 

Other assets

 

640

 

61

 

92

 

828

 

58

 

26,448

 

28,127

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

129,158

 

8,135

 

8,627

 

21,738

 

851

 

27,082

 

195,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit and term deposits

 

39,945

 

4,313

 

2,634

 

2,158

 

44

 

 

49,094

 

Other deposits

 

43,002

 

471

 

956

 

2,971

 

 

5,831

 

53,231

 

Other borrowings and due to other financial institutions

 

20,408

 

2,591

 

2,352

 

2,024

 

35

 

1,226

 

28,636

 

Other liabilities

 

480

 

19

 

65

 

441

 

117

 

27,519

 

28,641

 

Bonds, notes and loan capital

 

10,384

 

1,273

 

241

 

8,466

 

1,838

 

 

22,202

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

114,219

 

8,667

 

6,248

 

16,060

 

2,034

 

34,576

 

181,804

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity and outside equity interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,787

 

13,787

 

Off balance sheet items affecting interest rate sensitivity

 

(4,818

)

(111

)

(1,214

)

5,227

 

916

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– net

 

10,121

 

(643

)

1,165

 

10,905

 

(267

)

(21,281

)

 

– cumulative

 

10,121

 

9,478

 

10,643

 

21,548

 

21,281

 

 

 

 

74



 

37:  NET FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Australian Accounting Standard AASB 1033: Presentation and Disclosure of Financial Instruments (AASB 1033) requires disclosure of the net fair value of on and off balance sheet financial instruments. The disclosures exclude all non-financial instruments, such as income taxes and regulatory deposits, and specified financial instruments, such as interests in controlled entities. The aggregate net fair value amounts do not represent the underlying value of the Group.

 

Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.  Net fair value is the fair value adjusted for transaction costs.

 

Quoted market prices, where available, are adjusted for material transaction costs and used as the measure of net fair value. In cases where quoted market values are not available, net fair values are based on present value estimates or other valuation techniques. For the majority of short-term financial instruments, defined as those which reprice or mature in 90 days or less, with no significant change in credit risk, the net fair value was assumed to equate to the carrying amount in the Group’s statement of financial position.

 

The fair values are based on relevant information available as at 30 September 2004. While judgement is used in obtaining the net fair value of financial instruments, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique. Many of the estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgement, and changes in underlying assumptions could significantly affect these estimates. Furthermore, market prices or rates of discount are not available for many of the financial instruments valued and surrogates have been used which may not reflect the price that would apply in an actual sale.

 

The net fair value amounts have not been updated for the purposes of these financial statements since 30 September 2004, and therefore the net fair value of the financial instruments subsequent to 30 September 2004 may be different from the amounts reported.

 

 

 

Net fair value

 

Carrying value

 

Financial Assets

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Liquid assets

 

6,363

 

6,592

 

6,363

 

6,592

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

4,781

 

2,427

 

4,781

 

2,427

 

Trading securities

 

5,478

 

4,213

 

5,478

 

4,213

 

Investment securities, shares in associates and joint venture entities

 

9,786

 

6,706

 

9,706

 

6,581

 

Loans and advances

 

206,788

 

151,058

 

204,962

 

149,465

 

Customers’ liabilities for acceptances

 

12,466

 

13,178

 

12,466

 

13,178

 

Other financial assets

 

9,458

 

10,618

 

9,088

 

9,824

 

 

LIQUID ASSETS AND DUE FROM OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

 

The carrying values of these financial instruments are considered to approximate their net fair values as they are short-term in nature or are receivable on demand.

 

TRADING SECURITIES

 

Trading securities are carried at market value. Market value is generally based on quoted market prices, broker or dealer price quotations, or prices for securities with similar credit risk, maturity and yield characteristics.

 

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

Net fair value is based on quoted market prices or broker or dealer price quotations. If this information is not available, net fair value has been estimated using quoted market prices for securities with similar credit, maturity and yield characteristics.

 

SHARES IN ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURE ENTITIES

 

Net fair value is based on quoted market prices or broker or dealer price quotations. If this information is not available net fair value has been estimated using quoted market prices for securities with similar credit, maturity and yield characteristics, or by reference to the net tangible asset backing of the investee.

 

75



 

LOANS, ADVANCES AND CUSTOMERS’ LIABILITIES FOR ACCEPTANCES

 

The carrying value of loans, advances and acceptances is net of specific and general provisions for doubtful debts and income yet to mature. The estimated net fair value of loans, advances and acceptances is based on the discounted amount of estimated future cash flows and accordingly has not been adjusted for either specific or general provisions for doubtful debts.

 

Estimated contractual cash flows for performing loans are discounted at estimated current bank credit spreads to determine fair value. For loans with doubt as to collection, expected cash flows (inclusive of the value of security) are discounted using a rate which includes a premium for the uncertainty of the flows.

 

The difference between estimated net fair values of loans, advances and acceptances and carrying value reflects changes in interest rates and the credit worthiness of borrowers since loan origination.

 

Net lease receivables, with a carrying value of $3,079 million (2003: $2,996 million) and a net fair value of $3,080 million (2003: $3,003 million), are included in loans and advances.

 

OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS

 

Included in this category are accrued interest, fees receivable and derivative financial instruments. The carrying values of accrued interest and fees receivable are considered to approximate their net fair values as they are short term in nature or are receivable on demand.

 

The fair values of derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps and currency swaps were calculated using discounted cash flow models based on current market yields for similar types of instruments and the maturity of each instrument. Foreign exchange contracts and interest rate option contracts were valued using market prices and option valuation models as appropriate.

 

Properties held for resale, deferred tax assets and prepaid expenses are not considered financial assets.

 

 

 

Net fair value

 

Carrying value

 

Financial Liabilities

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

7,349

 

6,467

 

7,349

 

6,467

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

168,542

 

124,519

 

168,557

 

124,494

 

Liability for acceptances

 

12,466

 

13,178

 

12,466

 

13,178

 

Bonds and notes

 

27,747

 

16,837

 

27,602

 

16,572

 

Loan capital

 

8,540

 

5,640

 

8,475

 

5,630

 

Other financial liabilities

 

13,665

 

13,285

 

13,525

 

13,062

 

 

DUE TO OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

 

The carrying value of amounts due to other financial institutions is considered to approximate the net fair value.

 

DEPOSITS AND OTHER BORROWINGS

 

The net fair value of a deposit liability without a specified maturity or at call is deemed by AASB 1033 to be the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value is not adjusted for any value expected to be derived from retaining the deposit for a future period of time.

 

For interest bearing fixed maturity deposits and other borrowings and acceptances without quoted market prices, market borrowing rates of interest for debt with a similar maturity are used to discount contractual cash flows.

 

BONDS AND NOTES AND LOAN CAPITAL

 

The aggregate net fair value of bonds and notes and loan capital at 30 September 2004 was calculated based on quoted market prices. For those debt issues where quoted market prices were not available, a discounted cash flow model using a yield curve appropriate for the remaining term to maturity of the instrument was used.

 

OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

 

This category includes accrued interest and fees payable for which the carrying amount is considered to approximate the fair value. Also included are derivative financial instruments, where fair value is determined on the basis described under ‘Other financial assets’.

 

Income tax liabilities, other provisions and accrued charges are not considered financial liabilities.

 

76



 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

As outlined in note 48, the Group has various credit related commitments. Based upon the level of fees currently charged for granting such commitments, taking into account maturity and interest rates, together with any changes in the creditworthiness of counterparties since origination of the commitments, their estimated replacement or net fair value is not material.

 

TRANSACTION COSTS

 

The fair value of financial instruments required to be disclosed under US accounting standard, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107 ‘Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments’ (SFAS 107) is calculated without regard to estimated transaction costs. Such transaction costs are not material, and accordingly the fair values shown above would not differ materially from fair values calculated in accordance with SFAS 107.

 

38:  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

DERIVATIVES

 

Derivative instruments are contracts whose value is derived from one or more underlying financial instruments or indices. They include swaps, forward rate agreements, futures, options and combinations of these instruments. The use of derivatives and their sale to customers as risk management products is an integral part of the Group’s trading activities. Derivatives are also used to manage the Group’s own exposure to fluctuations in exchange and interest rates as part of its asset and liability management activities and are classified as other than trading. Derivatives are subject to the same types of credit and market risk as other financial instruments, and the Group manages these risks in a consistent manner.

 

The principal exchange rate contracts used by the Group are forward foreign exchange contracts, currency swaps and currency options. Forward foreign exchange contracts are agreements to buy or sell a specified quantity of foreign currency on a specified future date at an agreed rate. A currency swap generally involves the exchange, or notional exchange, of equivalent amounts of two currencies and a commitment to exchange interest periodically until the principal amounts are re-exchanged on a future date. Currency options provide the buyer with the right, but not the obligation, either to purchase or sell a fixed amount of a currency at a specified rate on or before a future date. As compensation for assuming the option risk, the option writer generally receives a premium at the start of the option period.

 

The principal interest rate contracts used by the Group are forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, interest rate swaps and options. Forward rate agreements are contracts for the payment of the difference between a specified interest rate and a reference rate on a notional deposit at a future settlement date. There is no exchange of principal. An interest rate future is an exchange traded contract for the delivery of a standardised amount of a fixed income security or time deposit at a future date. Interest rate swap transactions generally involve the exchange of fixed and floating interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts.

 

Derivative transactions generate income for the Group from buy/sell spreads and from trading positions taken by the Group. Income from these transactions is taken to net interest income, foreign exchange earnings or profit on trading instruments. Income or expense on derivatives entered into for balance sheet and revenue hedging purposes is accrued and recorded as an adjustment to the interest income or expense of the related hedged item.

 

CREDIT RISK

 

The credit risk of derivative financial instruments arises from the potential for a counterparty to default on its contractual obligation. Credit risk arises when market movements are such that the derivative has a positive value to the Group. It is the cost of replacing the contract in the event of counterparty default.  The Group limits its credit risk within a conservative framework by dealing with creditworthy counterparties, setting credit limits on exposures to counterparties, and obtaining collateral where appropriate.

 

The following table provides an overview of the Group’s exchange rate, credit, commodity and interest rate derivatives. It includes all trading and other than trading contracts. Notional principal amounts measure the amount of the underlying physical or financial commodity and represent the volume of outstanding transactions. They are not a measure of the risk associated with a derivative.

 

The credit equivalent amount is calculated in accordance with the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority’s Capital Adequacy guidelines. It combines the aggregate gross replacement cost with an allowance for the potential increase in value over the remaining term of the transaction should market conditions change.

 

The fair value of a derivative represents the aggregate net present value of the cash inflows and outflows required to extinguish the rights and obligations arising from the derivative in an orderly market as at the reporting date. Fair value does not indicate future gains or losses, but rather the unrealised gains and losses from marking to market all derivatives at a particular point in time.

 

77



 

Consolidated

 

Notional
principal
amount
2004

 

Credit
equivalent
amount
2004

 

Fair value
2004

 

Notional
principal
amount
2003

 

Credit
equivalent
amount
2003

 

Fair value
2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot and forward contracts

 

183,825

 

3,216

 

(1,411

)

144,687

 

3,717

 

(683

)

Swap agreements

 

51,437

 

3,095

 

(25

)

42,528

 

3,124

 

(121

)

Futures contracts(1)

 

251

 

n/a

 

2

 

353

 

n/a

 

 

Options purchased

 

13,288

 

398

 

224

 

10,971

 

433

 

395

 

Options sold(2)

 

18,852

 

n/a

 

(226

)

15,889

 

n/a

 

(451

)

Other contracts

 

2,686

 

436

 

115

 

3,818

 

408

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

270,339

 

7,145

 

(1,321

)

218,246

 

7,682

 

(748

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward rate agreements

 

39,572

 

9

 

5

 

47,617

 

10

 

11

 

Swap agreements

 

321,585

 

3,682

 

424

 

236,083

 

3,232

 

487

 

Futures contracts(1)

 

38,270

 

n/a

 

4

 

13,458

 

n/a

 

3

 

Options purchased

 

12,810

 

111

 

64

 

11,961

 

117

 

61

 

Options sold(2)

 

15,214

 

n/a

 

(35

)

13,987

 

n/a

 

(23

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

427,451

 

3,802

 

462

 

323,106

 

3,359

 

539

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit default swaps(3)

 

11,743

 

3,381

 

31

 

8,520

 

2,836

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

709,533

 

14,328

 

(828

)

549,872

 

13,877

 

(136

)

 


(1)   Credit equivalent amount shave not been included as there is minimal credit risk associated with exchange traded futures where the clearing house is the counter party

(2)   Options sold have no credit exposure, as they represent obligations rather than assets

(3)   Credit default swaps include structured financing transactions that expose the Group to the performance of certain assets. The total investment of the Group in these transactions is USD 750 million (2003: USD 750 million)

 

78



 

The maturity structure of derivative activity is a primary component of potential credit exposure. The table below shows the remaining maturity profile by class of derivatives, based on notional principal amounts. The table also shows the notional principal amounts of the derivatives held for trading and other than trading purposes.

 

 

 

Remaining life

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated
At 30 September 2004

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 to 5 years

 

Greater than
5 years

 

Total

 

Trading

 

Other than
Trading

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot and forward contracts

 

178,501

 

5,033

 

291

 

183,825

 

162,072

 

21,753

 

Swap agreements

 

9,945

 

33,631

 

7,861

 

51,437

 

13,670

 

37,767

 

Futures contracts

 

243

 

8

 

 

251

 

251

 

 

Options purchased

 

12,361

 

863

 

64

 

13,288

 

13,288

 

 

Options sold

 

18,001

 

789

 

62

 

18,852

 

18,852

 

 

Other contracts

 

1,015

 

1,436

 

235

 

2,686

 

2,681

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

220,066

 

41,760

 

8,513

 

270,339

 

210,814

 

59,525

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward rate agreements

 

39,514

 

58

 

 

39,572

 

31,437

 

8,135

 

Swap agreements

 

121,594

 

153,556

 

46,435

 

321,585

 

248,186

 

73,399

 

Futures contracts

 

35,759

 

2,511

 

 

38,270

 

32,498

 

5,772

 

Options purchased

 

4,546

 

7,680

 

584

 

12,810

 

12,773

 

37

 

Options sold

 

7,506

 

7,267

 

441

 

15,214

 

15,214

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

208,919

 

171,072

 

47,460

 

427,451

 

340,108

 

87,343

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit default swaps

 

1,310

 

9,472

 

961

 

11,743

 

8,775

 

2,968

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

430,295

 

222,304

 

56,934

 

709,533

 

559,697

 

149,836

 

 

 

 

Remaining life

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated
At 30 September 2003

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 to 5 years

 

Greater than
5 years

 

Total

 

Trading

 

Other than
Trading

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot and forward contracts

 

138,559

 

5,677

 

451

 

144,687

 

130,825

 

13,862

 

Swap agreements

 

9,632

 

24,616

 

8,280

 

42,528

 

17,763

 

24,765

 

Futures contracts

 

348

 

5

 

 

353

 

353

 

 

Options purchased

 

10,002

 

792

 

177

 

10,971

 

10,971

 

 

Options sold

 

14,475

 

1,228

 

186

 

15,889

 

15,889

 

 

Other contracts

 

1,379

 

2,258

 

181

 

3,818

 

3,808

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

174,395

 

34,576

 

9,275

 

218,246

 

179,609

 

38,637

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward rate agreements

 

47,090

 

527

 

 

47,617

 

42,764

 

4,853

 

Swap agreements

 

94,922

 

106,612

 

34,549

 

236,083

 

186,760

 

49,323

 

Futures contracts

 

13,114

 

344

 

 

13,458

 

13,458

 

 

Options purchased

 

5,407

 

5,790

 

764

 

11,961

 

11,961

 

 

Options sold

 

13,987

 

 

 

13,987

 

13,987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

174,520

 

113,273

 

35,313

 

323,106

 

268,930

 

54,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit default swaps

 

2,157

 

6,287

 

76

 

8,520

 

5,298

 

3,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

351,072

 

154,136

 

44,664

 

549,872

 

453,837

 

96,035

 

 

79



 

Concentrations of credit risk exist for groups of counterparties when they have similar economic characteristics. Major concentrations of credit risk arise by location and type of customer.

 

The following table shows the concentrations of credit risk, by class of counterparty and by geographic location, measured by credit equivalent amount.

 

Approximately 47% (2003: 54%) of the Group’s exposures are with counterparties which are either Australian banks or banks based in other OECD countries.

 

Consolidated
At 30 September 2004

 

OECD
governments

 

Australian
and
OECD banks

 

Corporations,
non-OECD
banks and
others

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

147

 

5,258

 

6,534

 

11,939

 

New Zealand

 

12

 

1,228

 

839

 

2,079

 

Overseas markets

 

2

 

212

 

96

 

310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

161

 

6,698

 

7,469

 

14,328

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated
At 30 September 2003

 

OECD
governments

 

Australian
and
OECD banks

 

Corporations,
non-OECD
banks and
others

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

227

 

6,559

 

5,531

 

12,317

 

New Zealand

 

21

 

531

 

506

 

1,058

 

Overseas markets

 

3

 

386

 

113

 

502

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

251

 

7,476

 

6,150

 

13,877

 

 

80



 

The next table shows the fair values of the Group’s derivatives by product type, disaggregated into gross unrealised gains and gross unrealised losses.

 

The fair value of a derivative represents the aggregate net present value of the cash inflows and outflows required to extinguish the rights and obligations arising from the derivative in an orderly market as at the reporting date. Fair value does not indicate future gains or losses, but rather the unrealised gains and losses from marking to market all derivatives at a particular point in time.

 

 

 

Other than Trading

 

Trading

 

Trading

 

Consolidated

 

Fair value
as at
2004

 

Fair value
as at
2003

 

Fair value
as at
2004

 

Fair value
as at
2003

 

Fair value
Average
2004

 

Fair value
Average
2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot and forward contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross unrealised gains

 

875

 

628

 

687

 

1,923

 

1,719

 

1,284

 

Gross unrealised losses

 

(2,392

)

(2,509

)

(581

)

(725

)

(927

)

(794

)

Swap agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross unrealised gains

 

532

 

397

 

110

 

776

 

498

 

554

 

Gross unrealised losses

 

(430

)

(283

)

(237

)

(1,011

)

(254

)

(672

)

Futures contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross unrealised gains

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

Gross unrealised losses

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

Options purchased

 

 

 

224

 

395

 

352

 

270

 

Options sold

 

 

 

(226

)

(451

)

(337

)

(326

)

Other contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross unrealised gains

 

 

 

298

 

245

 

247

 

315

 

Gross unrealised losses

 

 

 

(183

)

(133

)

(111

)

(136

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,415

)

(1,767

)

94

 

1,019

 

1,187

 

495

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward rate agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross unrealised gains

 

 

 

8

 

13

 

6

 

7

 

Gross unrealised losses

 

 

 

(3

)

(2

)

(4

)

(1

)

Swap agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross unrealised gains

 

467

 

402

 

1,825

 

1,843

 

2,127

 

1,885

 

Gross unrealised losses

 

(181

)

(228

)

(1,687

)

(1,530

)

(1,790

)

(1,561

)

Futures contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross unrealised gains

 

6

 

 

54

 

51

 

52

 

41

 

Gross unrealised losses

 

(4

)

 

(52

)

(48

)

(43

)

(37

)

Options purchased

 

8

 

 

56

 

61

 

65

 

79

 

Options sold

 

 

 

(35

)

(23

)

(36

)

(58

)

Other contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross unrealised gains

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross unrealised losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

296

 

174

 

166

 

365

 

377

 

355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit default swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross unrealised gains

 

42

 

74

 

44

 

34

 

37

 

44

 

Gross unrealised losses

 

(6

)

 

(49

)

(35

)

(42

)

(69

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

74

 

(5

)

(1

)

(5

)

(25

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

(1,083

)

(1,519

)

255

 

1,383

 

1,559

 

825

 

 

The fair values of derivatives vary over time depending on movements in interest and exchange rates and the trading or hedging strategies used

 

81



 

The Group classifies derivatives into two types according to the purpose they are entered into: trading or hedging.

 

In addition to customer and trading activities, the Group uses, inter alia, derivatives to manage the risk associated with its balance sheet and future revenue streams. The principal objectives of asset and liability management are to hedge the market value of the Group’s capital and to manage and control the sensitivity of the Group’s income while maintaining acceptable levels of interest rate and liquidity risk. The Group also uses a variety of foreign exchange derivatives to hedge against adverse movements in the value of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities and future revenue streams.

 

Income and loss relating to trading derivatives is reported in the statement of financial performance as other operating income.  The fair value of trading derivatives is recorded on a gross basis as other assets or other liabilities as appropriate unless there is a legal right of set off.  The fair value of a derivative financial instrument is the net present value of future expected cash flows arising from that instrument.

 

In order to be classified as a hedging derivative the hedging relationship must be expected to be effective.  Hedging derivatives are accounted for in the same manner as the underlying asset or liability they are hedging.  For example, if the hedged instrument is accounted for using the accrual method, the hedging instrument will also be accounted for using the accrual method.

 

During the year NZD2.4 billion hedge of NZD revenue were put in place to lock in historically high NZD exchange rates. Hedge contracts outstanding at 30 September 2004 totalled NZD3.7 billion.

 

The table below shows the notional principal amount, credit equivalent amount and fair value of derivatives held by the Group, split between those entered into for customer-related and trading purposes, and those entered into for balance sheet hedging and revenue related hedging.

 

Consolidated

 

Notional
principal
amount
2004

 

Credit
equivalent
amount
2004

 

Fair
value
2004

 

Notional
principal
amount
2003

 

Credit
equivalent
amount
2003

 

Fair
value
2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Foreign exchange and commodity contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer-related and trading purposes

 

210,814

 

4,511

 

94

 

179,609

 

5,795

 

1,019

 

Balance sheet hedging purposes

 

56,039

 

2,585

 

(1,371

)

37,360

 

1,874

 

(1,857

)

Revenue related hedging

 

3,486

 

49

 

(44

)

1,277

 

13

 

90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

270,339

 

7,145

 

(1,321

)

218,246

 

7,682

 

(748

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer-related and trading purposes

 

340,108

 

3,163

 

166

 

268,930

 

2,931

 

365

 

Balance sheet hedging purposes

 

87,343

 

639

 

296

 

54,176

 

428

 

174

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

427,451

 

3,802

 

462

 

323,106

 

3,359

 

539

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer-related and trading purposes

 

8,775

 

745

 

(5

)

5,298

 

427

 

(1

)

Balance sheet hedging purposes

 

2,968

 

2,636

 

36

 

3,222

 

2,409

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,743

 

3,381

 

31

 

8,520

 

2,836

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

709,533

 

14,328

 

(828

)

549,872

 

13,877

 

(136

)

 

Detailed below are the net deferred realised and unrealised gains and losses arising from other than trading contracts used to hedge interest rate exposure or to hedge anticipated transactions. These gains and losses are deferred only to the extent that there is an offsetting unrecognised gain or loss on the exposure being hedged. Deferred gains or losses are generally amortised over the expected term of the hedged exposure.

 

 

 

Foreign Exchange

 

Interest Rate and Credit

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

2004

 

Contracts
2003

 

2004

 

Contracts
2003

 

Total
2004

 

Total
2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Expected recognition in income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

(37

)

47

 

71

 

214

 

34

 

261

 

One to two years

 

(14

)

26

 

127

 

86

 

113

 

112

 

Two to five years

 

 

14

 

40

 

117

 

40

 

131

 

Greater than five years

 

 

 

(3

)

(5

)

(3

)

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(51

)

87

 

235

 

412

 

184

 

499

 

 

82



 

39:  SECURITISATION

 

During the year ended 30 September 2004, the Group securitised residential mortgage loans amounting to $1,481 million (2003: $nil).

 

All securitised loans have been removed from the Group’s balance sheet and transferred to third party special purpose entities (SPEs).

 

The Group retains servicing and (for some loans) custodian responsibilities for the loans sold. Following a securitisation, the Group receives fees for servicing the loans, custodian fees, fees for facilities provided and any excess income derived by the SPE after interest has been paid to investors and net credit losses and expenses absorbed.

 

The Group does not hold any material retained interest in the loans that have been sold. There is no recourse against the Group if cash flows from the securitised loans are inadequate to service the obligations of the SPE except to the limited extent provided in the transaction documents through the provision of arm’s length services and facilities.

 

The securities issued by the SPEs do not represent deposits or other liabilities of the Company or the Group. Neither the Company nor the Group in any way stands behind the capital value or performance of the securities or the assets of the SPEs except to the limited extent provided in the transaction documents through the provision of arm’s length services and facilities.

 

The Group may also provide liquidity facilities and other forms of credit enhancement to ensure adequate funds are available to the SPEs. The facilities are undrawn. The Group also provides hedging facilities to the SPEs to mitigate interest rate and currency risks. All these transactions are completed on an arm’s length basis.

 

The following table summarises the cash flows from the SPEs to the Group in respect of assets securitised by the Group.

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Proceeds from securitising loans

 

1,481

 

 

Servicing fees received

 

4

 

4

 

Other cash inflows

 

7

 

13

 

 

40:  LIFE INSURANCE

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2004(1)

 

2003

 

2002(1)

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Reconciliation of Life Insurance margin on services operating income to profit after income tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premium and related revenue

 

25

 

 

701

 

Investment revenue

 

2

 

 

238

 

Claims expense

 

(8

)

 

(636

)

Insurance policy liabilities expense

 

(4

)

 

(204

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance margin on services operating income

 

15

 

 

99

 

Operating expenses

 

(3

)

 

(54

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

12

 

 

45

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(20

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax

 

12

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax arose from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movements in policy liabilities separated between:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Planned margin of revenues over expenses released

 

12

 

 

18

 

Difference between actual and assumed experience

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

Investment earnings on assets in excess of policy liabilities

 

1

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax

 

12

 

 

25

 

 


(1)   Results for 2002 include the profits of ANZ Life Assurance Company Limited, which was sold into a joint venture with ING in April 2002.  Results for 2004 include the profits of NBNZ Life Insurance Limited, which was acquired as part of the purchase of NBNZ in December 2003

 

83



 

41:  SEGMENT ANALYSIS

 

For management purposes the Group is organised into seven major business segments including Personal Banking Australia, Institutional, New Zealand Business, Corporate Australia, Esanda and UDC, Asia Pacific and ING Australia.  An expanded description of the principal activities for each of the business segments is contained in the Glossary on pages 141 to 142.

 

A summarised description of each business segment is shown below:

 

Personal Banking Australia

 

Comprises the activities of Personal Distribution (including Rural Banking), Banking Products, Cards and Merchant Services and Mortgages. Personal Distribution and Banking Products encompasses branches, call centres, on-line banking, as well as financial advisory products and services. Mortgages provides mortgage finance serviced by residential real estate in Australia and New Zealand. Cards and Merchant Services provides consumer and commercial credit cards, ePayment products, personal loans, merchant payment facilities and automatic teller machines

 

 

 

Institutional

 

Comprises businesses that provide a full range of financial services to the Group’s largest corporate and institutional customers

 

 

 

New Zealand Business

 

Provides a full range of banking services including wealth management and card services, for personal, small business and corporate customers in New Zealand

 

 

 

Corporate Australia

 

Comprises corporate banking, business banking and small business banking in Australia

 

 

 

Esanda and UDC

 

Provides vehicle and equipment finance and rental services. Operates in Australia as Esanda and Esanda FleetPartners and in New Zealand as UDC and Esanda FleetPartners

 

 

 

Asia Pacific

 

Provides retail banking services in the Asia and Pacific regions, including ANZ’s share of PT Panin Bank in Indonesia

 

 

 

ING Australia

 

A joint venture between ANZ and ING Group provides integrated manufacture and distribution of wealth creation, management and protection products and services aligned to ANZ distribution channels and the open market

 

As the composition of segments has changed over time, September 2003 comparatives have been adjusted to be consistent with the 2004 segment definitions.  Comparatives for the year ended 30 September 2002 have not been provided because the data could not reasonably be disaggregated into the changed segments.

 

BUSINESS SEGMENT ANALYSIS(1),(2)

 

Consolidated
30 September 2004

 

Personal
Banking
Australia

 

Institutional

 

New
Zealand
Business

 

Corporate
Australia

 

Esanda
and UDC

 

Asia
Pacific

 

ING
Australia

 

Other(3)

 

Consolidated
Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

External interest income

 

5,818

 

2,341

 

3,312

 

903

 

1,060

 

165

 

 

518

 

14,117

 

External interest expense

 

(1,313

)

(2,347

)

(1,842

)

(513

)

(592

)

(115

)

(21

)

(2,120

)

(8,863

)

Net intersegment interest

 

(2,590

)

658

 

(176

)

248

 

(107

)

100

 

(2

)

1,869

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

1,915

 

652

 

1,294

 

638

 

361

 

150

 

(23

)

267

 

5,254

 

Other external operating income

 

828

 

1,298

 

518

 

270

 

103

 

100

 

(22

)

151

 

3,246

 

Share of net profit/loss of equity accounted investments

 

4

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

45

 

138

 

(44

)

145

 

Net intersegment income

 

132

 

(24

)

5

 

(98

)

(10

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

2,879

 

1,927

 

1,817

 

810

 

455

 

295

 

93

 

369

 

8,645

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other external expenses

 

(1,263

)

(578

)

(736

)

(201

)

(158

)

(109

)

2

 

(983

)

(4,026

)

Net intersegment expenses

 

(288

)

(123

)

(130

)

(58

)

(28

)

(29

)

(2

)

658

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

(1,551

)

(701

)

(866

)

(259

)

(186

)

(138

)

 

(325

)

(4,026

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge for doubtful debts

 

(183

)

(159

)

(99

)

(59

)

(67

)

(23

)

 

(42

)

(632

)

Income tax expense

 

(343

)

(278

)

(267

)

(148

)

(59

)

(21

)

15

 

(67

)

(1,168

)

Outside equity interests

 

 

(1

)

(1

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax

 

802

 

788

 

584

 

344

 

143

 

111

 

108

 

(65

)

2,815

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Cash Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

(112

)

(20

)

(49

)

(6

)

(25

)

(8

)

 

(89

)

(309

)

Amortisation of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(146

)

(146

)

Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total external assets

 

93,738

 

55,736

 

55,870

 

18,992

 

14,524

 

2,379

 

1,777

 

16,329

 

259,345

 

Associate investments

 

14

 

69

 

2

 

 

1

 

176

 

1,697

 

1

 

1,960

 

Acquisition of NBNZ assets including goodwill

 

 

 

43,011

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,011

 

Total external liabilities

 

40,036

 

49,060

 

47,275

 

21,397

 

12,261

 

4,924

 

416

 

66,051

 

241,420

 

 


(1)   Results are equity standardised

(2)   Intersegment transfers are accounted for and determined on an arm’s length or cost recovery basis

(3)   Includes Treasury, Operations, Technology& Shared Services, Corporate Centre, Risk Management, Group Financial Management and significant items

 

84



 

The following analysis details financial information by business segment.

 

BUSINESS SEGMENT ANALYSIS(1),(2)

 

Consolidated
30 September 2003

 

Personal
Banking
Australia

 

Institutional

 

New
Zealand
Business

 

Corporate
Australia

 

Esanda
and UDC

 

Asia
Pacific

 

ING
Australia

 

Other(3)

 

Consolidated
Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

External interest income

 

4,625

 

2,170

 

1,060

 

734

 

1,005

 

167

 

 

454

 

10,215

 

External interest expense

 

(1,044

)

(2,087

)

(475

)

(403

)

(512

)

(123

)

(16

)

(1,244

)

(5,904

)

Net intersegment interest

 

(1,810

)

620

 

(88

)

243

 

(143

)

96

 

 

1,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

1,771

 

703

 

497

 

574

 

350

 

140

 

(16

)

292

 

4,311

 

Other external operating income

 

701

 

1,242

 

254

 

251

 

86

 

94

 

(9

)

83

 

2,702

 

Share of net profit/loss of equity accounted investments

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

55

 

99

 

(51

)

106

 

Net intersegment income

 

121

 

(26

)

5

 

(92

)

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

2,593

 

1,922

 

756

 

733

 

428

 

289

 

74

 

324

 

7,119

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other external expenses

 

(1,144

)

(551

)

(280

)

(180

)

(155

)

(111

)

2

 

(809

)

(3,228

)

Net intersegment expenses

 

(295

)

(124

)

(122

)

(54

)

(24

)

(31

)

(2

)

652

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

(1,439

)

(675

)

(402

)

(234

)

(179

)

(142

)

 

(157

)

(3,228

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge for doubtful debts

 

(169

)

(165

)

(37

)

(55

)

(63

)

(19

)

 

(106

)

(614

)

Income tax expense

 

(292

)

(278

)

(106

)

(133

)

(57

)

(27

)

8

 

(41

)

(926

)

Outside equity interests

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax

 

693

 

802

 

211

 

311

 

129

 

100

 

82

 

20

 

2,348

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Cash Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

(85

)

(17

)

(16

)

(2

)

(16

)

(8

)

 

(103

)

(247

)

Amortisation of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)

(18

)

Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total external assets

 

79,829

 

56,977

 

14,379

 

15,993

 

13,460

 

2,027

 

1,736

 

11,190

 

195,591

 

Associate investments

 

12

 

32

 

 

 

1

 

117

 

1,648

 

4

 

1,814

 

Total external liabilities

 

35,660

 

48,005

 

12,016

 

19,508

 

10,795

 

4,524

 

403

 

50,893

 

181,804

 

 


(1)   Results are equity standardised

(2)   Intersegment transfers are accounted for and determined on an arm’s length or cost recovery basis

(3)   Includes Treasury, Operations, Technology& Shared Services, Corporate Centre, Risk Management and Group Financial Management

 

The following analysis details financial information by geographic location.

 

GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENT ANALYSIS(4),(5)

 

Consolidated

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

11,767

 

67

 

9,508

 

73

 

8,697

 

72

 

New Zealand

 

4,632

 

27

 

2,149

 

17

 

1,917

 

16

 

Overseas markets

 

1,109

 

6

 

1,366

 

10

 

1,393

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,508

 

100

 

13,023

 

100

 

12,007

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

170,455

 

66

 

151,538

 

77

 

135,050

 

74

 

New Zealand(6)

 

69,801

 

27

 

25,696

 

13

 

23,799

 

13

 

Overseas markets

 

19,089

 

7

 

18,357

 

10

 

24,256

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

259,345

 

100

 

195,591

 

100

 

183,105

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit before tax(7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

2,785

 

70

 

2,371

 

72

 

2,391

 

74

 

New Zealand

 

763

 

19

 

495

 

15

 

456

 

14

 

Overseas markets

 

439

 

11

 

411

 

13

 

376

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,987

 

100

 

3,277

 

100

 

3,223

 

100

 

 


(4)   Intersegment transfers are accounted for and determined on an arm’s length or cost recovery basis

(5)   The geographic segments represent the locations in which the transaction was booked

(6)   2004 amount includes NBNZ assets, including goodwill acquired of $3.1 billion

(7)   Includes outside equity interests

 

85



 

42:  NOTES TO THE STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

a) Reconciliation of net profit after income tax to net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

Inflows

 

 

 

 

 

Inflows

 

 

 

 

 

(Outflows)

 

 

 

 

 

(Outflows)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit after income tax

 

2,815

 

2,348

 

2,322

 

1,972

 

3,068

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net profit after income tax to net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful debts

 

632

 

614

 

860

 

433

 

464

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

455

 

265

 

226

 

220

 

193

 

Provision for employee entitlements, restructuring and other provisions

 

429

 

219

 

248

 

352

 

87

 

Payments from provisions

 

(395

)

(349

)

(436

)

(390

)

(248

)

(Profit) loss on sale of premises and equipment

 

5

 

5

 

(5

)

5

 

6

 

Provision for surplus lease space

 

7

 

(11

)

1

 

7

 

(1

)

(Profit) on sale of controlled entities and associates

 

 

 

(170

)

 

 

Recovery from NHB litigation

 

 

 

(248

)

 

 

Profit on sale of investment securities

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

Unrealised (gain) loss on revaluation of treasury instruments

 

(169

)

262

 

(282

)

(535

)

216

 

Net decrease (increase)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities

 

514

 

1,669

 

(1,030

)

(1,147

)

1,583

 

Interest receivable

 

(478

)

(189

)

328

 

(326

)

(144

)

Accrued income

 

 

51

 

(16

)

 

37

 

Tax balances

 

921

 

(386

)

46

 

817

 

(447

)

Amortisation of discounts/premiums included in interest income

 

(27

)

(19

)

(30

)

16

 

9

 

Net increase (decrease)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest payable

 

605

 

180

 

(348

)

377

 

184

 

Accrued expenses

 

75

 

69

 

(1

)

(49

)

228

 

Other

 

(139

)

(109

)

(12

)

(7

)

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total adjustments

 

2,435

 

2,271

 

(873

)

(227

)

2,181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

5,250

 

4,619

 

1,449

 

1,745

 

5,249

 

 

b) Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents(1)

 

Cash and cash equivalents include liquid assets and amounts due from other financial institutions with an original term to maturity of less than 90 days. Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year as shown in the statements of cash flows are reconciled to the related items in the statements of financial position as follows

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Liquid assets – less than 90 days

 

4,998

 

5,509

 

4,821

 

2,408

 

2,834

 

Due from other financial institutions – less than 90 days

 

2,856

 

1,806

 

3,104

 

1,834

 

1,577

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,854

 

7,315

 

7,925

 

4,242

 

4,411

 

 


(1)   At 30 September 2004, cash and cash equivalents totalling nil(2003: nil; 2002: nil) were not available for use outside the local operations due to exchange control regulations

 

86



c) Acquisitions and disposals(1)

 

Values retranslated at 30 September 2004 exchange rates

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Details of aggregate assets and liabilities of controlled entities and branches acquired, and disposed of, by the Group are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of net assets acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

842

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

2,737

 

 

 

Net loans and advances

 

32,215

 

 

141

 

Trading securities

 

1,742

 

 

 

Investment securities

 

225

 

 

 

Other assets

 

1,815

 

 

106

 

Premises and equipment

 

169

 

 

5

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

(1,151

)

 

 

Payables and other liabilities

 

(2,588

)

 

(7

)

Deposits and other borrowings

 

(32,352

)

 

(231

)

Provisions

 

(115

)

 

 

Unsubordinated debt

 

(1,179

)

 

 

Loan capital

 

(514

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of net assets acquired

 

1,846

 

 

14

 

Goodwill on acquisition

 

3,266

 

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consideration paid

 

5,112

 

 

67

 

Cash consideration paid

 

4,842

 

 

67

 

Foreign currency translation

 

270

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of net assets disposed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

 

 

8

 

Investment securities

 

 

 

36

 

Net loans and advances

 

 

 

 

Life insurance investment assets

 

 

 

5,090

 

Other assets

 

 

 

38

 

Premises and equipment

 

 

 

4

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

 

Payables and other liabilities

 

 

 

(22

)

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

 

 

(4,798

)

Provisions

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of net assets disposed

 

 

 

392

 

Profit on disposal net of transaction costs

 

 

 

174

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net consideration received/receivable

 

 

 

566

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash consideration received

 

 

 

 

 


(1)   For details on acquisitions and disposals refer to note 18

 

d)  Non-cash financing and investing activities

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Share capital issues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

135

 

115

 

94

 

135

 

115

 

 

e)  Financing arrangements

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Available

 

Unused

 

Available

 

Unused

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Financing arrangements which are available under normal financial arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit standby arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standby lines

 

889

 

884

 

978

 

549

 

Other financing arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overdrafts and other financing arrangements

 

4,115

 

433

 

3,376

 

352

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total finance available

 

5,004

 

1,317

 

4,354

 

901

 

 

87



 

43: CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

 

 

Incorporated in

 

Nature of Business

 

All controlled entities are 100% owned unless otherwise noted.

 

 

 

 

 

The material controlled entities of the Group are:

 

 

 

 

 

Amerika Samoa Bank Inc*

 

Amerika Samoa

 

Banking

 

ANZ Capel Court Limited

 

Australia

 

Investment Banking

 

ANZ Capital Funding Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

Funding

 

ANZ Capital Hedging Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

Hedging

 

ANZCOVER Insurance Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

Self-Insurance

 

ANZ (Delware) Inc*

 

USA

 

Finance

 

ANZ Executors & Trustee Company Limited

 

Australia

 

Trustee/Nominee

 

ANZ Financial Products Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

Investment

 

ANZ Funds Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

Holding Company

 

ANZ Bank (Europe) Limited*

 

England

 

Banking

 

ANZ Bank (Samoa) Limited*

 

Samoa

 

Banking

 

ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited*

 

New Zealand

 

Holding Company

 

ANZ National Bank Limited*

 

New Zealand

 

Banking

 

ANZ National (Int’l) Limited*

 

New Zealand

 

Finance

 

Arawata Finance Limited*

 

New Zealand

 

Finance

 

Burnley Investments Limited*

 

New Zealand

 

Investment

 

Whitelaw Investments*

 

New Zealand

 

Investment

 

Gold Liquid Investments Limited*

 

Cayman Islands

 

Investment

 

Arawata Holdings Limited*

 

New Zealand

 

Holding Company

 

Harcourt Corporation Limited*

 

New Zealand

 

Investment

 

Airlie Investments Limited*

 

New Zealand

 

Investment

 

Nerine Finance No. 2*(1)

 

New Zealand

 

Finance

 

Endeavour Finance Limited*

 

New Zealand

 

Finance

 

Tui Endeavour Limited*

 

New Zealand

 

Finance

 

NBNZ Holdings Ltd*

 

New Zealand

 

Holding Company

 

NBNZ Life Insurance Limited*

 

New Zealand

 

Insurance

 

Tui Securities Limited*

 

New Zealand

 

Investment

 

CNZ Investment Trust*

 

New Zealand

 

Investment

 

UDC Finance Limited*

 

New Zealand

 

Finance

 

Truck Leasing Limited*

 

New Zealand

 

Leasing

 

ANZ International (Hong Kong) Limited*

 

Hong Kong

 

Holding Company

 

ANZ Asia Limited*

 

Hong Kong

 

Banking

 

ANZ Bank (Vanuatu) Limited*

 

Vanuatu

 

Banking

 

ANZ International Private Limited*

 

Singapore

 

Finance

 

ANZ Singapore Limited*

 

Singapore

 

Merchant Banking

 

Bank of Kiribati Ltd*(1)

 

Kiribati

 

Banking

 

LFD Limited

 

Australia

 

Holding Company

 

Minerva Holdings Limited*

 

England

 

Holding Company

 

ANZEF Limited*

 

England

 

Export Finance

 

Norway Funds Limited*

 

New Zealand

 

Funding

 

ANZ Investment Holdings Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

Investment

 

530 Collins Street Property Trust

 

Australia

 

Investment Activities

 

ANZ Lenders Mortgage Insurance Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Mortgage Insurance

 

ANZ Orchard Investments Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

Investment

 

ANZ Rural Products Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

Investment

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group (PNG) Limited*

 

Papua New Guinea

 

Banking

 

Esanda Finance Corporation Limited

 

Australia

 

General Finance

 

Fleet Partners Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Finance

 

NMRSB Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

Investment

 

PT ANZ Panin Bank*(1)

 

Indonesia

 

Banking

 

Upspring Limited*

 

England

 

Investment

 

 


*      Audited by overseas KPMG firms

(1)   Outside equity interests hold ordinary shares or units in the controlled entities listed above as follows: Bank of Kiribati - 150,000 $1 ordinary shares (25%) (2003: 150,000 $1 ordinary shares 25%); PT ANZ Panin Bank – 7,500 IDR 1M shares (15%) (2003: 7,500 IDR 1M shares (15%); Nerine Finance No. 2 - 340,000,000 $1 redeemable preference shares (40%)

 

88



 

44:  ASSOCIATES

 

Significant associates of the Group are as follows:

 

 

 

Ownership
Interest
held

 

Voting
Interest

 

Incorporated
in

 

Carrying Value(6)

 

Reporting
date

 

Principal
activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

PT Panin Indonesia Bank(1)

 

29

%

29

%

Indonesia

 

160

 

31 December

 

Banking

 

Metrobank Card Corporation Inc(2)

 

40

%

40

%

Indonesia

 

16

 

31 December

 

Cards Issuing

 

ETrade(3)

 

35

%

35

%

Australia

 

14

 

30 June

 

Online Stockbroking

 

Autobake Pty Ltd(4)

 

43

%

20

%

Australia

 

7

 

30 June

 

Manufacturing

 

Australian Convenience Foods Pty Ltd(5)

 

46

%

20

%

Australia

 

9

 

30 June

 

Manufacturing

 

Other associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shares in associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)   An associate from 1 April 2001. In 2004 the Group exercised options over a further 18% of PT Panin Indonesia Bank

(2)   An associate from 9 October 2003

(3)   An associate from 1 October 2002

(4)   An associate from 21 August 2002

(5)   An associate from 1 July 2002

(6)   2003 carrying values as follows: PT Panin Indonesia Bank $117 million, ETrade $12 million, Australian Convenience Foods Pty Ltd $7 million, Autobake Pty Ltd $8 million and Other associates $22 million. Total $166 million

 

45:  INTERESTS IN JOINT VENTURE ENTITIES

 

The Group has an interest in a joint venture entity as follows:

 

 

 

Interest(2)
held

 

Voting(2)
Interest

 

Incorporated
in

 

Carrying Value

 

Reporting
date

 

Principal
activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

 

 

 

 

ING Australia Limited(1)

 

49

%

49

%

Australia

 

1,697

 

31 December

 

Funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and Insurance

 

 


(1)   A joint venture entity from 1 May 2002

(2)   This represents the Group’s 49% share of the assets and liabilities of ING Australia Limited.  The Group has joint control of the joint venture, therefore we do not consolidate this entity. Key details of the joint venture are:

      ING Australia Limited is owned 51% by ING Group and 49% by the Group.

      Both shareholders have an equal say in strategic decisions with a number of matters requiring the approval of both Shareholders (ie require unanimous approval). These include major items of capital expenditure, acquisitions or disposals in excess of $20 million and changes to the Board structure.

      Equal board representation with four Group nominees and four ING Group nominees.  All key issues (including business plans, major capital expenditure, acquisitions etc) require unanimous Board approval.

      Refer to Critical Accounting Policies item f) for details regarding valuation of investment in ING Australia Limited.

The Joint Venture includes the majority of the Group’s and ING’s funds management and insurance activities in Australia and New Zealand.

 

89



 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Retained profits attributable to the joint venture entity

 

 

 

 

 

At the beginning of the financial year

 

57

 

2

 

At the end of the financial year

 

116

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movement in the carrying amount of the joint venture entity

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at the commencement of the period

 

1,648

 

1,593

 

Share of net profit

 

97

 

55

 

Completion accounts adjustment

 

(10

)

 

Dividend received

 

(38

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at the end of the financial year

 

1,697

 

1,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of assets and liabilities(1)

 

 

 

 

 

Investments

 

10,301

 

9,659

 

Other assets

 

768

 

663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

11,069

 

10,322

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy holder liabilities

 

9,565

 

8,928

 

Other liabilities

 

375

 

324

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

9,940

 

9,252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets

 

1,129

 

1,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of revenues, expenses and results

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

386

 

310

 

Expenses

 

(220

)

(197

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit from ordinary activities before income tax

 

166

 

113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

(28

)

(14

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit from ordinary activities after income tax

 

138

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortisation of notional goodwill

 

(41

)

(44

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net equity accounted profit

 

97

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of commitments

 

 

 

 

 

Lease commitments

 

173

 

169

 

Other commitments

 

16

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total expenditure commitments

 

189

 

192

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of contingent liabilities(2)

 

73

 

77

 

 


(1)   This represents the Group’s share of the assets and liabilities of ING Australia, less outside equity interests and including goodwill on acquisition of ANZ Funds Management entities

(2)   This represents Deeds of Subordination with ASIC and buyer of last resort

 

90



 

46:  FIDUCIARY ACTIVITIES

 

The Group conducts investment fiduciary activities for trusts, including deceased estates. These trusts have not been consolidated as the Company does not have direct or indirect control.

 

Where the Company or its controlled entities incur liabilities in respect of these operations as trustee, where the primary obligation is incurred in an agency capacity as trustee of the trust rather than on the Group’s own account, a right of indemnity exists against the assets of the applicable funds or trusts. As these assets are sufficient to cover the liabilities and it is therefore not probable that the Company or its controlled entities will be required to settle the liabilities, the liabilities are not included in the financial statements.

 

The aggregate amounts of funds concerned are as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Trusteeships

 

1,632

 

1,432

 

 

Funds management activities are conducted through the ANZ/INGA joint venture and ANZ National Bank Limited.  As at 30 September 2004, the ANZ/INGA joint venture had funds under management of $30,679 million (2003: $28,655 million) whilst ANZ National Bank Limited had funds under management of $1,495 million.

 

47:  COMMITMENTS

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Capital expenditure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contracts for outstanding capital expenditure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not later than 1 year

 

60

 

55

 

20

 

11

 

Later than 1 year but not later than 5 years

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital expenditure commitments

 

60

 

56

 

20

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease rentals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Future rentals in respect of leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and buildings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not later than 1 year

 

201

 

164

 

135

 

134

 

Later than 1 year but not later than 5 years

 

495

 

391

 

336

 

320

 

Later than 5 years

 

442

 

441

 

405

 

425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,138

 

996

 

876

 

879

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Furniture and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not later than 1 year

 

13

 

17

 

7

 

12

 

Later than 1 year but not later than 5 years

 

19

 

23

 

12

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

40

 

19

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total lease rental commitments

 

1,170

 

1,036

 

895

 

911

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total commitments

 

1,230

 

1,092

 

915

 

923

 

 

The Group leases land and buildings under operating leases expiring from one to five years.  Leases generally provide the Group with a right of renewal at which time all terms are renegotiated.  Lease payments comprise a base amount plus an incremental contingent rental. Contingent rentals are based on either movements in the Consumer Price Index or operating criteria.  Contingent rentals are not included in lease rental commitments, are not provisioned for due to their immateriality, therefore are expensed as incurred.

 

91



 

48: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, CONTINGENT ASSET AND CREDIT RELATED COMMITMENTS

 

CREDIT RELATED COMMITMENTS

 

The credit risk of the following facilities may be less than the contract amount, but as it cannot be accurately determined, the credit risk has been taken to be the contract amount.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

Controlled Entities

 

 

 

2004
Contract
amount

 

2003
Contract
amount

 

2004
Contract
amount

 

2003
Contract
amount

 

2004
Contract
amount

 

2003
Contract
amount

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Undrawn facilities

 

78,851

 

65,381

 

62,118

 

57,914

 

16,733

 

7,467

 

Underwriting facilities

 

63

 

15

 

 

15

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78,914

 

65,396

 

62,118

 

57,929

 

16,796

 

7,467

 

 

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

The qualitative details of the estimated maximum amount of contingent liabilities that may become payable relate to non-customer contingent liabilities.  These contingent liabilities relate to transactions that the Group has entered into as principal.  By contrast, the quantitative tabular presentation relates to customer contingent liabilities, ie direct credit substitutes and trade and performance related items.  Hence, as the contingent liabilities refer to different aspects of Group operations, there are no reconciling items.

 

The Group guarantees the performance of customers by issuing standby letters of credit and guarantees to third parties. The risk involved is essentially the same as the credit risk involved in extending loan facilities to customers, therefore these transactions are subjected to the same credit origination, portfolio management and collateral requirements for customers applying for loans. As the facilities may expire without being drawn upon, the notional amounts do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements.

 

The credit risk of these facilities may be less than the contract amount, but as it cannot be accurately determined, the credit risk has been taken to be the contract amount.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

Controlled Entities

 

 

 

2004
Contract
amount

 

2003
Contract
amount

 

2004
Contract
amount

 

2003
Contract
amount

 

2004
Contract
amount

 

2003
Contract
amount

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Guarantees

 

5,065

 

4,954

 

4,923

 

4,888

 

142

 

66

 

Credit derivatives – sold

 

2,636

 

2,409

 

2,636

 

2,409

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit

 

1,057

 

1,406

 

1,036

 

1,387

 

21

 

19

 

Bill endorsements

 

168

 

148

 

168

 

148

 

 

 

Documentary letters of credit

 

2,262

 

1,755

 

2,045

 

1,637

 

217

 

118

 

Performance related contingents

 

9,625

 

9,027

 

9,352

 

8,815

 

273

 

212

 

Other

 

1,336

 

854

 

931

 

601

 

405

 

253

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total contingent liabilities

 

22,149

 

20,553

 

21,091

 

19,885

 

1,058

 

668

 

 

The details and estimated maximum amount of contingent liabilities that may become payable are set out below.

 

i)  Clearing and Settlement Obligations

 

In accordance with the clearing and settlement arrangements set out:

 

      in the Australian Payments Clearing Association Limited (APCA) Regulations for the Australian Paper Clearing System, the Bulk Electronic Clearing System, the Consumer Electronic Clearing System and the High Value Clearing System (HVCS), the Company has a commitment to rules which could result in a bilateral exposure and loss in the event of a failure to settle by a member institution; and

 

      in the Austraclear System Regulations, the Company has a commitment to participate in loss-sharing arrangements in the event of a failure to settle by a member institution.

 

92



 

For both the APCA HVCS and Austraclear, the obligation arises only in limited circumstances.

 

ii)  Nominee Activities

 

The Group will indemnify each customer of controlled entities engaged in nominee activities against loss suffered by reason of such entities failing to perform any obligation undertaken by them to a customer.

 

iii)  Interbank Deposit Agreement

 

ANZ has entered into an Interbank Deposit Agreement with the major banks in the payments system. This agreement is a payment system support facility certified by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority, where the terms are such that if any bank is experiencing liquidity problems, the other participants are required to deposit equal amounts of up to $2 billion for a period of 30 days. At the end of 30 days the deposit holder has the option to repay the deposit in cash or by way of assignment of mortgages to the value of the deposit.

 

iv)  Tax Audit

 

The Group in Australia is being audited by the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) as part of normal ATO procedures.  The Group has received various assessments that are being disputed and may receive further assessments.

 

At the Company’s request the ATO is reviewing the taxation treatment of the sale of Grindlays in 2000.

 

During the year, the Company and the ATO settled the dispute over the taxation treatment of lease assignments undertaken in 1991 and 1992.  The settlement was within existing provisions.

 

The Group in New Zealand is being audited by local revenue authorities as part of normal revenue authority procedures, with a particular focus on certain kinds of structured finance transactions.  On 30 September 2004, the Group in New Zealand received Notices of Proposed Adjustment (the ‘Notice’) in respect of one of these structured finance transactions undertaken in the 2000 financial year.  The Notice is formal advice that the New Zealand Inland Revenue Department (IRD) is proposing to amend tax assessments.  The Notice is not a tax assessment and does not establish a tax liability, but it is the first step in a formal dispute process.  Should the same position be adopted by the IRD on the remaining transactions of that kind, the maximum potential tax liability would be approximately NZD348 million (including interest tax effected) for the period to 30 September 2004.  Of that maximum potential liability, approximately NZD116 million is subject to tax indemnities provided by Lloyds TSB Bank PLC under the agreement by which ANZ acquired the National Bank of New Zealand and which relate to transactions undertaken by National Bank of New Zealand before December 2003.

 

Based on external advice, the Group has assessed the likely progress of these and other issues, and believes that it holds appropriate provisions.

 

v)  Sale of Grindlays businesses

 

On July 31, 2000, ANZ completed the sale to Standard Chartered Bank (“SCB”) of ANZ Grindlays Bank Limited and the private banking business of ANZ in the United Kingdom and Jersey, together with ANZ Grindlays (Jersey) Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries, for USD1.3 billion in cash. ANZ provided warranties and certain indemnities relating to those businesses and, where it anticipated that payments would be likely under the warranties or indemnities, made provisions to cover the anticipated liability.  The issues below have not impacted our reported results. All settlements and costs have been covered within the provisions established at the time.  ANZ remains liable in relation to the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act and differential cheques matters described below.

 

National Housing Bank

 

In 1992, Grindlays received a claim aggregating approximately Indian Rupees 5.06 billion from the National Housing Bank (“NHB”) in India.  The claim arose out of cheques drawn by NHB in favour of Grindlays, the proceeds of which were credited to the account of a Grindlays customer.

 

Grindlays won an arbitration award in March 1997, under which NHB paid Grindlays an award of Indian Rupees 9.12 billion.  NHB subsequently won an appeal to the special court of Mumbai, after which Grindlays filed an appeal with the Supreme Court of India.  While that appeal was pending, the parties settled the matter, with Grindlays receiving Indian Rupees 6.20 billion of disputed monies that Grindlays had lodged with the Court, and NHB receiving the balance.  ANZ in turn received a payment of USD124 million from Standard Chartered Bank under the terms of the Indian Indemnity, and is separately pursuing a $130 million claim against its insurers in respect of the loss Grindlays suffered in the dispute.  ANZ’s claim against its insurers is being litigated in the Victorian Supreme Court, with a trial unlikely to be held until early 2006.  No amounts receivable under this action have been recognised in these accounts.

 

93



 

FERA

 

In 1991, certain amounts were transferred from non-convertible Indian Rupee accounts maintained with Grindlays in India.  These transactions may not have complied with the provisions of the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1973.  Grindlays, on its own initiative, brought these transactions to the attention of the Reserve Bank of India.  The Indian authorities have served notices on Grindlays and certain of its officers in India that could lead to possible penalties.  Grindlays has commenced proceedings in the courts contesting the validity of these notices.

 

Differential Cheques

 

In June 2003, Grindlays was successful in its appeal against orders to repay, with interest, two payments it received from a stockbroker in 1991 in connection with securities transactions.  These orders had directed repayment of Indian Rupees 24 million (plus interest accruing at 24% since 1991).  Since the appeal decision was handed down, no further action has been taken against Grindlays in relation to a further twelve proceedings received by it in 1991 in similar circumstances totalling Indian Rupees 277 million.

 

In addition, ANZ provided an indemnity relating to tax liabilities of Grindlays (and its subsidiaries) and the Jersey Sub-Group to the extent to which such liabilities were not provided for in the Grindlays accounts as at 31 July 2000.  A claim has been made under this indemnity also, with no material impact on the Group expected.

 

vi)  Pursuant to class order 98/1418 (as amended) dated 13 August 1998, relief was granted to a number of wholly owned controlled entities from the Corporations Act 2001 requirements for preparation, audit, and publication of individual financial statements. The results of these companies are included in the consolidated Group results. The entities to which relief was granted are:

 

      ANZ Properties (Australia) Pty Ltd(1)

      Alliance Holdings Pty Ltd(1)

      ANZ Capital Hedging Pty Ltd(1)

      ANZ Funds Pty Ltd(1)

      ANZ Infrastructure Investments Ltd(3)

      ANZ Nominees Ltd(1)

      ANZ Securities (Holdings) Ltd(3)

      Deori Pty Ltd(4)

      ES & A Holdings Pty Ltd(1)

      Jikk Pty Ltd(1)

      LFD Ltd(4)

      NMRSB Pty Ltd(4)

      ANZ Orchard Investments Pty Ltd(2)

      Votraint No. 1103 Pty Ltd(2)

      Binnstone Traders Pty Ltd(4)

 


(1)   Relief granted on 21 August 2001

(2)   Relief granted on 13 August 2002

(3)   Relief granted on 9 September 2003

(4)   Revocation Deed on 24 June 2004

 

94



 

It is the condition of the class order that the Company and each of the above controlled entities enter into a Deed of Cross Guarantee. A Deed of Cross Guarantee under the class order was lodged and approved by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. The effect of the Deed is that the Company guarantees to each creditor payment in full of any debt in the event of winding up any of the controlled entities under certain provisions of the Corporations Act 2001. The Company will only be liable in the event that after six months any creditor has not been paid in full. The controlled entities have also given similar guarantees in the event that the Company is wound up. The consolidated statement of financial performance and consolidated statement of financial position of the Company and its wholly owned controlled entities which have entered into the Deed of Cross Guarantee are:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Profit before tax

 

3,017

 

2,595

 

Income tax expense

 

(771

)

(643

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax

 

2,246

 

1,952

 

Retained profits at start of year(1)

 

6,100

 

4,788

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total available for appropriation

 

8,346

 

6,740

 

Ordinary share dividends provided for or paid

 

(1,598

)

(640

)

Transfer from reserves

 

224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained profits at end of year

 

6,972

 

6,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Liquid assets

 

3,747

 

3,919

 

Investment securities

 

6,107

 

3,818

 

Net loans and advances

 

134,566

 

116,557

 

Other assets

 

35,806

 

38,916

 

Premises and equipment

 

1,114

 

1,178

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

181,340

 

164,388

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

99,811

 

90,186

 

Income tax liability

 

1,551

 

766

 

Payables and other liabilities

 

62,713

 

59,353

 

Provisions

 

618

 

614

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

164,693

 

150,919

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets

 

16,647

 

13,469

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity(2)

 

16,647

 

13,469

 

 


(1)   The Companies included in the class order changed in 2003, accordingly retained profits did not carry forward in 2003

(2)   Shareholders’ equity excludes retained profits and reserves of controlled entities within the class order

 

vii)  The Company has guaranteed payment on maturity of the principal and accrued interest of commercial paper notes issued by ANZ (Delaware) Inc. of $7,068 million as at 30 September 2004 (2003: $6,988 million).

 

viii)  The Company is party to an underpinning agreement with ANZ National Bank Limited whereby the Company undertakes to assume risk in relation to credit facilities extended by ANZ National Bank Limited to individual customers which exceed 35% of ANZ National Bank Limited’s capital base.

 

ix)  The Company is party to an underpinning agreement with Australia and New Zealand Banking Group (PNG) Limited whereby the Company undertakes to assume risk in relation to credit facilities extended by Australia and New Zealand Banking Group (PNG) Limited to individual customers which exceed 50% of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group (PNG) Limited’s capital base.

 

GENERAL

 

There are outstanding court proceedings, claims and possible claims against the Group, the aggregate amount of which cannot readily be quantified. Appropriate legal advice has been obtained and, in the light of such advice, provisions as deemed necessary have been made.

 

95



 

CONTINGENT ASSET

 

On 14 October 2003 ANZ issued proceedings in the Victorian Supreme Court against its captive insurance company ANZcover Insurance Pty Ltd (ANZcover) regarding its insurance claim consequent upon settlement of its former subsidiary ANZ Grindlays Bank Limited’s 1992 dispute with India’s National Housing Bank (NHB).  ANZcover is an authorised general insurer restricted to insuring the interests of ANZ and its subsidiaries.  ANZcover in turn purchases reinsurance from global reinsurers, primarily in the London reinsurance market.  ANZcover has no retained exposure to the NHB claim which is fully re-insured save for a small exposure arising from the insolvency of some re-insurers in the London market.

 

The January 2002 settlement of the NHB litigation saw Grindlays recover Rupees 6.20 billion ($248 million at 19 January 2002 rates) of the disputed monies that Grindlays Bank had lodged with the Court, which by that time totalled Rupees 16.45 billion ($661 million at 19 January 2002 rates), including interest, with NHB receiving the balance.  ANZ in turn received a payment of USD124 million from Standard Chartered Bank under the terms of the Indian Indemnity.  The claim of $130 million (plus compound interest) is for the balance of the limit of indemnity under ANZcover’s reinsurance arrangements for the 1991–92 policy year.  The proceedings remain on foot.

 

49:  SUPERANNUATION COMMITMENTS

 

A number of pension and superannuation schemes have been established by the Group worldwide. The Group may be obliged to contribute to the schemes as a consequence of legislation and provisions of trust deeds. Legal enforceability is dependent on the terms of the legislation and trust deeds. The major schemes with assets in excess of $25 million are:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution levels

 

Country

 

Scheme

 

Scheme type

 

Employee

 

Employer

 

Australia

 

ANZ Australian Staff

 

Defined Contribution Scheme

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Superannuation Scheme(1),(2)

 

Section C(3)

 

optional(7)

 

Balance of cost(9)

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined Contribution Scheme

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section A

 

optional

 

9% of salary(10)

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined Benefit Scheme

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension Section(4)

 

nil

 

Balance of cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

ANZGROUP (New Zealand)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Staff Superannuation Scheme(1),(2)

 

Defined Benefit Scheme(5)

 

nil

 

Balance of cost(11)

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined Contribution Scheme

 

2.5% min

 

7.5% of salary(12)

 

 

 

National Bank Staff

 

Defined Benefit Scheme(6)

 

5.0% of salary

 

Balance of cost(13)

 

 

 

Superannuation Fund(1),(2)

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined Contribution Scheme

 

2.0% min

 

11.2% of salary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

England

 

ANZ UK Staff Pension Scheme(1)

 

Defined Benefit Scheme

 

5.0%(8)

 

Balance of cost(14)

 

 

Balance of cost: the Group’s contribution is assessed by the actuary after taking account of members’ contributions and the value of the schemes’ assets

 


(1)   These schemes provide for pension benefits

(2)   These schemes provide for lump sum benefits

(3)   Closed to new members in 1997

(4)   Closed to new members.  Operates to make pension payments to retirees who were members or to dependants of the members

(5)   Closed to new members on 31 March 1990. Operates to make pension payments to retirees who were members of that section of the scheme or to dependants of the members

(6)   Closed to new members on 1 October 1991

(7)   Optional but with minimum of 1%

(8)   From 1 October 2003, members of the Senior Management section, commenced contributions at the rate of 5% of salary, and all new members at the rate of 5% of salary

(9)   As determined by the Scheme Trustee on the recommendation of the actuary, currently 9% (2003: 9%) of members’ salaries

(10) 2003: 9% of salary

(11) As recommended by the actuary, currently nil (2003: nil)

(12) 2003: 7.5% of salary

(13) As recommended by the actuary, currently 20.7% of member’s salaries

(14) The Group recommenced contributions to the Scheme, effective from 1 October 2003.  Contributions are currently 25% of pensionable salaries.  Additional half yearly contributions of GBP 500,000 for 15 years will commence, with the first payment to be made in November 2004

 

96



 

The details of defined benefit schemes are as follows:

 

2004
Schemes

 

Employer’s
contribution

 

Accrued
benefits

 

Net market
value of
assets held
by scheme

 

Excess of
net market
value of assets
over accrued
benefits

 

Vested
benefits

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

ANZ Australian Staff Superannuation Scheme Pension Section(1)

 

 

41

 

35

 

(6

)

41

 

ANZ UK Staff Pension Scheme(1)

 

8

(4)

869

 

844

 

(25

)

844

 

ANZ Group (New Zealand) Staff Superannuation Scheme(2)

 

 

6

 

6

 

 

6

 

National Bank Staff Superannuation Fund(3),(6)

 

3

 

175

 

164

 

(11

)

179

 

Other

 

1

 

3

 

4

 

1

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

12

 

1,094

 

1,053

 

(41

)

1,077

 

 

2004
Schemes

 

Employer’s
contribution

 

Accrued
benefits

 

Net market
value of
assets held
by scheme

 

Excess of
net market
value of assets
over accrued
benefits

 

Vested
benefits

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

ANZ Australian Staff Superannuation Scheme Pension Section(5)

 

 

43

 

37

 

(6

)

43

 

ANZ UK Staff Pension Scheme(5)

 

(4)

872

 

771

 

(101

)

845

 

ANZ Group (New Zealand) Staff Superannuation Scheme(5)

 

 

6

 

6

 

 

6

 

National Bank Staff Superannuation Fund(6)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Other

 

1

 

3

 

4

 

1

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

1

 

924

 

818

 

(106

)

901

 

 


(1)   Amounts were measured at 31 December 2003

(2)   Amounts were measured at 30 June 2004

(3)   Amounts were measured at 30 September 2004

(4)   Represents employer contributions from the period 1 October 2003 to 30 September 2004 (nil in the prior year)

(5)   Amounts were measured at 31 December 2002

(6)   This scheme arises from the acquisition of the National Bank of New Zealand effective on 1 December 2003

 

ANZ Australian Staff Superannuation Scheme Pension Section

 

The pension section of the ANZ Australian Staff Superannuation Scheme is closed to new members.  The last full actuarial valuation, conducted by the actuary Towers Perrin (now Russell Employee Benefits), as at 31 December 2001 showed a small surplus.  An interim valuation conducted as at 31 December 2003 showed a deficit of $6 million and the expectation is that this has remained materially unchanged since that date.  The Group has no present liability under the Scheme’s trust deed to commence contributions or fund the deficit. A full actuarial valuation is due to be conducted as at 31 December 2004 at which time the funding position will be re-assessed.

 

97



 

National Bank Staff Superannuation Fund

 

The last full actuarial valuation of the pension section of the National Bank Staff Superannuation Fund was conducted by Aon Consulting NZ as at 31 March 2004, and showed a deficit of NZD6 million ($6 million).  An interim valuation conducted as at 30 September 2004 shows a deficit of NZD12 million ($11 million).  The Group has no present liability under the Scheme’s trust deed to fund the deficit, however it does have a contingent liability if the Scheme was wound up.  Under the Scheme’s trust deed the Group is required to pay the Trustees of the Scheme an amount sufficient to ensure members do not suffer a reduction in benefits to which they would otherwise be entitled, as a result of a wind up of the Scheme.

 

The Group took actuarial advice at 31 March 2004 and has taken action to fund the deficit by contributing 20.7% of salary.

 

ANZ UK Staff Pension Scheme

 

The deficit disclosed above has been determined for the purpose of AASB1028 “Employee Benefits”.

 

Consulting actuaries Watson Wyatt LLP have advised that as at 31 December 2003, the Scheme would have met the minimum funding requirement test (MFR) as defined in the UK legislation, being 115% funded on that basis.

 

The Group has no present liability under the Scheme’s trust deed to fund the deficit, however it does have a contingent liability if the Scheme was wound up. If this were to happen, the Trustee would be able to pursue the Bank for additional contributions under the UK Employer Debt regulations.  This is calculated based on an insurance buy-out of the Scheme. This is considered unlikely, given the Group intends to continue the Scheme on an on-going basis and the financial strength of the Group.

 

From 1 October 2003, the Group recommenced contributions at the rate of 25% of pensionable salaries.  These contributions are sufficient to cover the cost of accruing benefits.  In order to address the deficit, the Group has agreed to pay half yearly additional contributions of GBP 500,000 for a period of 15 years, commencing for the year beginning 1 October 2004, with the first payment being made in November 2004.

 

50:  EMPLOYEE SHARE AND OPTION PLANS

 

The Company has four share purchase and option incentive plans available for employees and directors of the Group: the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan(1); the ANZ Employee Share Save Scheme; the ANZ Share Option Plan; and the ANZ Directors’ Share Plan.  Shareholders of the Company have approved the implementation of each of the current plans. Fully paid ordinary shares issued under these plans rank equally with other existing fully paid ordinary shares, other than in respect of voting rights.

 

Each option granted under the ANZ Share Option Plan entitles a holder to purchase one ordinary share subject to any terms and conditions imposed on issue. The exercise price of the options, determined in accordance with the rules of the plan, is based on the weighted average price of the Company’s shares traded during the five business days preceding the date of granting the options.

 

An offer to employees and directors cannot be made under any of the plans if an issue pursuant to that offer will result in the aggregate of shares issued and options granted over unissued shares held for employees under various employee share and option incentive schemes exceeding 7% of the issued capital (and unexercised options) of the Company.

 

The closing market price of one ordinary share at 30 September 2004 was $19.02.

 


(1)   The ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan includes the $1,000 Share Plan and the Deferred Share Plan

 

98



 

ANZ EMPLOYEE SHARE ACQUISITION PLAN

 

$1,000 Share Plan

 

Subject to Board approval this plan allows for the issue of up to $1,000 of shares to all eligible employees each financial year. Refer to section C7 of the Remuneration Report for more details.

 

The shares are issued for no consideration. During the financial year, 1,244,654 shares with an average issue price of $18.04 were issued under the $1,000 Share Plan (2003: 1,028,623 shares with an average issue price of $17.70 were issued).  These shares are issued from the Share Capital account, hence only an increase in the number of shares on issue results.

 

Details of the movement in employee shares under the $1,000 Share Plan are as follows:

 

 

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Number of shares at beginning of the year

 

4,537,676

 

4,217,660

 

Number of shares issued to the trust

 

1,512,886

 

1,242,614

 

Number of shares distributed to employees

 

(787,873

)

(915,612

)

Number of shares forfeited

 

(33,437

)

(6,986

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares at end of the year

 

5,229,252

 

4,537,676

 

 

 

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Number of shares acquired since commencement of the $1,000 Share Plan(1)

 

8,258,575

 

7,013,921

 

 


(1)   Excludes shares issued under the bonus option plan and the dividend reinvestment plan

 

Deferred Share Plan

 

Selected employees may also be issued deferred shares, which vest in the employee up to three years from the date of issue.  Ordinary shares issued under this plan may be held in trust for up to 10 years, and may be required to meet performance hurdles before being able to be traded after the restriction period has expired.  The issue price is based on the volume weighted average price of the shares traded on the ASX in the weeks leading up to and including the date of issue.  Unvested shares are forfeited on resignation or dismissal, or if a performance condition has not been met.  Refer to sections C5.1 and C5.2 of the Remuneration Report for more details.

 

During the financial year, 2,750,277 (2003: 2,587,091) deferred shares were issued under this Plan.

 

Details of the movement in employee shares under the Deferred Share Plan are as follows:

 

 

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Number of shares at beginning of the year

 

8,020,848

 

7,500,351

 

Number of shares issued to the trust

 

2,851,886

 

2,666,291

 

Number of shares distributed to employees

 

(2,034,234

)

(2,024,878

)

Number of shares forfeited

 

(122,604

)

(120,916

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares at end of the year

 

8,715,896

 

8,020,848

 

 

 

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Number of shares acquired since commencement of the Deferred Share Plan(1)

 

16,628,462

 

13,878,185

 

 


(1)   Excludes shares issued under the bonus option plan and the dividend reinvestment plan

 

99



 

ANZ EMPLOYEE SHARE SAVE SCHEME

 

Eligible employees have the opportunity to request that a proportion of their income be directed to the purchase of ANZ shares. The amount they elect to contribute is deducted fortnightly and shares are purchased on market quarterly in arrears by the trust. The Company contributes 5% of the purchase price and pays for brokers fees and stamp duty.  Senior executives may participate but are not eligible to receive the 5% discount.  Employees are eligible to participate in the Scheme if they are permanent full-time or part-time employees of the Company and have been employed since 1 October immediately prior to the invitation being made by the Company.  Employees nominate a restriction period between 1 to 10 years during which period the shares are held in trust.  Dividends are paid to the employees.

 

Details of the movement in employee shares under the ANZ Employee Share Save Scheme are as follows:

 

 

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Number of shares at beginning of the year

 

394,405

 

302,410

 

Number of shares purchased

 

279,723

 

291,210

 

Number of shares issued to the trust

 

24,243

 

16,408

 

Number of shares distributed to employees

 

(246,241

)

(215,623

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares at end of the year

 

452,130

 

394,405

 

 

 

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Number of shares acquired since commencement of the ANZ Employee Share Save Scheme

 

1,043,375

 

763,652

 

 

Costs associated with the ANZ Employee Share Save Scheme were recognised in Personnel Expenses and Liquid Assets (amounts were less than $500,000).

 

ANZ SHARE PURCHASE SCHEME

 

The ANZ Share Purchase Scheme is a closed scheme.  Shares have been progressively paid up by eligible officers, with the last remaining shares held under the scheme fully paid up and redeemed during the year.  No fully paid ordinary shares have been issued under this Scheme since 1996.

 

Details of the movement in employee shares under the ANZ Share Purchase Scheme are as follows:

 

 

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Number of shares at beginning of the year

 

229,500

 

1,272,500

 

Number of shares redeemed by employees(1)

 

(229,500

)

(1,043,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares at end of the year

 

 

229,500

 

 


(1)   Redeemed once paid out by employee

 

100



 

ANZ SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

Selected employees may be granted options, which entitle them to purchase ordinary fully paid shares in the Company at or greater than a price fixed at the time when the options are issued (depending on whether the exercise price is indexed or not).  Voting and dividend rights will be attached to the unissued ordinary shares when the options have been exercised.

 

Details of the options over unissued ordinary shares as at the beginning and end of the financial year and movements during the year are set out below.

 

 

 

Exercise

 

Earliest
exercise

 

Expiry

 

No. options
at beginning

 

Options

 

Options
lapsed
and

 

Options

 

No. options outstanding
at 30 September 2004

 

 

 

Grant date

 

price

 

date

 

date

 

of the year

 

granted

 

surrendered

 

exercised

 

On issue

 

Vested

 

Hurdle

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11/12/1998

 

9.62

 

11/12/2001

 

10/12/2003

 

15,000

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

Yes

 

A

 

25/03/1999

 

10.72

 

25/03/2002

 

24/03/2004

 

22,000

 

 

 

22,000

 

 

Yes

 

A

 

02/06/1999

 

10.48

 

02/06/2002

 

01/06/2004

 

325,000

 

 

 

325,000

 

 

Yes

 

A

 

02/06/1999

 

10.48

 

02/06/2002

 

01/06/2004

 

115,000

 

 

10,000

 

105,000

 

 

Yes

 

N

 

23/02/2000

 

9.39

 

23/02/2003

 

22/02/2007

 

442,000

 

 

 

295,000

 

147,000

 

Yes

 

B

 

08/03/2000

 

9.48

 

08/03/2003

 

07/03/2007

 

350,000

 

 

350,000

 

 

 

Yes

 

B

 

23/05/2000

 

11.09

 

23/05/2003

 

23/05/2007

 

271,250

 

 

 

107,500

 

163,750

 

Yes

 

N

 

26/09/2000

 

12.03

 

26/09/2003

 

25/09/2007

 

57,500

 

 

 

27,500

 

30,000

 

Yes

 

N

 

21/11/2000

 

13.62

 

22/11/2003

 

21/11/2007

 

2,043,258

 

 

 

1,338,039

 

705,219

 

Yes

 

B

 

27/12/2000

 

13.91

 

25/10/2003

 

07/02/2008

 

1,472,500

 

 

36,750

 

441,028

 

994,722

 

Yes

 

N

 

31/12/2000

 

14.06

 

31/12/2003

 

31/12/2004

 

750,000

 

 

 

750,000

 

 

Yes

 

E

 

27/01/2001

 

13.91

 

07/02/2004

 

07/02/2008

 

921,000

 

 

34,500

 

214,700

 

671,800

 

Yes

 

N

 

21/02/2001

 

14.20

 

21/02/2004

 

20/02/2008

 

4,063,825

 

 

72,050

 

1,020,207

 

2,971,568

 

Yes

 

N

 

27/02/2001

 

14.75

 

27/02/2004

 

26/02/2008

 

75,000

 

 

 

50,000

 

25,000

 

Yes

 

B

 

24/04/2001

 

12.98

 

25/04/2004

 

24/04/2008

 

934,900

 

 

 

403,600

 

531,300

 

Yes

 

B

 

24/04/2001

 

12.98

 

25/04/2004

 

24/04/2008

 

2,271,415

 

 

62,325

 

540,563

 

1,668,527

 

Yes

 

N

 

07/05/2001

 

12.98

 

07/05/2004

 

06/05/2008

 

176,900

 

 

(650

)

73,450

 

104,100

 

Yes

 

N

 

01/06/2001

 

14.61

 

01/06/2004

 

31/05/2008

 

414,250

 

 

17,500

 

86,750

 

310,000

 

Yes

 

N

 

23/08/2001

 

15.77

 

21/08/2004

 

20/08/2008

 

76,000

 

 

 

 

76,000

 

Yes

 

B

 

27/08/2001

 

16.09

 

27/08/2004

 

26/08/2008

 

75,750

 

 

8,250

 

4,500

 

63,000

 

Yes

 

N

 

24/10/2001

 

16.33

 

25/10/2004

 

24/10/2008

 

870,200

 

 

5,100

 

111,800

 

753,300

 

No

 

B

 

24/10/2001

 

16.33

 

25/10/2004

 

24/10/2008

 

3,101,925

 

 

156,200

 

134,125

 

2,811,600

 

No

 

N

 

24/10/2001

 

0.00

 

24/10/2002

 

24/10/2003

 

409

 

 

 

409

 

 

Yes

 

N

 

24/10/2001

 

16.33

 

24/10/2004

 

23/10/2008

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

50,000

 

No

 

B

 

31/12/2001

 

16.48

 

31/12/2004

 

31/12/2005

 

500,000

 

 

 

 

500,000

 

No

 

E

 

31/12/2001

 

16.80

 

31/12/2003

 

31/12/2007

 

500,000

 

 

 

 

500,000

 

Yes

 

F

 

28/02/2002

 

17.49

 

26/02/2005

 

25/02/2009

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

20,000

 

No

 

B

 

24/04/2002

 

18.03

 

24/04/2005

 

24/04/2009

 

3,183,849

 

 

226,063

 

77,145

 

2,880,641

 

No

 

N

 

24/04/2002

 

0.00

 

24/04/2003

 

24/04/2004

 

4,705

 

 

(5,243

)

9,948

 

 

Yes

 

N

 

24/04/2002

 

18.03

 

24/04/2005

 

24/04/2009

 

885,193

 

 

19,393

 

105,299

 

760,501

 

No

 

C

 

24/04/2002

 

18.03

 

24/04/2005

 

24/04/2009

 

415,000

 

 

10,000

 

25,000

 

380,000

 

No

 

C

 

31/05/2002

 

18.55

 

14/05/2005

 

13/05/2009

 

145,000

 

 

 

 

145,000

 

No

 

N

 

27/06/2002

 

18.55

 

28/06/2005

 

27/06/2009

 

286,470

 

 

20,035

 

4,625

 

261,810

 

No

 

N

 

21/07/2002

 

17.18

 

22/07/2005

 

21/07/2009

 

17,000

 

 

 

 

17,000

 

No

 

C

 

23/10/2002

 

17.34

 

23/10/2005

 

22/10/2009

 

2,584,352

 

 

295,825

 

 

2,288,527

 

No

 

D

 

23/10/2002

 

17.34

 

23/10/2005

 

22/10/2009

 

2,265,111

 

 

131,293

 

13,053

 

2,120,765

 

No

 

N

 

20/11/2002

 

17.56

 

20/11/2005

 

19/11/2009

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

40,000

 

No

 

D

 

31/12/2002

 

16.69

 

31/12/2004

 

31/12/2007

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

No

 

F

 

20/05/2003

 

17.60

 

20/05/2006

 

19/05/2010

 

2,890,631

 

 

291,150

 

2,241

 

2,597,240

 

No

 

D

 

20/05/2003

 

17.60

 

20/05/2006

 

19/05/2010

 

2,139,491

 

 

107,372

 

4,423

 

2,027,696

 

No

 

N

 

09/06/2003

 

18.12

 

09/06/2006

 

08/06/2010

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

10,000

 

No

 

N

 

05/11/2003

 

17.55

 

05/11/2006

 

04/11/2010

 

 

2,796,256

 

136,938

 

1,076

 

2,658,242

 

No

 

N

 

05/11/2003

 

17.55

 

05/11/2006

 

04/11/2010

 

 

1,322,863

 

60,922

 

66,276

 

1,195,665

 

No

 

C

 

31/12/2003

 

17.48

 

31/12/2005

 

31/12/2008

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

No

 

F

 

11/05/2004

 

0.00

 

11/05/2004

 

10/05/2006

 

 

11,967

 

 

11,967

 

 

Yes

 

N

 

11/05/2004

 

18.22

 

11/05/2007

 

10/05/2011

 

 

2,751,348

 

60,928

 

 

2,690,420

 

No

 

N

 

11/05/2004

 

18.22

 

11/05/2007

 

10/05/2011

 

 

1,664,836

 

34,016

 

585

 

1,630,235

 

No

 

C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,781,884

 

9,547,270

 

2,140,717

 

6,387,809

 

36,800,628

 

 

 

 

 

 

The aggregate fair value of shares issued as a result of the exercise of options during the 2004 financial year was $116 million.

 

101



 

On 24 October 2003 the Company issued a prospectus to invite shareholders to participate in a pro-rata renounceable rights issue. In accordance with the rules set out in the ANZ Share Option Plan in the event of a rights issue, the exercise price of options granted under the plan is to be reduced in accordance with ASX Listing Rule 6.22.  As a result the exercise price of each option issued under the ANZ Share Option Plan is reduced by 72 cents from the amount previously disclosed.

 

Details of performance hurdles applicable to options are as follows:

 

N No performance hurdles apply. Once the exercise period has been reached, the options may be exercised.  These options are only granted to high-potential employees below executive level.  As their purpose is predominately retention and to share in any growth in the share price, additional hurdles are not applied.  These types of options will not be granted after November 2004.

 

A During the two year period commencing three years and ending five years after the date of issue of the options, the percentage change of the ANZ Total Shareholder Return (ANZ TSR) to exceed the percentage change of the S&P/ASX 200 Banks (Industry Group) Accumulation Index from date of issue to any time from the third anniversary date up to and including the proposed exercise date.

 

B & C During the four-year period commencing three years, and ending seven years, after the issue date of the options:

 

50% of the options allocated may be exercised by the option holder subject to the ANZ TSR exceeding the percentage change in the S&P/ASX 200 Banks (Industry Group) Accumulation Index measured over the same period and calculated as at the last trading day of any month; and

 

50% of the options allocated may be exercised by the option holder subject to the ANZ TSR exceeding the percentage change in the S&P/ASX 100 Accumulation Index measured over the same period and calculated as at the last trading day of any month.

 

D Options may be exercised during the four-year period commencing three years, and ending seven years, after the issue date of the options. The exercise price will be set according to the movement in the S&P/ASX 200 Banks (Industry Group) Accumulation Index (excluding ANZ) since issue date, and can be no lower than the base issue price.

 

E The options may be exercised only if the ANZ Accumulation Index over the period from the date on which the options are granted to the last trading day of any month occurring during the relevant exercise period, equals or exceeds the, S&P/ASX 100 Accumulation Index calculated over the same period (applicable to the CEO only).

 

F One half of the options may be exercised only if the ANZ TSR calculated over the period commencing on the date of grant and ending on the last day of any month after the second anniversary of their date of grant exceeds the percentage change in the S&P/ASX 200 Banks (Industry Group) Accumulation Index over that same period; and the other half of the options may be exercised only if the ANZ TSR calculated over the relevant period exceeds the percentage change in the S&P/ASX 100 Accumulation Index over that same period (applicable to the CEO only).

 

These options will expire immediately on termination of employment, except in the event of retirement, retrenchment, death or disablement or where agreed by the directors of the Company, in which case the exercise of the options may be allowed.

 

In the event of a takeover offer or takeover announcement, the directors of the Company may allow the options to be exercised.

 

If there is a bonus issue prior to the expiry or exercise of the options, then upon exercise of the options, option holders are entitled to those shares as if the options had been exercised prior to that issue.  Those shares will be allotted to the option holder when the options are exercised.

 

102



 

The following options were exercised by employees and former employees during the financial year:

 

Exercise price

 

No. of shares issued

 

Proceeds received

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

0.00

 

409

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

9,948

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

11,967

 

0.00

 

9.39

 

100,000

 

939,000

 

9.62

 

15,000

 

144,300

 

10.11

 

195,000

 

1,971,450

 

10.48

 

90,000

 

943,200

 

10.48

 

325,000

 

3,406,000

 

10.72

 

22,000

 

235,840

 

11.09

 

85,000

 

942,650

 

11.20

 

15,000

 

168,000

 

11.81

 

22,500

 

265,725

 

12.03

 

25,000

 

300,750

 

12.75

 

2,500

 

31,875

 

12.98

 

73,450

 

953,381

 

12.98

 

400,400

 

5,197,192

 

12.98

 

530,313

 

6,883,462

 

13.62

 

1,330,039

 

18,115,131

 

13.70

 

3,200

 

43,840

 

13.70

 

10,250

 

140,425

 

13.91

 

210,200

 

2,923,882

 

13.91

 

358,278

 

4,983,646

 

14.06

 

750,000

 

10,545,000

 

14.20

 

999,207

 

14,188,739

 

14.34

 

8,000

 

114,720

 

14.61

 

83,750

 

1,223,587

 

14.63

 

4,500

 

65,835

 

14.63

 

82,750

 

1,210,632

 

14.75

 

50,000

 

737,500

 

14.92

 

21,000

 

313,320

 

15.33

 

3,000

 

45,990

 

16.09

 

4,500

 

72,405

 

16.33

 

108,600

 

1,773,438

 

16.33

 

121,725

 

1,987,769

 

17.05

 

3,200

 

54,560

 

17.05

 

12,400

 

211,420

 

17.34

 

12,768

 

221,397

 

17.55

 

1,076

 

18,883

 

17.55

 

66,276

 

1,163,143

 

17.60

 

4,423

 

77,844

 

18.03

 

25,000

 

450,750

 

18.03

 

77,145

 

1,390,924

 

18.03

 

105,299

 

1,898,540

 

18.06

 

285

 

5,147

 

18.22

 

585

 

10,658

 

18.55

 

4,625

 

85,793

 

18.59

 

2,241

 

41,660

 

 

For those options exercised by employees and former employees during the financial year, the market price of the Company’s shares during the year were as follows:

 

High

 

$

19.44

 

 

 

 

 

Low

 

$

15.94

 

 

 

 

 

As at 30 September 2004

 

$

19.02

 

 

103



 

As at the date of the Directors’ Report, unexercised options over ordinary shares are as per the table on the previous page, adjusted for the exercise of the following options which were exercised by employees and former employees since the end of the financial year.

 

Exercise price

 

No. of shares issued

 

Proceeds received

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

9.39

 

10,000

 

93,900

 

11.09

 

15,000

 

166,350

 

12.03

 

884

 

10,635

 

12.98

 

158,700

 

2,059,926

 

12.98

 

96,125

 

1,247,703

 

12.98

 

8,250

 

107,085

 

13.62

 

9,000

 

122,580

 

13.91

 

47,242

 

657,136

 

13.91

 

31,500

 

438,165

 

14.20

 

153,750

 

2,183,250

 

14.61

 

9,250

 

135,143

 

16.09

 

2,250

 

36,203

 

16.33

 

174,800

 

2,854,484

 

16.33

 

234,600

 

3,831,018

 

17.34

 

2,031

 

35,218

 

17.55

 

1,214

 

21,306

 

17.60

 

1,547

 

27,227

 

18.03

 

2,536

 

45,724

 

18.22

 

230

 

4,191

 

18.22

 

323

 

5,885

 

18.94

 

6,183

 

117,106

 

19.30

 

8,458

 

163,239

 

 

Amounts received from exercising options under the ANZ Share Option Plan during the financial year were recognised as follows:

 

 

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Share capital

 

86

 

73

 

Liquid assets

 

86

 

73

 

 

ANZ DIRECTORS’ SHARE PLAN

 

Directors may elect to forgo remuneration to which they may have otherwise become entitled and receive shares to the value of the remuneration forgone. Participation in the Plan is voluntary.

 

Refer to section B3 of the Remuneration Report for more details.

 

Details of the movement in shares under this Scheme are as follows:

 

 

 

The Company(1)

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Number of shares at beginning of the year

 

464,467

 

349,767

 

Number of shares purchased

 

197,655

 

114,700

 

Number of shares sold

 

 

 

Number of shares forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares at end of the year

 

662,122

 

464,467

 

 


(1)   Includes deferred shares

 

51:  DIRECTORS AND SPECIFIED EXECUTIVES REMUNERATION AND SHARE AND OPTION DISCLOSURES

 

The remuneration and share and options details concerning the Directors of the Company and AASB 1046 “Director and Executive Disclosures by Disclosing Entities” specified executives of the Group are detailed on pages 6 to 23.

 

104



 

52:  DIRECTORS AND SPECIFIED EXECUTIVES - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

This note covers the related party transactions (excluding share and options transactions) of the directors of the Company and AASB1046 “Director and Executive Disclosures by Disclosing Entities” specified executives, as identified on pages 6 and 8.

 

Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Class Order 98/110 dated 10 July 1998 (as amended)

 

The directors and specified executives have been exempted, subject to certain conditions, by an ASIC class order, 98/110 dated 10 July 1998 (as amended), from making disclosures of loans regularly made, guaranteed or secured directly or indirectly by the Group to related parties or in respect of a financial instrument transaction regularly made by the Group to related parties (other than shares and share options), other than to the director or specified executive, or to an entity controlled or significantly influenced by the director or specified executive, where the loan or financial instrument transaction is lawfully made and occurs in the course of ordinary banking business either at arm’s length or with the approval of a general meeting of the relevant entity and its ultimate chief entity (if any).

 

The class order does not apply to a loan or financial instrument transaction of which any director or specified executive should reasonably be aware that, if not disclosed, would have the potential to adversely affect the decisions made by users of the financial statements about the allocation of scarce resources.

 

A condition of the class order is that for each financial year to which it applies, the Company must provide evidence to ASIC that the Company has systems of internal controls and procedures which:

 

i)  in the case of any material financial instrument transaction, ensure that; and

 

ii)  in any other case, are designed to provide a reasonable degree of assurance that, any financial instrument transaction of a bank which may be required to be disclosed in the Company’s financial statements and which is not entered into regularly, is drawn to the attention of the directors.

 

SHARES AND SHARE OPTIONS TRANSACTIONS

 

The aggregate of and movement during the financial year of shares and share options relating to the directors and specified executives and their personally related parties are detailed on pages 20 to 23.

 

Directors and specified executives receive normal dividends on these shares.

 

LOAN TRANSACTIONS

 

Details regarding loans outstanding at the reporting date to directors and specified executives including personally related parties (subject to the ASIC Class Order 98/110 (as amended) disclosure limitation as described above), where the individuals aggregate loan balance exceeded $100,000 at any time in the reporting period, are as follows:

 

 

 

Balance
1 October 2003

 

Balance
30 September 2004

 

Interest paid and
payable in the
reporting period

 

Highest balance
in the reporting period

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C B Goode

 

3,500,000

 

 

170,734

 

3,500,000

 

J C Dahlsen

 

13,154,657

 

17,695,111

 

632,052

 

21,062,375

 

D M Gonski

 

18,342,500

 

18,342,000

 

1,369,075

 

18,342,500

 

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J McFarlane(1)

 

24,981

 

10,349,429

 

245,507

 

14,033,903

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specified executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E Funke Kupper

 

688,542

 

680,000

 

832

(2)

722,500

 

B C Hartzer

 

1,709,927

 

2,645,581

 

149,632

(2)

4,222,927

 

P Hawkins

 

9,495,000

 

14,303,423

 

618,611

 

14,303,423

 

 


(1)   The loan balances as at 30 September 2004 principally relate to loans for the purchase of ANZ shares, including the exercise of options

(2)   Interest payments were reduced as a result of a linked offset account

 

105



 

Details regarding the aggregate of loans made, guaranteed or secured by any entity in the Group to each group of directors and specified executives including related parties (subject to the ASIC Class Order 98/110 (as amended) disclosure limitation as described above) are as follows:

 

 

 

Balance
1 October 2003

 

Balance
30 September 2004

 

Interest paid and
payable in the
reporting period

 

Number in group at
30 September

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

35,022,138

 

46,386,540

 

2,417,368

 

4

 

Specified executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

11,897,647

 

17,725,828

 

771,443

 

4

 

 

Loans made to the non-executive directors are made in the course of ordinary business on normal commercial terms and conditions. Loans to the executive director are made pursuant to the Executive Directors’ Loan Scheme authorised by shareholders on 18 January 1982, on the same terms and conditions applicable to other employees within the Group in accordance with established policy.

 

No amounts have been written down or recorded as allowances, as the balances are considered fully collectible.

 

OTHER TRANSACTIONS OF DIRECTORS AND SPECIFIED EXECUTIVES

 

Other transactions (other than shares and share options)

 

Under the ASIC class order referred to above, disclosure of other transactions regularly made by the Group is limited to disclosure of such transactions with a director of the Company, specified executives of the Group and to an entity controlled or significantly influenced by the directors and specified executives, on the basis the transactions are:

 

      on arm’s length terms and conditions no more favourable than those entered into by other employees or unrelated customers;

 

      information about them does not have the potential to affect adversely decisions about the allocations of scarce resources made by users of the financial report, or the discharge of accountability by the director or specified executive; and

 

      are deemed trivial or domestic in nature.

 

Transactions between the directors, specified executives and related entities and the Group during the financial year were in the nature of normal personal banking, debentures, investment and deposit transactions. These transactions occurred on an arm’s length basis and on normal commercial terms and conditions no more favourable than those given to other employees or customers and were trivial and domestic in nature.

 

106



 

53:  DIRECTORS OF CONTROLLED ENTITIES OF THE COMPANY - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS(1)

 

LOAN TRANSACTIONS

 

Loans to executive directors of controlled entities are made pursuant to the Executive Directors’ Loan Scheme authorised by shareholders on 18 January 1982.  These loans were in the nature of normal personal loans and were made on the same terms and conditions applicable to other eligible employees within the Group in accordance with established policy.

 

OTHER TRANSACTIONS OF DIRECTORS AND PERSONALLY RELATED ENTITIES

 

i)  Financial instrument transactions

 

ASIC class order 98/110 dated 10 July 1998 (as amended)

 

Disclosure of financial instrument transactions regularly made by a bank is limited to disclosure of such transactions with a director of the controlled entity concerned or an entity controlled or significantly influenced by the director of the controlled entity.

 

Financial instrument transactions between the directors of the controlled entities or their personally related entities and the Bank during the financial year were in the nature of normal personal banking, investment and deposit transactions. These transactions occurred on an arm’s length basis and on normal commercial terms and conditions no more favourable than those given to other employees or customers.

 

ii)  Transactions other than financial instrument transactions of banks

 

All other transactions with directors of the controlled entities of the Company and their personally related entities are conducted on arm’s length terms and conditions, and are deemed trivial or domestic in nature. These transactions are in the nature of deposits, debentures, or investment transactions conducted with non-bank controlled entities.

 

All other transactions with directors’ personally related entities occur within a normal customer or supplier relationship and are on arm’s length terms and conditions.

 


(1)   Relates to all other related party disclosures not concerning directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited as disclosed in note 52

 

54:  TRANSACTIONS WITH ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURE ENTITIES - RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

 

During the course of the financial year the Company and the Group conducted transactions with associates and joint venture entities on normal commercial terms and conditions as shown below:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

The Company

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts receivable from associates and joint venture entities

 

101,835

 

30,691

 

27,553

 

1,139

 

Interest revenue

 

4,078

 

1,126

 

2,422

 

507

 

Dividend revenue

 

38,353

 

5,606

 

365

 

326

 

Commissions received from ING Australia joint venture

 

87,026

 

79,146

 

80,127

 

70,504

 

Costs recovered from ING Australia joint venture

 

9,776

 

15,802

 

9,761

 

15,544

 

 

107



 

55: US GAAP RECONCILIATION

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Group are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles applicable in Australia (Australian GAAP) which differ in some respects from Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (US GAAP).

 

The following are reconciliations of the net profit, shareholders’ equity and total assets, applying US GAAP instead of Australian GAAP.

 

 

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net profit reported under Australian GAAP

 

 

 

2,815

 

2,348

 

2,322

 

Items having the effect of increasing (decreasing) net income according to US GAAP (total tax impact of adjustments shown separately):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee share issue and options

 

(xix

)

(43

)

(21

)

(40

)

Depreciation charged on the difference between revaluation amount and historical cost of buildings

 

(i

)

2

 

2

 

2

 

Difference in gain or loss on disposal of properties revalued under historical cost

 

(i

)

12

 

2

 

5

 

Deferred profit on sale and leaseback transactions over the lease term

 

(iii

)

(10

)

(4

)

(9

)

Amortisation of goodwill

 

(ii

)

189

 

62

 

(6

)

Amortisation of sale and leaseback gain over the lease term

 

(iii

)

26

 

25

 

25

 

Pension expense adjustment

 

(vi

)

(5

)

2

 

18

 

Mark to market and non compliant derivative hedges (under SFAS133)

 

(xv

)

(89

)

(47

)

(17

)

Adjustment on entering joint venture

 

(xvii

)

(14

)

 

(205

)

Interest on reclassified preference shares and amortisation of costs

 

(xx

)

(64

)

(1

)

 

Pension plan deficit amortisation

 

(vi

)

(11

)

 

 

Guarantee fee obligation

 

(xviii

)

(23

)

 

 

Acquisition cost of NBNZ adjustment

 

(xxiv

)

(37

)

 

 

Total tax impact of the above adjustments (refer below)

 

 

 

40

 

12

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income according to US GAAP

 

 

 

2,788

 

2,380

 

2,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share (cents) according to US GAAP*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

155

 

144

 

127

 

Diluted

 

 

 

149

 

144

 

126

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments to determine other comprehensive income for US GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income according to US GAAP

 

 

 

2,788

 

2,380

 

2,097

 

Currency translation adjustments, net of hedges after tax: Tax is
(Sep 2004: $9m; Sep 2003: $54m; Sep 2002: $43m)

 

(xiii

)

233

 

(356

)

(98

)

Unrealised profit (loss) on available for sale securities net of tax: Tax is
(Sep 2004: $3m; Sep 2003: -$1m; Sep 2002: $1m)

 

(ix

)

7

 

(2

)

3

 

Mark to market of cash flow hedges net of tax: Tax is:
(Sep 2004: $-40m; Sep 2003: $33m; Sep 2002: $26m)

 

(xv

)

(94

)

76

 

60

 

Pension plan deficit net of tax: Taxis: (Sep 2004: $-6m; Sep 2003: $-42m)

 

(vi

)

(14

)

(99

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income according to US GAAP

 

 

 

2,920

 

1,999

 

2,062

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total tax impact of the above adjustments comprises

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain)/loss on assets sold and leased back

 

 

 

3

 

1

 

2

 

Amortisation of deferred profit

 

 

 

(3

)

(2

)

(1

)

Pension expense adjustment

 

 

 

2

 

(1

)

6

 

Marked to market of non-compliant derivative hedges

 

 

 

27

 

14

 

(5

)

Guarantee revenue

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

Pension plan deficit amortisation

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

12

 

2

 

 


* Rounded to the nearest whole cent and restated for rights issue

 

108



 

 

 

Note

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Shareholders’ equity reported under Australian GAAP(1)

 

 

 

17,907

 

13,770

 

11,448

 

Elimination of gross asset revaluation reserves

 

(i

)

(224

)

(247

)

(266

)

Unrealised profit (loss) on available for sale securities

 

(ix

)

8

 

1

 

3

 

Adjustment to accumulated depreciation on buildings revalued

 

(i

)

52

 

50

 

48

 

Restoration of previously deducted goodwill

 

(ii

)

695

 

695

 

695

 

Accumulated amortisation of goodwill

 

(ii

)

(263

)

(452

)

(514

)

Deferred profit on sale and leaseback transactions

 

(iii

)

(20

)

(17

)

(20

)

Provision for final cash dividend

 

(iv

)

 

 

681

 

Pension expense adjustment

 

(vi

)

(48

)

(14

)

126

 

Derivatives and hedging activities

 

(xv

)

69

 

309

 

247

 

Adjustment on entering joint venture

 

(xvii

)

(217

)

(203

)

(203

)

Reclassification of preference shares

 

(xx

)

(990

)

(988

)

 

Guarantee fee obligation

 

(xviii

)

(16

)

 

 

Acquisition cost of NBNZ purchase adjustment

 

(xxiv

)

(37

)

 

 

Total tax impact of the above adjustments (refer below)

 

 

 

1

 

(84

)

(106

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity according to US GAAP

 

 

 

16,917

 

12,820

 

12,139

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets reported under Australian GAAP

 

 

 

259,345

 

195,591

 

183,105

 

Elimination of gross incremental revaluations

 

(i

)

(191

)

(203

)

(205

)

Unrealised profit (loss) on available for sale securities

 

(ix

)

12

 

2

 

3

 

Adjustment to accumulated depreciation on buildings revalued

 

(i

)

52

 

50

 

48

 

Restoration of previously deducted goodwill

 

(ii

)

695

 

695

 

695

 

Accumulated amortisation of goodwill

 

(ii

)

(263

)

(452

)

(514

)

Prepaid pension adjustment

 

(vi

)

58

 

66

 

67

 

Reclassification of deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities

 

(v

)

(672

)

(726

)

(462

)

Revaluation of hedges

 

(xv

)

192

 

397

 

501

 

Issue Costs

 

(xx

)

10

 

13

 

 

Adjustment to carrying value of the ING Australia joint venture

 

(xvii

)

(217

)

(203

)

(203

)

Consolidation of variable interest entities

 

(xii

)

3,036

 

 

 

Guarantee receivable

 

(xviii

)

4

 

 

 

NBNZ goodwill due to acquisition cost adjustment

 

(xxiv

)

(37

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets according to US GAAP

 

 

 

262,024

 

195,230

 

183,035

 

 


(1)  Excluding outside equity

 

Total tax impact of the above adjustments comprises

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred profit on sale and leaseback transactions

 

 

 

6

 

5

 

6

 

Pension expense adjustment

 

 

 

14

 

4

 

(38

)

Derivative and hedging activities

 

 

 

(19

)

(93

)

(74

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

(84

)

(106

)

 

109



 

i)  Premises and equipment

 

In accordance with Australian GAAP, the Group holds its properties at a deemed cost value (refer note 1xiv). However in the past the Group at various times, has revalued properties, increasing the book value of these assets.  Any increments on revaluation were credited directly to the Asset Revaluation Reserve (ARR), and decrements were debited to the ARR to the extent of any previous revaluation increments.

 

Decrements in excess of any previous revaluation increments were charged to the statement of financial performance. The ARR forms part of Shareholders’ equity and is not available for future property writedowns while properties are measured at deemed cost.

 

Under US GAAP, revaluation of properties is not permitted except for decrements which are regarded as other than temporary. Any such decrements are recorded in the statement of financial performance. Subsequent recoveries to the statement of financial performance are not allowed.

 

The impact of previous revaluations under Australian GAAP is that depreciation charges are generally higher and profits on disposal are lower than those recorded under US GAAP. The depreciation charges, together with the profits and losses on revalued assets sold have been adjusted to historical cost in the US GAAP reconciliation.

 

ii)  Goodwill

 

Under Australian GAAP the Group changed its accounting policy in respect of goodwill in the financial year ended 30 September 1993 so that goodwill is amortised over a period not exceeding 20 years. Previously, goodwill on acquisition was charged in full to the Group’s statement of financial performance in the year of acquisition.

 

Historically, under US GAAP, goodwill has been capitalised and amortised over the period of time during which the benefits are expected to arise, such period not exceeding 20 years. Until 1 October 2002, adjustments were made in the US GAAP reconciliation statement to restore goodwill written-off in full under Australian GAAP and to amortise such goodwill over the period of the expected benefits. As at 1 October 2002, ANZ adopted SFAS 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. Under US GAAP for goodwill acquired during the year ended 30 September 2002 and for all goodwill balances after 30 September 2002 a review for impairment test will apply rather than systematic goodwill amortisation. This review is undertaken in accordance with SFAS 142 ‘Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.’ Goodwill acquired is allocated to reporting segments that are expected to benefit from the acquisition. These units have been evaluated using a combination of discounted cashflows and multiples of earnings methodologies. Any impairment is recognised in earnings in the year in which it is identified. The 2004 review did not indicate any impairment.

 

For comparability the table below reconciles the Group’s US GAAP reported income to ‘adjusted’ income excluding the effect of goodwill amortisation.

 

 

 

2002

 

US GAAP reported net income

 

$

2,097

m

Goodwill amortisation

 

$

26

m

Reported net income excluding effect of amortisation

 

$

2,123

m

Basic EPS using adjusted net income

 

129

*

Diluted EPS using adjusted net income

 

128

*

 


* Rounded to nearest whole cent and restated for rights issue

 

iii)  Sale-leaseback transactions

 

Under Australian GAAP for operating leases, gains on disposal under sale-leaseback transactions can be recognised in the period of sale. Under US GAAP, the gain is amortised over the remaining lease term. This difference in treatment has been adjusted in the US GAAP reconciliation.

 

iv)  Dividends in 2002

 

Historically Australian GAAP dividends were shown in the statement of financial performance in the period to which they relate rather than in the period when they are declared as required by US GAAP. This difference in treatment has been adjusted in the US GAAP shareholders’ equity reconciliation. Changes in Australian GAAP for 2003 disallowed accrual of dividends, thus there is no adjustment for the 2004 or 2003 years.

 

v)  Income taxes

 

Under Australian GAAP, tax benefits relating to carry forward tax losses must be ‘virtually certain’ of being realised before being booked. Realisations of benefits relating to other timing differences must be ‘beyond reasonable doubt’ before they may be booked. These tests are more stringent than those applied under US GAAP. However no material adjustment to future tax benefits for US GAAP is required.

 

Australian GAAP allows offsetting of future income tax benefits and liabilities to the extent they will reverse in the same period.

 

Under US GAAP, deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets are offset and presented for each tax paying component of an enterprise and within each particular tax jurisdiction. The impact of the difference in this approach to Australian GAAP has been adjusted for in the US GAAP reconciliation for total assets.

 

As detailed in note 6, the Group implemented tax consolidation during the year.  The amounts due to and receivable from the Holding Company are as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

Amounts due from group entities

 

323

 

 

Amounts due to group entities

 

474

 

 

 

vi)  Pension commitments

 

Under Australian GAAP, contributions in respect of defined benefit schemes are recorded in the income statement and are made at levels necessary to ensure that these schemes are maintained with sufficient assets to meet their actuarially assessed liabilities. Any net deficiency arising from the aggregation of assets and liabilities of the Group’s defined benefit schemes, where there is a legal or constructive obligation, is provided for in the Group’s financial statements (refer note 49).

 

110



 

Under US SFAS 87 ‘Employers’ Accounting for Pensions’ and the disclosure requirements of SFAS 132 ‘Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Post Retirement Benefits’, pension expense is a function of an employee’s service period, interest costs, expected actuarial return on the schemes’ assets, amortisation of net transition asset and recognised prior service cost. In addition, reconciliation between the accrued pension liability/prepaid asset and the funded status (difference between projected benefit obligation and fair value of pension plan assets) of the pension schemes is required.

 

In the year ended 30 September 2003, as required under US GAAP an additional liability was recognised for the Group’s UK Pension plan of $142 million ($99 million after tax). As at 30 September 2004, based on 30 June 2004 actuarial information, due to an improvement in the position of the plan, this liability has been reduced to $136 million ($95 million after tax). In 2004, a liability was recognised for the Group’s NBNZ pension plan of $35 million ($25 million after tax). These liabilities are required to be recognised where the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of plan assets and an asset has been recognised as prepaid pension cost, or the liability already recognised as unfunded accrued pension cost, is less than the unfunded accumulated benefit obligation.

 

vii)  Post retirement and post employment benefits

 

Post retirement and post employment benefits other than pension payments are not material and no adjustment is required in the US GAAP reconciliation.

 

viii)  Trading securities

 

US GAAP requires that in instances where trading securities are not bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term, they should be classified as available for sale and recorded at market value with unrealised profits and losses in respect of market value adjustments recognised as other comprehensive income in Shareholders’ equity.

 

The residual emerging markets portfolio had been classified as available with the market value writedown taken through the statement of financial performance for both Australian and US GAAP purposes.

 

Except for the above, no adjustment is required to be made in the US GAAP reconciliation as the effect of reclassifying certain trading securities as available for sale is not material.

 

ix)  Investment securities

 

US GAAP requires that investments not classified as trading securities or as held to maturity securities shall be classified as available for sale securities and be recorded at market value in accordance with SFAS 115 ‘Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities’. An adjustment is made in the US GAAP reconciliation to reclassify certain investment securities under Australian GAAP to reflect available for sale securities which are carried at market value with unrealised profits and losses in respect of market value adjustments being reported as other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.

 

x)  Accounting for the impairment of loans

 

SFAS 114 ‘Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan’, as amended by SFAS 118 ‘Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan – Income Recognition and Disclosures’, requires the value of an impaired loan to be measured as the present value of future cash flows discounted at the loan’s initial effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent.

 

There is no requirement under Australian GAAP to discount the expected future cash flows attributable to impaired loans in assessing the level of specific provision for doubtful debts.

 

No adjustment is required in the US GAAP reconciliation as the estimated fair value of impaired loans is not materially different from the carrying value (net of the allowance for loan losses).

 

xi)  Accounting for the impairment of long lived assets and for long lived assets to be disposed of

 

SFAS 144 ‘Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets’, requires that where an event or a change in circumstance indicates that the carrying value of an asset that is expected to be held and used may not be recoverable, an impairment loss should be recognised. The standard also requires that where there is a committed plan to dispose of an asset, the asset should be reported at the lower of the carrying value or fair value less selling costs.

 

The Group has assessed the carrying values of all non-current assets and where required, have written down the assets to their recoverable amounts.

 

xii)  Accounting for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities and variable interest entities

 

SFAS 140 ‘Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities’ prescribes the accounting and disclosure requirements for transfers of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities. Under certain circumstances, the statement also requires a transferor of financial assets that are pledged as collateral to reclassify those assets, and the transferee to recognise those assets and their obligation to return them.

 

No adjustment is required in the US GAAP reconciliation as the effect of applying the provisions of SFAS 140 on total assets is not material. Refer to note 39 for the required disclosures.

 

In the year ended 30 September 2004, the Group first applied the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 46 (Revised) “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46R”).  FIN 46R addresses the consolidation of entities in which a reporting enterprise has an economic interest, but for which a voting interest approach to consolidation is not effective in identifying where control of the entity really lies, or in which the equity investors do not bear the economic risks and rewards of the entity.  Overall, the objective of FIN46R is to improve the consistency and comparability of financial statements of enterprises engaged in similar activities.

 

111



 

An entity is a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) if the entity’s equity at risk is not sufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties.  An entity is also a VIE if, as a group the holders of the equity investment at risk lack any one of the following characteristics:

 

Direct or indirect ability to make decisions about the entity’s activities through voting rights

 

Obligation to absorb the expected losses of the special purpose entity if they occur

 

The right to receive the residual returns of the entity if there are any.

 

The Group is required to consolidate those VIEs for which the Group is the primary beneficiary.

 

Those entities that have been identified as requiring consolidation as a result of the application of FIN46R have been detailed in note 55 xxii.  These entities are not consolidated or equity accounted under Australian GAAP.

 

Details of the treatment of securitisations under Australian GAAP are detailed in note 39.

 

The Group retains servicing and (for some loans) custodian responsibilities for sold loans.  The fair value of these servicing rights is estimated to be approximately $13 million as at 30 September 2004. These interests are not considered to be material and as such have not been adjusted for in the US GAAP reconciliation.

 

Following a securitisation the Group may also receive any excess income derived by the SPV after interest has been paid to investors and net credit losses and expenses absorbed. Due to the significant uncertainties inherent in estimating the underlying loan repayment rates and interest margins with respect to the these loan securitisation programs, future cash flows cannot be reliably measured and no asset in relation to any entitlement to residual income is recognised.

 

xiii)  Comprehensive income

 

SFAS 130 ‘Reporting Comprehensive Income’ establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income is defined as all changes in shareholders’ equity during a period excluding those resulting from investments by shareholders and distributions to shareholders.

 

Accordingly, the Group has shown currency translation adjustments, unrealised profit on available for sale securities, additional pension liability and certain SFAS 133 adjustments as components of other comprehensive income with net income according to US GAAP forming the remaining component of comprehensive income. Amounts transferred in and out of comprehensive income relating to unrealised profits on available for sale securities are specific to individual assets. The fair value of equity investments recorded as available for sale subject to adjustment in the US GAAP reconciliation was $14 million as at 30 September 2004 (2003: $4 million), with a book value of $2 million (2003: $2 million).

 

The movement in the unrealised gain relating to these securities during the year is equal to $10 million, realised gains before tax on these securities during the year is equal to $5 million (2003: $4 million).

 

The currency translation adjustment through comprehensive income includes a net gain on hedges after tax of $21 million (before tax $30 million) (2003: net gain after tax $126 million; before tax $180 million).

 

xiv)  Earnings per share (‘EPS’)

 

Under US GAAP, EPS is computed in accordance with SFAS 128 ‘Earnings Per Share’. This Standard is similar to Australian GAAP.

 

xv)  Accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities

 

The Group has adopted SFAS 133 ‘Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities’ as amended by SFAS 138 ‘Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities’ in its US GAAP reconciliation from 1 October 2000. SFAS 133 requires all derivatives to be recognised on balance sheet at fair value. Movements in the fair value of derivatives are taken to the statement of financial performance, unless the derivatives meet the criteria prescribed in SFAS 133 for fair value, cash flow, or foreign currency hedges. If certain criteria are met derivatives can be designated as hedges. Under SFAS 133 normal banking hedging practices may not qualify for hedge accounting, notwithstanding their ability to hedge existing balance sheet positions from an economic perspective.

 

As a result future fair value movements recognised in the US GAAP reconciliation may not be indicative of the Group’s risk profile. The Group uses instruments and hedging techniques that are effective in managing interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.

 

Further information on the results of the Group’s hedging activities, and the effectiveness of the risk management policies, can be assessed better by considering the information provided on interest rate risk in note 35, and the information on hedging derivatives provided in note 38: Derivative Financial Instruments. The accounting for derivatives under Australian GAAP is outlined in note 1 (xiii).

 

Under SFAS 133, movements in the value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges are taken to the statement of financial performance, along with the movement in the fair value of the underlying exposure that is being hedged to the extent the hedge is effective. These amounts largely offset each other with any ineffectiveness recognised in the US GAAP statement of financial performance.

 

112



 

Movements in the effective portion of the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are taken to other comprehensive income. Any ineffectiveness is recognised in the US GAAP statement of financial performance immediately. Amounts are subsequently reclassified out of other comprehensive income into earnings as the hedged transaction impacts earnings.

 

The impact on adoption of SFAS 133 and SFAS 138 at 1 October 2000 was a transitional adjustment to increase US GAAP profit by $11 million, and a transitional adjustment to decrease other comprehensive income by $52 million. Changes in market conditions and the Group’s hedging policies may result in volatility in these US GAAP adjustments going forward. The net gain/(loss) after tax in the net income according to US GAAP recognised during the September 2004 year, due to fair value and cashflow hedge ineffectiveness (in respect of qualifying hedges) or non compliance is ($28) million and ($35) million, respectively.

 

xvi)  Provisions

 

The recognition requirements for restructuring provisions under Australia GAAP and US GAAP are similar and as such no adjustment has been made in the reconciliation.  SFAS146 “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities” has additional disclosure requirements, which are addressed in the following.

 

During 2004 approximately 37% of the total restructuring and surplus leased space expense for the year related to one time termination and other staff benefits, and for surplus premises space (2003: 92%) and the remainder for other associated costs including technology costs.  The personnel costs relate to ongoing business initiatives in response to changing market conditions that demanding streamlining of our front offices across the business units. These restructuring initiatives are expected to be substantially implemented over the next year.

 

The total restructuring provision as at 30 September is distributed as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

One time termination and staff benefits

 

73

 

58

 

Excess premises

 

10

 

22

 

Other contract termination and associated costs

 

23

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

106

 

92

 

 

All restructuring costs are expensed and recorded as operating expenses in the most appropriate category; for example, termination benefits are recorded in personnel and, surplus premises are recorded in premises, with the remainder recorded in other.

 

Note 27 to the financial statements provides additional details on the movements in the provision for restructuring costs.

 

xvii)  Gain and non-capitalisable costs recognised on entering joint venture

 

In accordance with Australian GAAP the Group recognised a profit (net of transaction costs) based on the difference between fair value and carrying value of the share of businesses transferred to an external party on entering into a joint venture.

 

Under US GAAP the gain may not be recognised as it occurred as a result of a non-monetary transaction, which involved transferring ownership of controlled entities in exchange for a non-controlling ownership interest in the joint venture.

 

xviii)  Guarantees

 

As of 1 January 2003 FIN 45 ‘Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantors, including indirect Guarantees of indebtedness of Others’ requires a guarantor (for non derivative contracts) to recognise at inception a liability equal to the fair value of the obligations undertaken in issuing that guarantee. The fair value of the obligation in issuing the guarantee at inception is typically equal to the net present value of the future amount of the premium receivable under the contract.

 

ANZ provides a variety of guarantees and indemnifications to our customers to enhance their credit standing or allow them to complete various business transactions.  The Group considers the following off balance sheet non derivative arrangements to be guarantees under FIN 45: Standby letters of credit, Guarantees, Bill endorsements, Documentary letters of credit, Performance related contingencies. The fair value of the estimated liability related to guarantees for the forementioned instruments at 30 September 2004 has been adjusted in the US GAAP reconciliation.

 

Standby letters of credit generally include guarantees of payments for loans, credit facilities, promissory notes and trade acceptances and are generally issued in connection with agreements made by customers with counterparties. Documentary letters of credit are an undertaking by the bank to guarantee payment to a beneficiary provided documents are presented in strict compliance with the terms and conditions of the documentary credit. Performance guarantees are issued to guarantee completion of projects in accordance with contract terms. They can be issued to support a customers obligation to supply specified products, commodities or maintenance or warranty services to a third party. ANZ as guarantor becomes obligated to perform under the guarantee when a counterparty does not fulfill its obligations under an associated contract. The majority of these contracts are short term.

 

Sold – credit derivatives also meet the definition of guarantees under this statement but are recorded in the statement of financial position at their fair value.

 

Details of the maximum potential amount of future payments can be found at note 48. The amounts detailed in note 48 represent the notional amounts that could be lost under the guarantees and indemnifications if there was a total default by the guaranteed parties, without consideration of possible recoveries.

 

113



 

xix)  Accounting for stock – compensation plans

 

Under Australian GAAP an expense is not required to be recognised for share options issued to employees or for shares issued at a discount.  However, ANZ expenses the deferred share plan under Australian GAAP.

 

SFAS 123 ‘Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation’ requires shares and options issued as part of a compensation plan to employees to be recognised using either the fair value method or the intrinsic value method as prescribed by APB No. 25 and its related interpretations.

 

For US GAAP, APB No.25 share-based employee compensation cost for variable share option plans (those with performance hurdles) is measured using the intrinsic value method. US GAAP compensation cost is determined at date of issue and is expensed if the strike price is less than the market price at the time and it is probable that performance hurdles are met.

 

To the extent that the intrinsic value increases in subsequent periods an additional expense is recorded.

 

Variable share option plans include all plans with performance conditions. The Group’s policy is to generally grant share options at the average market price of the underlying shares at the date of grant.

 

Share issues to employees under the $1000 Share Plan are expensed in the year issued under US GAAP. Under Australian GAAP they are issued from Share Capital Account and are not expensed.  An adjustment is made in the US GAAP reconciliation for $22 million (2003: $18 million).

 

The following amounts were booked as a compensation expense during the year in relation to stock based compensation:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Gross(1)

 

90

 

68

 

After tax(2)

 

63

 

48

 

 


(1)   This includes the Deferred Share Plan which is also expensed under Australian GAAP.

(2)   The tax deduction for the deferred share and the $1,000 share plan occurs at the time that shares are issued. The tax effect is recognised under Australian GAAP and therefore, no adjustment is made in the US GAAP reconciliation.

 

114



 

If the fair value basis of accounting had been applied to account for compensation costs as stipulated in SFAS 123, the following profit after income tax and earnings per share would have appeared.

 

The fair value of the options has been calculated using a modified Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The fair value is calculated as at the grant date and the value amortised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.  Note 4 details the assumptions taken into account in the fair value calculation.  An adjustment is made in the US GAAP reconciliation for $21 million (2003: $3 million).

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net income according to US GAAP

 

2,788

 

2,380

 

2,097

 

Intrinsic method adjustment(APB 25)

 

43

 

21

 

40

 

Fair value adjustment (SFAS 123)

 

(53

)

(50

)

(44

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Pro Forma net income according to US GAAP

 

2,778

 

2,351

 

2,093

 

 

 

 

2004

 

2004

 

2003

 

2003

 

2002

 

2002

 

 

 

As
Reported

 

Pro
Forma

 

As
Reported

 

Pro
Forma

 

As
Reported

 

Pro
Forma

 

– Basic earnings per share (cents)*

 

155

 

155

 

144

 

143

 

127

 

127

 

– Diluted earnings per share (cents)*

 

149

 

149

 

144

 

142

 

126

 

126

 

 


*      Rounded to nearest whole cent and restated for rights issue

 

Details of the share-based compensation plans are included in note 50.

 

xx)  Classification of financial instruments with characteristics of both liability and equity – all new issues post May 2003

 

Under Australian GAAP, preference shares issued on 23 September 2003 (known as ANZ StEPS) are classified as equity instruments as they are not considered to be mandatorily converting to ordinary shares and do not meet the classification requirements of a financial liability upon issue.

 

SFAS 150 ‘Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity’ requires that the StEPS be classified as a liability because the monetary value of the obligation to the holders of the securities is known at inception and the holders are not exposed to changes in the fair value of equity. Any associated dividends have been reclassified as interest expense in the US GAAP reconciliation.

 

SFAS 150 does not apply to issues of preference shares made prior to 31 May 2003.

 

115



 

xxi)  Details of Pension Schemes and Pension Expense

 

Reconciliations of the funded status of major defined benefit schemes as at 30 June 2004 are summarised below.

 

Details of the funding of the schemes are set out in note 49.

 

Australian Scheme

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Change in benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of year

 

50

 

51

 

54

 

Interest costs

 

2

 

3

 

3

 

Benefits paid

 

(5

)

(6

)

(6

)

Actuarial gains (losses)

 

(3

)

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation, 30 June

 

44

 

50

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value at start of year

 

35

 

43

 

49

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

4

 

(2

)

 

Employer contribution

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid

 

(5

)

(6

)

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value of plan assets, 30 June

 

34

 

35

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status

 

(10

)

(15

)

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognised net transition loss

 

 

1

 

2

 

Unrecognised net loss

 

10

 

16

 

10

 

Adjustment required to recognise minimum unfunded projected benefit obligation

 

(10

)

(17

)

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amount recognised

 

(10

)

(15

)

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid benefits costs

 

 

 

 

Accrued benefit liabilities

 

(10

)

(15

)

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The assumptions used in the actuarial calculations are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate used in determining present values

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– pensioners

 

6.0

%

5.0

%

6.0

%

Annual increase in future compensation levels

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– pensions

 

2.5

%

2.5

%

2.5

%

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

 

7.5

%

7.5

%

7.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average assets allocations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Equity securities

 

61

%

n/a

*

n/a

*

- Debt securities

 

23

%

n/a

*

n/a

*

- Real estate

 

9

%

n/a

*

n/a

*

- Other

 

7

%

n/a

*

n/a

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

n/a

*

n/a

*

 


* Information is not available

 

The Plan’s investment objectives are to maximise returns over the long term whilst accepting a moderate degree of performance variability; and to exceed inflation (CPI increases), on average, by at least 3% over rolling five and seven year periods.  The Plan’s investment strategy is to combine 70% growth assets (shares and property) and 30% defensive assets (diversified fixed income and cash).  This combination reduces the expected variability compared to a portfolio invested only in shares.

 

116



 

Cash Flows

 

Contributions

It is anticipated that nil will be contributed to this scheme in 2005.

 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 

 

 

2004

 

2004

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Year

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Benefits

 

2005

 

5

 

 

2006

 

5

 

 

2007

 

5

 

 

2008

 

4

 

 

2009

 

4

 

 

2010-14

 

18

 

 

 

UK Pension Scheme

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Change in benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of year

 

952

 

1,034

 

1,038

 

Service cost

 

12

 

13

 

15

 

Interest cost

 

49

 

53

 

62

 

Benefits paid

 

(46

)

(49

)

(62

)

Actuarial gains (losses)

 

(11

)

56

 

27

 

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations

 

19

 

(155

)

(46

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation, 30 June

 

975

 

952

 

1,034

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value at start of year

 

790

 

982

 

1,152

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

71

 

(4

)

(69

)

Employer contribution

 

8

 

(1

)

(2

)

Benefits paid

 

(46

)

(49

)

(62

)

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations

 

16

 

(138

)

(37

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value of plan assets, 30 June

 

839

 

790

 

982

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status

 

(136

)

(162

)

(52

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognised net transition gain

 

(3

)

(10

)

(19

)

Unrecognised loss

 

165

 

194

 

92

 

Unrecognised prior service cost

 

32

 

44

 

46

 

Adjustment required to recognise minimum benefit obligation

 

(136

)

(142

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amount recognised

 

(78

)

(76

)

67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid benefits costs

 

58

 

66

 

67

 

Accrued benefit liabilities

 

(136

)

(142

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The assumptions used in the actuarial calculations are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate used in determining present values

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– active members

 

5.75

%

5.25

%

5.75

%

– pensioners

 

5.75

%

5.25

%

5.75

%

Annual increase in future compensation levels

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– salary

 

4.50

%

4.25

%

4.5

%

– pensions

 

2.75

%

2.25

%

2.5

%

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

 

7.00

%

6.25

%

6.75

%

 

117



 

The Trustee of the ANZ UK Staff Pension Scheme determines their investment strategy after consulting with the Bank with regard to the liability profile of the plan and in accordance with the Statement of Investment Principles.  Following an asset liability modelling exercise, the Trustee has determined the following benchmarks which they believe provide an adequate balance between maximising the return on the assets and minimising the risk of failing to meet the liabilities over the long term:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Weighted average assets allocations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Equity securities

 

50

%

45

%

n/a

*

- Debt securities

 

34

%

36

%

n/a

*

- Real estate

 

15

%

15

%

n/a

*

- Other

 

1

%

4

%

n/a

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

100

%

n/a

*

 


*      Information is not available

 

Cash Flows

 

Contributions

It is anticipated that $12 million will be contributed to this scheme in 2005.

 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 

 

 

2004

 

2004

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Year

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Benefits

 

2005

 

48

 

 

2006

 

50

 

 

2007

 

53

 

 

2008

 

55

 

 

2009

 

55

 

 

2010-14

 

314

 

 

 

118



 

NZ Scheme

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Change in benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at start of year

 

 

 

 

Increase due to NBNZ acquisition

 

183

 

 

 

Service cost

 

4

 

 

 

Interest cost

 

7

 

 

 

Benefits paid

 

 

 

 

Actuarial gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation, 30 June

 

204

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value at start of year

 

 

 

 

Increase due to NBNZ acquisition

 

151

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

7

 

 

 

Employer contribution

 

3

 

 

 

Benefits paid

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value of plan assets, 30 June

 

169

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status

 

(35

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognised net transition gain

 

 

 

 

Unrecognised loss (gain)

 

 

 

 

Unrecognised prior service cost

 

 

 

 

Adjustment required to recognise minimum benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amount recognised

 

(35

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid benefits costs

 

 

 

 

Accrued benefit liabilities

 

(35

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The assumptions used in the actuarial calculations are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate used in determining present values

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- active members

 

6.4

%

 

 

- pensioners

 

6.4

%

 

 

Annual increase in future compensation levels

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- salary

 

3.0

%

 

 

- pensions

 

4.3

%

 

 

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

 

8.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average assets allocations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Equity securities

 

53

%

 

 

- Debt securities

 

26

%

 

 

- Real estate

 

 

 

 

- Other

 

21

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

Assets in the Fund are held in pooled funds and are managed by specialist investment managers.  Investment returns are measured against the relevant market index for each assets class and are targeted to outperform the index by a prescribed amount over a three-year period. The strategic range around the asset allocation benchmarks is 10 percentage points.

 

119



 

Cash Flows

 

Contributions

It is anticipated that approximately 20.7% of salaries (gross of tax) will be contributed to this scheme in 2005.

 

This will be subject to a full actuarial valuation in March 2005.

 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 

 

 

2004

 

2004

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Year

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Benefits

 

2005

 

7

 

 

2006

 

7

 

 

2007

 

7

 

 

2008

 

7

 

 

2009

 

7

 

 

2010-14

 

38

 

 

 

The elements of the net periodic pension cost of the above schemes are as follows:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Service cost

 

16

 

14

 

13

 

Interest cost

 

58

 

57

 

59

 

Expected return on schemes’ assets

 

(60

)

(70

)

(77

)

Amortisation net transition asset

 

(6

)

(6

)

(7

)

Recognised gains/losses

 

4

 

 

 

Recognised prior service cost

 

4

 

4

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

 

16

 

(1

)

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortisation of prepaid pension expense

 

 

 

(8

)

Employer contributions

 

(11

)

(1

)

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net pension expense

 

5

 

(2

)

(18

)

 

The Group also sponsors defined contribution schemes. The Group’s contributions to major defined contribution schemes amounted to $127 million for the year (2003: $102 million; 2002: $80 million).

 

120



 

xxii)  Variable Interest Entities

 

The following entities have been identified as requiring consolidation as a result of the application of FIN46R on the basis that the Group is the Primary Beneficiary.  These entities are not consolidated or equity accounted under Australian GAAP:

 

Entity

 

Nature

 

Purpose & Activities

 

Total Assets*

 

 

 

 

 

 

$m

Arc Funding Pty Ltd

 

Repackaging Vehicle

 

SPV issues commercial paper to finance the acquisition or holding of financial assets.

 

174

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aurora Securitisation Pty Ltd

 

Conduit

 

SPV issues commercial paper and on-lends the funds to special purpose trusts that acquire or hold financial assets.

 

2,147

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coast Asset Corporation

 

Conduit

 

SPV issues commercial paper in the United States and on-lends the funds to special purpose companies that acquire or hold financial assets.

 

370

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coral(3)

 

ANZ Client deal
Capital Markets funded

 

SPV issues commercial paper to finance the acquisition or holding of financial assets.

 

221

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eos(2)

 

Repackaging Vehicle

 

SPV issues commercial paper to finance the acquisition or holdings of financial assets.

 

178

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Echo Funding Pty Ltd

 

Repackaging Vehicle

 

SPV issues medium term notes on a segregated series basis and uses the funds to acquire bonds or exposures through credit derivatives.

 

77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kingfisher Securitisation Pty Ltd

 

Conduit

 

SPV raises funds by issuing debt instruments and uses the funds so raised to acquire assets/ investments.

 

291

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Omeros Trust(1)

 

Repackaging Vehicle

 

SPV raises funds by issuing notes to Aurora Securitisation. The proceeds of notes are used to finance the acquisition or holding of financial assets.

 

279

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Omeros II Trust (1)

 

Repackaging Vehicle

 

SPV raises funds by issuing notes to Aurora Securitisation. The proceeds of notes are used to finance the acquisition or holding of financial assets

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Orion

 

Repackaging Vehicle

 

SPV issues commercial paper to finance the acquisition or holding of financial assets.

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solera Trust

 

Repackaging Vehicle

 

SPV issues commercial paper and on-lends the funds to special purpose trusts that acquire or hold financial assets.

 

178

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stellar Funding Pty Ltd

 

Repackaging Vehicle

 

SPV issues commercial paper to finance the acquisition or holding of financial assets.

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Surf Capital

 

Repackaging Vehicle

 

SPV raises funds by issuing notes to Coast Asset Corporation. The proceeds of notes are used to finance the acquisition or holding of financial assets.

 

157

 


(1)   Consolidates into Aurora Securitisation Pty Ltd

(2)   Consolidates into Solera Trust

(3)   Consolidates into Coast Asset Corporation

 

*      Total assets are shown gross of any consolidation eliminations

 

121



 

The Group also holds a significant variable interest in the following Variable Interest Entities; however, it is not the Primary Beneficiary:

 

Entity

 

Nature

 

Purpose & Activities

 

Total Assets

 

Maximum exposure to loss*

 

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

Kingfisher Trust 2001-1G

 

ANZ client deal. Capital markets funded

 

Trust raises funds by issuing notes to the market. Proceeds of notes are used to fund the acquisition of Receivables and Related Securities.

 

613

 

88

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kingfisher Trust 2004-1G

 

ANZ client deal. Capital markets funded

 

Trust raises funds by issuing notes to the market. Proceeds of notes are used to fund the acquisition of Receivables and Related Securities.

 

1,383

 

80

 


*      Maximum exposure to loss is considered to be the notional amounts of the liquidity and redraw facilities

 

xxiii)  Maturity analysis of the Group’s Bonds and Notes and Loan Capital

 

At 30 September

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Less than 1 year

 

4,657

 

4,289

 

3,972

 

Between 1 year and 2 years

 

9,568

 

3,360

 

5,068

 

Between 2 years and 3 years

 

5,128

 

5,481

 

2,131

 

Between 3 years and 4 years

 

3,537

 

1,994

 

3,024

 

Between 4 years and 5 years

 

5,483

 

2,552

 

1,962

 

After 5 years

 

7,285

 

4,084

 

969

 

Perpetual

 

419

 

442

 

1,027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

36,077

 

22,202

 

18,153

 

 

xxiv)  Material business combination in the year of acquisition

 

On 1 December 2003, the Company acquired 100% of the issued share capital of NBNZ Holdings Ltd and its controlled entities.  The number of shares acquired was 159 million.  The results of NBNZ’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.  NBNZ is a leading bank in New Zealand.

 

The aggregate purchase price under US GAAP was $4,805 billion (converted as at the date of acquisition). The following table summarises the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition, at the exchange rate which prevailed at the date of acquisition.

 

 

 

Fair Value of NBNZ’s
Net Assets Acquired

 

 

 

$M

 

Liquid assets

 

799

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

2,597

 

Trading securities

 

1,653

 

Investment securities

 

213

 

Net loans and advances

 

30,564

 

Other assets

 

1,722

 

Premises and equipment

 

160

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

 

37,708

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

1,092

 

Deposits and borrowings

 

30,694

 

Provisions

 

109

 

Creditors and other liabilities

 

2,455

 

Unsubordinated debt

 

1,119

 

Loan capital

 

488

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

35,957

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

 

1,751

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

3,054

 

 

The amount of goodwill under US GAAP is not the same as that recognised under Australian GAAP, as the cost of the hedges of the acquisition price are not considered part of the acquisition price under US GAAP.

 

122



 

Operating result of ANZ had the acquisition of NBNZ occurred on 1 October 2002 for the 2004 and 2003 financial years

 

The following table illustrates the impact to the Group results, had NBNZ been acquired at the commencement of the 2003 financial year.

 

 

 

Year ended
30 September 2004

 

Year ended
30 September 2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Operating income

 

17,622

 

14,274

 

Income before extraordinary items and the cumulative effect of accounting changes

 

 

 

Net income

 

2,719

 

2,687

 

EPS*

 

153

 

145

 

 


*      Rounded to nearest whole cent

 

The pro-forma net income reported above includes $550 million in 2004 and $409 million in relation to NBNZ in 2003.

 

The balances have been adjusted to reflect the difference in depreciation and amortisation expense caused by any variation between the fair value acquired, and the carrying value of these assets in the accounts of ANZ.  No adjustment has been made for any change to accounting policies.

 

Net income in 2003 has not been adjusted for FAS133 ‘Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities’ as NBNZ did not prepare US GAAP accounts prior to acquisition.

 

Disposal of controlled entities

 

There were no material controlled entities disposed of during the year to 30 September 2004.

 

(xxv)  Recently issued Australian accounting standards

 

A number of new accounting standards have been issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) that have not yet been adopted for Australian GAAP.  A summary of the standards that currently apply appear in note 1.

 

We will also be required to adopt the Australian equivalents of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the AASB, for the half-year ending 31 March 2006 and year ending 30 September 2006.  A summary of the significant areas of impact of adopting IFRS appears in note 57.

 

Some of these standards, once adopted, will result in certain adjustments in the reconciliations of net income to US GAAP and shareholders’ equity to US GAAP no longer being required.

 

56:  EXCHANGE RATES

 

The exchange rates used in the translation of the results and the assets and liabilities of major overseas branches and controlled entities are:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Closing

 

Average

 

Closing

 

Average

 

Closing

 

Average

 

Great British pound

 

0.3983

 

0.4054

 

0.4070

 

0.3822

 

0.3477

 

0.3621

 

United States dollar

 

0.7165

 

0.7263

 

0.6795

 

0.6124

 

0.5441

 

0.5323

 

New Zealand dollar

 

1.0700

 

1.1254

 

1.1431

 

1.1139

 

1.1585

 

1.2001

 

 

123



 

57: INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS

 

For reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2005, the Group will be required to prepare financial statements using Australian Standards that have been revised to satisfy the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.  The Group will report for the first time in compliance with Australian equivalents to IFRS when the results for the half-year ended 31 March 2006 and the year ended 30 September 2006 are released.

 

The Group is required to prepare an opening balance sheet in accordance with Australian equivalents to IFRS as at 1 October 2004.  Most accounting policy adjustments to retrospectively apply Australian equivalents to IFRS will be made against retained earnings in this opening balance sheet.  However, transitional adjustments relating to those standards for which comparatives are not required will only be made on 1 October 2005.  Comparatives are not required for AASB 132: Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation, AASB 139: Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and AASB 4: Insurance Contracts.

 

A Steering Committee is monitoring the adoption of IFRS as per the Group’s implementation plan.  This Committee has been following developments in IFRS and the likely impact that these standards will have on our products and our customers, and on our own financial reports and accounting policies. Dedicated workstreams are responsible for evaluating the impact of a specific group of accounting changes. Each workstream is progressing through multiple phases of work: technical evaluation, design, development and implementation. The Group has largely completed the technical evaluation phases of each workstream, and is moving into design, development and implementation. The program is achieving scheduled milestones.

 

The following areas have been identified as significant for the Group:

 

Credit Loss Provisioning Initial impact on retained earnings at 1 October 2005 Volatility in future earnings Lower general provision

 

IFRS adopts an approach known as “incurred losses” for credit loss provisioning and provides guidance on measurement of incurred losses. Provisions are raised for losses that have already been incurred for exposures that are known to be impaired. The estimated losses on these impaired exposures are then discounted to their present value. As this discount unwinds, there is a resulting recognition of interest in the statement of financial performance during the period between recognition of impairment and recovery of the written down amount.

 

 

 

 

 

Exposures found not to be impaired are placed into pools of similar assets with similar risk characteristics to be collectively assessed for losses that have been incurred, but not identified yet. The required provision is estimated on the basis of historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the collective pool. The historical loss experience is adjusted based on current observable data.

 

 

 

 

 

The current ELP charge to profit will be replaced, on adoption of IFRS, by a charge for specific provisions on impaired exposures, plus a charge for movements in the provision that is held for exposures that are being collectively assessed for impairment.

 

 

 

 

 

It is anticipated that the proposed changes will result in a reduction in the level of provisioning which the bank holds against its credit exposures.

 

 

 

Debt v Equity classification Initial impact on statement of financial position at 1 October 2005 New liabilities recognised

 

The Group has issued a number of hybrid tier one instruments. The ANZ StEPS issue, which is currently treated as equity, will be reclassified as debt. Distributions on ANZ StEPS will be treated as interest rather than dividends.

 

 

 

Fee Revenue Initial impact on retained earnings at 1 October 2005 for yield adjusted fees and 1 October 2004 for other financial service fees Increased deferral of fee income

 

Revised rules governing the accounting for fee income will result in more fees being deferred on initial payment, and recognised either as an adjustment to yield or over the period of service. Fees required to be treated as an adjustment to yield will be recognised in interest income rather than fee income. On initial application, certain fees that have previously been recognised in the statement of financial performance will be recognised in the statement of financial position, with a corresponding reduction to retained earnings. The annual impact on net profit from this change is not expected to be material.

 

 

 

Goodwill Initial impact on retained earnings at 1 October 2004 Volatility in future earnings

 

The current Group policy of amortising goodwill over the expected period of benefit will cease. Instead, goodwill will be subject to impairment testing annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. This change in policy may result in increased volatility of future earnings where impairment losses may occur.

 

124



 

 

Hedging Initial impact on retained earnings at 1 October 2005 Volatility in future earnings New assets/liabilities recognised

 

All derivatives contracts, whether used as hedging instruments or otherwise, will be carried at fair value on the Group’s statement of financial position. IFRS recognise fair value hedge accounting, cash flow hedge accounting, and hedges of investments in foreign operations. Fair value and cash flow hedge accounting can only be considered where effectiveness tests are met. Ineffectiveness outside the prescribed range precludes the use of hedge accounting and can result in significant volatility in the statement of financial performance. The Group expects to predominantly use cash flow hedging in respect of its interest rate risk hedges, which will create volatility in equity reserve balances.

 

 

 

 

 

The hedging rules will impact the way the Group accounts for hedges of its funding and for hedges of its statement of financial position. Customer trading, where all derivatives are currently marked to market, will not be impacted.

 

 

 

Post Employment Benefits Initial impact on retained earnings at 1 October 2004 Volatility in future earnings

 

The Group does not currently recognise an asset or liability for the net position of the defined benefit superannuation schemes, including those which operate in Australia, New Zealand and the United Kingdom. On adoption of AASB 119: Employee Benefits, the Group will recognise the net position of each scheme on the statement of financial position, with a corresponding entry to the statement of financial performance. The initial adjustment will be made, retrospectively, against opening retained earnings as at 1 October 2004, and will be based on actuarially determined valuations of each scheme made at that date in accordance with AASB 119. After the transitional adjustment, further movements in the net position of each scheme will be recognised in the statement of financial performance.

 

 

 

Securitisation Initial impact on retained earnings at 1 October 2004 New assets/liabilities recognised

 

IFRS introduces new requirements for the recognition of financial assets, including those transferred to a special purpose vehicle for securitisation. Existing securitisations, both of our own assets and of our customers’ assets, require an assessment of the accounting treatment that will be required under IFRS. Further, a different interpretation of the consolidation rules applicable to special purpose vehicles may result in some vehicles, which were previously not consolidated, being consolidated by the Group. Securitisations commenced on or after 1 January 2004 have been assessed in accordance with IFRS and current Australian GAAP.

 

 

 

Share-Based Payments Initial impact on retained earnings at 1 October 2004 Higher expenses

 

The Group currently recognises immediately an expense equal to the full fair value of all deferred shares issued as part of the short and long-term incentive arrangements. The deferred shares vest over one to three years, and may be forfeited under certain conditions. The Group does not currently recognise an expense for options issued to staff, shares issued under the $1,000 employee share plan, nor for the 5% discount applicable to the ANZ Share Save Scheme. On adoption of AASB 2: Share-based Payments, the Group will recognise an expense for all share-based remuneration, including deferred shares and options, and will amortise those expenses over the relevant vesting periods. The Group will also recognise an expense for shares issued under the $1,000 employee share plan, and for the 5% discount on shares granted under the ANZ Share Save Scheme. On transition, this change in accounting policy will result in a reduction in retained earnings at 1 October 2004.

 

 

 

Taxation Initial impact on retained earnings at 1 October 2004 New assets/liabilities recognised

 

Under AASB 112: Income Taxes, a “balance sheet” approach will be adopted, replacing the “statement of financial performance” approach currently used. This method recognises deferred tax balances when there is a difference between the carrying value of an asset or liability and its tax base. It is expected that the standard may require the Group to carry a slightly higher level of deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

Capital measurement - The Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) has announced that it intends to revise its capital adequacy requirements to take account of the impact of IFRS.  This will be achieved through the progressive release of a series of discussion papers. Priority areas for review by APRA include the treatment of innovative capital instruments for capital adequacy purposes and the treatment of superannuation fund surpluses and deficits.  APRA has stated that it will not make any IFRS-related changes to the existing prudential framework until it has completed relevant consultations, and not before 1 July 2005 at the earliest.  In the interim, existing prudential standards will continue to apply.

 

125



 

58: EVENTS SINCE THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR

 

ANZ Trustees merger with Equity Trustees Limited

 

On 12 October 2004, the Company announced it had signed an agreement with Equity Trustees Limited, to merge the Group’s trustee business with Equity Trustees Limited.  The merged business will create Australia’s third largest trustee company and the leading manager of charitable foundations.

 

In consideration, the Company will become the major shareholder in Equity Trustees Limited with a 37.5% share of the expanded issued capital, and receive $3 million in cash.

 

Completion of the merger is expected early in 2005 subject to the outcomes of due diligence, regulatory and government approvals and approval by Equity Trustees’ shareholders.  The Company will equity account for its investment in Equity Trustees Limited and recognise a small profit from the transfer of the Group’s trustee business.

 

The financial effect of this merger has not been recognised in these financial statements.

 

Share buyback

 

On 26 October 2004, the Company announced the intention to undertake an on-market share buyback of at least $350 million. The buyback is contingent on regulatory approval for a new offshore hybrid equity transaction.

 

The financial effect of this buyback has not been reflected in these financial statements.

 

Sale of London-headquartered project finance activities

 

On 26 October 2004, the Company announced entry into a Memorandum of Understanding for the sale, subject to due diligence and other standard conditions, of the majority of its London-headquartered project finance activities to Standard Chartered Bank.  The amount of the loans and commitments is approximately $2 billion.  The premium from the sale above book value is not expected to be significant.

 

The financial effect of this sale has not been reflected in these financial statements.

 

126



 

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION

 

The directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited declare that the financial statements and notes of the Company and the consolidated entity:

 

a)  are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

 

i)  complying with applicable Australian Accounting Standards, and other mandatory professional reporting requirements; and

 

ii)  giving a true and fair view of the financial position of the Company and of the consolidated entity as at 30 September 2004 and of their performance as represented by the results of their operations and their cash flows, for the year ended on that date; and

 

iii)  that the directors have been given the declaration under section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001; and

 

b)  in the directors’ opinion at the date of this declaration there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.

 

The Company and some of its wholly owned controlled entities (listed in note 48) executed a Deed of Cross Guarantee enabling them to take advantage of the accounting and audit relief offered by class order 98/1418 (as amended), dated 13 August 1998 issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.

 

The nature of the Deed of Cross Guarantee is to guarantee each creditor payment in full of any debt in accordance with the terms of the Deed of Cross Guarantee.

 

At the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company and its controlled entities which executed the Deed of Cross Guarantee are able, as an economic entity, to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee.

 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors.

 

 

/s/ Charles Goode

 

/s/ John McFarlane

 

Charles Goode

John McFarlane

Director

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

4 November 2004

 

 

127



 

INDEPENDENT AUDIT REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF AUSTRALIA AND
NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED.

 

SCOPE

 

We have audited the financial report of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited for the financial year ended 30 September 2004, consisting of the remuneration report, the statements of financial position, statements of financial performance, statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and statements of cash flows, and accompanying notes 1 to 58 and the directors’ declaration, set out on pages 6 to 127. The financial report includes the consolidated financial statements of the consolidated entity, comprising the Company and the entities it controlled at the end of the year or from time to time during the financial year. The Company’s directors are responsible for the financial report. We have conducted an independent audit of this financial report in order to express an opinion on it to the members of the Company.

 

Our audit has been conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report is free of material misstatement. Our procedures included examination, on a test basis, of evidence supporting the amounts and other disclosures in the financial report, and the evaluation of accounting policies and significant accounting estimates. These procedures have been undertaken to form an opinion whether, in all material respects, the financial report is presented fairly in accordance with Accounting Standards and other mandatory professional reporting requirements in Australia and statutory requirements so as to present a view which is consistent with our understanding of the Company’s and the consolidated entity’s financial position, and performance as represented by the results of their operations and their cash flows.

 

The audit opinion expressed in this report has been formed on the above basis.

 

AUDIT OPINION

 

In our opinion, the financial report of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited is in accordance with:

 

a)  the Corporations Act 2001, including:

 

i)  giving a true and fair view of the Company’s and consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 September 2004 and of their performance for the financial year ended on that date; and

 

ii)  complying with Accounting Standards in Australia and the Corporations Regulations 2001; and

 

b)  other mandatory professional reporting requirements in Australia.

 

 

/s/ KPMG

 

/s/ Chris Hall

 

KPMG

Chris Hall

 

Partner

 

 

Melbourne

 

4 November 2004

 

 

128



 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The Group prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and other authoritative accounting pronouncements. However, notwithstanding the existence of relevant accounting standards, there are a number of critical accounting treatments, which include complex or subjective decisions or assessments. The Group requires all such applications of judgement to be reviewed and agreed by Group Finance, and where the impact is material, the accounting treatment is reviewed during the audit process by the Group’s external auditors. All material changes to accounting policy are approved by the Audit Committee of the Board.

 

HISTORICAL CHANGES

 

There have been no material changes to the Group’s critical accounting policies or their related methodologies over the last 3 years.

 

A brief discussion of critical accounting policies, and their impact on the Group, follows:

 

a)  Economic Loss Provisioning

 

Description and Significance

 

Each month the Group recognises an expense for credit losses ‘provision for doubtful debts’ based on the average one year loss expected to be incurred if the same loan portfolio was held over an economic cycle.  The provision for doubtful debts is booked to the General Provision which is maintained to cover the losses inherent in the Group’s existing loan portfolio.  The method used by the Group for determining the expense charge is referred to as ‘Economic Loss Provisioning’ (ELP). The Group uses ELP models to calculate the expected loss by considering:

 

   the size, composition and risk profile of the current loan portfolio; and

 

   the history of credit losses for each loan portfolio.

 

Ongoing reviews

 

The Group regularly reviews the assumptions used in the ELP models. These reviews are conducted in recognition of the subjective nature of the ELP methodology. Methodologies are updated as improved analysis becomes available. In addition, the robustness of outcomes is reviewed considering the Group’s actual loss experience, and losses sustained by other banks operating in similar markets.

 

To the extent that credit losses are not consistent with previous loss patterns used to develop the assumptions within the ELP methodology, the existing General Provision may be determined to be either in excess of or insufficient to cover credit losses not yet specifically identified.

 

As a result of the reassessments, ELP charge levels may be periodically increased or decreased with a direct impact on profitability.

 

As part of its review of the ELP model outputs, the Group also regularly evaluates the overall level of the General Provision. The Group is required, by APRA prudential standards, to have policies which cover the level of General Provisions that are needed to absorb estimated losses inherent in the credit portfolio.  In some limited circumstances, the assessment of the inherent losses in the portfolio may require an additional charge to profits to ensure the adequacy of the General Provision. The Group considers it appropriate to maintain its General Provision in excess of the APRA guidelines.

 

Quantification of Sensitivity

 

The average charge to profit for ELP was 0.31% of average net lending assets or $632 million (Sep 2003: 0.39% or $614 million; Sep 2002: 0.43% or $610 million excluding the special general provision of $250 million).

 

As at September 2004, the balance of the General Provision of $1,992 million (Sep 2003: $1,534 million) represents 1.01% (Sep 2003: 1.01%) of risk weighted assets.

 

b)  Specific Provisioning

 

Description and Significance

 

The Group maintains a specific provision for doubtful debts arising from its exposure to organisations and credit counterparties.

 

When a specific debt loss is identified as being probable, its value is transferred from the general provision to the specific provision.  Specific provisioning is applied when the full recovery of one of the Group’s exposures is identified as being doubtful resulting in the creation of a specific provision equal to the full amount of the expected loss plus any enforcement/recovery expenses.

 

Recoveries resulting from proceeds received from accounts which were written off in prior years are transferred back to the General Provision.

 

Quantification of Sensitivity

 

The recognition of losses has an impact on the size of the General Provision rather than directly impacting profit. However, to the extent that the General Provision is drawn down beyond a prudent amount it will be restored through a transfer from the current year’s earnings.  The amount of net transfer from the General Provision to the Specific Provision, net of recoveries, during the year was $443 million (Sept 2003: $527 million; Sep 2002: $728 million).

 

129



 

c) Deferred acquisition costs, software assets and deferred income

 

Description and Significance

 

The Group recognises assets and liabilities that represent:

 

   Deferred acquisition costs – direct costs from the acquisition of interest earning assets;

 

   Software assets – direct costs incurred in developing software systems; and

 

   Deferred income – liabilities representing income received in advance of services performed.

 

Deferred acquisition costs – Initially, expenses related to the acquisition of interest earning assets are recognised as part of the cost of acquiring the asset and written-off as an adjustment to its yield over its expected life. For assets subject to prepayment, expected life is determined on the basis of the historical behaviour of the asset portfolio, taking into account prepayments. Commissions paid to third party mortgage brokers are an example of expenditure that is deferred and amortised over the expected average life of a mortgage of 4 years.

 

Software assets – Costs incurred in acquiring and building software and computer systems are capitalised as fixed assets and expensed as depreciation over periods of between 3 and 5 years except for the branch front end applications where 7 years is used. The carrying value of these assets is subject to a ‘recoverable amount test’ to determine their value to the Group. If it is determined that the value of the asset is less than its ‘book’ value, the asset is written down to the recoverable amount. Costs incurred in planning or evaluating software proposals, or in maintaining systems after implementation, are not capitalised.

 

Deferred income – Income received in advance of the Group’s performance of services or in advance of having been earned, is initially recorded as a liability. Once the recognition criteria are met, it is then recognised as income.

 

Quantification of Sensitivity

 

Deferred acquisition costs – At 30 September, the Group’s assets included $465 million (Sep 2003: $360 million) in relation to costs incurred in acquiring interest earning assets. During the year, amortisation of $218 million (Sep 2003: $178 million) was recognised as an adjustment to the yield earned on interest earning assets.

 

Software assets – At 30 September, the Group’s fixed assets included $430 million (Sep 2003: $465 million) in relation to costs incurred in acquiring and developing software. During the year, depreciation expense of $129 million (Sep 2003: $83 million) was recognised. Following prior periods of above average project activity which replaced significant parts of the Group’s core infrastructure, the software depreciation expense is expected to stabilise going forward. Consistent with US accounting rules on software capitalisation, only costs incurred during configuration, coding and installation stages are capitalised. Administrative, preliminary project and post implementation costs including determining performance requirements, vendor selection and training costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Deferred income – At 30 September, the Group’s liabilities included $149 million (Sep 2003: $280 million) in relation to income received in advance. This income is largely comprised of two components: (1) fees received for services not yet completed; and (2) profit made on interest rate swaps from a shortening investment term of capital. Under Australian Accounting Standards, this profit is deferred and recognised when the hedged transaction occurs, or immediately if the hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur.

 

130



 

The balances of deferred assets and liabilities at 30 September were:

 

 

 

Deferred Acquisition Costs

 

Software Assets

 

Deferred Income

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Personal Banking Australia

 

145

 

109

 

296

 

322

 

31

 

17

 

Institutional

 

10

 

9

 

43

 

50

 

3

 

7

 

New Zealand Business

 

36

 

15

 

30

 

 

13

 

 

Corporate Australia

 

2

 

 

10

 

14

 

12

 

7

 

Esanda and UDC

 

250

 

227

 

8

 

21

 

 

 

Asia Pacific

 

 

 

1

 

2

 

 

 

Group Centre

 

22

 

 

42

 

56

 

90

 

249

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

465

 

360

 

430

 

465

 

149

 

280

 

 

Deferred acquisition costs analysis

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

Brokerage

 

Brokerage

 

 

 

Brokerage

 

Brokerage

 

 

 

 

 

amortised

 

paid(1)

 

Balance(2)

 

amortised

 

paid(1)

 

Balance(2)

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Personal Banking Australia

 

64

 

89

 

145

 

41

 

70

 

109

 

Esanda & UDC

 

147

 

177

 

250

 

133

 

175

 

227

 

New Zealand Business

 

7

 

11

 

36

 

4

 

8

 

15

 

Institutional

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

10

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

9

 

Other(3)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

24

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

218

 

277

 

465

 

178

 

253

 

360

 

 


(1)   Brokerage paid includes brokerage trailer commissions that are not capitalised relating to the acquisition of mortgages assets

(2)   Includes capitalised debt raising expenses

(3)   Includes Group Centre and Corporate Australia

 

d)  Derivative sand Hedging

 

Description and Significance

 

The Group buys and sells derivatives as part of its trading operations and to hedge its interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk and equity risks (in ING Australia). The derivative instruments used to hedge the Group’s exposures include:

 

   swaps;

 

   forward rate agreements;

 

   futures;

 

   options; and

 

   combinations of the above instruments.

 

The Group classifies derivatives into two types according to the purpose they are entered into: trading or hedging.

 

Income and loss relating to trading derivatives is reported in the statement of financial performance as trading income. The fair value of trading derivatives is recorded on a gross basis as other assets or other liabilities as appropriate unless there is a legal right of set off.  The fair value of a derivative financial instrument is the net present value of future expected cash flows arising from that instrument.

 

In order to be classified as a hedging derivative the hedging relationship must be expected to be effective.  Hedging derivatives are accounted for in the same manner as the underlying asset or liability they are hedging.  For example, if the hedged instrument is accounted for using the accrual method, the hedging instrument will also be accounted for using the accrual method.

 

Accounting treatment – Derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging are accounted for on the same basis as the underlying exposures or risks.

 

131



 

Derivative instruments entered into to hedge exposures that are not recorded at fair value, do not have their fair values recorded in the Group’s Statement of Financial Position.

 

Exposures hedged by derivatives not recorded at their fair value include risks related to:

 

   revenues from and capital invested into foreign operations;

 

   structured lending transactions;

 

   lending assets; and

 

   funding liabilities.

 

Hedge accounting is only applied when the hedging relationship is identified at the time the Group enters into the hedging derivative transaction.  If a hedge ceases to be effective, the hedging derivative transaction will be recognised at fair value. Gains and losses on derivative instruments not carried at their fair value amounts are recognised at the same time as the gain or loss on the hedged exposure is booked.

 

Movements in the value of foreign exchange contracts that are hedging overseas operations are not recognised as income or expenses. Instead these movements are recognised in the Foreign Currency Translation Reserve together with the net difference arising from the translation of the overseas operation.

 

Fair value determination – Derivatives entered into as part of the Group’s trading operations are carried at their fair values with any change in fair value being immediately recognised as part of trading income. Where liquid markets exist, fair value is based on quoted market prices. For certain complex or illiquid derivative instruments, it may be necessary to use projections, estimates and models to determine fair value.

 

e)  Special purpose and off balance sheet vehicles

 

The Group may invest in or establish special purpose companies or vehicles (SPVs), to enable it to undertake specific types of transactions.

 

Where the Group controls such vehicles, they are consolidated into the Group financial results.

 

Certain SPVs may be set up by the Group to facilitate Group strategic aims, or to assist with structured transactions for clients. The accounting treatment of each SPV is assessed using existing Australian guidance, with reference also to International and US accounting standards where specific issues are yet to be addressed in Australia.  The Group has established certain special purpose companies or vehicles controlled by the Group, which are consolidated into the Group’s financial statements in order to facilitate transactions undertaken for Group purposes.  These special purpose companies or vehicles have been established as part of the Group’s funding activities, for example, the StEPS structure, and as part of lending activities undertaken in the normal course of business, where assets of the vehicles are recorded as part of the Group’s Net Loans and Advances.

 

The table below summarises the main types of SPVs that are not consolidated into the Group, the reason for their establishment, and the key risks associated with them.

 

Type of Special

 

 

 

 

 

SPV Assets

 

Purpose Vehicle (SPV)

 

Reason for establishment

 

Key Risks

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Securitisation vehicles

 

Assets are transferred to an SPV which funds the purchase by issuing securities.

 

ANZ may manage securitisation vehicles, service assets in a vehicle or provide liquidity or other support and retains the risks associated with the provision of these services. Credit and market risks associated with the underlying assets are not retained or assumed by ANZ except to the limited extent that ANZ provides arm’s length services and facilities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Enables ANZ or customers to increase diversity of funding sources.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The amount disclosed here is the total assets of SPVs managed or arranged by ANZ. It includes SPVs that purchase assets from sellers other than ANZ.

 

 

13,013

 

9,954

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Structured finance entities

 

These entities are setup to assist with the structuring of client financing.

 

ANZ may retain liquidity risk, if it provides liquidity support to the vehicle. ANZ may also manage these vehicles.

 

1,993

 

2,124

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Managed funds

 

These funds invest in specified investments on behalf of clients.

 

The ANZ/ING Australia joint venture and ANZ National Bank Limited, as managers of the funds, expose ANZ to operational and reputational risk.

 

32,174

 

28,655

 

 

132



 

f) Valuation of investment in ING Australia Limited (INGA)

 

Description and significance

 

The Group adopts the equity method of accounting for its 49% interest in ING Australia.  As of 30 September 2004, the Group’s carrying value is $1,697 million (Sep 2003: $1,648 million).

 

The carrying value is subject to a recoverable amount test, to ensure that this does not exceed its recoverable amount at the reporting date.  This involved the Group obtaining an independent valuation for 31 March 2004 reporting purposes to determine current recoverable amount, with a review of whether there are any indicators that the carrying value may be greater than recoverable amount for 30 September 2004 reporting purposes.  Where there is the existence of impairment indicators, a further independent valuation is sourced to determine current recoverable amount.

 

Any excess of carrying value above recoverable amount is written off to the Statement of Financial Performance.

 

Quantification of sensitivity

 

During the year the Group engaged Ernst and Young ABC Limited (EY ABC) to provide an independent valuation of INGA for 31 March 2004 assessment purposes. The valuation was a stand alone market based assessment of economic value, and excluded the Group’s specific synergies and hedging arrangements.  The independent valuation was based on a discounted cashflow approach, with allowance for the cost of capital.  EY ABC presented an independent valuation range of $3,507 million to $3,793 million, reflecting a range of sales and cost base assumptions.  Based on this review, ANZ believed that no change was required to the carrying value of the investment as at 31 March 2004.

 

A review for 30 September 2004 reporting purposes revealed there were no indicators of impairment and a further independent review was not required. As at 30 September 2004, ANZ believed no change was required to the carrying value of ANZ’s investment in INGA.

 

g)  Valuation of goodwill in ANZ National Bank Ltd

 

Description and significance

 

Goodwill arising from the NBNZ acquisition is systematically amortised by way of a charge to the statement of financial performance over the period of time during which the benefits of the acquisition are expected to arise, such period of benefit not exceeding 20 years.

 

The unamortised balance of goodwill is reviewed at each balance date and is written down to the extent that it is no longer supported by probable future benefits.

 

The Group engaged Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Australia Limited to provide an independent valuation prior to the amalgamation of NBNZ and ANZ Banking Group New Zealand Ltd (ANZ New Zealand) in June 2004.  The valuation ascribed separate values to NBNZ Life Insurance Limited, the structured finance business and the core banking operations of NBNZ.  The valuation excluded the value of synergies ANZ expects to extract from the integration of the banking operations of ANZ New Zealand and NBNZ.

 

The core banking operations were valued using a capitalisation of earnings methodology.  Based on the results of this valuation, it is considered that there is no indication of impairment as at 30 September 2004.

 

133



 

RISK MANAGEMENT

 

ANZ recognises the importance of effective risk management to its business success.  Management is committed to achieving strong risk control, resulting in “no surprises” and a distinctive risk management capability that enables ANZ business units to meet their performance, growth and breakout objectives.

 

ANZ approaches risk management on a holistic basis, managing the various elements of the system as a whole rather than viewing them as independent and unrelated parts.  The risk function is independent of the business with clear delegations from the Board and operates within a comprehensive framework comprising:

 

  The Board, providing leadership, setting risk appetite/strategy and monitoring progress.

 

  A strong frame work for development and maintenance of Group-wide risk management policies, procedures and systems, overseen by an independent team of risk professionals.

 

  The use of sophisticated risk tools, applications and processes to execute our global risk management strategy across the Group.

 

 Business Unit level accountability, as the “first line of defence”, and for the management of risks in alignment with the Group’s strategy.

 

 Independent oversight at Group-level to ensure Business Unit compliance with policies, regulations and laws, and to provide regular risk evaluation and reporting.

 

ANZ recognises that effective risk management is based upon having an appropriate risk culture embedded in the organisation.  In recent years, significant effort has been invested in actively promoting a prudent and responsible culture of risk management.

 

The various risks inherent in the operations of the Group may be broadly grouped together under the following major categories:

 

Credit Risk

 

The Group has an overall lending objective of sound profitable growth.  To support this objective, a credit risk management framework exists to provide a structured and disciplined process for managing credit risk.

 

This framework is top down, being defined firstly by the Group’s Vision and Values and secondly, by Credit Principles and Policies.  The effectiveness of the credit risk management framework is validated through compliance and monitoring processes.  These, in conjunction with the overall Group portfolio strategy, define and guide the credit process, organisation and staff.

 

Group Risk Management’s responsibilities for credit risk policy and management are executed through dedicated departments, which support the Group’s wholesale and retail business units.  All major Business Unit credit decisions (including those arising from automated decision processes) require dual approval by both business writers and independent risk personnel.

 

Market Risk

 

ANZ has a detailed market risk management and control framework, to support trading activities, which incorporates a risk measurement approach to quantify the magnitude of market risk within the trading books. This approach, along with related analysis, identifies the range of possible outcomes that can be expected over a given period of time, and establishes the relative likelihood of those outcomes.

 

Market risk also includes the risk that the Group will incur increased interest expense arising from funding requirements during periods of poor market liquidity (balance sheet or non-traded market risk).  ANZ has a separate risk management and control framework for balance sheet risks, which is built around a Board-approved policy and limit framework.  The framework quantifies the magnitude of risks and controls the potential impact that changes in market interest rates can have on the net interest income (NII) and market value of equity of the Group.

 

Within overall strategies and policies, control of market risk exposures at Group level is the responsibility of Group Market Risk, who work closely with the three business units: Foreign Exchange and Commodities, Capital Markets, and Group Treasury.

 

Operational Risk

 

Group Risk Management is responsible for establishing the Group’s framework and associated Group-level operational risk policies.  Business Units are responsible for the identification and day-to-day management of operational risks.

 

A Risk Drivers and Controls Approach to operational risk measurement is utilised to measure the operational risk profile of Business Units and allocate operational risk economic capital.  This approach gives business managers strong and clear incentive to reduce operational risk.

 

Compliance

 

ANZ’s policy is to conduct its business in accordance with the laws of the countries in which it operates, relevant regulatory codes of conduct, and standards set by the Group.  ANZ promotes a culture of compliance, where compliance is valued and embedded in everyday business. ANZ does not tolerate wilful or knowing breaches of the law, codes of conduct or of its standards and staff are required to observe these responsibilities.

 

In order to assist the Group identify, manage, monitor and measure its compliance obligations, the Group has a comprehensive regulatory compliance program in place, which is consistent with the Australian Standard on Compliance Programs (AS 3806).

 

Group Compliance, a discrete function within Group Risk Management, is responsible for setting, reviewing and monitoring ANZ’s Regulatory Compliance Program.  Business Units retain ultimate day-to-day responsibility for compliance management within their areas.

 

A comprehensive compliance framework has been established to ensure compliance with each of APRA’s Prudential Standards.  Each standard is assigned to a specific Senior Executive for accountability and control.  For example, dealings between the Company and its subsidiaries and other related entities are specifically governed by Board-approved policies and procedures, which have been designed to ensure compliance with APRA’s Prudential Standard APS222.

 

134



 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

1:   CROSS BORDER OUTSTANDINGS

 

Cross border outstandings of the Group to countries which individually represented in excess of 0.75% of the Group’s total assets are shown below.

 

There were no cross border outstandings to any other country exceeding 0.75% of total assets.

 

Cross border foreign outstandings are based on the country of domicile of the borrower or guarantor of the ultimate risk and comprise loans (including accrued interest), placements with banks, acceptances and other monetary assets denominated in currencies other than the borrower’s local currency.

 

For certain countries, local currency obligations are also included. Cross border foreign outstandings are before specific and general provisions.

 

 

 

Governments
and other
official institutions

 

Banks and
other financial
institutions

 

Other
commercial
and industrial

 

Total

 

% of
Group
assets

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

 

 

At 30 September 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

217

 

2,400

 

2,652

 

5,269

 

2.0

 

USA

 

177

 

3,157

 

1,184

 

4,518

 

1.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 September 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

205

 

1,571

 

2,769

 

4,545

 

2.3

 

USA

 

94

 

1,818

 

1,171

 

3,083

 

1.6

 

 

2:  CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT AND TERM DEPOSIT MATURITIES

 

The following table shows the maturity profile of the Group’s certificates of deposit and term deposits in excess of $100,000 issued at 30 September 2004.

 

 

 

Less than
3 months

 

Between
3 months and
6 months

 

Between
6 months and
12 months

 

After
1 year

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

7,702

 

2

 

380

 

4,147

 

12,231

 

Term deposits

 

14,751

 

1,625

 

895

 

314

 

17,585

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,453

 

1,627

 

1,275

 

4,461

 

29,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

3,623

 

469

 

605

 

127

 

4,824

 

Term deposits

 

19,367

 

2,684

 

1,480

 

792

 

24,323

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,990

 

3,153

 

2,085

 

919

 

29,147

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

45,443

 

4,780

 

3,360

 

5,380

 

58,963

 

 

135



 

3:   VOLUME AND RATE ANALYSIS

 

The following table allocates changes in interest income and interest expense between changes in volume and changes in rate for the past two years. Volume and rate variances have been calculated on the movement in average balances and the change in the interest rates on average interest earning assets and average interest bearing liabilities. The variance caused by the change of both volume and rate has been allocated in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of each change to the total.

 

 

 

Volume

 

2004 over 2003
Change due to
Rate

 

Total

 

Volume

 

2003 over 2002
Change due to
Rate

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

7

 

1

 

8

 

(10

)

5

 

(5

)

New Zealand

 

106

 

8

 

114

 

1

 

(4

)

(3

)

Overseas markets

 

6

 

(11

)

(5

)

(9

)

(12

)

(21

)

Investments in public securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

42

 

46

 

88

 

47

 

(5

)

42

 

New Zealand

 

68

 

9

 

77

 

17

 

1

 

18

 

Overseas markets

 

43

 

(26

)

17

 

15

 

(19

)

(4

)

Loans, advances and bills discounted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,320

 

310

 

1,630

 

949

 

41

 

990

 

New Zealand

 

2,146

 

(82

)

2,064

 

176

 

98

 

274

 

Overseas markets

 

(102

)

20

 

(82

)

(84

)

(40

)

(124

)

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

(6

)

28

 

22

 

2

 

86

 

88

 

New Zealand

 

13

 

(23

)

(10

)

 

(37

)

(37

)

Overseas markets

 

(75

)

62

 

(13

)

14

 

(53

)

(39

)

Intragroup assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

17

 

8

 

25

 

7

 

(18

)

(11

)

Change in interest income

 

3,585

 

350

 

3,935

 

1,125

 

43

 

1,168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intragroup elimination

 

(17

)

(8

)

(25

)

(7

)

18

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,568

 

342

 

3,910

 

1,118

 

61

 

1,179

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

282

 

142

 

424

 

205

 

23

 

228

 

New Zealand

 

557

 

11

 

568

 

94

 

20

 

114

 

Overseas markets

 

(45

)

5

 

(40

)

(10

)

(71

)

(81

)

Savings deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

26

 

47

 

73

 

23

 

11

 

34

 

New Zealand

 

97

 

36

 

133

 

4

 

(1

)

3

 

Overseas markets

 

 

 

 

(1

)

(3

)

(4

)

Other demand deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

115

 

104

 

219

 

117

 

54

 

171

 

New Zealand

 

174

 

(16

)

158

 

9

 

11

 

20

 

Overseas markets

 

 

 

 

(1

)

(1

)

(2

)

Due to other financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

28

 

8

 

36

 

1

 

(1

)

 

New Zealand

 

44

 

9

 

53

 

4

 

2

 

6

 

Overseas markets

 

(53

)

19

 

(34

)

(21

)

(48

)

(69

)

Commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

31

 

25

 

56

 

64

 

10

 

74

 

New Zealand

 

383

 

 

383

 

 

 

 

Overseas markets

 

20

 

(4

)

16

 

18

 

(33

)

(15

)

Borrowing corporations’ debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

24

 

10

 

34

 

27

 

(6

)

21

 

New Zealand

 

6

 

(4

)

2

 

21

 

(1

)

20

 

Loan capital, bonds and notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

522

 

42

 

564

 

210

 

45

 

255

 

New Zealand

 

90

 

(6

)

84

 

6

 

1

 

7

 

Overseas markets

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

(8

)

(3

)

(11

)

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

187

 

64

 

251

 

135

 

(10

)

125

 

New Zealand

 

(78

)

64

 

(14

)

(19

)

18

 

(1

)

Overseas markets

 

18

 

(24

)

(6

)

(3

)

(7

)

(10

)

Intragroup liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

(30

)

(123

)

(153

)

20

 

(14

)

6

 

New Zealand

 

141

 

37

 

178

 

(27

)

10

 

(17

)

Change in interest expense

 

2,538

 

446

 

2,984

 

868

 

6

 

874

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intragroup elimination

 

(17

)

(8

)

(25

)

(7

)

18

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,521

 

438

 

2,959

 

861

 

24

 

885

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

 

1,047

 

(96

)

951

 

257

 

37

 

294

 

 

136



 

4:   CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

 

Concentrations of credit risk exist if a number of counterparties are engaged in similar activities and have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. Off balance sheet transactions of the Group are substantially with other banks.

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Loans and
advances(1)

 

Specific
provision

 

Loans and
advances(1)

 

Specific
provision

 

Loans and
advances(1)

 

Specific
provision

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining

 

4,592

 

26

 

3,829

 

71

 

3,436

 

16

 

Business service

 

3,346

 

4

 

2,632

 

4

 

2,120

 

5

 

Entertainment, leisure and tourism

 

3,660

 

7

 

2,632

 

23

 

2,465

 

28

 

Financial, investment and insurance

 

3,548

 

5

 

4,966

 

5

 

4,603

 

13

 

Government and official institutions

 

126

 

 

51

 

 

67

 

 

Lease finance

 

2,667

 

1

 

2,613

 

2

 

2,503

 

2

 

Manufacturing

 

4,734

 

26

 

5,366

 

5

 

4,303

 

7

 

Personal(2)

 

19,492

 

24

 

15,648

 

23

 

14,893

 

27

 

Real estate – construction

 

2,368

 

3

 

1,767

 

4

 

1,152

 

5

 

Real estate – mortgage(3)

 

81,771

 

8

 

69,660

 

11

 

57,049

 

32

 

Retail and wholesale trade

 

7,626

 

21

 

6,821

 

54

 

5,957

 

15

 

Other

 

6,550

 

84

 

5,335

 

65

 

3,990

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

140,480

 

209

 

121,320

 

267

 

102,538

 

211

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining

 

10,551

 

43

 

2,756

 

12

 

2,526

 

3

 

Business service

 

931

 

4

 

323

 

1

 

435

 

1

 

Entertainment, leisure and tourism

 

968

 

3

 

534

 

5

 

586

 

4

 

Financial, investment and insurance

 

3,288

 

9

 

1,516

 

5

 

1,561

 

21

 

Government and official institutions

 

461

 

 

274

 

 

212

 

 

Lease finance

 

604

 

3

 

609

 

 

844

 

1

 

Manufacturing

 

4,682

 

21

 

3,654

 

17

 

4,701

 

34

 

Personal(2)

 

2,594

 

4

 

1,771

 

19

 

1,848

 

7

 

Real estate – construction

 

721

 

9

 

472

 

1

 

551

 

1

 

Real estate – mortgage(3)

 

35,303

 

6

 

12,759

 

4

 

11,956

 

5

 

Retail and wholesale trade

 

2,233

 

9

 

1,741

 

9

 

1,648

 

15

 

Other

 

5,998

 

64

 

5,058

 

144

 

5,943

 

282

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,334

 

175

 

31,467

 

217

 

32,811

 

374

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total portfolio

 

208,814

 

384

 

152,787

 

484

 

135,349

 

585

 

 


(1)   Loans and advances exclude acceptances

(2)   Personal includes non-business loans to individuals through overdrafts, personal loans, credit cards and fully drawn advances

(3)   Real estate mortgage includes residential and commercial property exposure. Loans within this category are for the purchase of such properties and must be secured by property

 

137



 

 

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 

Loans and
advances(1)

 

Specific
provision

 

Loans and
advances(1)

 

Specific
provision

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining

 

3,500

 

104

 

4,157

 

34

 

Business service

 

2,044

 

7

 

2,206

 

6

 

Entertainment, leisure and tourism

 

2,293

 

27

 

2,062

 

4

 

Financial, investment and insurance

 

4,311

 

3

 

5,532

 

1

 

Government and official institutions

 

122

 

 

103

 

 

Lease finance

 

2,524

 

5

 

2,821

 

8

 

Manufacturing

 

4,034

 

11

 

4,236

 

19

 

Personal(2)

 

13,435

 

36

 

12,728

 

131

 

Real estate – construction

 

1,198

 

11

 

1,376

 

7

 

Real estate – mortgage(3)

 

49,127

 

13

 

43,912

 

9

 

Retail and wholesale trade

 

6,017

 

16

 

5,691

 

24

 

Other

 

3,850

 

70

 

4,196

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92,455

 

303

 

89,020

 

260

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining

 

2,686

 

8

 

2,429

 

12

 

Business service

 

214

 

1

 

274

 

1

 

Entertainment, leisure and tourism

 

361

 

1

 

505

 

6

 

Financial, investment and insurance

 

2,276

 

26

 

1,952

 

128

 

Government and official institutions

 

372

 

27

 

627

 

25

 

Lease finance

 

936

 

4

 

504

 

 

Manufacturing

 

5,153

 

30

 

4,781

 

118

 

Personal(2)

 

1,804

 

18

 

1,876

 

16

 

Real estate – construction

 

921

 

9

 

820

 

36

 

Real estate – mortgage(3)

 

11,638

 

12

 

10,628

 

16

 

Retail and wholesale trade

 

2,021

 

18

 

1,950

 

35

 

Other

 

5,853

 

43

 

4,266

 

56

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,235

 

197

 

30,612

 

449

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total portfolio

 

126,690

 

500

 

119,632

 

709

 

 


(1)   Loans and advances exclude acceptances

(2)   Personal includes non-business loans to individuals through overdrafts, personal loans, credit cards and fully drawn advances

(3)   Real estate mortgage includes residential and commercial property exposure. Loans within this category are for the purchase of such properties and must be secured by property

 

138



 

5:   DOUBTFUL DEBTS – INDUSTRY ANALYSIS

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Balance at start of year

 

2,018

 

2,081

 

1,886

 

2,082

 

2,302

 

Adjustment for exchange rate fluctuations

 

51

 

(98

)

(28

)

32

 

37

 

Acquisition of provisions

 

273

 

 

 

 

 

Bad debts written off (refer (i) below)

 

(680

)

(640

)

(697

)

(834

)

(539

)

Charge to statement of financial performance

 

632

 

614

 

860

 

531

 

502

 

Recoveries (refer (ii) below)

 

82

 

61

 

60

 

75

 

46

 

Other(1)

 

 

 

 

 

(266

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total provisions for doubtful debts

 

2,376

 

2,018

 

2,081

 

1,886

 

2,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

i) Total write-offs by industry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining

 

(86

)

(4

)

(72

)

(14

)

(12

)

Business service

 

(4

)

(11

)

(8

)

(6

)

(5

)

Entertainment, leisure and tourism

 

(5

)

(3

)

(4

)

(5

)

(10

)

Financial, investment and insurance

 

 

(9

)

(8

)

(7

)

(3

)

Lease finance

 

(2

)

(22

)

(7

)

(11

)

(9

)

Manufacturing

 

(15

)

(10

)

(17

)

(22

)

(11

)

Personal(2)

 

(203

)

(177

)

(237

)

(292

)

(133

)

Real estate – construction

 

(2

)

(10

)

(12

)

(13

)

(5

)

Real estate – mortgage(3)

 

(8

)

(11

)

(19

)

(13

)

(51

)

Retail and wholesale trade

 

(38

)

(42

)

(47

)

(97

)

(28

)

Other

 

(105

)

(15

)

(37

)

(28

)

(8

)

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

(212

)

(326

)

(229

)

(326

)

(264

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total write-offs

 

(680

)

(640

)

(697

)

(834

)

(539

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ii) Total recoveries by industry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining

 

 

2

 

3

 

5

 

4

 

Business service

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

 

Entertainment, leisure and tourism

 

 

1

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

Financial, investment and insurance

 

1

 

1

 

 

2

 

4

 

Lease finance

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

1

 

2

 

Manufacturing

 

 

6

 

3

 

2

 

5

 

Personal(2)

 

46

 

24

 

27

 

30

 

9

 

Real estate – construction

 

3

 

3

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

Real estate – mortgage(3)

 

1

 

1

 

4

 

3

 

4

 

Retail and wholesale trade

 

2

 

3

 

3

 

2

 

2

 

Other

 

2

 

 

1

 

1

 

2

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

24

 

17

 

12

 

26

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

82

 

61

 

60

 

75

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net write-offs

 

(598

)

(579

)

(637

)

(759

)

(493

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of net write-offs to average loans and acceptances

 

0.3

%

0.4

%

0.4

%

0.5

%

0.4

%

 


(1)   2000 includes $266 million reduction from the sale of Grindlays

(2)   Personal includes non-business loans to individuals through overdrafts, personal loans, credit cards and fully drawn advances

(3)   Real estate mortgage includes residential and commercial property exposure. Loans within this category are for the purchase of such properties and must be secured by property

 

139



 

6:   SHORT TERM BORROWINGS

 

The Group’s short-term borrowings comprise commercial paper, as well as unsecured notes issued by subsidiary borrowing corporations with an original term to maturity of less than one year. The Group has commercial paper programs in the United States, where it issues paper through ANZ (Delaware) Inc., and in Europe and Asia, where the Group issues paper direct.

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Balance at end of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial paper – ANZ (Delaware) Inc.

 

7,068

 

6,981

 

1,654

 

Commercial paper – other

 

11,712

 

5,458

 

3,963

 

Unsecured notes

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate at end of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial paper – ANZ (Delaware) Inc.

 

1.68

%

1.07

%

1.85

%

Commercial paper – other

 

5.41

%

4.76

%

4.92

%

Unsecured notes

 

 

 

6.22

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial paper – ANZ (Delaware) Inc.

 

7,068

 

6,988

 

5,541

 

Commercial paper – other

 

18,387

 

7,407

 

5,647

 

Unsecured notes

 

 

7

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average amount outstanding during year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial paper – ANZ (Delaware) Inc.

 

6,485

 

4,740

 

3,641

 

Commercial paper – other

 

12,588

 

5,216

 

3,888

 

Unsecured notes

 

 

7

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate during year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial paper – ANZ (Delaware) Inc.

 

1.14

%

1.22

%

2.00

%

Commercial paper – other

 

5.49

%

4.83

%

4.57

%

Unsecured notes

 

 

5.85

%

5.54

%

 

140



 

GLOSSARY

 

Asia Pacific provides primarily retail banking services in the Pacific Region and Asia, including ANZ’s share of PT Panin Bank in Indonesia; this business unit excludes Institutional and Corporate transactions included in the geographic results for Asia Pacific which are included in Institutional results.

 

Corporate Australia incorporates Corporate Banking Australia, Business Banking and Small Business Banking in Australia.

 

Small Business Banking in Australia provides business banking services to metropolitan-based small businesses, with business banking funds under management of up to $50,000.

 

Business Banking in Australia provides a full range of banking services to metropolitan-based small to medium businesses, with turnover up to $10 million and business banking funds under management of more than $50,000.

 

Corporate Banking Australia manages customer relationships and develops financial solutions for medium-sized businesses, with a turnover of $10 million to $150 million.

 

Economic loss provisioning (ELP) charge is determined based on the expected average annual loss of principal over the economic cycle for the current risk profile of the lending portfolio.

 

Equity standardisation Economic Value Added (EVATM) principles are in use throughout the Group, whereby risk adjusted capital is allocated and charged against business units. Equity standardised profit is determined by eliminating the impact of earnings on each business unit’s book capital and attributing earnings on the business unit’s risk adjusted capital. This enhances comparability of business unit performance. Geographic results are not equity standardised.

 

Esanda and UDC comprises Esanda Finance Corporation Limited and UDC Finance Corporation Limited.  They provide vehicle and equipment finance and rental services, operating in Australia as Esanda and Esanda FleetPartners, and in New Zealand as UDC and Esanda FleetPartners.

 

Group Centre provides support to the other segments in the areas of People Capital, Risk Management, Finance, Operations, Technology, Strategy, Administration and Treasury.

 

Impaired assets are loans or other credit facilities where there is reasonable doubt about the collectability of interest, fees (past and future) or principal outstanding, or where concessional terms have been provided because of the financial difficulties of the customer.

 

ING Australia (INGA), the joint venture between the Group and ING Group, provides integrated manufacture and distribution of wealth creation, management and protection products and services aligned to the Group’s distribution and the open market.

 

Institutional is a segment encompassing businesses that provide a full range of financial services to the Group’s largest corporate and institutional customers.

 

Institutional Banking - Manages customer relationships and develops financial services solutions and strategies for large businesses with a turnover greater than $150 million in Australia and New Zealand and, through corporate clients where the Group has an existing customer relationship, in the United Kingdom, United States and Asia.

 

Trade and Transaction Services - Provides cash management, trade finance, international payments, clearing and custodian services principally to corporate and institutional customers.

 

Markets - Provides origination, underwriting, structuring, risk management, advice and sale of credit and derivative products, foreign exchange and commodity trading and sales-related services, globally.

 

Corporate and Structured Financing - Provides complex financing and advisory services, structured financial products, leasing, private equity, project and leveraged finance and infrastructure investment to ANZ’s corporate, institutional, and small business customers.

 

Net advances include gross loans and advances and acceptances less income yet to mature and provisions (for both as at and average volumes).

 

Net interest average margin is net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets. Non-assessable interest income is grossed up to the equivalent before tax amount for the purpose of these calculations.

 

Net interest spread is the average interest rate received on interest earning assets less the average interest rate paid on interest bearing liabilities. Non-assessable interest income is grossed up to the equivalent before tax amount for the purpose of these calculations.

 

Net non-interest bearing items, which are referred to in the analysis of interest spread and net interest average margin, includes shareholders’ equity, provisions for doubtful debts, and deposits not bearing interest and other liabilities not bearing interest, offset by premises and equipment and other non-interest earning assets. Non-accrual loans are included within interest bearing loans, advances and bills discounted.

 

Net specific provision is the transfer from the general provision to the specific provision (representing new and increased specific provisions less specific provision releases on impaired assets) less recoveries.

 

New Zealand Business comprises the ANZ businesses of NZ Banking, Mortgages and Consumer Finance, and all of the businesses of National Bank of New Zealand (NBNZ) which was acquired on 1 December 2003.

 

The ANZ businesses of Institutional and UDC that operate in New Zealand through global lines are excluded from New Zealand Business, although these activities are included in the equivalent NBNZ businesses.

 

Accordingly, New Zealand Business provides full service banking operations in the personal, corporate, business and rural sectors in New Zealand. The wealth management sector is serviced by Private Banking, ING New Zealand, and the NBNZ funds management business. Life insurance and fire and general insurance services are also provided through NBNZ.

 

141



 

Operating expenses exclude the charge for doubtful debts.

 

Operations, Technology and Shared Services comprises the Group’s core support units responsible for operating the Group’s global technology platforms, development and maintenance of business applications, information security, the Group’s payments back-office processing, and the provision of other essential shared services to the Group, including property, human resources operations, procurement and outsourcing.

 

Overseas includes the results of all operations outside Australia, except if New Zealand is separately shown.

 

Overseas markets includes the results of operations in the UK, Europe, Asia, Pacific and the Americas. The Group’s geographic segments are Australia, New Zealand and Overseas markets.

 

Personal comprises Personal Banking Distribution (including Rural Banking and Private Banking), Banking Products, Mortgages and Cards and Merchant Services.

 

      Personal Banking Distribution - provides a full range of banking and financial planning services to personal customers across Australia, and to small business and agricultural customers in rural Australia.

 

      Banking Products - manufactures deposit, transaction accounts and margin lending products.

 

      Mortgages - provides mortgage finance secured by residential real estate.

 

      Cards and Merchant Services - provides consumer and commercial credit cards, ePayment products, personal loans, and merchant payment and ATM facilities.

 

Service transfer pricing is used to allocate services that are provided by central areas to each of its business units.  The objective of service transfer pricing is to remove cross-subsidies between business units, and ensure each business accounts for the cost of the services it uses.  Transfer pricing arrangements are reviewed periodically.  The basis of pricing for internal services varies from cost recovery, to market equivalent.  Changes in transfer pricing arrangements in current periods are, to the extent possible, reflected in prior period comparatives to assist comparability.  NBNZ has not yet adopted full transfer pricing.

 

The Statement of Financial Performance of each business unit includes net inter business unit fees and net inter business unit expenses.  This treatment is consistent with the Group’s strategy of managing along specialist business lines. Net inter business unit fees includes intra-group receipts or payments for sales commissions.  A product business (for example, Mortgages) will pay a distribution channel (for example, Personal Banking) for product sales. Both the payment and receipt are shown as net inter business unit fees.  Net inter business unit expenses consist of the charges made to business units for the provision of support services.  Examples of services provided include technology and payments, risk management, finance and human resources management.  Both payments by business units and receipts by services providers are shown as net inter business unit expenses.

 

The results of the segments may include business units and a support unit.  The services provided by the support unit are allocated to the business units.  As a result of this allocation, the sum of individual profit and loss line items of the business units may not equal the corresponding line item in the Statement of Financial Performance of the segment.

 

Total advances include gross loans and advances and acceptances less income yet to mature (for both as at and average volumes).

 

Treasury is the banker to all ANZ businesses charged with providing cashflow support, ensuring liquidity, managing interest rate risk and providing capital to the businesses.

 

Unproductive facilities comprise certain facilities (such as standby letters of credit, bill endorsements, documentary letters of credit and guarantees to third parties, undrawn facilities to which the Group is irrevocably committed and market related exposures) where the customer status is defined as non-accrual.

 

142



 

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

 

 

Accounting Policies

 

 

Associates

 

 

Auditors’ Report

 

 

Average Balance Sheet and Related Interest

 

 

Bonds and Notes

 

 

Capital Adequacy

 

 

Certificates of Deposit and Term Deposit Maturities

 

 

Commitments

 

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

 

Contingent Liabilities, Contingent Asset and Credit Related Commitments

 

 

Controlled Entities

 

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

 

Cross Border Outstandings

 

 

Customers’ Liabilities for Acceptances

 

 

Deferred Tax Assets

 

 

Deposits and Other Borrowings

 

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

 

Directors’ Declaration

 

 

Directors and Specified Executives - Related Party Transactions

 

 

Directors of Controlled Entities of the Company - Related Party Transactions

 

 

Dividends

 

 

Doubtful Debts – Industry Analysis

 

 

Due from Other Financial Institutions

 

 

Due to Other Financial Institutions

 

 

Earnings Per Ordinary Share

 

 

Employee Share and Option Plans

 

 

Equity Instruments Issued to Employees

 

 

Events Since the End of the Financial Year

 

 

Exchange Rates

 

 

Expenses

 

 

Fiduciary Activities

 

 

Glossary

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

Impaired Assets

 

 

Income

 

 

Income Tax Expense

 

 

Income Tax Liabilities

 

 

Interest Sensitivity Gap

 

 

Interest Spreads and Net Interest Average Margins

 

 

Interests in Joint Venture Entities

 

 

International Financial Reporting Standards

 

 

Investment Securities

 

 

Life Insurance

 

 

Liquid Assets

 

 

Loan Capital

 

 

Market Risk

 

 

Net Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

 

Net Loans and Advances

 

 

Notes to the Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

Other Assets

 

 

Outside Equity Interests

 

 

Payables and Other Liabilities

 

 

Premises and Equipment

 

 

Provisions

 

 

Provisions for Doubtful Debts

 

 

Regulatory Deposits

 

 

Remuneration of Auditors

 

 

Remuneration Report

 

 

Risk Management

 

 

Securitisation

 

 

Segment Analysis

 

 

Share Capital

 

 

Shares in Controlled Entities, Associates and Joint Venture Entities

 

 

Short Term Borrowings

 

 

Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

Statements of Financial Performance

 

 

Statements of Financial Position

 

 

Superannuation Commitments

 

 

Trading Securities

 

 

Transactions with Associates and Joint Venture Entities - Related Party Disclosures

 

 

US GAAP Reconciliation

 

 

Volume and Rate Analysis

 

 

 

143



 

THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

 

144



 

2004 ANZ FINANCIAL REPORT

 

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND
BANKING GROUP LIMITED

 

 

ABN 11 005 357 522

 

 

 

www.anz.com

 

 



 

 

NOTICE OF
ANNUAL GENERAL
MEETING 2004

 

Notice of Meeting and
Information for Shareholders

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited ABN 11 005 357 522

 

 



 

NOTICE OF
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 2004

 

Notice is given that the thirty sixth Annual General Meeting of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited will be held at the John Batman Theatre, Melbourne Convention Centre, corner Spencer and Flinders Streets, Melbourne, Victoria on Friday, 17 December 2004 at 10.00am Melbourne time.

 

ORDINARY BUSINESS

 

1 ANNUAL REPORTS

 

To consider the Annual Report, Financial Report and the Reports of the Directors and of the Auditors for the year ended 30 September 2004.

 

2 ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

 

a) To re-elect a director – Mr J. K. Ellis

 

Mr Ellis retires in accordance with the Company’s Constitution, and being eligible, offers himself for re-election.

 

b) To re-elect a director – Ms M. A. Jackson AC

 

Ms Jackson retires in accordance with the Company’s Constitution, and being eligible, offers herself for re-election.

 

c) To elect a director – Dr G. J. Clark

 

Dr Clark, having been appointed by the Board since the date of the 2003 Annual General Meeting, retires in accordance with the Company’s Constitution, and being eligible, offers himself for election.

 

d) To elect a director – Mr D. E. Meiklejohn

 

Mr Meiklejohn, having been appointed by the Board since the date of the 2003 Annual General Meeting, retires in accordance with the Company’s Constitution, and being eligible, offers himself for election.

 

e) To elect a director – Mr J. P. Morschel

 

Mr Morschel, having been appointed by the Board since the date of the 2003 Annual General Meeting, retires in accordance with the Company’s Constitution, and being eligible, offers himself for election.

 

OTHER BUSINESS

 

3 GRANT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES TO MR McFARLANE

 

To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following resolution as an ordinary resolution:

 

“That approval is given for all purposes, including for the purposes of ASX Listing Rule 10.14, for the issue of 175,000 fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of the Company to or for the benefit of Mr John McFarlane, the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, on 31 December 2004 on the terms described in the Explanatory Notes which accompany the Notice convening this Annual General Meeting.”

 

The Company will disregard any votes cast on resolution 3 by Mr McFarlane, any other director and their respective associates. However, the Company will not disregard a vote if:

 

      it is cast by a person as proxy for a member who is entitled to vote, in accordance with the directions on the proxy form; or

 

      it is cast by the person chairing the meeting as proxy for a member who is entitled to vote, in accordance with a direction on the proxy form to vote as the proxy decides.

 

ENTITLEMENT TO ATTEND AND VOTE

 

The Board has determined that, for the purposes of the Meeting (including voting at the Meeting), members are those persons who are the registered holders of shares at 7.00pm (Melbourne time) on 15 December 2004.

 

VOTING BY PROXY

 

A member who is entitled to attend and cast a vote at the Meeting may appoint a proxy.

 

A proxy need not be a member. A person can appoint an individual or a body corporate as a proxy. If a body corporate is appointed as a proxy, it must ensure that it appoints a corporate representative in accordance with section 250D of the Corporations Act to exercise its powers as proxy at the Meeting.

 

A member who is entitled to cast 2 or more votes may appoint 2 proxies and may specify the proportion or number of votes each proxy is appointed to exercise.

 

The following addresses are specified for the purposes of receipt of proxy appointments and any authorities under which proxy appointments are signed (or certified copies of those authorities):

 

Australia

 

ANZ Share Registry

 

ANZ Share Registry

GPO Box 242

 

Yarra Falls

Melbourne

 

452 Johnston Street

Victoria 3001

 

Abbotsford

Australia

 

Melbourne

 

 

Victoria 3067

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

ANZ Share Registry

 

ANZ Share Registry

PO Box 82

 

Private Bag 92119

The Pavilions

 

Auckland 1020

Bridgewater Road

 

New Zealand

Bristol BS99 7NH

 

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

Proxy appointments (and any authorities under which they are signed or certified copies of those authorities) may be sent by fax to facsimile number (+61 3) 9473 2555.

 

To be effective, a proxy appointment and, if the proxy appointment is signed by the member’s attorney, the authority under which the appointment is signed or a certified copy of the authority must be received by the Company at least 48 hours before the Meeting.

 



 

Members may also submit their proxy instructions electronically with the ANZ Share Registry by visiting www.anz.com and following the prompts and instructions.

 

For more information concerning the appointment of proxies and the addresses to which proxy forms may be sent, please refer to the reverse side of the proxy form.

 

VOTING BY ATTORNEY

 

A member may appoint an attorney to vote on his/her behalf. For an appointment to be effective for the Meeting, the instrument effecting the appointment (or a certified copy of it) must be received by the Company at its registered office or one of the addresses listed above for the receipt of proxy appointments at least 48 hours before the Meeting.

 

CORPORATE REPRESENTATIVES

 

A body corporate which is a member, or which has been appointed as a proxy, may appoint an individual to act as its representative at the Meeting. The appointment must comply with the requirements of section 250D of the Corporations Act. The representative should bring to the Meeting evidence of his or her appointment, including any authority under which it is signed, unless it has previously been given to the Company.

 

By Order of the Board

 

/s/ Tim L’Estrange

 

Tim L’Estrange

Secretary

Melbourne

18 November 2004

 

EXPLANATORY NOTES

 

ITEM 2 ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

 

Mr Ellis and Ms Jackson retire by rotation. Dr Clark, Mr Meiklejohn and Mr Morschel, having been appointed by the Board since the 2003 Annual General Meeting, retire in accordance with the Company’s Constitution. Each of these directors offers themselves for election or re-election as the case may be.

 

Candidates for election and re-election as directors:

 

Mr Ellis

 

Mr J. K. Ellis

MA (Oxon), FAICD, Hon FIE Aust,

FAusIMM, FTSE

 

Company Director
Director since October 1995

 

Mr Ellis is Chairman of the Risk Management Committee and a member of the Audit Committee. He is Chairman of Pacifica Group Limited, National Occupational Health and Safety Commission, Landcare Australia Limited and the Australia-Japan Foundation, and a Director of GroPep Limited. He is Chancellor of Monash University and a former Chairman of BHP.

 

Lives in Melbourne. Age: 67.

 

A trained engineer, Mr Ellis brings to the Board his analytical skills together with his practical understanding of operational issues, investments and acquisitions across a range of sectors including natural resources, manufacturing, bio-technology and education.

 

The Board endorses the re-election of Mr Ellis as a director.

 

Ms Jackson AC

 

Ms M. A. Jackson AC

BEc, MBA, Hon LLD, FAICD, FCA

 

Company Director

Director since March 1994

 

Ms Jackson is Chairman of the Compensation & Human Resources Committee and a member of the Audit Committee. She is Chairman of Qantas Airways Limited, Deputy Chairman of Southcorp Limited, a Director of Billabong International Limited, a member of the Foreign Affairs Council, and Chairperson of Methodist Ladies’ College. Ms Jackson is a former Director of John Fairfax Holdings Limited, BHP Limited, Pacific Dunlop Limited, and the Brain Research Institute, a former partner of KPMG Peat Marwick and BDO Nelson Parkhill, and will be retiring as Chairperson of Methodist Ladies’ College on 31 December 2004.

 

Lives in Melbourne. Age: 51.

 

A Chartered Accountant, Ms Jackson has broad industrial experience including her involvement in transportation, mining, the media, manufacturing and insurance. This expertise coupled with her work in health and education contribute to her role on the Board.

 

The Board endorses the re-election of Ms Jackson as a director.

 

Dr Clark

 

Dr G. J. Clark

B Sc(Hons 1st Class), PhD Physics (ANU)

 

Company Director

Director since February 2004

 

Dr Clark is a member of the Nominations & Corporate Governance Committee. Dr Clark is Principal of Clark Capital Partners, a US based firm that advises internationally on technology and the technology marketplace. He was appointed a Director of James Hardie Industries in July 2002. He is a former President and Chief Operating Officer of Loral Space and Communications, former Executive Committee member of News Corporation and former President of News Technology Group, and held a number of senior roles at IBM over a 14 year period. Dr Clark was also a member of the Australian Prime Minister’s Science and Engineering Council from 1992 until 1997.

 

Currently based in New York, USA but also resides in Sydney. Age: 61.

 

Dr Clark brings the benefits of international experience and a distinguished career in micro-electronics, computing and communications, and is well qualified to contribute to the Board’s deliberations in the area of technology.

 

The Board endorses the election of Dr Clark as a director.

 

Mr Meiklejohn

 

Mr D.E. Meiklejohn

B Com, Dip. Ed, FCPA, FAICD, FAIM

 

Company Director

Director since October 2004

 

Mr Meiklejohn is a member of the Audit Committee and the Nominations & Corporate Governance Committee. He is the Chairman of PaperlinX Limited and SPC Ardmona Limited, and a Director of OneSteel Limited and WMC Resources Limited. He is a former Chairman of Kimberly-Clark Australia Limited, former Deputy Chairman of GasNet Australia Limited, a former Director of Amcor Limited, Colonial Limited, Spicers Paper Limited, and Treasury Corporation of Victoria, and will be retiring from the OneSteel Board in early 2005. Mr Meiklejohn had a distinguished career at Amcor Limited where he was Chief Financial Officer from 1981 to 2000.

 

Lives in Melbourne. Age: 62.

 

A Fellow of CPA Australia, Mr Meiklejohn has a strong background in finance and accounting. He also brings to the Board his experience across a number

 



 

of Directorships of major Australian companies spanning a range of industries.

 

The Board endorses the election of Mr Meiklejohn as a director.

 

Mr Morschel

 

Mr J.P. Morschel

DipQS, FAIM

 

Company Director

Director since October 2004

 

Mr Morschel is a member of the Risk Management Committee and Compensation & Human Resources Committee. He is Chairman of Rinker Group Limited and a Director of Rio Tinto plc, Rio Tinto Limited, Singapore Telecommunications Limited and Tenix Pty Limited. He is a former Chairman of Leighton Holdings Limited, CSR Limited and Comalco Limited and a former Director of Cable & Wireless Optus Limited. Mr Morschel had a distinguished career with Lend Lease Corporation where he was Managing Director from 1988 to 1995. Between 1993 and 2001, he was a Director of Westpac Banking Corporation, including two years as Executive Director where his responsibilities included retail banking and wealth management.

 

Lives in Sydney. Age: 61.

 

Mr Morschel has a strong background in banking and financial services, and brings the experience of being a Director of major Australian and international companies.

 

The Board endorses the election of Mr Morschel as a director.

 

ITEM 3 GRANT OF PERFORMANCE
SHARES TO MR McFARLANE

 

a) Introduction

 

The Board proposes to grant “performance shares” to Mr John McFarlane, on the terms and conditions outlined below.

 

The Company announced on 26 October 2004 an extension of Mr McFarlane’s employment contract with the Company to 30 September 2007. As part of Mr McFarlane’s revised contract, the Board agreed to provide Mr McFarlane with a long term incentive grant comprising 175,000 performance shares in the Company.

 

The Board is of the view that the longer term performance incentive component of Mr McFarlane’s employment package should be closely aligned to that of the total return to shareholders. In this regard, the number of performance shares and the terms described below are designed to provide a continuing incentive for Mr McFarlane to produce value for shareholders and to reward him if he is successful. Consistent with this, the vesting of the performance shares will be subject to the performance hurdle as set out below.

 

Under the Listing Rules of the Australian Stock Exchange, the acquisition of performance shares by Mr McFarlane requires the approval of shareholders by ordinary resolution.

 

b) Performance shares

 

A performance share is a fully paid ordinary share in the capital of the Company, held in trust for Mr McFarlane until it “vests”. The shares will be issued to and held by ANZEST Pty Ltd (Trustee) in its capacity as trustee for the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan.

 

Upon the performance shares vesting Mr McFarlane will be entitled to receive from that date all dividends, bonus issues and other benefits accruing in respect of the shares, unless they are forfeited under the conditions set out below. Mr McFarlane will not be entitled to receive dividends and other distributions on performance shares before they vest.

 

Performance shares will vest after certain performance hurdles have been met. The performance hurdles are described below. Once a performance share has vested, it will no longer be liable to be forfeited by Mr McFarlane except where Mr McFarlane ceases to be an employee of the Company by reason of termination of his employment for:

 

      serious misconduct; or

 

      serious breach of his contract of employment

 

and the share is then held by the Trustee.

 

Until a performance share vests, Mr McFarlane will be restricted from disposing of it (or his interest in it).

 

If approved by shareholders, the performance shares will be granted to Mr McFarlane on 31 December 2004 on the conditions described in these explanatory notes.

 

c) Acquisition price

 

Mr McFarlane is not required to pay any amount for the grant of the performance shares, or upon the subsequent vesting or transfer to him of the shares.

 

d) Valuation of performance shares

 

ANZ has obtained an independent valuation of the performance shares from Mercer Finance and Risk Consulting. This estimates the financial value of the proposed grant at approximately $2.5 million, using the Monte Carlo option pricing model that is adjusted for the hurdle conditions in accordance with Accounting Standard AASB1046A. The actual value of these performance shares to Mr McFarlane at the grant date or at some future date is likely to differ from the estimated value and will depend on the TSR performance of ANZ relative to the Comparative TSRs and the share price at the time (this is discussed at (f) below).

 

e) The effect of vesting

 

If performance shares vest, Mr McFarlane may request the Trustee to:

 

      transfer the relevant shares held by the Trustee to Mr McFarlane; or

 

      sell the shares and pay the proceeds of sale (less any applicable transactions costs) to Mr McFarlane.

 

If Mr McFarlane does not give the Trustee a direction, the Trustee will continue to hold the shares on trust for Mr McFarlane.

 

If Mr McFarlane ceases to be employed by the Company and performance shares vest, the Trustee must transfer the corresponding shares held for Mr McFarlane to him within 3 months of the shares vesting (or earlier if requested by Mr McFarlane).

 

f) How do performance shares vest?

 

The performance shares will vest in the period starting on 31 December 2006 and ending on 31 December 2009 if the performance hurdle has been met. The performance hurdle involves comparing the Company’s total shareholder return (the ANZ TSR) against the total shareholder return of each entity in a comparator group of major financial services companies in the S&P/ASX 100 Index, excluding the Company (the Comparative TSRs). Before the grant of the performance shares the Board will approve the companies to be included in the comparator group.

 

Broadly speaking, total shareholder return is share price growth plus the value of dividends and distributions on the relevant shares.

 



 

If the ANZ TSR when assessed against the Comparative TSRs is at or above certain levels, performance shares will vest. If performance shares vest, Mr McFarlane will be entitled to require the Trustee to sell them for his benefit or to transfer them to him.

 

No performance shares will vest until the percentile ranking of the ANZ TSR, as against the Comparative TSRs, is at or above the 50th percentile. At the 50th percentile, half of the performance shares will vest. Below that ranking, none of the performance shares vest.

 

For each percentile above the 50th percentile, an additional 2% of the performance shares will vest. For example, if the ANZ TSR is at the 60th percentile (relative to the Comparative TSRs), 70% of the performance shares will vest.

 

If the ANZ TSR is ranked at or above the 75th percentile, as against the Comparative TSRs, all of the performance shares will vest.

 

If the ranking of the ANZ TSR is less than a previous ranking, no additional performance shares will vest. However, if after a later testing the Company’s ranking is above all previous rankings, vesting of additional performance shares can occur.

 

g) When are the performance hurdles tested?

 

ANZ TSR and Comparative TSRs will be measured over the period starting from the grant date of the performance shares (being 31 December 2004) and ending on 31 December 2006. Accordingly, subject to (h) below, the performance shares may first vest on 1 January 2007.

 

After 31 December 2006, ANZ TSR and Comparative TSRs will be re-tested on a monthly basis (over the period starting on 31 December 2004 and ending on the relevant month). Monthly re-testing will continue until 31 December 2009 or until the performance shares have either all vested or been forfeited.

 

h) Board’s discretion to waive performance hurdles

 

In the case of death or total and permanent disability of Mr McFarlane, or where it is otherwise considered appropriate by the Board, the Board may waive the performance conditions in whole or in part. If the Board does so, the performance shares will vest in accordance with the terms of such waiver.

 

i) Forfeiture of performance shares

 

Mr McFarlane will forfeit ownership of any performance shares which have not vested:

 

      if Mr McFarlane resigns without the prior approval of the Board; or

 

      by 31 December 2009.

 

In addition, if Mr McFarlane ceases to be an employee of the Company by reason of termination of his employment for:

 

      serious misconduct; or

 

      serious breach of his contract of employment,

 

Mr McFarlane will forfeit ownership of any performance shares then held by the Trustee for him (whether or not the shares have already vested).

 

If performance shares are forfeited, Mr McFarlane will cease to have any interest in respect of them. The forfeited shares will then be held by the Trustee in accordance with the rules of the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan for such employees (present and future) of ANZ as the Trustee decides.

 

j) Early forfeiture date

 

If:

 

      Mr McFarlane ceases to be Chief Executive Officer of the Company before 30 September 2007; and

 

      the performance shares are not forfeited upon him so ceasing in accordance with paragraph (i) above,

 

ANZ TSR and Comparative TSRs will continue to be re-tested on a monthly basis until the date that is 6 months after Mr McFarlane ceases to be Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or such later date as the Board may approve subject to such later date not being after 31 December 2009).

 

However, re-testing will end before this date if the performance hurdles have been fully satisfied and this has resulted in all outstanding performance shares vesting before then.

 

Performance shares that have not vested before this earlier forfeiture date will automatically be forfeited.

 

k) Other terms

 

Subject to the above, the rules of the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan will apply in respect of the performance shares to be granted to Mr McFarlane.

 

A copy of the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan rules is available upon request from the Company Secretary.

 

l) Additional information

 

The ASX Listing Rules require that this notice of meeting include the following additional information in relation to the performance shares to be granted to Mr McFarlane:

 

      Mr McFarlane is the only director entitled to participate in the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan and receive performance shares and he has not previously received performance shares under the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan. No associate of any director is entitled to participate.

 

      There is no loan scheme in relation to the acquisition of the performance shares (or the shares underlying them) as no payment is required.

 

      The performance shares will be issued on 31 December 2004.

 



 

 



 

 

If undeliverable please return to

POSTAGE

ANZ Share Registry

PAID

GPO BOX 2848

AUSTRALIA

Melbourne, Victoria 3001

 

 

 

PROXY FORM 2004

 

 



 

 

Australia and New Zealand

Charles Goode

Banking Group Limited

Chairman

ABN 11 005 357 522

18 November 2004

 

 

Dear Shareholder

 

On behalf of the Board of Directors, I have pleasure in enclosing notice that the thirty sixth Annual General Meeting of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited will be held at the John Batman Theatre, Melbourne Convention Centre, cnr Spencer and Flinders Streets, Melbourne, Victoria on Friday, 17 December 2004 at 10:00am Melbourne time.

 

If you are able to attend, would you please bring this letter with you to facilitate your admission into the Meeting.

 

ANZ staff will be available outside the meeting room should you wish to discuss banking services, investment products or shareholder matters.

 

As a foundation member of eTree, which provides an environmental incentive to shareholders of Australian companies to elect to receive shareholder communications electronically, we will also have an eTree stand near the registration area.

 

I commend the eTree initiative to all shareholders and encourage you to register your e-mail address at the eTree stand to receive your future shareholder communications electronically.

 

If you are unable to attend the Meeting, I encourage you to vote using the attached Proxy Form. Alternatively, you can submit your proxy instructions electronically by visiting www.anz.com and clicking on the following links shareholders (top of page) > Annual General Meeting (left hand link) > Electronic Proxy Form (body of text).

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

/s/ Charles Goode

 

Chairman

 



 

 

 

 

Proxy Form

Australia and New Zealand
Banking Group Limited
ABN 11 005 357 522

 

 

 

ANZ SHARE REGISTRY
GPO Box 242
Melbourne Victoria 3001
Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark this box with an ‘X’ if you have made any
changes to your address details (see reverse)

ý

 

Australia: 1800 11 33 99
New Zealand: 0800 174 007
United Kingdom: (0870) 702 0000
Facsimile: (61 3) 9473 2555

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.anz.com

 

Appointment of Proxy

 

I/We being a member/s of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited and entitled to attend and vote hereby appoint

 

ý

The Chairman of the Meeting (mark with an X)

OR

 

 

If you are not appointing the Chairman of the Meeting as
your proxy please write here the full name of the individual
or body corporate you are appointing as your proxy

 

or failing the individual or body corporate named, or if no individual or body corporate is named, the Chairman of the Meeting, as my/our proxy to act generally at the meeting on my/our behalf and to vote in accordance with the following directions (or if no directions have been given, as the proxy sees fit) at the Annual General Meeting of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited to be held at the John Batman Theatre, Melbourne Convention Centre, corner Spencer and Flinders Streets, Melbourne, Victoria on Friday, 17 December 2004 at 10.00am Melbourne time and at any adjournment of that meeting.

 

ý

IMPORTANT: FOR ITEM 3 BELOW

If the Chairman of the Meeting is your nominated proxy, or may be appointed by default, and you have not directed your proxy how to vote on Item 3 below, please mark this box with an X. By marking this box you acknowledge that the Chairman of the Meeting may exercise your proxy even if he has an interest in the outcome of that Item and that votes cast by him, other than as proxy holder, would be disregarded because of that interest. If you do not mark this box, and you have not directed your proxy how to vote, the Chairman of the Meeting will not cast your votes on Item 3 and your votes will not be counted in computing the required majority if a poll is called on this Item. The Chairman of the Meeting intends to vote undirected proxies in favour of all Items including Item 3.

 

Voting directions to your proxy – please mark X to indicate your directions

 

2              Election of Directors

For

Against

Abstain*

 

 

 

 

a) To re-elect a director: Mr J. K. Ellis

o

o

o

 

 

 

 

b) To re-elect a director: Ms M. A. Jackson AC

o

o

o

 

 

 

 

c) To elect a director: Dr G. J. Clark

o

o

o

 

 

 

 

d) To elect a director: Mr D. E. Meiklejohn

o

o

o

 

 

 

 

e) To elect a director: Mr J. P. Morschel

o

o

o

 

 

 

 

3              Grant of performance shares to Mr McFarlane

o

o

o

 


* If you mark the Abstain box for a particular item, you are directing your proxy not to vote on your behalf on a show of hands or on a poll.

 

Authorised Signature/s

 

PLEASE SIGN HERE This section must be signed in accordance with the instructions overleaf to enable your directions to be implemented.

 

Individual or Securityholder 1

 

Securityholder 2

 

Securityholder 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sole Director and
Sole Company Secretary

 

Director

 

Director/ Company Secretary

 

Contact Name

 

 

Contact Daytime Telephone

 

 

Date

/  /

 

o

ANZ

2PR

+

 



 

HOW TO COMPLETE THE PROXY FORM

 

1 YOUR ADDRESS

 

This is your address as it appears on ANZ’s share register. If this information is incorrect, please mark the box and make the correction on the form. Members sponsored by a broker (in which case your reference number overleaf will commence with an ‘x’) should advise their broker of any changes. Please note, you cannot change ownership of your securities using this form.

 

2 APPOINTMENT OF PROXY

 

If you wish to appoint the Chairman of the Meeting as your proxy, mark the box. If the person you wish to appoint as your proxy is someone other than the Chairman of the Meeting please write the name of that person. This person may be an individual or a body corporate. If you leave this section blank, or your named proxy does not attend the meeting, the Chairman of the Meeting will be your proxy. A proxy need not be a securityholder of ANZ.

 

3 VOTES ON ITEMS OF BUSINESS

 

You may direct your proxy how to vote all your shares, or abstain from voting all your shares, on an item of business by placing a mark in the appropriate box opposite the item. Alternatively, you may direct your proxy to vote a number or percentage of your shares in a particular way, and the remaining number or percentage in another way. This can be done by inserting the number or percentage in the appropriate box or boxes next to the item. If you do not mark any of the boxes on a given item, your proxy may vote as he or she chooses. If you mark more than one box on an item, or the number or percentage of shares specified in the FOR, AGAINST and ABSTAIN boxes for an item exceeds your total shareholding your vote on that item will be invalid.

 

4 APPOINTMENT OF A SECOND PROXY

 

You are entitled to appoint up to two persons (including bodies corporate) as proxies to attend the meeting and vote on a poll. If you wish to appoint a second proxy, an additional Proxy Form may be obtained by telephoning ANZ’s share registry or you may copy this form.

 

To appoint a second proxy you must:

 

a)             on each of the first Proxy Form and the second Proxy Form state the percentage of your voting rights or number of securities applicable to that form. If the appointments do not specify the percentage or number of votes that each proxy may exercise, each proxy may exercise half your votes. Fractions of votes will be disregarded.

 

a)             return both forms together in the same envelope.

 

5 SIGNING INSTRUCTIONS

 

You must sign this form as follows in the spaces provided:

 

Individual: where the holding is in one name, the member must sign.

 

Joint Holding: where the holding is in more than one name, all of the members should sign.

 

Power of Attorney: to sign under Power of Attorney, you must have already lodged the Power with the registry for notation. If you have not previously done so, please attach a certified photocopy of the Power of Attorney to this form when you return it.

 

Companies: where the company has a Sole Director who is also the Sole Company Secretary, that person must sign this form. If the company (pursuant to section 204A of the Corporations Act 2001) does not have a Company Secretary, a Sole Director can also sign alone. Otherwise this form must be signed by a Director jointly with either another Director or a Company Secretary. Please indicate the office held by signing in the appropriate place.

 

If a representative of the company is to attend the meeting the appropriate “Corporate Representative Form” should be produced prior to admission. This form may be obtained from ANZ’s share registry.

 

LODGEMENT OF A PROXY

 

This Proxy Form (and any authority under which it is signed or a certified copy of that authority) must be received by ANZ not later than 48 hours before the commencement of the meeting at 10.00am (Melbourne time) on Friday, 17 December 2004. Any Proxy Form, authority or certified copy of an authority received after that time will not be valid for the scheduled meeting. The following addresses are specified for the purposes of receipt of Proxy Forms and any authorities under which Proxy Forms are signed or certified copies of those authorities:

 

ANZ Share Registry

GPO Box 242

Melbourne Victoria 3001

Australia

 

ANZ Share Registry

Yarra Falls

452 Johnston Street

Abbotsford Victoria 3067

Australia

 

ANZ Share Registry

PO Box 82, The Pavilions

Bridgewater Road

Bristol BS99 7NH

United Kingdom

 

ANZ Share Registry

Private Bag 92119

Auckland 1020

New Zealand

 

Members may record their proxy voting instructions on ANZ’s website at www.anz.com. You will need your Holder Identification Number (HIN) or Securityholder Reference Number (SRN). Your HIN or SRN is shown on the top right hand corner of the Proxy Form.

 

Proxy Forms (and any authorities under which they are signed (or certified copies of those authorities)) may be sent by fax to facsimile number (61 3) 9473 2555

 



 

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED

ABN 11 005 357 522

 

QUESTIONS
FROM SECURITYHOLDERS

 

Your questions regarding any matter relating to ANZ that may be relevant to the Annual General Meeting are important to us. We invite you to use this form to submit any questions. Please return it in the reply paid envelope provided or fax it to (61 3) 9273 4899 or e-mail investor.relations@anz.com

 

We will attempt to respond to as many of the more frequently asked questions as possible in the Chairman’s and Chief Executive Officer’s addresses at the Annual General Meeting. Due to the large number of questions we receive, we will not be replying on an individual basis.

 

You will also be able to listen to the addresses made at the Annual General Meeting live by webcast on www.anz.com

 

Securityholder’s Name

Securityholder Reference No. (SRN) or Holder Identification No. (HIN)

 

 

Address

 

 

 

Question(s)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

SECURITYHOLDER

FEEDBACK FORM

 

Dear SecurityHolder

 

As a securityholder and reader of ANZ’s 2004 Annual Report, your opinion is very important to us. Please take a minute to fill in this survey form and have your say on the Report. Your feedback will help shape the way we report to you next year.

 

1              Which of the following applies to your reading of the 2004 ANZ Annual Report? (Please tick)

 

o

Browsed through it

o

Read some of it

o

Read all of it

 

2              Using a 7 point scale, where 1 is poor and 7 is excellent, please indicate the extent to which you agree with the following statements (Please circle)

 

 

 

Strongly disagree

 

 

 

 

Strongly agree

 

The overall look of the Report made me want to read it

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Report included the information I wanted to read as a securityholder

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

It was easy to find the information I wanted to read

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The information was well written and easy to understand

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Report was interesting to read

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

3              When reading the 2004 ANZ Annual Report, how important to you are the following sections, on a 7 point scale, where 1 is poor and 7 is excellent? (Please circle)

 

 

 

Not important

 

 

 

 

 

Extremely important

 

2004 Investor Snapshot

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chairman’s Report

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer’s Report

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer’s Review

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leadership and Vision

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business Head Interviews

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business Performance

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Environment

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Community

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Board of Directors

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Governance

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Glossary of Financial Terms

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guide to the Concise Financial Report

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Concise Financial Report

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Information for Shareholders (back cover)

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

 

4              Do you have any specific comments about this Annual Report or suggestions for next year?

 

 

 

 

5              Annual Report election request (Please tick)

 

o            Please continue to send me a printed Annual Report

 

o            Please don’t send me an Annual Report

 

o            Please don’t send me an Annual Report but notify me by email when it is available for me to access on ANZ’s website

 

Name

SRN/HIN

 

 

Email Address

 

 

Yours faithfully

 

Simon Fraser

Head of Investor Relations

 

Please complete the above form, and return with your Proxy Form in the reply paid envelope provided or alternatively fax it to (613) 9273 34899

 



 

Signatures

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

Australia and New Zealand

 

Banking Group Limited

 

 

 

 

 

(Registrant)

 

 

By:

/s/ John Priestley

 

 

 

Company Secretary

 

 

              (Signature)*

 

 

 

 

Date 18 November 2004

 


* Print the name and title of the signing officer under his signature.